Danmarks Voluntary National Review (VNR) for FN’s verdensmål, fra finansministeren

Finansministeriet · Christiansborg Slotsplads 1 · 1218 København K · T 33 92 33 33 · E fm@fm.dk · www.fm.dk
Til Folketinget 12. juni 2021
Danmarks Voluntary National Review
Vedlagt fremsendes Danmarks Voluntary National Review (VNR) for FN’s ver-
densmål.
Rapporten er d.d. oversendt til FN.
Med venlig hilsen
Nicolai Wammen
Finansminister
2030-netværket 2020-21
SDG Alm.del - Bilag 37
Offentligt


JUNE 2021
Voluntary National
Review 2021
Ministry of Finance
Denmark
2030-netværket 2020-21
SDG Alm.del - Bilag 37
Offentligt
June 2021
Ministry of Finance
Christiansborg Slotsplads 1
1218 Copenhagen K
Tel. : +45 33 92 33 33
E-mail: fm@fm.dk
ISBN 978-87-93823-74-7 (printed version)
ISBN 978-87-93823-73-0 (digital version)
2020/21:21
Layout: Ministry of Finance
The publication is available for download at
www.fm.dk / www.regeringen.dk
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 3
Content
1. Opening Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
2. Highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
2.1 Review Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2 Policy and Enabling Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3 Progress on SDGs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.4 Leave No One Behind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.5 COVID-19 and Recovery Efforts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.6 Efforts Going Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3. Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4. Method and Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
4.1 Background for Denmark’s Second VNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.2 Preparation of the Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3 Main Messages from the Peer Dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5. Policy and Enabling Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
5.1 Organisation of Efforts to Achieve the Sustainable Development Goals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.1.1 Organisations of Efforts at the National Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5.2 Stakeholder Engagement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.2.1 Parliament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
The Danish Parliament Folketinget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.2.2 Expert Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
The 2030 Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Council for Corpotate Social Responsibility and Sustainable Development Goals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
5.2.3 Civil Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Global Focus and the Danish 92 Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
The Danish Youth Council (DUF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.2.4 The Private Sector and Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
The Confederation of Danish Industry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Global Compact Network Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
The Danish Chamber of Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
The Danish Food Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5.2.5 Academic Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
The University of Southern Denmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
UNESCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5.2.6 Regions and Municipalities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Danish Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Local Government Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
The SDGs in Danish Municipalities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Gladsaxe Municipality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
The City of Copenhagen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Sønderborg Municipality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Guldborgsund Municipality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Vejle Municipality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Aarhus Municipality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
4
5.3 National Frameworks and Institutional Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
5.3.1 Domestic Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.3.2 International Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.3.3 Monitoring and Review Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.3.4 Structural Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.4 Means of Implementation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.4.1 Sustainable Development in Budgets and Funding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.4.2 Progress – New Policy Initiatives in the Action Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.4.3 The Global Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.4.4 Partnerships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
6. Denmark’s Progress on the Sustainable Development Goals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
6.1 The Government’s Assessment of Present Fulfilment and Progress Towards Fulfilment of the Targets. 91
6.2 Reading Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.3 Civil Society’s Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
6.4 Denmark’s Performance 2017-2021 According to the SDG Index and Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
6.5 Externalities and Spillovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7. Leave No One Behind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
7.1 Sustainability for All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
8. Recovery after COVID-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
8.1 Consequences of COVID-19 in Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8.2 Background for the Recovery and Resilience Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
8.3 Elements of Denmark’s Recovery and Resilience Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
8.4 International Efforts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8.5 Next Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
9. Conclusion and Efforts Going Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Annexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda Denmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVID-19 and its influence on some aspects of sustainable development in Denmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 7
1. Opening Statement
Globally, Denmark ranks high in fulfilment of the
17 Sustainable Development Goals and promotion
of the 2030 Agenda. The importance of the goals
cannot be overstated. They are the touchstone of
the world’s collective fight for a more just and sus-
tainable future.
As a nation, Denmark can be proud of its results.
We can be proud of our welfare state, strong insti-
tutions, and unique partnerships. Combined, they
enable us to chart a wide variety of paths in sustai-
nable development that can inspire other countries.
Nevertheless, our position as frontrunner does not
permit us to grow stagnant. We have yet to fulfil all
of the goals, and we need to ensure that we do.
With this second Voluntary National Review, Den-
mark reports on progress since presenting its first
review in 2017 at the High-Level Political Forum in
New York. The report takes a few new approaches
to documenting Denmark’s progress towards the
Sustainable Development Goals. It includes asses-
sments of Denmark’s position by both the Danish
government and civil society, as well as insights into
how various actors of Danish society have worked
to support the Sustainable Development Goals.
Efforts to fulfil the Sustainable Development Goals
are backed by the Danish Parliament, the private
sector, organisations, academic institutions, muni-
cipalities and regions, and civil society actors. They
are all critical to the process. The anchoring of
the goals is clear in Denmark’s second Voluntary
National Review, where actors spanning Danish
society have provided input about on-the-ground
efforts and recommendations. Their contributions
have been welcome additions to the creation of this
review.
I am proud of how Danish society is collectively
taking action towards realising the Sustainable
Development Goals. Together, we are taking the
necessary steps to ensure socially, economically,
and environmentally sustainable development. The
2030 Agenda represents our commitment to keep
up our efforts. Above all, the generational contract
– that we must pass on a better world than the one
we received – must be honoured.
It is important that we take a critical look at our
progress, and that we highlight the areas where
continued hard work is required to reach our goals.
We must address a variety of imbalances and ine-
qualities in our society and ensure that we leave
no one behind in the process. The government has
presented a national action plan for follow-up on
the Sustainable Development Goals that includes
new policy initiatives. An example is the policy of
screening all new bills for their impact relating to
the goals.
I would like to thank everyone who contributed to
this report. The process has been instructive, and
I hope that Denmark’s second Voluntary National
Review can inspire others to take further action.
We have worked to create an inclusive and trans-
parent report that is attentive to the challenges we
face, particularly those relating to climate efforts
and responsible consumption and production. This
approach reflects Denmark’s commitment to uphol-
ding its global responsibility for a better future.
Familiar challenges lie ahead, and new ones will
emerge. But we are well equipped to address and
overcome these challenges together.
Nicolai Wammen
Minister for Finance
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 9
2. Highlights
Denmark hereby presents the second Voluntary
National Review. This chapter provides highlights
from the report. Globally, Denmark is at the fore-
front of sustainable development according to the
SDSN and has successfully implemented numerous
Sustainable Development Goals. However, there
are still important challenges to face. Further action
is needed.
2.1 Review Process
The VNR is coordinated by the Ministry of Finance
and prepared by combined work of all ministries
and stakeholders in the Danish society. A significant
improvement of the second VNR relates to the
inclusion of two independent assessments of the
progress on each SDG by government officials as
well as civil society actors. It also includes chapters
written by actors of the parliament, civil society, the
private sector, organizations, academic institutions,
municipalities, and regions. Another new element
of the VNR is a peer review process, where Norway
and Kenya have supported Denmark in the VNR
preparations by reviewing the draft report and
engaging in a peer dialogue on good practices and
valuable recommendations.
The review also builds on newly established insti-
tutional mechanisms and research. Monitoring
of the development of the SDGs has improved
significantly, especially as a result of the efforts
by Statistics Denmark, who, among other things,
launched a unique statistical database in 2018 that
provides a necessary tool for the follow-up of the
SDG implementation.
2.2 Policy and Enabling
Environment
The VNR is based on two fundamental principles of
transparency and involvement, which is reflected
in the scope of stakeholder engagement. The VNR
demonstrates how parliament, civil society, the
private sector, organizations, academic institutions,
municipalities, and regions continue to integrate the
SDGs into their core strategies.
First, the report includes a chapter written by the
2030 Network, providing information on working
with the SDGs in the Danish Parliament. The 2030
Network has, among other things, appointed the
advisory board, the 2030 Panel, encouraged the
establishment of the Parliamentary Working Group
on the SDGs, and was responsible for an impor-
tant exchange of knowledge at the conference “A
Decade of Action” in 2020.
Second, two chapters are included in the section
Expert Panels, where the 2030 Panel and the Coun-
cil for Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustai-
nable Development Goals describe their work with
the SDGs. As the 2030 Network, the 2030 Panel
has a particular focus on the green SDGs and the
Leave No One Behind-agenda. In collaboration with
Statistics Denmark, the 2030 Panel created natio-
nal Danish indicators in the baseline project “Our
Goals” in 2020.
Third, Global Focus and the Danish 92 Group pre-
sent an overview of key changes and lessons lear-
ned from civil society’s perspective. The chapter
includes examples of civil society actors who have
contributed to awareness-raising and implementa-
tion of the SDGs, and it highlights the importance of
different areas such as Leaving No One Behind and
policy coherence. This is supported by the strong
voices of the Danish Youth Council, who among
other areas emphasize education, partnerships, and
youth involvement.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
10
Fourth, the implementation of the SDGs in the
private sector and organisations is described in
chapters by the Confederation of Danish Industry,
Global Compact Network Denmark, The Danish
Chamber of Commerce, and the Danish Agriculture
& Food Council. The chapters provide evidence of
increased awareness of and focus on sustainability
in the Danish business community, where climate
partnerships are evolving, and there is a particular
focus on responsible consumption and production
(SDG 12).
Furthermore, increased awareness is supported
by academic institutions, where chapters by the
University of Southern Denmark and UNESCO
describe how research and education contribute to
sustainable development.
Lastly, Danish Regions and Local Government Den-
mark present cross-cutting effort in regions and
municipalities. The Municipality of Gladsaxe is the
first Danish municipality to prepare a Voluntary
Local Review (VLR), a summary of which is presen-
ted in the report. Furthermore, the report includes
chapters by five Danish municipalities working
actively with the SDGs through e.g. sustainability
in mega-events in Copenhagen and Denmark’s
only Centre for Sustainable Development Goals in
Sønderborg.
The SDGs are increasingly anchored among actors
in society, of whom the Government has received
knowledge, inspirational material, and valuable
recommendations for the preparations of the new
national action plan and the VNR as well as specific
input for policy initiatives. Several meetings, hea-
rings, and conferences have provided platforms for
necessary mutual exchange and increased aware-
ness. Denmark is committed to an ambitious fol-
low-up nationally as well as internationally, and this
requires a united effort.
2021 includes the launch of a new national action
plan on the implementation of the 2030 Agenda.
The action plan includes new policy initiatives
targeting important areas in need of change, in
particular SDGs 12 and 13 on responsible consump-
tion and production as well as climate action. As
an example, several initiatives focus on expanded
cooperation between the private and public sector
focusing on the achievement of sustainable and
socially responsible value chains. Furthermore, the
anchoring of SDGs in policymaking is strengthened
through the decision that all legislative proposals
must undergo a screening process with respect to
their impact in terms of the 2030 Agenda.
2.3 Progress on SDGs
Denmark is in a strong position in relation to many
SDGs, especially in terms of health and well-being,
education, sustainable energy, peace, justice and
strong institutions. Denmark’s key challenges
relate to responsible consumption and production
as well as climate action, and further attention is,
in particular, needed for the improvement of life in
the ocean and life on land. As a nation with an ambi-
tious green agenda, Denmark feels significantly
responsible contributing to the green transition as
well as assuming global responsibility and collabo-
rate on long-term sustainable solutions with other
countries.
2.4 Leave No One Behind
The SDGs are not fulfilled until they are fulfilled for
everyone. While the Danish welfare state consti-
tutes a good starting point for equal opportunities,
some vulnerable groups are still less able or even
unable to participate in society.
While the agenda is receiving increasing attention,
more remains to be done. The Danish Government
is working actively with the agenda, where initiati-
ves include, but are not limited to, improvement of
labour market conditions for vulnerable groups, due
diligence, and LGBTI rights. Denmark is committed
to not only include, but also empower. An example
of this approach is the initiative “Children First”,
which seeks to ensure better conditions for equal
opportunities in childhood.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 11
2.5 COVID-19 and Recovery
Efforts
The theme of HLPF 2021 is “Sustainable and resi-
lient recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic that
promotes the economic, social and environmental
dimensions of sustainable development: building
an inclusive and effective path for the achievement
of the 2030 Agenda in the context of the decade of
action and delivery for sustainable development”.
Therefore, the report includes a designated chapter
on COVID-19 and recovery efforts in Denmark.
The foundation of Denmark’s Recovery and Resili-
ence Plan is to utilize the need to stimulate the eco-
nomy to support and frontload investments in the
green transition. While the funds will help stimulate
the economy and support jobs and companies in the
short run, they will also contribute to speeding up
the green transition in the medium to long run. This
effort is crucial to meet Denmark’s ambitious cli-
mate target of lowering greenhouse gas emissions
in Denmark by 70% in 2030.
2.6 Efforts Going Forward
Denmark is making notable progress on many of
the SDGs, but there are still significant challenges
that must be addressed, particularly in relation to
SDGs 5, 12, 13, 14 and 15. Several of these SDGs
are addressed in the national action plan. In 2022, a
progress report will review the progress following
the action plan.
Denmark is committed to design and implement
sustainable solutions both socially, economically
and environmentally. Both large and small steps
have been taken, and these will be followed by even
more in the coming years, where the Government
continues to integrate sustainability in political
initiatives, and stakeholders in society continue to
contribute on all levels.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 13
3. Introduction
2015 was a landmark year in the international
community’s fight for a better and more sustainable
world. In September of that year, Denmark chaired
the session that adopted the UN’s 17 Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs). The SDGs aim to esta-
blish a common vision and direction for the UN’s
193 member states in their efforts for a more equal,
just and sustainable world, with a particular focus
on social, economic and environmental issues. Den-
mark shares the vision of a sustainable future and is
well-positioned to achieve the 17 SDGs. This posi-
tion of strength brings great responsibility, even for
a country as small as a Denmark.
In 2017, Denmark submitted its first Voluntary
National Review (VNR) to the UN. The report pre-
sented broad insights into Denmark’s efforts to
achieve the SDGs and highlighted the enormous
commitment among stakeholders in Danish society.
Denmark’s second VNR takes a major step forward
in terms of reporting, providing a thorough and
well-founded assessment of Denmark’s progress
towards achieving each of the 17 SDGs. This asses-
sment is divided into two sections: one containing
the Danish Government’s assessment of progress
on each of the 17 SDGs, and another containing
assessments of progress written by representatives
of civil society. Although Denmark has had a head-
start in pursuing the SDGs, much more can undoub-
tedly be done. Many of the underlying targets
require action. The presentation of assessments
by both the Government and civil society actors is
reflective of the strong civil society in Denmark, and
illustrates that an ambitious joint effort is the best
way forward.
Words are backed up with action in the national
action plan, launched in June 2021, which outlines
the national initiatives launched in support of the
2030 Agenda. This 2021 VNR presents an extensive
overview of policy initiatives focusing on fulfilment
of the SDGs, bringing to light the national action in
Denmark. The 2030 Agenda and financing of sus-
tainable development efforts are also reflected in
Denmark’s annual Finance Acts and budget negotia-
tions, as well as in the Danish Government’s strate-
gies and initiatives.
Denmark’s second VNR also attests to how the
SDGs are becoming increasingly anchored in Danish
society. The report presents overviews, assess-
ments, cases, initiatives and advice on efforts to
implement the SDGs by the Danish Parliament, the
private sector, organisations, academic institutions,
municipalities, regions and, not least, civil society,
an absolutely crucial participant in Denmark’s pur-
suit of the SDGs. The report includes an appendix
prepared by Statistics Denmark that provides sta-
tistical insight on efforts relating to the SDGs. All
of the above attests to both existing and potential
opportunities for unique collaborations between
various actors in Danish society.
The SDGs concern everyone in society and they
are not fulfilled until they are fulfilled for all. The
principle of Leave No One Behind is thus a high
priority in Denmark. The 2021 VNR features a
chapter on this agenda, highlighting efforts relating
to vulnerable groups in Denmark, including a series
of focused initiatives carried out under the auspices
of various ministries to support the fulfilment of
specific targets.
The 2021 VNR also features a chapter on recovery
after COVID-19, including a description of the
challenges relating to the pandemic and fulfilling
the SDGs, and an overview of the elements in
Denmark’s Recovery and Resilience Plan. One
cornerstone of the Danish recovery plan is support
for massive investments in the green transition
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
14
– investments that are essential for reaching the
target of a 70% reduction in greenhouse gas emissi-
ons by 2030.
Denmark commenced a valuable peer review
collaboration with Norway and Kenya in 2021.
This collaboration involves the mutual exchange
of knowledge, comments and recommendations
specifically relating to the first draft of the report,
which the governments of Norway and Kenya have
had the opportunity to read. Denmark appreciates
the comments and valuable recommendations on
the VNR, which have been very useful in the process
and will be very useful in future work. Denmark
also regularly exchanges knowledge and experience
with other countries, which has supported the esta-
blishment of “good practices” in the preparation and
authoring of this review. These practices are reflec-
ted in the structure of the 2021 VNR and also pro-
vide a strong basis for preparation of the next VNR.
In addition to the above, the report provides insight
into the preparations ahead of the review, the
organisation of efforts relating to the SDGs, imple-
mentation, and follow-up activities. The structure
of the report follows the UN’s official guidelines and
the principles described in Article 74 of the 2030
Agenda.
Denmark has a long and strong tradition of
developing and designing long-term sustainable
solutions. Denmark’s second VNR focuses on
the country’s strengths and potential for further
development, making it an important instrument
in efforts to fulfil the SDGs. As a nation with an
ambitious green agenda, Denmark has a special
responsibility to support and showcase sustainable
development nationally and internationally. Den-
mark’s second VNR also provides an opportunity
for greater focus on the barriers to progress in
economically, socially and environmentally sustai-
nable development. Going forward, the VNR will
increasingly serve as an instrument for Denmark to
further accelerate implementation of the SDGs.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 17
4. Method and
Preparations
4.1 Background for Denmark’s
Second VNR
In 2017, Denmark published its first Voluntary
National Review. With its second VNR in 2021 – a
more transparent and inclusive report – Denmark
is following up on developments and progress in
efforts relating to the 2030 Agenda and the UN’s 17
Sustainable Development Goals.
Denmark’s second VNR is based on official UN
guidelines, which have inspired the report’s struc-
ture and provided a framework for preparing a
consistent and transparent account of the imple-
mentation of the SDGs at the national, regional and
global levels.
Denmark’s second VNR largely focuses on develop-
ments at the national and sub-national levels. Civil
society actors, the private sector, organisations,
academic institutions, municipalities and regions
have contributed cases and insights regarding their
work in support of sustainable development and
the SDGs. Large parts of Denmark’s VNR are based
on the national action plan for implementation of
the SDGs. In the national action plan, all ministerial
areas have conducted assessments of Denmark’s
efforts and progress on each individual target
within their respective area. In the action plan, the
Government presents concrete political initiatives
that aim to strengthen Denmark’s implementation
of the SDGs and focus on the Leave No One Behind
Agenda.
The Danish VNR draws on existing data and
knowledge from studies and reports prepared by
a number of independent bodies. One example
of valuable knowledge sharing is the “Our Goal”
report by Statistics Denmark and the 2030 Panel,
published on 1 September 2020. In Denmark, it has
been deemed essential to find concrete and tangible
data that can report on progress in implementing
the SDGs over time, and that this data be easily
accessible. In 2018, Statistics Denmark also laun-
ched an SDG data platform where users can access
Danish statistics regarding progress on 232 indi-
cators pertaining to the 169 targets. This platform
has contributed to a sound, data-driven basis for
Denmark’s second VNR and provides a statistical
basis for assessment, making it easier to monitor
and follow up on Denmark’s efforts to implement
the SDGs.
In addition to the official UN guidelines on the
structure of the report, Denmark’s VNR is based
on the principles outlined in Article 74 of the 2030
Agenda. These principles have been instrumental
throughout the preparation of this report, leading
to important considerations about the data on
which the report builds and the extent of stake-
holder involvement. As a result, Denmark’s VNR is
rooted in an ambition of openness, inclusion and
transparency, with the involvement of a diversity
of stakeholders being a high priority. The VNR was
also prepared on the basis of widely available and
transparent statistical assessments carried out by
Statistics Denmark, which is reflected in the statisti-
cal annex.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
18
4.2 Preparation of the Review
The Danish Ministry of Finance has been respon-
sible for coordinating and collecting contributions
to Denmark’s second VNR. In November 2020, the
ministry set out an overall plan for the preparation
of the report and discussed the plan of inviting sta-
keholders as participants in the VNR process. All
ministerial areas were involved in the preparation
process, from planning the authoring of the report
to concrete follow-up on efforts pertaining to each
of the 17 SDGs. To ensure a report that presents a
broad and nuanced review of Denmark’s work with
the SDGs at various levels of society and within
various areas of focus, extensive stakeholder invol-
vement was deemed necessary.
As part the preparation process, the Danish Minis-
try of Finance engaged in dialogue with the Danish
2030 Network, which is the Danish Parliament’s
inter-party network for efforts to achieve the UN’s
SDGs. The Danish Ministry of Finance was also in
close dialogue with the 2030 Panel, a panel appoin-
ted by the 2030 Network consisting of 24 members
who either represent key actors in Danish society
or possess special knowledge about the implemen-
tation and fulfilment of the UN SDGs nationally and
globally. Through dialogue, the Panel contributes
to public debate and national policy development,
while playing an important role in raising national
awareness of the UN’s 17 SDGs and the 2030
Agenda. The 2030 Panel supports the 2030 Net-
work’s parliamentary work by providing critical and
constructive feedback, knowledge and analysis;
through ongoing dialogue with the Danish Ministry
of Finance, the Panel has provided valuable input in
connection with the Danish Government’s action
plan and the VNR report.
Denmark’s second VNR and the new action plan
establish a clear ambition and intention to translate
words into actions and concrete policy initiatives.
Stakeholder engagement has been crucial in this
regard, as Denmark’s efforts are rooted in the belief
that the best results are achieved through collective
and cooperative efforts. The SDGs will not be achie-
ved until they are achieved for all, which requires
broad adoption of the SDGs and strong awareness
of them throughout Danish society. Therefore, it
was essential to involve civil society organisations,
businesses, academic institutions, municipalities,
regions and parliamentary networks throughout
the VNR process. It was also a high priority to
ensure a transparent and open assessment of Den-
mark’s progress in efforts to achieve the SDGs, both
from the perspective of the Danish Government
and civil society.
Denmark has a tradition of strong civil society
organisations and actors. It was therefore impor-
tant to develop a plan for the meaningful involve-
ment of relevant actors in the follow-up process.
Meetings were regularly conducted with these
actors regarding the Government’s action plan and
the national VNR report. These meetings aimed to
give space and voice to relevant actors outside the
Government and to strengthen the dialogue and
cooperation on sustainable development between
the Government and civil society. A significant
part of this work is reflected in the report, where
the stakeholders have contributed independently
prepared reviews and cases. See chapter 5 for more
on stakeholder engagement and their individual
contributions.
In connection with follow-up efforts at the sub-na-
tional level, the Danish Ministry of Finance establis-
hed contact through Local Government Denmark
with a number of municipalities that are particularly
active in efforts to implement the 2030 Agenda and
the UN’s SDGs. On November 9, 2020, the Danish
Ministry of Finance held a preliminary meeting
with Local Government Denmark, after which the
Ministry engaged in dialogue with the municipali-
ties regarding the possibility of preparing Voluntary
Local Reviews (VLRs) offering any advice and sup-
port along the way. An excerpt of Gladsaxe Muni-
cipality’s VLR – the first-ever VLR from a Danish
municipality – is presented here in Denmark’s
second VNR. Besides Gladsaxe, five other Danish
municipalities are represented in the report, where
they have contributed insights regarding their work
with the SDGs.
Statistical follow-
up process
by Statistics
Denmark
Ministries
work to assess
progress on the
17 SDGs
Stakeholder
coordination
Civil society
actors invited to
assess progress
on the
17 SDGs
Peer review
with Norway
and Kenya
Hearing on
Leave No
One Behind
Sustainable
Development
Conference
2021
Stakeholders
invited to
contribute to the
VNR
Hearings on the
action plan
Meetings with
stakeholders
regarding input for
the action plan and
the VNR
Approval
process by the
Government
“Exam
Preparation” Event
at The People’s
Meeting
Coordination
network of
ministries
Core elements
of the preparation
process
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
20
4.3 Main Messages from the
Peer Dialogue
In pursuit of the goal of an open and inclusive fol-
low-up process, the Danish Ministry of Finance and
the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Denmark esta-
blished contact with the Norwegian Government
and initiated a collaboration and dialogue regarding
the preparation and content of the report. The aim
here was to exchange experiences and provide an
opportunity for comments and recommendations
on each other’s reports, thus illuminating strengths
and weaknesses, and ultimately improving the qua-
lity of both countries’ reports. Furthermore, contact
was established with the Kenyan Government, who
presented a VNR in 2020 and expressed interest
in reading and commenting on the first draft of the
Danish VNR.
The main messages from the dialogue are presented
below. Denmark greatly appreciates the comments
and valuable recommendations on future work.
Norway’s main messages to Denmark
Norway is grateful to be given the opportunity to collaborate with Denmark throughout the
VNR-process resulting in this peer review. Denmark has provided Norway with excellent support
in the preparation the VNR-report, and we highly appreciate the insight and experience that has
been shared in the process.
The following comments are based on the first draft of Denmark’s VNR-report.
• Denmark’s second VNR is logically structured in accordance with the VNR-handbook. This
provides the reader with a good structure for reading the report and enables them to easily
navigate to the topics they are most interested in.
• The report provides a comprehensive overview of how Denmark works towards achieving the
2030 Agenda, and how far the country has progressed since the first VNR-report.
• Norway is impressed by how the Danish society as a whole works together to ensure progress
on the SDGs. In particular, it is interesting to read about how the 2030 panel and the Expert
Councils had a positive effect on implementing the 2030 Agenda.
• Denmark has successfully integrated views and recommendations from civil society, business
organisations and other stakeholders in the report. This provides valuable knowledge and a
more in-depth perspective on how Denmark works towards the SDGs.
• Engagement with stakeholders is key to a meaningful VNR-process, and Denmark demon-
strates that it is prioritised, especially by including the assessment of the progress on each goal
from civil society.
• Norway welcomes how Denmark included how much local and regional governments con-
tribute to the SDGs, and we would take the opportunity to congratulate the municipality of
Gladsaxe with the completion of their first Voluntary Local Review.
• Denmark includes a chapter on Leaving no one behind (LNOB) which provides the reader with
an informative overview of Danish policies. The list of policy initiatives clearly shows that
LNOB is a priority in the country’s work towards the 2030 Agenda. Norway would however for
the next VNR recommend that the digital aspect of LNOB is also addressed.
• The chapter on the recovery after COVID-19 is thorough and it is interesting to read how the
recovery plan is connected to achieving the SDGs. This is something everyone should consider.
Norway recommends expanding this part in Denmark’s next VNR in order for lessons learned
and best practice to be shared further.
Norway would like to thank Denmark for being an excellent partner in the VNR-process and to
send our congratulations for delivering an inclusive and thorough VNR-report.
Box 4.1
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 21
Kenya’s main messages to Denmark
• First, we thank the Government of Denmark for the honour bestowed on the Government of
Kenya together with Norway to review their 2021 Voluntary National Review. We consider
this process important as it provides an opportunity for the members states to share experi-
ences and also for mutual learning which is critical in the implementation of the 2030 Agenda.
• We congratulate the Government of Denmark and the technical staff for the comprehensive
VNR document.
• Denmark is perceived a good performer in the implementation of the 2030 Agenda and is
placed at top positions in several SDGs ranking. This could be attributed to the high level of
SDGs awareness where according to the VNR, 3 out of 4 Danes (75%) are aware or heard
about SDGs. The SDGs awareness is critical for their implementation as it creates genuine
ownership and support. It is recommended that the VNR include an analysis of what Denmark
government has done to achieve this high level of awareness within a very short time where
the awareness level has increased from 16% in 2017 to 75% in 2020. This would be a good
practice to be replicated by other member states. The civil society has done a commendable job
in awareness raising as outlined in the report and which other civil societies internationally can
benefit from.
• The Government of Denmark has a strong commitment to the implementation of the 2030
Agenda which is evidenced by the National Action Plan for the implementation of the SDGs.
This action plan is a strong instrument to strengthen coordination of all the stakeholders in
SDGs process. We consider this a good practice as the Agenda puts more emphasis on mul-
tistakeholder partnership. It is recommended that an elaboration of its preparatory process
which is important for ownership, how this action plan is aligned to the mandates of the minis-
tries and how it is monitored to ensure stakeholders adhere to its implementation be included
in the report. It is also important to show how it is linked to the finance bill and budget negotia-
tions to ensure adequate funding.
• Denmark has a long history of sustainable development. The integration of sustainable devel-
opment into Denmark’s annual finance act and budget negotiations is something worth emu-
lating by the international community as a good practice. This is in line with the 2030 Agenda
which emphasises on domestic resource mobilization to implement the Agenda.
• The Government is committed to working with other stakeholders in the implementation
of the SDGs. Specifically, the implementation of the SDGs has benefited from close working
relationship with Danish parliament. This is well reflected in the different structures that have
been put in place to advance this course. Owing to the critical role of parliament in advanc-
ing the SDGs through financing and legislative functions, the VNR could benefit more from
highlighting the level of interaction between this parliamentary engagement on SDGs and the
Government specifically the Ministry of Finance which is the SDGs Coordinating entity in Den-
mark.
• The approach of capturing in the VNR how the private sector, civil society, parliament, aca-
demic institutions, municipalities and regions integrate the SDGs into their core strategies is a
clear indication that the Government is willing to let the voices of other stakeholders be heard
which is quite commendable. Owing to the many stakeholders working on SDGs, the VNR
could give a detailed description on how these stakeholders were identified, the methodology
used by the Government in engaging these stakeholders both in the implementation and the
review process.
Box 4.2
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
22
• The integrated nature of the SDGs requires that we move away from “silo approach” to inte-
grated approach. Although Denmark has an action plan which guides the stakeholders in SDGs
implementation, trade-offs and policy incoherencies may still be a challenge in Denmark as
there is no evidence on how these have been addressed. For example, the achievement of the
targets according to the VNR report is at the inter-ministerial level but there is no elaboration
of how horizontal coherence (between ministries) is ensured. This is also the case between
ministries and local government (vertical coherence).
• Leaving no one behind is one of the key principles of the 2030 Agenda and require that those
who are furthest behind and most excluded are identified and prioritised. The Government of
Denmark is putting in place a number of initiatives to mainstream the principle of leaving no
one behind in the implementation of the SDGs which is a clear indication that leaving no one
behind is at the heart of the Government development priorities. The programmes are focusing
on both the national level and the international cooperation. The VNR report would benefit
more by providing a description of the methodology used to identify those being left behind
and the reasons, where they are located and their specific needs. This may include availability
of adequate disaggregated data. Comparison with 2017 VNR could give the trend on how the
Government of Denmark is progressing in ensuring that no one is left behind.
• The 2021 Denmark VNR is the second having prepared the first in 2017. Considering that
the review process is an instrument that help countries to identify challenges in implementing
the SDGs and develop strategies to address them as well as lessons moving forward, in future
VNRs, Denmark could consider emphasizing on the progress made from the previous VNR,
challenges and gaps identified in the last VNR and how they have been addressed.
• We like the presentation in the statistical annex with graphs which makes it easier for the
reader to see the trends in the indicators. However, there is numerous data on quite a number
of indicators that Denmark does not collect . It would have been better to explain why the data
for these indicators are not collected and whether there are plans to collect the data moving
forward to enable Denmark report on those indicators.
T
h
eDanish Government The Danish Parliam
e
n
t
E
x
p
e
r
t
p
a
n
e
l
s
C
i
v
i
l
s
o
c
i
e
t
y
T
h
e
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
s
e
c
t
o
r
a
n
d
o
r
g
a
n
i
s
a
t
i
o
n
s
A
c
a
d
e
m
i
c
i
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
s
R
e
g
i
o
n
s
a
n
d
m
u
n
i
c
i
p
a
l
i
t
i
e
s
Contributors to
Denmark’s second Voluntary
National Review
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 25
5.1 Organisation of Efforts
to Achieve the Sustainable
Development Goals
The 17 Sustainable Development Goals constitute
an ambitious agenda. To achieve results and reach
the goals, the effort and contribution of each and
every one of us is vital. Businesses, civil society
actors, municipalities, schools, investors and many
others are working actively and diligently on the
Danish implementation of the SDGs. Businesses use
the SDGs as a management tool to attract investors
and customers. UNESCO SDG schools are sprouting
up and putting global citizenship and sustainability
on the agenda, and civil society organisations are
working hard to ensure that women in developing
countries know and can exercise their political and
social rights. At the parliamentary level, great efforts
are being made to implement the SDGs in everyday
work. Municipalities are developing organisational
strategies that are focused on sustainability and
based on the SDGs, and the Danish Parliament has
appointed working groups tasked with ensuring a
broad and inclusive debate on the SDGs. As a result
of these efforts, the SDGs are already broadly
rooted in Danish society. Meanwhile, the Danish
Government continues to present new initiatives to
ensure even broader implementation of the SDGs in
the public and private sectors, and throughout the
population at large. Together we have the power to
create results – both in Denmark and internationally.
5. Policy and
Enabling
Environment
Box 5.1 • The Danish Government:
All ministries
• The Danish Parliament:
The 2030 Network
• Expert panels:
The 2030 Panel
The Council for Corporate Social Responsi-
bility and Sustainable Development Goals
• Civil society:
Global Focus and the Danish 92 Group
The Danish Youth Council
• The private sector and organisations:
The Confederation of Danish Industry
Global Compact Network Denmark
The Danish Agriculture & Food Council
The Danish Chamber of Commerce
• Academic institutions:
The University of Southern Denmark
UNESCO
• Regions and municipalities:
Danish Regions
Local Government Denmark
Gladsaxe Municipality
The City of Copenhagen
Sønderborg Municipality
Guldborgsund Municipality
Vejle Municipality
Aarhus Municipality
Contributors to Denmark’s second Voluntary National Review
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
26
5.1.1 Organisation of Efforts at
the National Level
In Denmark, the Danish Ministry of Finance is
responsible for coordinating national implemen-
tation and follow-up on the 2030 Agenda and the
SDGs. The Danish Ministry of Finance coordinates
with the other ministries, which are responsible
for integrating the SDGs into national policy within
their respective areas of responsibility. This coor-
dination is rooted in the Danish Government’s
commitment to integrating efforts in support of
the SDGs and sustainable development into its
everyday work and national policies. The Danish
Ministry of Finance is also responsible for coordina-
ting and preparing the Danish Government’s action
plan. The action plan is the Government’s national
strategy for efforts to implement and achieve the
SDGs. The action plan establishes a framework for
efforts pertaining to the sustainability agenda and
supports the ambitions underlying the SDGs. As
part of the action plan’s preparation, each ministry
maps out Denmark’s performance in relation to
each of the 169 SDG targets and provides insights
into policy work aiming to support the Leave No
One Behind agenda.
Responsibility for following up and implementing
the SDGs lies with the individual ministries. The
169 SDG targets are divided into the relevant areas
of responsibility. Due to frequent overlap between
the ministries’ areas of responsibility and interests,
efforts to implement and achieve the targets are
carried out at an inter-ministerial level. By virtue of
their implementation responsibilities, the ministries
have proposed a series of policy initiatives to over-
come Danish challenges pertaining to some of the
targets. For example, in February 2020 the Danish
Ministry of Culture joined the Addressing Climate
Change Impacts on Cultural and Natural Heritage
initiative, which supports SDG target 11.4: Strengt-
hen efforts to protect and safeguard the world’s
cultural and natural heritage.
The role of the Danish Parliament in the implemen-
tation of the 2030 Agenda and the UN’s 17 SDGs
has only grown stronger by the year. The 2030
Network, a forum for a broad and inclusive debate
on the SDGs, was founded in March 2017. The
2030 Network is tasked with promoting the SDGs,
ensuring they are a natural part of the work of all
Danish members of parliament, and monitoring
national and international implementation of the
SDGs. As the SDGs concern everyone, the network
is broadly rooted among all parties represented in
the Danish Parliament, and membership is open to
every member of parliament. The network is there-
fore a platform for collaboration in support of the
SDGs between the Danish Parliament, Danish busi-
nesses, civil society organisations, and a number
of other actors. 2017 also saw the founding of the
2030 Panel, which serves the 2030 Network in a
cross-sectoral advisory function. The members of
the 2030 Panel are appointed by the 2030 Network,
but the panel is not subject to political instructions
and is thus able to make independent decisions. The
2030 Panel and the 2030 Network meet numerous
times each year. The mission of the panel is to sup-
port the 2030 Network’s political work through
dialogue, knowledge sharing and analytical input.
Parliamentary efforts in support of the SDGs were
further bolstered in 2018 with the appointment of
a parliamentary working group under the auspices
of the Parliamentary Finance Committee. This
working group was established to consolidate par-
liamentarian responsibility and coordination efforts
relating to the SDGs, and to ensure the progress
and alignment of efforts to achieve the SDGs. The
term of this working group was extended in 2021.
To ensure continuity and stability in its efforts, the
working group is positioned under the auspices of
the Parliamentary Finance Committee in acknow-
ledgement of the broad nature of its work and
the SDGs, which transcend the bounds of any one
specific area of responsibility. The working group
is responsible for ensuring the coordination of
efforts by parliamentary committees pertaining to
the SDGs, and for initiating dialogue on potential
new solutions. The working group is authorised to
submit recommendations to the Danish Govern-
ment and Danish Parliament regarding future
efforts relating to the SDGs.
In connection with Denmark’s second VNR, there
has been a special focus on stakeholder engagement
to ensure the report was prepared in a transparent
and inclusive process. From early on, many stake-
holders have expressed interest in participating; the
Danish Ministry of Finance has conducted nume-
rous, ongoing meetings with stakeholders regarding
both the VNR and the national action plan. The
Danish 2030 Network and 2030 Panel have been
particularly involved throughout the process. On
8 April 2021, the Minister of Finance met with the
2030 Panel to discuss the Danish Government’s
future implementation of the SDGs and efforts
thus far on the VNR report and the Danish Govern-
ment’s action plan. On 20 April 2021, the Minister
of Finance met with the 2030 Network to discuss
input on parliamentary efforts relating to the SDGs.
And on 21 April 2021, the Minister for Social Affairs
and Senior Citizens met with the organisation
Global Fokus for a hearing on recommendations
from civil society actors on the Danish Govern-
ment’s action plan and the VNR report, with a spe-
cial focus on the Leave No One Behind agenda. The
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 27
ongoing discussions and hearings with stakeholders
have contributed extensive constructive input in
connection with the preparation of the national
action plan and Denmark’s second VNR.
In continuation of the desire for an inclusive process
in the Danish Government’s efforts to implement
the UN’s SDGs, the Danish Ministry of Finance also
established an electronic mailbox (verdensmaal@
fm.dk), where stakeholders could send input on the
Danish Government’s action plan. This has given
businesses, municipalities, regions, organisations
and others with interest and knowledge in this
regard an opportunity to contribute to the policy
development process.
In 2020, the 2030 Panel and Statistics Denmark
launched the “Our Goals” project, which serves as a
supplement to the UN’s 17 SDGs and puts them in
a Danish context. This statistical tool gives Danish
politicians, civil society organisations, businesses,
researchers and others with an interest in the SDGs
an overview of Denmark’s progress in implemen-
ting the SDGs based on 197 new Danish points of
measurement. In 2018, Statistics Denmark also
launched an SDG platform that provides a statistical
overview of progress in the efforts to achieve each
target. This statistical basis enables stakeholders
and the Danish Government to monitor the SDGs. It
also enables politicians to assess whether the indivi-
dual ministries’ efforts towards fulfilling the targets
are moving in the right direction. These improved
assessment capabilities support policy work,
making it easier to discuss progress in efforts to
achieve the SDGs in different ministries. Statistics
Denmark has also provided a thorough statistical
overview of efforts to achieve the SDGs, which is
presented in an appendix to this report. To further
support the assessment of Denmark’s efforts per-
taining to the 2030 Agenda, progress reports are
prepared to follow up on the targets in the Danish
Government’s action plan for implementation of the
SDGs. The next report will be released in 2022.
In the work on Denmark’s second VNR, there has
been a clear ambition to strengthen stakeholder
engagement and to reflect on past experiences
and opportunities for improvement. Stakeholders
were thus involved at a very early stage to establish
a platform for dialogue and input throughout the
process. The purpose of this involvement was to
give stakeholders an inclusive and active role in
the preparation of the VNR, thus fostering broadly
rooted and national ownership of the 17 SDGs.
5.2 Stakeholder Engagement
Stakeholders are taking active ownership of the
SDGs. This will be clearly depicted in the following
chapters written by stakeholders across the Danish
society.
5.2.1 Parliament
The following chapter is written by the 2030 Net-
work (early May 2021).
The Danish Parliament Folketinget
The more the 2030 Agenda and the Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs) are embedded in the daily
work of the Parliament, the stronger the foundation for
progress. It is therefore key to ensure that the work is
anchored in the Parliament – across parties.
Working with the SDGs in the Danish
Parliament – across party lines
The Danish Parliament (Folketinget) is actively
taking part in the implementation of the SDGs in
Denmark. The 2030 Network was created in 2017.
It is an All-Party Parliamentary Group for the SDGs
with Members across all parties of the Danish
Parliament. Currently, the network includes 74
Members out of the 179 Members of the Danish
Parliament. The purpose of the network is to share
knowledge and debate various relevant themes
related to implementing the SDGs in Denmark.
The 2030 Network has appointed 24 representa-
tives from civil society, NGOs, organisations, the
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
28
business community, academia, etc., to an advisory
board called the 2030 Panel. The panel advises the
network in implementing the SDGs. The network
and panel are in regular dialogue to ensure that the
discussions in the network are updated and infor-
med. In 2020, an important landmark was achieved.
The “Our Goals” project (a baseline project 1
) was
launched, encompassing 197 measuring points
which translate the 17 SDGs into a Danish context.
The indicators are based on more than 6,000 pieces
of input from all parts of Danish society. Members
of the 2030 Network have also worked actively
to promote the creation of All-Party Parliamen-
tary Groups in Greenland and in the European
Parliament.
In 2018, the 2030 Network encouraged the Danish
Parliament to establish the Parliamentary Working
Group on the SDGs, which was established by the
Finance Committee, and includes 16 Members of
Parliament. The purpose of the Working Group is to
focus on how to measure progress. Additionally, it
assists all the various committees in Parliament in
contributing to the implementation of the SDGs (by,
for example, presenting a catalogue of ideas on how
to work with the SDGs) and pursuing parliamentary
control of the Danish Government in its work with
the SDGs.
Both the 2030 Network and the Working Group on
the SDGs are engaged in encouraging Members of
Parliament to take an active part in implementing
the SDGs and ensuring action is taken to reach the
goals of the 2030 Agenda. This was, for example,
the focus of a conference held in Parliament in 2020
called, “A Decade of Action”.
The 2030 Network and the Working Group have
had the opportunity to deliver input to the Danish
Government’s new action plan on the SDGs in the
preparatory phase, and have had informal discus-
sions with the Minister of Finance – who chairs the
Government’s SDG action plan.
Amongst the 2030 Network’s various contributi-
ons was the stressing of an action plan focusing on
action – especially in areas where Denmark is not at
the forefront. This includes, for example, the “green”
SDGs: SDG 11 on Sustainable Cities and Commu-
nities, SDG 12 on Responsible Consumption and
Production, SDG 13 on Climate Action, and SDG
14 on Life Below Water, as well as the cross-cutting
issue of lifestyle diseases, malnutrition, and inequa-
lity in general (and specifically in health). Moreover,
the importance of the underlying principle of Leave
No One Behind was accentuated.
How to strengthen the implementation of the
SDGs in legislative work
In order to ensure progress, it will be essential
to embed the SDGs in legislative processes, and
to establish a proper review mechanism. Such a
mechanism should involve some sort of Parliamen-
tary scrutiny and input from a whole range of actors
from civil society, local authorities, regions, NGOs,
the business community, etc., who are relevant to
achieving the goals. The mechanism should also
include an annual ministerial account based on
a review of progress from the Government. This
would not only ensure momentum regarding the
importance of progress towards the year 2030,
but would also ensure that the Government and
Parliament are engaged in a regular dialogue on
how to promote the SDGs; especially where action
is needed most. This will require that the regular
reviews are based on clearly defined and broadly
acknowledged indicators and benchmarks (prefe-
rably from the “Our Goals” project) and that actions
are taken if there is a lack of progress or setbacks.
If we are to succeed, implementing the SDGs will
require a broad and inclusive dialogue and invol-
vement of various actors – from the Government
to the Parliament, but also from regional, and local
authorities, civil society and the business commu-
nity – all over the world. The 2030 Network and the
Working Group on the SDGs therefore encourage
other parliaments to create All-party Parliamentary
Groups or Networks and to reach out to relevant
stakeholders to ensure continued progress towards
2030.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 29
5.2.2 Expert Panels
The following chapters are written by the 2030
Panel (end of April 2021) and the Council for Corpo-
rate Social Responsibility and Sustainable Develop-
ment Goals (early May 2021).
The 2030 Panel
The 2030 Panel is an advisory body established
by the Danish Parliament’s Cross-party Coalition
for the Sustainable Development Goals, the 2030
Network. The 2030 Panel consists of 25 strong
and diverse stakeholders designated by the 2030
Network as representatives of key players in the
Danish society by virtue of their personal capacity
and experience with implementation and fulfilment
of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) nati-
onally and globally. Sara Krüger Falk, Director of
Global Compact Network Denmark, is Chairman of
the 2030 Panel.
The aim of the Panel is to anchor the SDGs bro-
adly within the Danish society and to support and
provide advice for possible SDG solutions that
enable Danish politicians to act - faster and in
knowledge-based partnerships. The diversity of
the 2030 Panel ensures a broad perspective on the
subject matter, although all panel members are not
necessarily able to contribute to or have positions
on all SDG subjects due to their different areas of
expertise. This is also the case in the below-men-
tioned key changes/lessons learned in the Danish
implementation of the SDGs, which the 2030 Panel
wishes to highlight:
Key changes/lessons learned
Primary strengths of the Danish society
In a global perspective, Denmark is perceived as a
good performer in achieving the 2030 Agenda, and
several SDG-rankings place Denmark in top positi-
ons. Primary strengths of the Danish society are a
strong sense of community, high level of trust, and a
general agreement on the importance of sustainabi-
lity. Regarding the structural aspects of the Danish
approach to sustainability, Denmark has a universal
healthcare and educational system, a social security
system, cooperation among social partners, respon-
sible businesses, clean and efficient energy produc-
tion, and personal freedom.
Cross-sectoral dedication to the 2030 Agenda
In Denmark we have found a strong dedication to
the 2030 Agenda in all parts of society, which is also
evidenced by the very nature of the 2030 Panel.
The education system from primary school up to
the university level, have started incorporating the
SDGs into their curricula. Civil society organisati-
ons have incorporated the 2030 Agenda into their
strategies and are engaging a large portion of the
Danish population in festivals, events, and debates.
Kids and youth organisations are showing respon-
sibility for and engagement in the 2030 Agenda
as agents of change. The 2030 Agenda has had an
increasing presence in Danish media. Thanks to this
and other initiatives, three out of four Danes have
heard about or seen the SDGs in 20202
. The Danish
business sector has widely adopted the Sustainable
Development Goals and is turning them into busi-
ness objectives. Surveys show that up to two thirds
of businesses in Denmark work strategically with
sustainability - across sectors, sizes, and geography.3
Companies are developing new sustainable soluti-
ons or bringing existing technologies, services and
goods to new and underserved markets, or parts
of the population, and they are working to improve
the sustainability of their entire value chain. Also,
Danish municipalities and regions have adopted the
2030 Agenda. All five regions in Denmark work with
the SDGs and in a recent survey, nearly nine out of
ten municipalities say they have decided to work
with the SDGs.
Wide data coverage
Another Danish strength is a wide data coverage of
different aspect of the Danish society that allows
to measure and document the impact of different
sustainability initiatives on society. This also implies
that initiatives are continuously monitored by data
published with a relatively short time lag. Further-
more, the Danish data system makes it possible to
follow-up on initiatives across different sectors,
as data are interlinked. To anchor the SDGs within
a Danish context, and to support monitoring and
assessment of the SDGs, the 2030 Panel has taken
the initiative to create the world’s first supplementary
national indicators for the SDGs. The baseline project,
“Our Goals”, which comprises representatives from
all stakeholder groups, is the product of extensive
work owned by the 2030 Panel and implemented
by Danish Statistic. The National Danish Indicators
consist of 197 Danish indicators, that will serve as
a supplement to the existing global SDG indicator
framework. The national indicators will – together
with the other indicators – be measured every year,
and thus serve as a baseline as well as an indicator
of the status on implementing the SDGs in Den-
mark. This gives the Danish Government and other
actors working with the SDGs a unique opportu-
nity to take concrete action towards ensuring full
implementation of the SDGs in 2030. The project
is unique in many ways. First and foremost, it is
the world’s first set of national indicators, hope-
fully serving as an inspiration to other countries.
Furthermore, the project includes opinions from
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
30
different sectors, ensuring a broad ownership.
Lastly, the national indicators make the SDGs even
more relevant in a Danish context and thus hope-
fully engage more Danes in the work with the SDGs.
It is the hope of the 2030 Panel that Denmark inclu-
des these national indicators in a robust monitoring
model that ensures timely reviews of the SDGs and
targets, and measures progress towards concrete
objectives and specific and measurable targets.
“Build Forward Better”
The COVID-19 pandemic has plunged the world
into an economic, health and social crisis. Recovery
will be a key political challenge in the years to come,
in Denmark as well as in the rest of the world. For
the 2030 Panel, it is important that the way out
of the crisis is not a ”return to normal”. Denmark
should seize this opportunity to accelerate political
action and “Build Forward Better”. The pandemic has
forced us to change practices in many sectors and
the Panel finds that we now have a golden opportu-
nity to rethink and rebuild all sectors of the Danish
society with regard for the SDGs. This requires that
the SDGs play a role in their own right at the natio-
nal political level and help set the agenda. Thus far,
the Danish National Audit Office (Rigsrevisionen)
concluded in an October 2020 report that this has
not been the case in Denmark until now, i.e. during
2015-2020 and prior to the COVID-19-pandemic:
“Rigsrevisionen finds that, so far, the ministries’ work
with the SDGs has been based on their assessment that
their general activities and policies already embrace the
SDGs. Rigsrevisionen’s study shows that the ministries
have only in exceptional cases taken new initiatives or
made particular plans to realise the SDGs. It is Rigsre-
visionen’s assessment that the ministries’ and Statistics
Denmark’s reporting has not been well suited to inform
the recipients of progress made against achievement
of the SDGs in Denmark. As a consequence, neither
the Government nor the public has easy access to
information about Denmark’s progress towards rea-
lising the SDGs.”4
Fortunately, a new Danish action
plan on implementing the SDGs is on its way, in
which the Government has indicated new actions
such as status assessments on all SDGs, legislative
screenings, an annual progress report and increased
focus on the Leave No One Behind agenda. It is the
hope of the 2030 Panel that Denmark will seize
this opportunity to “Build Forward Better” in light
of the SDGs by launching an action plan containing
real and concrete actions, and specific, measurable
targets. With an ambitious action plan, Denmark
will mark itself as an international frontrunner and
hopefully inspire others to act alongside us.
The five P’s of the 2030 Agenda
When taking a closer look at the five Ps of the 2030
Agenda, the 2030 Panel can conclude that Denmark
is performing relatively well on People, Prosperity,
Partnership and Peace. This is partly a result of
some of the strengths of Danish society mentio-
ned above, and partly due to the direction taken
by Danish society in recent years. Regarding the
fifth P, Planet, Denmark is performing well in some
aspects; however, other aspects could be considered
challenging. The Panel finds it positive that Denmark
historically has been at the forefront of developing
environmental policies, and that in 2020 the Danish
Parliament adopted a Climate Law with broad
cross-party support. The law targets a 70% reduc-
tion in greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 relative
to 1990 levels; and has a goal that energy produc-
tion should be fossil-free by 2050. Nevertheless, the
2030 Panel finds that Denmark has faced challen-
ges fulfilling SDG13, SDG14 and especially SDG12
as the nation’s level of consumption and use of
resources is very high. If everyone in the world had
the same rate of consumption as in Denmark, we
would need more than four times the global resour-
ces every year. Even though 95% of Danish consu-
mers find it important that products are produced
responsibly, it still needs to become a popular pro-
ject. If Denmark is going to meet SDG12, it is there-
fore important to change the structural framework.
Since the public sector is responsible for 17% of the
Danish GDP, the public sector should take the lead
in responsible consumption by setting high product
standards, thereby encouraging the production of
more sustainable products. Moreover, a framework
should be created, ensuring that Danish companies
abroad show social responsibility with respect
for the UN’s Guiding Principles for Business and
Human Rights, and the OECD’s guidelines for multi-
national companies. Hence addressing the challen-
ges Denmark faces in performing well on the fifth
P, Planet, requires both strengthened waste mana-
gement and recycling, reduced food waste, a focus
on biodiversity, a reduction of CO2-emissions and
responsible consumption. Gender equality is also
an area for further improvement. Thus, the 2030
Panel finds it important that the Danish approach
to implementing the SDGs addresses those SDGs
where Denmark needs to pay particular attention
and do better. Denmark has an opportunity to excel
in the areas where there is need for improvement
today, but to accomplish this it is important that the
Danish objectives for achieving the SDGs are ambi-
tious - also in a Danish context.
Leaving No One Behind
In accordance with the 2030 Agenda’s Leave No
One Behind principle, an ambitious SDG implemen-
tation should aim to give all an equal opportunity
to participate in society without distinction of any
kind, such as gender, race, ethnic origin, handicap,
religion, belief, age, sexual orientation, residence,
or other status. In a national Danish context, this
requires active and ambitious actions to reduce
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 31
gender-related inequalities as well as inequalities
for ethnic or religious minorities, people with disabi-
lity and people on the margins of society due to very
low income, homelessness, or other factors. Hence,
it is the hope of the 2030 Panel that reducing inequ-
ality plays a central role in Denmark’s implementa-
tion of the SDGs in order to embrace the ambition
of leaving no one behind. As the Leaving No One
Behind principle is a principle, it should cut across all
SDGs and targets. This includes introducing syste-
matic analysis in the Danish ministries, identifying
which vulnerable groups are left behind, and which
should be lifted. It also includes an increased focus
on intersectionality and empowerment by systema-
tically consulting marginalized groups as key actors
who can contribute with valuable knowledge and
insight into existing barriers, needs and relevant
solutions.
The international perspective
The Panel finds it important that the Danish efforts
to achieve the SDGs do not have a one-sided focus
on domestic conditions, as climate change and
environmental challenges and many other challen-
ges have a cross-border nature. It is important that
we achieve the SDGs within Danish borders, but
we must also believe in the importance of contri-
buting internationally and support other countries
in achieving the SDGs. As of now, Denmark has a
large impact on climate change, the environment,
natural resources, and people in other countries
through global value chains and procurement. Den-
mark imports a large amount of goods produced
in other countries and therefore needs to focus on
reducing production and the negative impact in
global supply chains. Denmark’s status as a small
trading nation with an open economy means that
Danish CO2 emissions related to consumption and
imports far exceed the emissions that take place
within Denmark’s borders. If we are going to create
a new sustainable reality, we must also deal with our
impact on the climate and the social risks that arise
from the goods and services that are in demand in
Denmark but produced in the rest of the world. It is,
therefore, the hope of the 2030 Panel that Denmark
will promote sustainability in global value chains
to be a leader of climate action and the SDGs, and
that the Danish implementation of the SDGs will
have a strong focus on bringing sustainable soluti-
ons to the countries that need them most as well
as making Denmark a global advocate for the SDGs
and ensuring the necessary financing for the 2030
Agenda globally. This includes adopting a holistic
approach in implementing the SDGs and developing
mechanisms that enable a horizontal perspective,
where the SDGs and the implementation effort of
each goal are held up against each other to identify
synergies and contradictions.
Broad partnerships
It is a prerequisite for a successful implementation
of the SDGs that all types of actors work together.
In Denmark, there is a unique tradition of engaging
with stakeholders, as for example in the Danish
business community. Cooperation between com-
panies and their stakeholders is increasingly recog-
nized as necessary for realising the SDGs and the
long-term profitability of companies. This may be a
positive side effect from the Danish labour market
model, which is based on a division of responsibi-
lities between the Government, employer organi-
sations and labour organisations. The Government
collaborates with both sides of the industry on such
aspects as unemployment benefits, occupational
accident insurance and education. This collabora-
tion, called tripartite negotiations, fosters a willing-
ness and ability to engage in constructive dialogue
across industry interests and is often considered a
source of trust and cohesion in the Danish society.
Moreover, the current Government’s “Climate
Partnerships” exemplify an open and strong culture
of cooperation in Danish politics. It could very well
be extended to include several types of actors and
to other areas that support the SDGs, for instance
partnerships on education, welfare, sustainable
value chains and ethical trade, as well as gender
equality. The 2030 Panel itself exemplifies the wil-
lingness to cooperate on the realization of the 2030
Agenda. The 2030 Panel hopes that this strong
culture for partnerships will be further developed
in the Danish SDG implementation, and that pilot
projects and collaborations on responsible and
ethical sourcing in sectors with special challenges
are prioritised.
Inclusion of youth
The SDGs are a contract between generations
– promising the Danish youth a better and more
sustainable future in 2030. Whereas Denmark
has a strong tradition of involving youth, the 2030
Panel finds that this could be further strengthened
in relation to the SDGs. The SDGs will shape the
future of the young generation, and thus the youth
should play a central role in the implementation of
the SDGs in Denmark. This could also ensure a bro-
ader support for the SDGs among the Danish youth
population. Furthermore, a significant amount of
Danes are volunteers in associations all around
Denmark; incorporating them in the implementa-
tion will ensure broad public support for the SDGs.
Education
Across generations, people must be supported in
gaining the skills and courage required for contri-
buting to the sustainable solutions of the future.
It is the hope of the 2030 Panel that the Danish
implementation of the SDGs will focus on initiatives
that support people’s knowledge, actions, skills and
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
32
hopes - specifically by ensuring stronger teaching
on sustainability. This is emphasized by a new study
from the Nordic Council, which concludes that
Denmark is lagging behind the other Nordic coun-
tries when it comes to a focus on sustainability and
the SDGs in primary and lower secondary education
5
. Nevertheless, more than one million Danish stu-
dents recently signed a pledge that called for more
focus on sustainability in the Danish educational
syste6
. Moreover, several analyses have found that
there is a great shortage of employees with green
competencies in Denmark. This is partly due to the
fact that almost 70% of the people in Denmark wor-
king with the green transition are from a group of
employees who will be in short supply in the future,
namely either skilled labour, unskilled labour, or
people with a short higher education7
. The 2030
Panel therefore finds it important that integration
of sustainable development in the Danish educatio-
nal system is prioritized and strengthened.
The 2030 Panel’s contribution to realizing the
SDGs
As stated earlier, the aim of the 2030 Panel is to
anchor the SDGs within the Danish society and
to support and provide advice for possible SDG
solutions, as this will enable Danish politicians to
act faster and in partnerships based on knowledge.
However, along the way, the strong partnership,
trust and compromises in the group have also given
insights to the Government on actions and priori-
ties, and have been a source of mutual inspiration
among the members of the 2030 Panel.
The 2030 Panel plays a crucial role in mobilizing
various stakeholder groups such as civil society, the
private sector, academia, government organisations,
trade unions, municipalities, regions, consumers,
and young people. The dialogue around Danish
challenges in implementing the SDGs has proven
especially fruitful for all members of the 2030 Panel
and the organisations they represent. The challen-
ges that Denmark faces cannot be solved by govern-
ment alone. We therefore need to create a space for
dialogue and solutions. When looking at the chal-
lenge of waste going to landfills, we need to involve
consumers, municipalities, regions and businesses
in order to find solutions. Solutions will not reveal
themselves without a better understanding of our
various roles and positions. Hence, the Panel serves
as a platform for dialogue around the challenges
as well as a place where good cases can be shared,
in order to be repeated and copied by others. We
hope that this can inspire people outside Denmark.
We also hope that a common approach can inspire
better cross-border collaboration and the sharing of
good cases.
The Panel has, among other things, launched the
world’s first open SDG development project that
aims to establish an inclusive supplementary
baseline of indicators on the status of the SDGs in
Denmark. The so-called “Our Goals” project, carried
out in collaboration with Statistics Denmark has
been implemented to motivate, measure and facili-
tate political action towards the 2030 Agenda in a
national context. Denmark is often ranked high on
the SDG indexes, but in order for Denmark to raise
the bar and improve annually, the Panel wanted
to create a national baseline and dialogue on local
challenges as well as solutions. The project involved
a massive mobilization of citizens to define challen-
ges at the local level. Indicators were selected based
on accessible data that Statistics Denmark collects
annually. All 197 Danish indicators can be revisited
until 2030.
During COVID-19, the 2030 Panel has been an
active voice to promote and motivate the “Building
Forward Better” mindset politically and in the
public debate. It is especially in times of crisis that
we have the opportunity to rethink and choose new
paths. The Panel’s goal is to convince and qualify
Danish politicians to dare to choose the sustainable
path out of the crisis.
The Panel also works to promote the SDG agenda
through:
• Inteaction and dialogue with ministers – espe-
cially the Minister of Finance, who is responsible
for the SDGs - and civil servants.
• Spreading information on the SDG agenda and
promoting ownership widely in the Danish
society.
• Participation in SDG debates, events and
campaigns.
• A specific working group on education whose
purpose is to anchor knowledge and learning
about the SDGs as a part of the Danish educa-
tional system.
• Identifying and distributing the yearly SDG
award given to a person/corporation who has
made an extraordinary effort to promote the
SDGs in Denmark.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 33
Council for Corporate Social
Responsibility and Sustainable
Development Goals
The Council for Corporate Social Responsibility and
Sustainable Development Goals (The Council) was
appointed in 2018. The Council is the official mul-
ti-stakeholder platform for discussions and support
of corporate social responsibility and business-rela-
ted actions to achieve the Sustainable Development
Goals (the SDGs) by 2030.
The Council was launched with the purpose to
actively contribute to better framework conditions
in support of companies working strategically with
corporate social responsibility (CSR) and the SDGs.
The Council’s work is based on two tracks of
objectives:
• Promoting social responsibility in Danish
companies
• Promoting new sustainable business models
and corporate social responsibility in global
production
The Council has been mandated for a 4-year period
and consists of company representatives and
experts with a deep knowledge of the SDGs and
sustainability, employer and employee organisati-
ons, as well as environmental and developmental
organisations.
The Council has been given a mandate to instigate
initiatives and give advice to the Danish Govern-
ment within the area of the SDGs, corporate
social responsibility, and new sustainable business
models. So far in their work, the Council has focused
on sustainable business models, the strengthening
of corporate social responsibility in global supply
chains, and the retention of vulnerable groups in
the Danish labour market, related to SDG 8 on good
jobs and economic growth as well as SDG 12 on
responsible consumption.
The Council has published recommendations
on how to enhance the value of corporate social
responsibility reporting, as well as recommenda-
tions on the upcoming Danish Action Plan on the
SDGs. Furthermore, there has been an explicit
focus on knowledge sharing and dissemination as
regards promoting vulnerable groups in the Danish
labour market as part of the “Leave No One Behind”
agenda. Finally, the Council has assigned financial
support for SMEs working with SDGs through a
grants scheme.
5.2.3 Civil Society
The following chapter is written by Global Focus
and the Danish 92 Group (end of May 2021) fol-
lowed by a chapter written by the Danish Youth
Council (end of April 2021).
Global Focus and the Danish
92 Group
Since Denmark’s previous Voluntary National
Review in 2017, civil society organisations from the
network organisations Global Focus and the Danish
92 Group have continuously pushed for a strong
Danish contribution towards realising the 2030
Agenda and the Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs) through a truly transformational agenda,
both nationally and in Denmark’s global activities.
A cornerstone in the contribution from civil society
has been our focus on strengthening implementa-
tion mechanisms and accountability measures in
Denmark as well as our annual assessment of the
status of Denmark’s SDG implementation, “The
Spotlight Report”8
.Our work has also centred around
public engagement and awareness-raising activities,
increased multi-stakeholder involvement, and – last
but not least – strengthening Denmark’s interna-
tional contribution towards SDG implementation,
especially in the Global South. Based on this expe-
rience, our overall assessment of Denmark’s con-
tribution to the 2030 Agenda and the SDGs in the
period between July 2017 and now is as follows:
Key changes/lessons learned
• Overall, we find it positive that we have seen a
substantial increase in the level of awareness
and knowledge of the SDGs among the Danish
population, with much of this being due to the
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
34
efforts of civil society. Moreover, we see an
increased degree of commitment at the local
level to the SDGs and their implementation in
Danish municipalities. For example, local SDG
committees involving participation from civil
society have been established in the municipal-
ities of Aalborg, Aarhus and Odense. Moreover,
we also find it positive that the Government has
divided the SDG targets between its ministries
and we hope they will develop their work in
accordance with their responsibilities. Finally,
we find that SDG implementation has benefitted
from a strong anchoring within the Danish Par-
liament in the form of a cross-party parliamen-
tary network for the SDGs, the 2030 Network,
and from strong multi-stakeholder involvement
through the SDG advisory body, the 2030 Panel.
• However, we find it problematic that the overall
approach towards the SDGs in Denmark might
best be described as monographic: the SDGs are
regarded as something external – something
which existing policies and actions are mapped
against – rather than a de facto agenda for nec-
essary political and practical change. Denmark’s
first action plan for implementation of the
SDGs was launched by the previous Govern-
ment in March 2017. The action plan formed
the basis of Denmark’s first VNR process in July
2017, but has otherwise not been used by the
Government or ministries in their policy plan-
ning or in their implementation and monitoring
of the SDGs. This assessment is backed by a
critical report from September 2020 published
by the Danish National Audit Office (Rigsrevi-
sionen), which audits Danish public accounts,
regarding Denmark’s efforts in implementing
the SDGs. The report concludes that the general
understanding behind the action plan was that
Danish policies were already aligned with the
SDGs, and this is why the plan did not contribute
to any significant new, real, or transformational
actions or policy changes. It is further problem-
atic that Danish implementation of the SDGs
has focused on areas and goals within which
Denmark is already performing well, rather
than identifying gaps and addressing issues
that were – and still are – truly challenging. For
nearly two years – since the national elections
in June 2019 – Denmark has not had an action
plan for the SDGs in place, and thus lacks a cru-
cial management and accountability tool in the
process of achieving the goals for all, leaving no
one behind. As civil society we were happy that
the Government in September 2020 announced
the launching of a new action plan in 2021 and
that a draft document was shared in May 2021.
We welcome the effort to elaborate a national
plan and to include civil society in the drafting.
However, the draft document at this point is
so open that it is difficult to assess whether it
will become the necessary planning instrument
for short and long-term implementation of the
SDGs. While mentioning some of the challenges
faced by Denmark, as required by civil society,
it is at this point still unclear whether this will
translate into actions based on a thorough ’gap
analysis’, which identifies the necessary political
priorities. We recommend that the paragraphs
on actions and initiatives yet to be written are
formulated in a way that enables new and real
action towards a transformational development
of Danish society, based on the core principles
of leaving no one behind in order to first reach
those who are furthest behind, as stipulated
by the 2030 Agenda. The plan must establish
a clear leadership and identify responsibility
bearers.
• We have seen an overall tendency towards a silo
mentality in Denmark’s implementation of the
SDGs, especially in the separation between the
national implementation of the SDGs (through
the national action plan) on the one hand, and
Denmark’s international contribution to the
SDGs (through the strategy for development
cooperation and humanitarian actions) on the
other. This has entailed missed opportunities
for creating synergies or identifying potential
areas of conflict and contradiction between the
national and international levels. Moreover,
the SDGs are poorly reflected in Denmark’s
global strategies within areas other than devel-
opment cooperation, e.g. Denmark’s Foreign
Affairs strategy or its strategy for global climate
action. In addition, the SDGs are not considered
a target framework to be used in cooperation
with other countries or in the Danish contribu-
tion towards their development. Therefore, we
recommend that the connection between Den-
mark’s national and international contributions
to SDG implementation is clearly stated in the
forthcoming action plan on the SDGs in order to
avoid continued siloing in their implementation.
This means that the action plan should not only
refer to the content of the forthcoming strategy
for development cooperation and humanitarian
actions, but must include all of Denmark’s global
contributions to the SDGs. In addition, it must
clearly specify how Danish SDG implementa-
tion at the national and international levels are
connected, and how they support, reinforce – or
contradict – one another.
• Over the last four years, we have witnessed
a lack of openness and involvement from
changing governments in SDG implementation.
This creates an ambience of ambiguity and
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 35
uncertainty with regards to intentions, political
will, and levels of commitment among key part-
ners, including the Parliament, and the public. A
major reason for this may be that the Ministry
of Finance, which is the ministry responsible
for SDG implementation, has not been very
transparent or forthcoming with regards to the
SDG implementation measures that have been
taken within the ministry or by line ministries.
For instance, the names of focal points assigned
for SDG implementation are confidential, and
this has severely impeded opportunities to
engage in open debates with relevant people
in the ministries. Moreover, since the adoption
of the 2030 Agenda and the SDGs in 2015,
changing governments have made only limited
use of the opportunity to involve and obtain
important knowledge and input from non-gov-
ernmental sectors and civil society. However,
lately we have witnessed a change in approach
from the Ministry of Finance in this regard,
as civil society has been consulted on and has
seen a draft version of the forthcoming action
plan and been given the opportunity to include
an independent assessment of each of the 17
SDGs and the overall lessons learned from
the Danish SDG implementation in the main
part of Denmark’s official VNR report. This is
very positive. We hope that this openness and
involvement represents a permanent change in
the ministry’s approach towards civil society.
The draft however was quite unfinished, with
several empty chapters where concrete action
was to be described. Therefore, we recommend
prioritising the involvement of civil society and
other non-governmental stakeholders in order
to ensure vital expert contributions in relation
to the action to be taken, to future planning and
to reporting, in a systematized and regular dia-
logue and networking with civil society. Further,
we recommend gathering input and recommen-
dations from the annual civil society “Spotlight
Report” on Denmark’s SDG implementation
and including them in an annual monitoring
and evaluation cycle in the forthcoming Danish
action plan on the SDGs, so that this cycle truly
becomes a ‘whole-of-society’ approach.
• In recent years, the Danish Parliament has
signalled in several ways that it has an interest
in taking responsibility for the implementation
of the SDGs; e.g. through its establishment of
the cross-party parliamentary network for the
SDGs, the 2030 Network. However, we find
that changing governments have so far not
sufficiently involved Parliament in the imple-
mentation of the SDGs. Whereas civil society in
2017 welcomed the announcement of an SDG
impact assessment or “screening tool” for bills
and other legislative measures as part of the
action plan, we now find it disappointing that
in 2021, four years later, Parliament still lacks
such a thorough assessment tool to measure the
impact of adopted laws on SDG implementation.
However, we find it promising that in the spring
of 2021, the Minister of Finance announced an
extended version of the screening tool, which
will be expanded to include all 17 SDGs and
169 targets and will focus on both positive and
negative consequences of new legislation on
the SDGs. Therefore, we welcome that it is men-
tioned in the draft action plan and we expect
that the final version of the action plan will
realise the promise of a new and comprehensive
screening of all bills and legislative measures.
Further, we expect that the Danish Parliament
is guaranteed the possibility to assume its
responsibility for implementation of the SDGs
through necessary appropriations on the annual
Finance Bill and co-responsibility for an annual
monitoring cycle of Denmark’s achievement of
the SDGs.
• Both in national and international efforts, we
find that Denmark has had a very limited focus
on the principle of “Leaving No One Behind”
(LNOB). For instance, the principle is not
addressed in the 2017 action plan on the SDGs;
it is only briefly mentioned in the VNR report
from 2017 in connection with partnerships; and
it is only addressed in one of Denmark’s global
strategies (the strategy for development coopera-
tion and humanitarian actions). This lack of focus
at the strategic level is reflected at the level of
implementation. Therefore, we are satisfied with
the focus on LNOB in the draft document for the
forthcoming action plan and we recommend that
it becomes the compass for whether Denmark
is achieving the SDGs in 2030 or not. This focus
must start with those who are most on the edge
of systems, societies, and power – and priority
must be given to the best possible inclusion and
empowerment of those left behind or at risk of
being left behind. This includes systematic anal-
yses which place focus on intersectionality and
concretise which groups are being left behind.
These analyses must be supported in compli-
ance with the LNOB principle, and should figure
as part of the forthcoming action plan on the
SDGs. Moreover, based on dialogue and input
from some of the most marginalised groups, the
Government should develop a specific action
plan with adequate funding attached in order
to secure the LNOB principle both globally
and nationally. This LNOB action plan should
include developing methods for concretising
and operationalising the concept for ministries
as well as collecting disaggregated data and
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
36
ensuring much greater involvement from, and
the empowerment of, marginalised groups.
• Since 2015, we find that Denmark has not sys-
tematically integrated the principle of “Policy
Coherence for Sustainable Development”
(PCSD) in its implementation of the SDGs, nei-
ther in the 2017 action plan for the SDGs, nor
by adopting a specific action plan for PCSD. In
2014, the Government adopted a plan for PCSD,
but efforts to implement the principle of PCSD
have continued only to a very limited extent in
Denmark’s subsequent implementation of the
SDGs. This assessment is also the case when
Denmark’s efforts are held up against the UN’s
newly developed guidelines for reporting on
global SDG indicator 17.04.01, which measures
several relevant mechanisms to ensure PCSD.
For example, Denmark has not committed itself
at the highest political level to ensure PCSD; it
has not set a timeline for achieving PCSD; and
it does not have a dedicated budget or PCSD
reporting mechanisms in place. Therefore, we
recommend establishing the principle of PCSD at
the centre of the forthcoming action plan on the
SDGs and working systematically to integrate –
and report annually on – all elements of the UN
guidelines for global SDG indicator 17.04.01.
This includes conducting systematic analyses
into the consequences of policies and possible
negative spill-over effects for developing coun-
tries.
• Even though responsible business conduct
(RBC) is a significant part of the private sector
contribution to the SDGs, we find that focus
in recent years – including in Denmark – has
primarily been placed on voluntary measures
and product development as part of the green
transition. These measures are positive, but also
inadequate. Studies show that only a few large
companies in the EU act in accordance with the
UN Guidelines on Human Rights and Business
and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises – including in Denmark – even
though this year is the ten-year anniversary
of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights (UNGPs). For small and medi-
um-sized enterprises, the figures are even lower.
Therefore, we recommend that the Danish Gov-
ernment includes responsible business conduct
in the forthcoming action plan on the SDGs by
introducing a ”smart mix” of measures to pro-
mote responsible business conduct, including
legislation, sector initiatives and further guid-
ance in this area. As part of legislation in this
area, it is important to make it mandatory for
companies and financial institutions to carry out
Human Rights and environmental due diligence
in accordance with the UNGPs and the OECD
guidelines for multinational enterprises and to
establish civil liability for significant harm done
to people and the environment.
• Until now, no mechanism for the evaluation,
monitoring and follow-up of SDG implementa-
tion has been established in Denmark. There-
fore, we welcome the Government’s initiative to
publish an official annual status report on the
national achievement of the SDGs and Den-
mark’s international contribution, prepared by
the line ministries. However, the draft document
of the action plan does not include an explicit
comprehensive monitoring system. We thus
recommend that the forthcoming action plan on
the SDGs also include an annual monitoring and
evaluation cycle. The cycle must be inclusive in
nature and the process must ensure dialogue
with various stakeholders. At the same time, the
cycle should help to strengthen coordination
between all ministries and the Danish Parlia-
ment to ensure Policy Coherence for Sustaina-
ble Development. In addition to the announced
status report, the cycle should at least include:
1. An annual shadow report prepared by an
independent body. 2. An annual debate in Parlia-
ment based on the official annual status report
as well as the shadow report, status reports and
country recommendations from other actors
(e.g. civil society, the Danish SDG multi-stake-
holder advisory body the 2030 Panel, the EU
and the UN). 3. Broad stakeholder involvement
– both in the preparation of the official annual
status report and in the annual debate. 4. Prepa-
ration of a VNR for HLPF every three years, with
involvement from civil society.
• Funding is essential if we are to achieve the
SDGs. Unfortunately, we did not find that the
2017 action plan on the SDGs was fully funded
for implementation. Neither in the form of spe-
cific funding for activities supporting the SDGs
nor through integration of the 2030 Agenda
into the annual finance bill. Therefore, we recom-
mend outlining a plan for financing Denmark’s
implementation of the SDGs – both nationally
and abroad – which allocates specific funds for
implementation of the forthcoming action plan
and integrates the 2030 Agenda into the annual
finance bill by requiring all ministries to identify
which new actions they will take to achieve the
SDGs and how they will address Denmark’s real
challenges. In a longer perspective, the SDGs
should guide the redistribution of funds in the
annual Finance Bill.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 37
Civil Society’s contribution to the SDGs
In addition to civil society’s push for a strong Danish
contribution towards realising the 2030 Agenda
and the SDGs as a transformational agenda, one of
our main contributions to the SDGs has been public
engagement and awareness-raising activities:
Public participation and awareness-raising
Civil society organisations in Denmark have played
an essential role in promoting the SDGs. From the
adoption of the SDGs in 2015, there has been a
broad variety of projects, campaigns, and aware-
ness-raising initiatives for public participation and
engagement.
The SDGs constitute an ambitious agenda, which
can only be realised if everyone works together.
This also requires broad societal awareness-ra-
ising about the SDGs, so that stakeholder groups
can undertake their work on the basis of a holistic
commitment to fulfilling the SDGs. If we want to
see a large transformative change in our society,
then civic engagement and public information are
prerequisites, hence raising public awareness of the
SDGs is a critical step for their implementation.
A study conducted in 2020 concluded that more
than 75% of the Danish public has heard about the
Sustainable Development Goals9
, while in 2017 the
percentage was only 16%. The younger generation
in particular has a greater awareness of the goals
and what they entail.
Furthermore, a study conducted in 2018 shows that
50% of Danish NGOs use the SDGs in their commu-
nications and campaigning work 10
. 50% of the orga-
nisations also work with the SDGs in their efforts
to inform and mobilise the public. The public as it
is defined here covers a wide range of members,
volunteers, and the wider population. It is especially
the educational system and younger people in gene-
ral who are the main target group of the informatio-
nal efforts undertaken by the organisations11
.
Some examples of how Danish civil society has con-
ducted public participation and awareness-raising
campaigns include:
The SDG Square at the Danish Democracy Festival
(Folkemøde) – Since 2018, Global Focus has hosted
a large SDG event at the annual Democracy Festival
(Folkemøde). The basic principles of the SDG Square
are promoting cooperation, dialogue and placing
focus on action. It is a cross-sectoral cooperation
platform where partnerships are formed. It allows
for concrete action to occur as a direct result of the
debates and discussions on the SDGs which take
place at the square. It is a place where dreams of
a better world are born and realised through dia-
logue, debate, art, and culture.
SDG Academy – Since 2019, the Danish Youth Coun-
cil and World’s Best News have worked together to
educate youth activists and leaders (16 to 30-year-
olds) with the goal of developing them into SDG
Ambassadors. The Ambassadors then returned to
their communities and youth organisations with the
intent to introduce the SDGs into municipal devel-
opment plans and the strategic work plans of NGOs.
In 2020 – during a year of COVID-19 lockdowns
and restrictions – the SDG Ambassadors taught
almost 6,000 children and young people about SDG
Action and implementation. The Ambassadors also
established an SDG Hall on the Scouts and Youth
Island (Ungdomsøen) outside Copenhagen Harbour.
Stories about the Global Goals – Between 2018 and
2020, Nyt Europa, together with partners such as
the Danish United Nations Association (UNA-DK)
and Global Focus, have created debate tournaments
and podcasts with the intention to engage the
general public and raise awareness across Denmark.
This has involved inviting various stakeholders
to give presentations, and the public to co-create
sustainable solutions, in order to generate owners-
hip of and participation in the SDGs. The initiative
produces its own podcast series which has 18,000
listeners.
Global Goals World Cup (GGWC) - Is a large football
tournament for all-women teams. Each team cham-
pions one of the SDGs and is ranked by the action
taken for their goals both on and off the field. The
teams are scored in four distinct categories: Action,
Crowd, Style, and Football. Those victorious not
only win the tournament, but also amplify calls to
action and create an impact, both locally and glo-
bally. The GGWC pioneers the world of sports by
building new networks fuelled by girls and women
supporting each other in order to break down bar-
riers, lead local efforts within sustainable develop-
ment and amplify calls for action.
The World’s Largest Lesson (Verdenstimen) – Every
year, more than 45 organisations responsible for
the Danish version of the World’s Largest Lesson
(Verdenstimen) and the Municipality of Copenha-
gen, invite students from local schools to a special
live edition of the World’s Largest Lesson. For the
second event, which took place in 2020, Crown
Princess Mary made an appearance together with
the Minister for Development Cooperation, as well
as selected students, teachers, and partners at
Verdenstimen.
“World’s Best Morning” – Every year in September,
NGOs gather for a large nationwide morning event
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
38
in Denmark, where 2,500 volunteers hand out a
newspaper with a selection of the World’s Best
News. Politicians from across the political spectrum,
international ambassadors in Denmark, and other
enthusiasts ranging from non-profit organisations
to private sector companies support the event,
which each year highlights one or more of the SDGs.
Online platforms – Websites have been developed to
provide easy access to information. Verdensmaal.
org is the official Danish SDG site gathering news
on SDG implementation across Danish Society. Ver-
densmaalene.dk is an educational platform devel-
oped by ActionAid Denmark, UNDP, and Global
High Schools, targeting teachers and students at
secondary schools.
Focus on the SDGs in municipal elections – In conne-
ction with the latest municipal elections, UNA-DK
and Nyt Europa collected SDG promises from local
political candidates. For the upcoming elections,
UNA-DK will assist municipalities in preparing for
VLRs and local SDG implementation.
Focus on the SDGs in EU Parliament elections – Pre-
vious to the EUP elections, The Danish 92 Group
organized a large public event and Nyt Europa orga-
nized a nation-wide debate caravan asking Danish
EU Parliament candidates from all parties to pre-
sent their priorities and ambitions for the Danish
work in the EU, specifically on the SDGs on which
Denmark, according to various sources, is perfor-
ming least well.
Focus on the SDGs in EU Parliament elections – Pre-
vious to the EUP elections, The Danish 92 Group
organized a large public event and Nyt Europa orga-
nized a nation-wide debate caravan asking Danish
EU Parliament candidates from all parties to pre-
sent their priorities and ambitions for the Danish
work in the EU, specifically on the SDGs on which
Denmark, according to various sources, is perfor-
ming least well.
SDGs in a Nordic context –In collaboration with
sister networks in Norway, Sweden and Finland, the
Danish 92 Group has taken part in a series of events
focused on Nordic aspects of the SDSs, including
common Nordic challenges and solutions. Events
included public workshops at Bergen University
(Norway), workshops for civil society organisations
in Oslo (Norway) and Helsinki (Finland), panel deba-
tes with MPs in Stockholm (Sweden), as well as an
SDG dialogue meeting with a focus on young people
in Reykjavík (Iceland).
Outreach in the educational sector – Since 2018,
there has been a variety of inclusive and parti-
cipatory outreach initiatives produced for the
educational sector. These UNA-DK initiatives were
carried out by young volunteers in the School Ser-
vice, and through the utilisation of web-based plat-
forms such as www.globalis.dk and the app-based
‘SDGs at Stake’. Ungdomsbyen has developed the
UNESCO SDG-Schools initiative and Nyt Europa
has developed an interactive dialogue game based
on the SDGs, to name just a few examples.
Senior citizens and the SDGs – The organisation
Global Seniors has focused on engaging senior citi-
zens in the SDG debate. This has been done through
photo exhibitions of the 17 Goals, exhibited at libra-
ries, town halls, and other public places. This has
been combined with educational activities/lectures
at senior citizen societies. Global Seniors have also
been engaging with municipalities with regards to
safe and sustainable cities which are able to accom-
modate the needs of older generations.
Other examples of how Danish civil society organisati-
ons have contributed to the SDGs include:
WWF (World Wide Fund for Nature) – Supports
civil society and local communities in Myanmar
in promoting and strengthening Indigenous and
Community Conserved Areas (ICCAs) and to have
them recognised as a conservation modality and
official protected area category. This work will help
preserve and protect biodiversity, local culture and
traditional governance practices. WWF is thereby
working together with local partners in order to
contribute towards SDG15: Life on Land.
Danish Refugee Council – As a displacement organi-
sation working in Denmark with operations in 40
countries, the DRC works to increase protection
of and access to durable solutions for persons
affected by displacement. The principle of LNOB
is a core tenet in the DRC’s engagement with both
displaced and host communities aiming to leave no
one behind and to reach those furthest behind first
through, among other efforts, vulnerability-infor-
med programming and rights-based advocacy. The
DRC’s work is guided by the inclusion of and specific
reference to displaced populations, who, together
with other vulnerable groups, are specific target
groups of the 2030 Agenda, and who should be
included in sustainable development.
KULU-Women and Development (KULU) – Has part-
nered with women’s rights organisation MUSONET
since 2008 to inform women and girls in Mali about
their rights and to distribute birth and wedding cer-
tificates and ID documents in nine regions in Mali.
More than 10,000 girls and women have received
proof of their rights so far. The “Secure Girls’ and
Women’s Rights in Mali” campaign ensures rights
to legal identity, education, voting, as well as others,
thus contributing to SDG 4, SDG 5, and SDG 16.9.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 39
Global Seniors – Has been working actively with the
SDGs since 2016, following a visit to the President
of the United Nations General Assembly, Mogens
Lykketoft, in New York. Global Seniors works to
ensure the rights of the elderly globally and in
Denmark – and it is actively using the principle
of Leaving No One Behind to ensure these rights.
Global Seniors is also engaged in international
cooperation with related organisations in Scandina-
via, Europe and globally.
Sex & Samfund – The SDGs constitute an overar-
ching framework for all of the organisation’s work
and they are written into the general strategy.
Internally, Sex & Samfund has focused on extending
the SDGs from their international and political
department and into the core of their entire organi-
sation and management structure. This has broadly
increased awareness of sustainability throughout
the organisation, and such work has since been
followed by an updated procurement policy and a
climate policy which has recently been finalised.
Sex & Samfund also made a film explaining how the
SDGs have been incorporated into their sex educa-
tion materials and how, by using these materials,
everyone can help to achieve the SDGs.
Global Focus – Took on the role of secretariat for the
cross-party parliamentary network for the SDGs,
the 2030 Network, in the start-up phase of the net-
work and has held the secretariat role for the mul-
ti-stakeholder SDG advisory body, the 2030 Panel,
ever since the establishment of the Panel. One of
the Panels main activities has been initiating the
ambitious “Our Goals” (Vores Mål) project, which
developed a catalogue of 197 Danish measuring
points on the SDGs as suggestions for possible
national supplements to the UN global indicators.
By taking on these secretariat roles, Global Focus is
contributing to a strong parliamentarian and mul-
ti-stakeholder anchoring of the SDGs in Denmark.
The Danish Youth Council (DUF)
Contribution to the achievement of the
Sustainable Development Goals
In 2015, United Nations member states adopted
the 2030 Agenda and the 17 Sustainable Devel-
opment Goals (SDGs). The SDGs aim to create a
better future for our planet and its people through
sustainable development. The 2030 Agenda reaf-
firms that young people are key to achieving this
aim: “Children and young women and men are criti-
cal agents of change and will find in the new Goals
a platform to channel their infinite capacities for
activism into the creation of a better world.” With
less than 10 years left until 2030, the strengthened
focus on SDGs and a new Action Plan in Denmark
are more important than ever. The ‘Decade of
Action’ creates not only opportunities but also emp-
hasizes how essential it is that Denmark take acti-
ons for sustainable development on a local, national,
and global level and ensures that young people play
a central role in implementing the SDGs.
Young people in Danish Society
Civil society among the youth constitutes a crucial
role in the Danish society in terms of empowering
future democrats, promoting mental health and
well-being and building strong social relations.
Danish youth organisations enjoy an enabling space
and good structural conditions, as well as a long
tradition of civil involvement and political influ-
ence. The youth organisations promote democratic
communities based on core values such as par-
ticipation, dialogue, volunteerism, inclusion, and
influence. Furthermore, the youth organisations
have long proven their effectiveness in including
and empowering both vulnerable and marginalised
young people, promoting a more inclusive and equal
society related to the key principle of Leave No One
Behind.
The youth of Denmark is characterized by being
strongly committed to and highly engaged in
ensuring the sustainable developments of their
societies. Polls conducted by DUF show that Danish
young people aged 16–25 are generally democrati-
cally minded and confident in democracy.
The majority of young Danes have a high degree of
trust in their capacity to make a change. In 2020,
more than 75% of young people between ages
16-25 agreed that they, “have an opinion about
how Denmark or the World should develop”. This
is up from approximately 55% in 2017 and 2018.
Similarly, the youth of Denmark are well-organized
in civil society. Around 80% are current or former
members of a youth organisation. DUF’s member
organisations, i.e.–Danish youth organisations,
provide an enabling space and good structural con-
ditions for young Danes to involve themselves with
work promoting the SDGs based on core values
such as participation, dialogue, volunteerism, inclu-
sion, and influence.
However, some worrying trends remain. The Danish
youth show a low degree of trust in core democratic
institutions and limited participation in the political
sphere. While young people’s trust in democracy
as a form of government has been steadily high
throughout 2018-2020 (scoring approximately 3.5
on a 6-point scale where 6 = very high trust, and
0= very little trust), the Danish youth rank central
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
40
democratic actors such as politicians and the media
lowest in trust score surveys (approximately 2.5 for
both groups between 2018-2020). Moreover, young
people in Denmark also have had a below-average
participation in Danish elections between 2017-
2020, as much as 5-10 percentage points fewer
than other age groups - although some positive
increases have been seen in the general election
and European Parliament elections of 2019. The
above suggest that some segments of the younger
population struggle to make use of more traditional
channels for democratic participation and influence
in society.
Seen from the point of view of Danish youth, there
are plenty of political themes that demand action.
Since 2018, young people have ranked the climate
and environmental area as one of the most impor-
tant political topics by approximately 50% - with
health care, immigration and educational policy
being deemed important topics by 31%, 23% and
20% respectively.
SDG awareness and implementation
According to a survey conducted in 2020 by the
company Advice for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs,
77% of the Danish population has heard about the
SDGs. The conclusion is that young people know
most about the SDGs, which could be seen as a
result of the effort by many youth organisations,
who since the adoption of the SDGs in 2015 have
been promoting the goals and the agenda through
campaigns, debates, and activities in locations
throughout Denmark and online.
Within the youth sector, several organisations
and NGOs have been addressing and adopting the
SDGs in their strategies and activities for years,
leading to further strategic interest and dialogue
across the sector and among its volunteers. This
commitment is evidenced by youth organisations
engaged in development cooperation with partners
in the Global South. Here, working with the SDGs is
an effective way to hold duty bearers accountable.
The commitment is also evident in Denmark, where
an increased number of youth organisations have
implemented SDGs in their work. For example,
when 12 local departments in the Danish Youth
Association of Science (UNF) started integrating
SDGs in their strategy, or when LandboUngdom
(the agricultural organisation for Danish youth)
held their General Assembly with all their mem-
bers under the theme of the SDGs. With less than
10 years until 2030, even though the awareness
of SDGs is growing, the level of ambition needs to
increase. In general, young people call for more
action, if Denmark and the rest of the world want a
more sustainable future for all. The UN has decla-
red the next 10 years the ‘Decade of Action’. This
creates not only opportunities, it also emphasizes
how essential it is that Danish youth organisations
take actions for sustainable development on a local,
national and global level.
DUF is responsible for the Danish Youth Delegates
to the United Nations. As part of their work, the
youth delegates travel across Denmark and do
workshops on global agendas and the SDGs for
young people. In 2019, DUF arranged a Sustai-
nable Development Goals Tour across Denmark.
This entailed making several stops for workshops
or debates anchored by local youth organisations
and politicians (on the municipality level), where
everything centred around the SDGs and how to
implement them at the local level or in the munici-
pality. The youth delegates were also supposed to
participate in a tour with the Ministry of Foreign
Affairs of Denmark through the Youth Democracy
Festival (Ungdommens Folkemøde). The plan
was to do workshops where young people would
develop ideas and plans for a specific SDG and for
how Denmark should work to reach the SDG. The
Danish Minister for Development Cooperation was
supposed to participate and hopefully make use of
the ideas. Unfortunately, it was cancelled in 2020
due to COVID-19. A planned second SDG tour was
also cancelled in 2020. However, the intentions
show a strong interest in advocating the SDGs to
the Danish youth and make room for young people
to participate in reaching the SDGs in Denmark and
globally.
SDG initiatives in action
Youth are the changemakers of tomorrow and
play a crucial role in achieving the SDGs. DUF
promotes youth participation in organisations and
in democracy because the young generation is
the future. The SDGs are a framework for future
generations, which is why young people can and
should play an active role in achieving the SDGs in
Denmark. Through DUF’s member organisations,
young people participate in society and influence
the world they want to live in, where communities
feel committed to one another. Through actions,
events and initiatives, young people and youth
organisations are showing the way forward, which
has resulted in increased awareness of, commit-
ment to and ownership of the 2030 Agenda. DUF
has recently made an inspiration catalogue with 10
cases from youth organisations in Denmark on how
to work with the SDGs and DUF is also represented
in the 2030 Panel, the advisory board to the Danish
Parliament’s all-party coalition, the 2030 Network.
The Danish youth organisations are leading the way
in engaging Danish youth. One example is when
The Danish Red Cross Youth creates workshops for
young people in schools around Denmark focusing
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 41
on social entrepreneurship. Danish Red Cross Youth
works with the theme “From Sustainable Devel-
opment Goals to Everyday Goals” and the aim is to
empower children who can create a positive impact
on a local, national and international level. The
Danish Red Cross Youth focus is on seven SDGs: 3,
4, 5, 10, 12, 13, and 17.
The Danish roleplay organisation for young people,
Bifrost, works with gender equality through SDG
5 and the Danish scout organisation, Spejderne,
created activities around the theme “Build a Better
World” and learning by doing. An example is a
Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Rethink activity focusing
on SDG 9 and 12. These activities empower scouts
to develop to their fullest potential, to become
active citizens and come one step closer to building
a better world.
DUF works with different projects and initiatives
contributing to the implementation of the SDGs
and strengthening a democratic society. In the
project “School Election” (Skolevalg), young people
engage in the democratic process, from discussing
dilemmas to a concrete election. “School Election”
is facilitated by DUF in cooperation with the Parlia-
ment and Ministry of Education and is a simulated
election with more than 80,000 participating stu-
dents. In 2019, around 500 schools hosted debates
with young politicians to strengthen young voter
participation. Furthermore, DUF is working through
the “Day of Democracy” project (Demokratiets
Dag), which visits vocational schools and production
schools to ensure that young voters from non-aca-
demic programmes are also included and motivated
to vote, as well as informed about the opinions of
the different parties and clear on their own opini-
ons. In 2020, around 4500 students participated in
“Day of Democracy”. Moreover, DUF works through
public discourse and organisational work to ensure
adequate funding and resources for youth civil
society, thus working towards ensuring strong part-
nerships as outlined in SDG 17. Partnership for the
SDGs is also the core of the collaboration between
DUF and Lemvigh-Müller, where focus has been on
SDG 6, 7, 12 and 13, and where Lemvigh-Müller has
provided energy optimisation in cabins or houses of
DUF’s member organisations.
This year nearly 80 young people have been trai-
ned at the SDG Academy, which is a collaboration
between DUF, World’s Best News (Verdens Bedste
Nyheder) and Tuborgfondet. After finishing the
academy, the participants get the title “SDG Ambas-
sador” and will be able to inspire and engage their
peers in sustainable development and the SDGs.
International partnerships and engagement
Internationally, DUF contributes to the 2030
Agenda through a number of youth-led projects
and partnerships. With funding from the Ministry
of Foreign Affairs, DUF supports equal partnerships
between Danish youth organisations and youth
organisations in the MENA region, the EU’s Eastern
Neighbourhood countries and developing countries,
to strengthen youth organisations and their influ-
ence and promote democracy as a way of life among
young people.
2019 was the year the international SDG part-
nership was formed with youth councils in Ukraine
(NYCU) and Zimbabwe (YETT). The aim of the SDG
partnership is to promote legitimate, inclusive and
democratic youth councils, to advocate for youth
participation and become champions of the SDGs.
The lesson from the SDG partnership is that part-
nerships for the goals (SDG 17) are essential if the
world is going to be transformed for the better.
Between 2018-2020, DUF awarded approximately
139 grants to a range of international projects and
partnerships, which are administered and imple-
mented by DUF member organisations and their
partner organisations in developing countries. This
entailed a wide variety of issues and approaches.
Regarding the 2030 Agenda, the guidelines for the
international projects ensure that all DUF-funded
projects address SDG 5.1, 5.5, 10.2, 10.3, 16.7 and
17.17. In addition, most projects address other
goals and targets.
In addition to supporting the international projects
of DUF member organisations, DUF is involved
in promoting democracy and a democratic way of
life through its own international projects. One
example of that includes the New Democracy Fund,
where DUF has been a partner since 2020. Through
the New Democracy Fund, DUF works to support
the strengthening of a democratic civil society
and promote the people-to-people exchange of
experience and regional networks in the European
Neighbourhood countries of Armenia, Azerbaijan,
Belarus, Georgia, Moldova, and Ukraine. As part of
DUF’s work in this region, a Ukrainian-Danish Youth
House is being established to function as a hub for
democratic activism and capacity building of youth.
As mentioned, DUF also administers the pro-
gramme for Denmark’s youth delegates to the
United Nations. It is the largest youth delegate
programme in the world. Denmark has had youth
delegates to the United Nations since 1972. In
2017, the programme was expanded to include
High Level Political Forum and Third Committee
meetings. In 2018, the programme further expan-
ded into six youth delegates across three themes
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
42
and in 2021 another theme was added, making it
four themes and eight youth delegates with two
on each theme: 1) Democracy and partnerships, 2)
Technical & vocational education and job creation,
3) Climate and environment and 4) Gender equality
and SRHR (Sexual & Reproductive Health & Rights).
The youth delegates represent the Danish youth
in international forums and inform Danish youth
on global agendas. To validate their mandate as
representatives for Danish youth, DUF has adopted
policy papers on the SDGs and human rights, among
other issues. This shows how the SDGs are a crucial
and mainstreamed part of the work the youth dele-
gates do, both in Denmark and at meetings with the
United Nations.
Gaps and steps to be taken
The youth have a very special role to play in our
common mission to create a sustainable world.
Young people are living in a time when, for the first
time, there is a global focus on the need to make
radical changes if our planet and humanity are to
continue coexisting. We are on the right track, but
there are still gaps and steps to be taken. Young
people continuously come up with great solutions
and act on behalf of the future they want to be a
part of. Locally, nationally, and globally, we are wit-
nessing young people addressing the challenges of
the world: the climate crisis, rising youth unemploy-
ment and attacks on democracy and human rights.
Therefore, a strong youth involvement should also
play a central part in implementing the SDGs in
Denmark. Further, DUF suggests using youth panels
to ensure meaningful youth involvement and to
strengthen youth organisations to ensure further
anchoring of the SDGs in Danish society.
Maintaining strong youth involvement
Youth involvement and engagement is a central
part of the Danish strategy for implementing the
SDGs. Among other things Denmark has appointed
eight youth delegates since the first VNR in 2017.
But there is still room and a need for further youth
involvement. Young people in Denmark must be
involved in the democratic processes on all matters
and at all levels. They are the ones who stand to gain
a brighter future if the right decisions are made and
therefore, they deserve a seat at the table.
Youth panels
Perspectives, ideas, and knowledge from young
people should be included and acknowledged in
decision-making processes and political initiatives
when relevant. For example, the Minister for Devel-
opment Cooperation and the Minister for Climate,
Energy and Utilities have both established associa-
ted youth panels. The establishment of youth panels
ensures that the Danish youth have an impact
on decision-making processes concerning their
future and are able to qualify decisions made by the
Government and Parliament.
Strengthen youth organisations
The youth organisations already working actively
with the SDGs must be strengthened to ensure
further anchoring of the SDGs in Danish society. For
example, ensuring that funding is available to sup-
port the SDG agenda and sustainability initiatives
driven by young people. Youth organisations are
the best available partners for raising awareness of
the SDGs among the next generation and ensuring
democratic legitimacy and interest in the 2030
Agenda framework.
Youth organisations can #BuildBackBetter
The global pandemic has been particularly challen-
ging for young people and youth organisations in
Denmark. Young people have experienced a radi-
cal change in their everyday lives, going to school
online with limited social interactions. The number
of lonely and mentally vulnerable young people
increased in 2020 and 2021. The established youth
organisations in Denmark can offer insights and
ideas on how to improve well-being among children
and young people, and offers a community and
sense of belonging, which is a central part of buil-
ding back better after the pandemic.
The Danish Youth Council (DUF)
The Danish Youth Council (DUF) celebrated 80
years as a democratic youth actor in 2020. That’s
80 years as an umbrella organisation promoting
democracy as a way of life and actively engaging
young people in organisations and society - locally,
nationally and internationally. DUF consists of 80
children and youth organisations. DUF’s member
organisations range from scouts to political youth
organisations, voluntary social organisations, cul-
tural organisations, environmental organisations,
organisations for youth with disabilities and many
more. DUF works across the political spectrum and
highlights the interests of its member organisati-
ons for politicians and public authorities, ensuring
a political and regulatory framework that enables
voluntary youth organisations in Denmark.
DUF works to ensure that the Danish society lives
up to the principle of Leave No One Behind. In
terms of integration of immigrants, this poses a par-
ticular challenge, as much public and civil life is not
inclusive towards immigrants, descendants of immi-
grants or religious minorities. For example, schools
lack prayer rooms, making it difficult for religious
minorities to receive a quality education, as outli-
ned in SDG 4, without compromising their religious
liberty. To this end, DUF is working to make society
more inclusive.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 43
In general, DUF supports young people and their
well-being though initiatives focusing on mental
well-being. Since 2019, DUF and Tuborgfondet
have worked together on the project “All Youth
Included” (Alle Unge med i Fællesskabet). The
focus of the partnership is to engage more young
people in democratic communities where they feel
a sense of belonging and commitment. The ambi-
tion is to reduce inequality (SDG 10) and give all
young people the possibility to actively engage in
democracy, society, and organisations.
5.2.4 The Private Sector
and Organisations
The following chapters are written by, respectively,
the Confederation of Danish Industry (early May
2021), Global Compact Network Denmark (early
May 2021), the Danish Chamber of Commerce (end
of April 2021), and the Danish Agriculture & Food
Council (end of April 2021).
The Confederation of Danish
Industry
Making sustainability a sustainable business
The world today is characterized by complex chal-
lenges that affect the global economy and every
single business and household. Risks such as climate
change, inequality, geopolitical tensions and the
current pandemic transcend borders and sectors.
And many of these risks relate to global goals and
unsustainable development. At the same time, the
foundation on which most companies have based
their business model is changing: Fossil energy
sources, which are the foundation of industrializa-
tion, no longer lead to welfare and job creation, but
to climate change with unmanageable environmen-
tal and economic consequences. Urbanization, that
for decades led to economic growth, is now leading
to rising inequality, health problems and pollution.
As a consequence, sustainability is not just about
showing responsibility for companies; it is increa-
singly a prerequisite for attracting investors and
labour as well as meeting demands from consumers
and customers in both the public and private sec-
tors worldwide. Therefore, it is necessary for busi-
ness leaders to be able to understand which risks
and opportunities this development implies for each
individual company’s core business today and in the
future.
Private sector commitment has been a critical enab-
ler for Denmark’s world-leading position on sustai-
nability. Danish businesses are increasingly inte-
grating the SDGs into their mindset and business
models. Danish companies have many years of expe-
rience in providing sustainable solutions that contri-
bute to solving global challenges. The SGDs match
key strengths of Danish businesses, and in the areas
of water, food, life science and renewable energy,
Danish companies are particularly well positioned
to deliver the required sustainable solutions. Accor-
ding to the 2018 IMD World Competitive Business
Rankings, Denmark ranks first on companies’
prioritisation of sustainable development. Danish
companies are placed in the top three in relation to
CSR, accounting practices and ethical standards,
and Denmark is among the top 10 countries where
public service partnerships support technological
developments. This reiterates that sustainability is
an integral part of the mindset of Danish businesses.
And finally, businesses contribute with creativity,
innovation and financial muscle. It is to a large
extent up to companies to deliver the new solutions
needed to ensure clean water, sustainable energy,
and food for all. The goals cannot be achieved
without engagement from the private sector and
SDG 17 – Partnerships for the goals - is probably
the most important goal as it constitutes the fun-
damental prerequisite for the achievement of the
remaining 16 goals.
Sustainability as an important parameter of
competitiveness
In March 2021, the Confederation of Danish
Industry (DI) examined Danish companies’ views
on sustainability in business and industry, and the
results were striking: Out of 801 companies sur-
veyed, 63% answered that they fully or partially
agree that sustainability is an important competi-
tive parameter for their business. It is a significant
result that underlines the importance of companies
working actively and strategically to strengthen
sustainability and to document and communicate
about the results. Export companies in particular
are experiencing increased demands and expecta-
tions regarding sustainability from customers and
investors. Among the export companies, 67% are
experiencing increased focus on sustainability from
customers and investors. This applies to 49% of
companies without exports.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
44
Likewise, a significant majority - 60% of respon-
dents - replied that they are experiencing increasing
demands or expectations from customers and inve-
stors for their company to work with sustainability
and responsible business conduct. Large compa-
nies are also experiencing demands and expect
sustainability to a greater extent than the smaller
companies: while 49% of the companies with 1-50
employees are experiencing increasing demands
and expectations, this applies to 78% of the compa-
nies with 51 to 250 employees and 91% of compa-
nies with more than 250 employees.
Figure 5.2
Notice:
Out of 801 answers
Source: Confederation of
Danish Industry - Company
panel
Expectations of sustainability
Have you experienced that your costumers/investors are increasingly demanding or expectating
that you work with sustainability and responsible business conduct?
Yes
No
Don’t know
5%
60%
34%
Figure 5.1
Notice:
Out of 801 answers
Source: Confederation of
Danish Industry - Company
panel
Sustainability as a parameter of competitiveness
Sustainability constitutes an important parameter of competitiveness for my company today
Completely agree
Partly agree
Partly disagree
Completely disagree
Neither agree or disagree
Don’t know
25%
38%
6%
4%
24%
3%
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 45
Almost 50% of the companies also demand sustai-
nable and responsible company behaviour from
their own suppliers: These are primarily require-
ments for the environment (68%), but also climate
(46%) and social aspects such as workers’ rights
(59%).
These numbers emphasize how much greater
the demand from B2B customers is compared to
public customers, and thus the need for more green
and sustainable public procurement in Denmark.
This will hopefully be improved when the Danish
Government strategy from autumn 2020 on sustai-
nable public procurement is implemented. DI has
encouraged the UN and the Danish Government to
work for more sustainable procurement, including
within the UN and the EU.
Guiding the companies from Philanthropy to
Business
DI has launched several projects with partners to
help businesses in their efforts related to climate
and sustainability. The purpose is to inspire and
motivate even more Danish companies to work
strategically with the Global Goals and translate
them into business results and more jobs. The
demand from companies and the results of two of
these projects (From Philanthropy to Business and
ClimateReadySME clearly show how the private
sector plays a crucial role in realizing the SDGs.
In 2018 the Confederation of Danish Industry and
the Danish Industry Foundation launched a pione-
ering project, “The UN Sustainable Development
Goals – From Philanthropy to Business”, aiming to
unite business and sustainable development:
Figure 5.3
Source of increasing demands/expectations
Especially business to business customers (B2B) have demands concerning sustainability.
From which group does your company experience increasing demands/expectations?
Source:
Confederation of Danish
Industry - Company panel
March 2021
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80%
Business to customers (B2B)
Public customers
Investors/owners
Consumers
Current/future employees
Other important stakeholders
Don’t know
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
46
The UN Sustainable Development Goals – From Philanthropy to Business
21 companies representing a broad section of the Danish business community participated
in the project, which transformed into a journey. And the team behind the project summed it
up, “To survive and thrive in the 21st century, a company does not need a sustainability strategy – it
needs a business strategy based on sustainability.” As a part of the project, DI developed an online
SDG portal for companies with advice, concrete tools and good cases to inform, inspire and
encourage working strategically with the SDGs12
. A team of researchers from Copenhagen
Business School (CBS) followed the project over the two and a half years to evaluate it and
extract learnings and the results13
. These were among the main findings:
• The SDGs are seen as highly relevant by the 21 companies. They all invested substantial
resources in the DI SDG project. Many reported changes to their strategy and business
model because of the SDG work and most reported that they would continue the SDG work
full speed after the DI SDG project had ended14
.
• The 21 companies clearly engaged with the SDG agenda with a commercial mindset and
expected that the SDGs would create business opportunities. They used the SDGs in essen-
tially three ways: Some companies engaged with the SDGs to anticipate future regulation
and social expectations and to pre-empt future regulations and requirements that threaten
their product category and technology. Others used the SDGs as a lever to differentiate
themselves in existing markets that increasingly place a premium on sustainability. A last
group of companies used the SDGs as a vehicle for identifying and developing entirely new
markets15
.
• While at present, SDG work has allowed companies to command a premium in the market
or enter new markets only to a limited extent, most companies report that the share of their
sales differentiated wholly or partly on SDGs and sustainability will increase substantially
over the coming three to five years. A few companies could report that they already see tan-
gible results from their SDG work in terms of identification of new markets and increased
income16
.
• The project demonstrated that for SDGs to make a difference, companies need to mobilize
all levels of the company. In particular, companies need to create close alignment between
top-management and operational levels. With out top-management engagement it is not
possible to link the SDG work to the core activities of the company and to transform the
business model and business strategy. Moreover, the survey found that SDG work not only
involves sustainability functions and top management but in many cases also sales and
marketing and R&D functions17
.
• Based on the analysis of the experiences of the 21 companies, it is recommended that more
companies engage with the SDG agenda as part of their business strategy. Their experi-
ences indicate that this framework provides an excellent platform and language for trans-
forming companies’ sustainability activities into business opportunities. The SDG agenda
potentially provides companies with a compass by which they can sense and seize future
market opportunities and risks related to sustainability and, ultimately, transform their
business accordingly. On the other hand, not all companies’ businesses will benefit from the
SDGs to an equal degree! The project demonstrated that the content and benefits of SDG
work vary enormously among companies depending on the sector, end-markets, consumer
sentiments, mind-sets, regulation and previous experience with sustainability work. Hence,
companies considering engaging with the SDG agenda must carefully calculate the marginal
costs and benefits, as well as opportunity costs, of engaging with this agenda18
.
Box 5.2
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 47
The SDG journey continued. DI and many of DI’s
member companies have continued to work strate-
gically with the SDGs and, three years later, in 2021,
a new project - ClimateReadySME - was launched
with support from the Danish Industry Foundation,
the Manufacturing Industry, and a number of com-
petent partners including Axcelfuture, Global Com-
pact Network Denmark, the University of Aalborg
and Viegand Maagøe. The project sprang out of the
fact that large companies are increasingly deman-
ding an overview of their CO2 footprint along with
concrete reduction plans. They are committed to
reducing CO2 emissions throughout the value chain
- including from subcontractors. As a consequence,
large companies in Denmark and their customers
are demanding that the subcontractors are con-
scient of their CO2 footprint. The participating
companies receive free counselling on how to pre-
pare a calculation of their CO2 footprint (direct and
indirect, in the form of a strategy for CO2 reduction,
including concrete recommendations, and recom-
mendations regarding marketing and communica-
tion to existing and potential costumers regarding
the reduction plans).
The continued enormous interest from businesses
clearly shows that the Danish business community
is taking the global challenges seriously, and that it
has the ambition and determination to pursue major
business opportunities in achieving the Global
Goals at the global level.
Innovative Climate Partnerships pave the way
In autumn 2019, the Danish Government invited
the Danish business community to participate in 13
so-called Climate Partnerships in various branches.
The partnerships consisted of some of Denmark’s
most important and innovative companies and was
headed by 13 chairpersons from Danish business.
Their task was to formulate proposals on how the
business community could continue to contribute
to the target of reducing CO2 emissions by 70% by
2030, and to recommend which political decisions
would be needed to support it. DI and many of DI’s
member companies contributed to this important
public-private cooperation: DI was involved in all of
the Climate Partnerships and headed the secreta-
riat of five of them. On 16 March 2020, the Climate
Partnerships submitted their reports with more
than 400 recommendations. A number of these
have already been incorporated into political agre-
ements, while others are still outstanding. In conne-
ction with the one-year anniversary of the Climate
Partnerships’ reports in 2021, sector roadmaps
were prepared providing a status of the work. The
dialogue continues in the framework of the Green
Business Forum.
This is a concrete example of how engagement of
the private sector leads to action. Equally important
is the fact that businesses and business organisa-
tions are a crucial part of the green transition and
they are ready to take responsibility and engage
actively to drive the green transition in Denmark,
hopefully inspiring other countries around the
World. DI has already started to explore new ways
to create engaging partnerships in an international
context inspired by the Climate Partnerships, e.g.
with local partners in Africa.
The case for circular economy in Denmark and
abroad
The key idea in a circular economy or bioeconomy
is to keep materials in circulation for as long as
possible to retain or even increase their value and
reduce the impact on the environment. In Den-
mark, companies in various sectors have embraced
circularity, using different strategies to increase
their resource efficiency. Denmark has a long tradi-
tion as a food-producing country with sustainability
as a core value. The ingredients industry has many
of the skills and technologies, such as fermentation
and purification, required to spearhead a circular
bioeconomy, in which side streams from feed and
food production are utilised. Waste materials from
one production line can be used to produce other
more valuable products, thereby contributing to
value creation, innovation and mitigation of waste
of raw materials and food. Some of the Danish
companies that work strategically with circularity
are Arla Foods Ingredients and Grundfos. Arla has
a full range of high-value products based on whey
– formerly a waste stream from the production of
cheese. And the pump producer Grundfos is among
the companies which take back used products, dis-
semble them and recycle the materials. While the
ease of disassembly has not previously been a pri-
ority in the design process, the ambition is now to
include disassembly to enhance circularity in future
product. The use of take-back schemes is thus a way
for businesses to make use of their discarded pro-
ducts and reuse parts or recycle materials. Additio-
nally, businesses can use take-back schemes to gain
valuable insights into future product designs.
DI has also made use of valuable Danish experi-
ence within recycling when working with foreign
partners. In Kenya, where only 6% of plastic waste
is recycled, plastic waste has been an increasing
threat to the environment and to public health.
Denmark has one of the best systems in the world
when it comes to recollecting and reusing plastic
bottles due to the for-profit company dealing with
deposits and return, Dansk Retursystem. DI has
been a partner of Kenya Association of Manufactu-
rers (KAM) for many years, so after close dialogue
with DI and the Danish Plastics Federation, in 2019
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
48
KAM gathered the relevant local actors to develop
a plan for a circular economy in the plastic sector19
.
KAM expects the plan to ensure that more than
50% of plastic is reused and that recycling will
create new job opportunities in the private sector.
Lessons learned
• Set high ambitions: Denmark is a frontrunner
in many areas, such as renewable energy, water
and sanitation, life science, architecture and sus-
tainable food production, but we continuously
have to focus on the difficult areas such as less
food waste, increased recycling, smaller carbon
footprint and gender equality, especially in edu-
cation, the private sector and top management.
• Be concrete: Make it clear where Denmark is
challenged with respect to reaching the SDGs
and how to handle specific targets, indicators
and challenges.
• Engage in innovative partnerships: When actors
from the private sector, civil society, the public
sector, social partners and Government come
together and people are engaged, great solu-
tions can be found and structural changes can
be made. This goes for carbon emissions, circu-
lar economies, descents jobs and practically all
the SDGs.
• Create the right framework conditions and
incentives: This includes increased focus on sus-
tainable solutions in all areas of public procure-
ment in Denmark and in international organi-
sations, thus fuelling demand in the market and
helping to build a foundation for companies to
increase sustainability in products, production
methods and services.
• Promote the SDGs among national and inter-
national partners and share your engagement,
experience and good results: We need to join
forces and help each other if we are to realize
the SDGs by 2030!
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 49
Case: Fischer Lightning
The lighting company Fischer Lighting has created the sustainable lamp “August” from old fishing nets.
Before the company developed the solution, they tested both pocket wool, coffee grounds and old
jeans. There is hard work behind the launch, but also a strong collaboration based on the Sustainable
Development Goals. The lamp has won multiple prizes such as the 2018 Building Green Fair Product
Award and the 2019 German Green Product Award.
Fischer Lighting participated in the project, “From Philanthropy to Business”, from its begin-
ning in 2018, and has incorporated sustainability throughout their business. The company has
developed new, patented technology that makes it possible to install LED technology in existing
lighting fixtures. With the Fischer ReDesign ® concept, which August is a part of, Fischer
Lighting uses old fixtures, but creates an entirely new design based on salvaged light housings.
This range honours the history and lineage of the original designer, and adds to the story with
new techniques and technologies. In the re-imagination of these fixtures, Fischer seeks to
honour the qualities of the original creators in the remix. Fischer Lighting’s design principle is
“design for disassembly”. This means that all parts must be able to be disassembled and reused
again and again. In this way, the lamp is the next step towards even more sustainable lighting.
Lars Elmvang, partner in Fischer Lighting, says: “We must take the SDGs seriously. It should not just
be a communication stunt, but make a real difference for the climate and human well-being.”
Such high ambitions require strong partnerships with designers and suppliers. Fischer Lighting
has collaborated with the architectural firm 3XN / GXN on the design of the August lamp. The
ambition has been that everything should be included in a circular context so that nothing ends
up as waste. In the development process, the lighting company was looking for recyclable mate-
rials. They tested both pocket wool, coffee grounds and old jeans, but ended up with a solution
from Danish Plastix, which collects old fishing nets and converts the material into granules. But
Fischer Lighting’s work on sustainability is not just a philanthropic contribution to the environ-
ment; it also benefits the company’s bottom line.
“We see great potential in the market value of working with the SDGs,” says Elmvang. “Our sustai-
nable lighting solutions are overall cheaper than buying new, so customers can both save money and
do something extra good for the environment by choosing our solutions. Sustainability and profit go
hand in hand for Fischer Lighting.”
SDG 12, Responsible consumption and production, is at the heart of Fischer Lighting’s business.
By reusing material from fishing nets, they work to counteract plastic in the world’s oceans
while thinking of new business models for production as an alternative to the “use and throw
away” culture.
“This involves both recycled plastic and recycling of the rest of the lamp parts. That way we get
a fully closed chain, and that is what we are missing,” says Hans Axel Kristensen from Plastix.
Fischer Lighting also works consciously with SDG 7, Sustainable energy, by optimizing the
energy of their lighting solutions. In addition, the company develops circadian rhythm lights,
which will promote health and well-being in schools, workplaces and in the care and health
sector. The global goals thus play a major role in the development and production of Fischer
Lighting’s solutions.
“It takes hard work to translate the world goals into all stages of the business model. It is extre-
mely important to have some enthusiasts who can drive the process, but it is all worth it - both
for the bottom line and for a more sustainable future,” concludes Elmvang.
Box 5.3
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
50
Case: Peter Larsen Kaffe
Coffee producer Peter Larsen Kaffe has a clear goal: By 2030, all waste related to the coffee
plant must be gone. This means that the entire biomass of the coffee must be used, with no
superfluous residual products in the coffee’s long journey from farmer to consumer. It sounds
like a classic story about resource optimization. But the story of Peter Larsen Kaffe’s mission
could, in principle, begin with the large refugee flows on the border between the United States
and Mexico. Many of the refugees were coffee workers from Guatemala and Honduras who
left the farms due to poor earnings and miserable future prospects. Millions of coffee farmers
will follow in their footsteps in the coming years if nothing happens in the industry: The price
of coffee beans has not changed for 20 years, which is one of the reasons why many leave the
coffee industry, and only a few new producers join. It threatens the existence of the entire indu-
stry and Peter Larsen Kaffe, explains Lars Aaen Thøgersen, who is responsible for innovation at
the company.
When Peter Larsen Kaffe joined the project “From Philanthropy to Business”, the goal was to
optimize efforts to save the coffee farmers of the future and thus also Peter Larsen Kaffe’s own
business. The company has already made great efforts in social responsibility, and the work
with CSR initiatives and these initiatives are a natural part of the company’s daily operations,
where social responsibility as an integrated part of the core business - a business that is further
strengthened by embracing and working with the SDGs.
“The core of the matter is to analyse how we can use the SDGs to make the greatest possible impact
and actually talk about what we can change in the world. Once you get that analysis done, and track
down where you can contribute the most, you start to see that there is business in philanthropy,” says
Thøgersen.
The result of their work was a vision that embraces several SDGs: To provide more money in
farmers’ pockets, reduce their climate impact, reduce production waste, and give coffee far-
mers an extra opportunity to make money in order to increase living standards and improve the
reasons to continue in the coffee industry.
But the journey didn’t stop there for Peter Larsen Kaffe. They continue to explore new ways to
use the coffee plants. The plants can, for example, be used for building materials, soft drinks or
detergent. There are also obstacles: The big question for Peter Larsen Kaffe right now is to find
out what makes most sense to produce, because it can’t be too high-tech, as the coffee farmers
should be able to produce and distribute it.
“The big challenge is how we turn the plants into something that has value and can be sold. How do we
create products that farmers can make money on, and how do we ensure that they get help to sell it?”
says Thøgersen.
Box 5.4
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 51
Global Compact Network Denmark
The UN Global Compact Network Denmark (GCDK)
is a business-led multistakeholder network of more
than 460 businesses from a wide range of industries
including the financial sector and organisations.
GDCK’s vision is to contribute to a more sustai-
nable world by mobilizing businesses to work with
social responsibility and sustainability. We support
Danish businesses in working with sustainability
as a means to create value for their core business
using tools based on the Global Compact’s Ten Prin-
ciples (Human Rights, Labour Rights, Environment/
Climate and Anti-corruption) and the SDGs.
Many of the Danish signatories are including the
SDGs in their COP (Communication on Progress)
reporting which illustrate that they recognize
potential in the SDGs – both as a means of meeting
their social responsibilities and as an attractive
business opportunity.
We are experiencing large interest from companies.
More than 70 new Danish companies and organisa-
tions joined GCDK in 2020 despite the pandemic.
The proportion of businesses that have committed
to working with the 10 principles of the UN Global
Compact in Denmark is the largest in the world
calculated by commitments per capita.
Key changes/lessons learned
Private sectors play an essential role in the achie-
vement of the UN Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs). The challenges addressed in the 17 goals
can only be addressed in partnerships between the
public and private sector as well as in partnerships
with civil society, academia, and other important
stakeholders.
The Danish business community welcomes the
SDGs and recognizes that the SDGs address key
challenges influencing all of us. Businesses are an
important part of the solution to these challenges
and solving them represents massive business
opportunities. First and foremost, businesses need
to reduce their negative impacts while working on
finding new and better solutions. In a global per-
spective, Denmark is regarded as a high performer
in the context of the 2030 Agenda, and several
SDG-rankings list Denmark as a top performer.
However, Denmark also needs to step up and
improve in several areas. From our perspective
this is where we should place special attention in
Denmark.
Danish businesses are a key driver to achieve
the SDG goals
Though Denmark ranks highly in the 2030 SDG
Index 20
, there are pressing challenges that need
to be addressed. According to the most recent
research from the OECD, Denmark is doing worse
than in 2019. At that stage, Denmark was severely
underperforming in relation to two goals and a third
was added in 2020. GCDK has decided to highlight
the SDGs where we have initiatives and where our
members are contributing
• Goal 5.5: Gender Equality
• Goal 12: Responsible Consumption and
Production
• Goal 13: Climate Action
The Danish business community acknowledges the
important role it plays in finding solutions. Busi-
nesses can aide in finding new ways and solutions
in areas where Denmark needs to improve. Global
Compact Network Denmark addresses several of
these areas in our activities with great engagement
from our signatories.
The private sector’s contribution to achieving
the SDGs
Survey of Danish signatories to the UN Global
Compact in April 2021
Global Compact Network Denmark experiences
interest from the Danish Business community to
support the SDGs. GCDK conducted a survey in
April 2021 of Danish signatories of the UN Global
Compact. Despite a deadline of only one week, 46
answered the survey. 61% of respondents gave
concrete examples of how they are already working
actively with the SDGs. They see the SDGs as an
important tool to reach overall targets. Moreover,
the survey reveals that the companies see the SDGs
as part of a mega-trend and as a potential business
opportunity:
“From a business opportunity perspective, the SDGs tell
us about mega-trends where we see a potentially enor-
mous un-met demand and how we can contribute to
meet that demand – while doing business”, according
to Grundfos.
Strong dedication to the SDGs from Danish UN
Global Compact signatories -Danish companies
actively working with the SDGs to reduce
negative impact
The Danish business community contributes to
the SDGs in many forms from utilizing the SDGs
as a framework to identify positive and negative
impacts to integrating them directly into innovative
business models and strategies. We have inclu-
ded several examples of Danish Global Compact
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
52
signatories who are actively working with the SDGs
in their efforts to identify business opportunities,
reduce their negative impact and drive sustainable
development. The experience of the Danish busi-
ness community shows that there are many ways of
working with the SDGs.
SDG 5.5: Gender Equality in Denmark
On March 31, Denmark was ranked at 29th place
overall according to the World Economic Forum’s
Global Gender Gap Report 2021, which is a setback
from 14th place last year, and an even further set-
back from 2008, at which time Denmark was among
the top ten countries. The report’s overall documen-
tation of a widening gender gap in Denmark repre-
sents an area of concern in relation to Denmark’s
contribution to SDG 5.5, which calls for women’s
equal representation, participation, and leadership
in business globally.
One of the contextual findings that is of particular
concern is that even though Denmark ranks at the
top when it comes to women’s educational attain-
ment, the report mentions Denmark as an example
of an advanced economy with an alarming 38%
income gap to bridge.
• Global Compact Network Denmark’s initiative
for Gender equality
Target Gender Equality is a gender equality
program for participating companies of the UN
Global Compact to deepen implementation of
the Women’s Empowerment Principles and
strengthen their contribution to Sustainable
Development Goal 5.5.
Through facilitated performance analysis,
capacity-building workshops, peer learning and
multi-stakeholder dialogue at the country level,
Target Gender Equality will support companies
in setting and reaching ambitious corporate
targets for women’s representation and lead-
ership, starting with the Board and Executive
Management levels.
Case: Xellia Pharmaceuticals’ work with diversity targets
Xellia Pharmaceuticals focused on increasing the diversity of our workforce and managers at all
levels. We aim to have >40% female managers, talents, and successors by 2025. We formalized our
Diversity, Inclusion and Belonging Team with representatives from all Xellia sites and held aware-
ness training for leaders on unconscious bias to help overcome stereotypes and outdated beliefs.
In addition, we became a signatory to the Women’s Empowerment Principles (WEP) and have
assessed the 7 Principles to guide us on the initiatives that we will embark on going forward. We
expanded the scope of this team to also include other factors in addition to gender diversity.
See Xellia Pharmaceuticals website 21
.
Case: Novo Nordisk IT (NNIT) launched a podcast called Women in Tech
In 2020, NNIT introduced a podcast series Women in Tech, in which we invite women in the IT
industry to talk about gender equality and their experiences in a male-dominated industry.
See NNIT’s website 22
.
Box 5.5
Box 5.6
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 53
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and
Production
Denmark is a wealthy nation with large consump-
tion and high waste production levels. Denmark is
one of the European countries producing the most
waste per inhabitant. While important initiatives
are being implemented, progress is moving too
slowly. Denmark has a long way to go when it comes
to achieving all of SDG 12, and we need a strong
commitment from all relevant actors.
Denmark needs to improve waste reduction, reuse
and recycling and view waste as a resource. While
important initiatives are in place on waste sorting,
many companies are calling for a clear incentive
structure to handle waste responsibly and the
official Climate Partnership for Waste, Water and
Circular Economy is arguing for binding targets for
reduction and reuse. As common challenges need
common solutions, partnerships across value chains
need to be the overarching factor for all improve-
ments toward SDG 12.
• GCDK project “Verdensmål i Værdikæden”
funded by the Danish Industry Foundation
GCDK is project lead in the flagship project
Verdensmål i Værdikæden, funded by the
Danish Industry Foundation. The three-year
project is a collaboration between GCDK and
Danish Restaurants & Cafés. It aims to enhance
the overall level of sustainability in the restau-
rant sector by using a value chain approach. The
slogan of the project is that “common challenges
require common solutions”. More than 70 com-
panies and organisations are collaborating to
design, test, and mature sustainable solutions to
challenges within the food, waste and packaging
systems.
Case: Schoeller Plast reduces consumption in production and looks for alternative raw
materials in partnerships with Plastix
One of our major findings and developments is the search for new materials, and especially finding
new resources that support the SDGs. Pursuing our goal to learn more across the supply chain
has led to several tests in using old ghost nets from trawlers, which have ended their life in the
ocean. We work with Plastix in Denmark in supporting this development and Plastix has helped
and assisted in testing production possibilities. This is leading to new products that will support
our company’s future growth. It also supports us in creating new products that have a very positive
environmental impact and enable us to minimize the CO2emissions from our production.
See Schoeller Plast’s website 23
.
Case: The Danish clothing-tech company Son of a Tailor seeks to eliminate material
waste throughout the fashion value chain
Son of a Tailor has created a sustainable business case around “made-to-order” production where
clients can order customized shirts directly and made especially for them. Son of a Tailor is reen-
gineering the fashion industry to be better for all parties involved. Our ambition is to put an end
to opaque supply chains that are not only harming garment workers and the planet, but also end
up delivering a product that does not meet customers’ expectations regarding quality and fit. This
means that SDG 12 is not only our focus, it is in our DNA. Developing processes and techniques
that can inspire a systemic change in the fashion industry is what our business model is based
upon. Respect for people and the planet is at the core of this endeavour. Therefore, we especially
contribute to SDG 13 and SDG 8.
See Son of a Tailor’s website 24
.
Box 5.7
Box 5.8
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
54
Case: Large-scale upcycling of industrial textiles
DFD upcy was established to reduce textile waste from the industrial laundry group, De Forenede
Dampvaskerier (DFD). The objective is to upcycle, recycle or down-cycle 100% of all discarded
textiles from their customers’ textile solutions by 2025. Daily, roughly one ton of textiles is being
discarded. As a business concept, DFD upcy supports SDG 12 by letting the textiles re-circulate
back to the customers. This represents more resource-efficient textile solutions, which also enable
customers to reduce their CO2 footprint by taking part in a circular economy.
See DFD’s website 25
.
Case: The Danish global textile company Kvadrat, a champion of circular design
Our brand Really upcycles end-of-life textiles to create premium-quality engineered materials that
challenge the design and architecture industries to rethink their use of resources and to design
with circular economy in mind. The manufacturing does not involve the use of dyes, water or toxic
chemicals, and generates only recyclable waste. The finished material is a closed loop solution and
can eventually be re-granulated and formed into new boards and materials. A champion of circular
design really encourages innovative concepts that prolong the lifespan of textile resources. Their
ambition is a no-waste solution. They offer circularity and production primarily in Denmark, and
transparency in what and where the products are produced, challenging designers and architects
to innovate and to design for circularity within our cities, offices, and homes.
See Kvadrat’s website 26
.
Case: Novo Nordisk’s environmental strategy is built on circular economy principles
Our environmental strategy is built on circular economy principles where we minimize consump-
tion across the value chain, turn waste into new resources, and design recyclable products. We
aim to eliminate waste of resources and are continuously minimizing use of energy, materials, and
water. We use 100% renewable power for our global manufacturing sites today and our target is to
have zero CO2 emissions from our operations and transport by 2030. We share this mindset with
our suppliers to minimize our impact from our supply chain and our target is to have our 60,000
suppliers using 100% renewable power when supplying us in 2030. We also take circular decisions
when designing our products by applying a lifecycle assessment approach and we will launch take-
back pilots to eliminate the waste impact from our products.
See Novo Nordisk’s website 27
.
Box 5.9
Box 5.10
Box 5.11
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 55
SDG 13: Climate Action
Denmark is a leading country on the climate agenda
and has strong political commitment to reduce
emissions as illustrated by the new national Climate
Law from 2020. However, Denmark still has a long
way to go to meet the 2030 deadline and more
action is needed to meet Goal 13, particularly from
the private sector.
Many Danish businesses are highly engaged in the
climate agenda. 62% are already working on redu-
cing their greenhouse gas emissions, according to a
survey by Global Compact Network Denmark and
Arla in 2020. However, 30% have not yet started
their climate impact reduction, and only 13% of
Danish businesses are setting climate targets and
measuring their own emissions. The lack of climate
action is particularly evident in the small and medi-
um-sized enterprises (SMEs).
Many SMEs see very few commercial benefits from
engaging in climate work and a vast majority are
calling for political incentives, tools, and guidance
to start reducing their emissions and set ambitious
targets.
• Global Compact Network Denmark’s climate
action initiative
In Global Compact Network Denmark, we are
advocating for the use of the Greenhouse Gas
Protocol through our global initiative, Science
Based Targets. Science Based Targets is a collab-
oration between the CDP, the United Nations
Global Compact, World Resources Institute, and
the Worldwide Fund for Nature (WWF) where
businesses set validated climate targets that
correspond with the latest science and the sce-
narios outlined by the Paris Climate Accord.
The initiative has enjoyed considerable success
globally with more than 1350 companies com-
mitting. In Denmark, 34 companies – including
some of the largest in Denmark – have joined
the initiative, and Global Compact Network
Denmark is running a peer learning group
where companies can learn more about the
initiative, its methodologies, and how to set
targets. Global Compact Network Denmark
has also joined the Industry Foundation-funded
Climate-ready SME (Klimaklar SMV) in collabo-
ration with the Confederation of Danish Indus-
try where 50 SMEs learn to conduct climate
accounting and join the Science Based Targets
Initiative.
Globally, Global Compact is pushing to increase
commitment to Science Based Targets, most
recently with the launch of Climate Ambition
Accelerator – a capacity-building program
where companies on all levels learn about the
Greenhouse Gas Protocol and Science Based
Targets. The project will be rolled out in 25 local
Global Compact networks across the globe,
including in Global Compact Network Den-
mark, and aims to get hundreds of companies to
commit to the Science Based Targets initiative
within the first year.
Case: SDG tools to improve sustainability in public and private sectors
NIRAS has developed a series of SDG tools that will help improve sustainability in both businesses
and public institutions within a wide series of parameters. The first tool, SDG Capture, creates an
easy overview of the interfaces between the UN Global Goals and virtually every conceivable pro-
ject within municipalities, regions, industry, healthcare, utilities, transport, and construction, etc.
SDG Initiator is a tool to help companies prioritize investments in sustainability when optimizing
businesses, building new facilities, or developing new strategies. SDG Measure helps figure out
how to build in a more sustainable manner, and it can measure all possible parameters and find out
how, for example, solar cells, wood, or recyclable materials affect the sustainability of the building.
See Niras’ website 28
.
Box 5.12
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
56
SDG 17: Partnerships for the goals
The transformative potential of the SDGs can
only be realized through collaboration and part-
nerships. Denmark has several strong examples of
private-public partnerships in relation to the SDGs,
such as the establishment of the 2030 Panel and the
13 Climate Partnerships.
We also see a large number of the UN Global Com-
pact signatories engaging in partnerships across
industries. Companies mention in our survey that
they work actively with SDG17. We’re also experi-
encing growing interest from the financial sector,
where the focus on sustainable and responsible
investments is creating new incentives for compa-
nies to act in a responsible and sustainable manner.
Case: Grundfos Strategy 2025
With the purpose of pioneering solutions to the world’s water and climate challenges and impro-
ving the quality of life for people, sustainability is an integral part of who we are and how we
do business. It is naturally at the core of Grundfos’ Strategy 2025. The strategy is essential for
meeting our long-term 2030 water and climate ambitions to do whatever is in our power to help
achieve the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, in particular SDG 6: Clean Water and
Sanitation and SDG 13: Climate Action.
See Grundfos’ website 29
.
Case: Bank Invest launched one of Denmark’s most sustainable equity funds for private
investors
The investment association BankInvest has launched several sustainable funds with specific goals
to support the SDGs. This means that the investors’ money will directly subsidize the SDGs. Additi-
onally, these funds have undertaken ambitious CO2-reduction targets, compared to the rest of the
world market, and they thereby contribute to the green transition. BankInvest was the first asset
manager to shed light on this. Finally, BankInvest participates in several initiatives and partners-
hips with special attention on influencing the businesses we invest in to work more goal-oriented
with CO2-emissions and other environmental considerations.
See BankInvest’s website 30
.
Box 5.13
Box 5.14
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 57
The Danish Chamber of Commerce
A pioneering country that is far from finished: This
is how you could briefly describe Denmark’s posi-
tion in relation to the Global Goals. Despite historic
progress and overall top performance in internatio-
nal comparisons, there is still room for improvement
when it comes to Denmark’s position in relation to
the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the
contributions of Danish companies. Placing weight
on continuous improvement, the Danish Chamber
of Commerce is focused on the transformation
needed, the challenges yet to be solved, and the
commercial opportunities that will arise from this.
From our perspective, these are the areas
where Denmark still has a long way to go in
implementing the SDGs:
• Responsible production and consumption are
of the essence. Despite top rankings in interna-
tional comparisons (Sdgindex.org), Denmark still
has someway to go in improving performance on
targets 12, 13 and 14 (respectively, Responsible
consumption and production, Climate efforts
and Life at sea). In this respect The Danish
Chamber of Commerce advocates that Danish
SDG and climate policies should not have a
too one-sided domestic focus. Otherwise, we
risk simply transferring the climate challenges
beyond our borders.
• Increased focus on sustainable imports. Sus-
tainable imports have traditionally not enjoyed
the same focus as sustainable exports in the
Danish sustainability discourse. Attention has
been paid to how the SDGs can lead to new busi-
ness opportunities for Danish businesses, which
it is estimated will be worth up to 400 billion
DKK in 2030 (Ministry of Foreign Affair: A
World of Opportunities for Danish Businesses,
January 2019)31
. However, the supply chain
and the way goods are produced, shipped and
presented are also pivotal for improving SDG
performance, and for ultimately realizing the
export potential.
• Speed up progress on women in top manage-
ment and boards. In a Danish context, across 14
industries, historic progress has been accom-
plished by Danish companies in regards to 12
out of 14 indicators in relation to sustainability.
(Statistics Denmark: The Danish business sector
and the sustainable development goals 2020)32
.
However, in some areas, the story is less clear-
cut. For instance, the share of women in Danish
top management and boards is still low. This is
underscored by the Global Gender Gap Report
2021, where Denmark falls behind its Scandi-
navian peers. We need to pick up the pace and
close the gender gap in Denmark’s top man-
agement and boards, and we need to close the
gender gaps in the Danish educational system.
Box 5.15
Alfa
Arbejdernes Landsbank
BankInvest
BASF A/S
Bech-Bruun
Bluepack A/S
cBrain
Cerebriu
Christensen & Co Architects
Coloplast
Copenhagen Food Collective
Core One A/S
Danoffice IT
De Forenede Dampvaskerier
- DFD
DEIF A/S
Demant
DSB
KMD A/S
Kvadrat A/S
Københavns Erhvervsakademi
(KEA)
LE34 A/S
LF Vagt ApS
NNIT A/S
Novo Nordisk
Palsgaard A/S
PensionDanmark
Phoenix Design Aid
Plastindustrien
Qualiware ApS
ReSea Project
Schoeller-Plast-Enterprise A/S
Servicefirmaet Renell A/S
Shark Solutions ApS
SimCorp
Son of a Tailor ApS
Spar Nord
TDC NET
Tele Greenland A/S
VELUX
Xellia Pharmaceuticals
ALK
Danske bank
Grundfos
Appendix 1: Overview over respondents working actively with the SDGs from our
survey April 2021
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
58
Box 5.16
Box 5.17
The soy and palm oil alliances
Under the auspices of the Danish Ethical Trading Initiative 35
, a number of Danish Industry Associ-
ations, NGOs, unions and Danish companies have joined forces in alliances to advance the import
of sustainable palm oil and soy. Both commodities are associated with significant environmental
and social challenges, including deforestation. The alliances help Danish companies source respon-
sible palm oil and soy. In addition, the alliances promote dialogue between Danish stakeholders as
well as inform consumers about soy, palm oil and sustainability. The vision is that all palm oil and
soy imported to Denmark will be produced responsibly and not contribute to deforestation or
conversion of natural vegetation, and to contribute to continuous improvements in the responsi-
ble production of palm oil and soy globally. The Danish Chamber of Commerce is member of both
the Danish Alliance for Responsible Soy 36
and the Danish Alliance for Responsible Palm Oil 37
and
actively works to gain support for similar initiatives in other areas related to sustainable import.
Alliance for Bio Solutions
Biotechnological solutions such as alternative proteins, biological alternatives to pesticides,
biodegradable plastics, alternative materials for nylon in textile production, biological insulation
materials and other building materials, climate optimization of agricultural production with enzy-
mes and bacteria, and other biotechnological solutions hold great promise. These solutions have
the potential to reduce global greenhouse gas emissions by more than 4 billion tonnes CO2e by
2030, and become a Danish growth adventure. On top of climate action (SDG13), bio solutions
can help advance sustainable agriculture (SDG2), clean water (SDG6), sustainable production and
waste reduction (SDG12), and improve life below water (SDG14) and on land (SDG15). However, a
number of regulatory issues need to be solved at both the national and European level in order to
fully realize the potential of bio solutions. This is something the Danish Chamber of Commerce –
alongside the Alliance partners – is working to ensure (New alliance will make Danish Biotech the
next windmill adventure, 2021)38
.
• Danish SMEs lag behind large enterprises.
Approximately one third of Danish compa-
nies with fewer than 250 full-time employees
possess qualified knowledge of the SDGs. The
corresponding figure for companies with more
than 250 full time employees is approximately
80%. (Danish Chamber of Commerce: All
aboard, 2019)33
. Danish small and medium-sized
enterprises constitute 98-99% of the companies
and account for around 65% of the privately
employed in Denmark. Hence, both as suppliers
of solutions and as employers, these companies
play a crucial role in realizing the SGDs in Den-
mark. The Danish Chamber of Commerce advo-
cates targeted initiatives to include and activate
SMEs in the 2030 agenda.
• Despite COVID-19, companies and SDGs still
need each other. Achieving the SDGs is about
ensuring economic and political stability. To
this end, companies’ know-how, knowledge and
resources must effectively be brought into play.
This mutual dependency between companies
and the SDGs has been effectively underscored
by the COVID-19 pandemic, accentuating the
importance of a robust and sustainable global
supply chain. As a business organisation and
employers’ association, the Danish Chamber
of Commerce collaborates with a wide range
of companies and industry actors, and uses
this opportunity to work with and support the
Sustainable Development Goals (The Future of
Business - Mapping of the Danish Chamber of
Commerce’s work with the Sustainable Devel-
opment Goals, 2019)34
.
The following are examples of how the Danish
Chamber of Commerce has worked with the abo-
ve-mentioned focus areas in 2020 and 2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 59
Box 5.18
Box 5.19
Box 5.20
Climate reporting – working towards a common language
Danish companies can be pioneers in new climate solutions and pave the way for the green tran-
sition globally. An important starting point for this is a common understanding of how we should
calculate and report on the effects of emissions and the environmental impacts of companies,
nationally and internationally. A member survey from 2021 shows that 58% of companies do
not find they have the resources or knowledge to conduct climate reporting today. There is no
doubt that CO2 reporting first becomes a real market driver when it includes scope 3, i.e. the
entire value chain. Conversely, this part is also by far the most complex and it leaves a lot of work
to subcontractors down the value chain. Therefore, the Danish Chamber of Commerce works to
ensure adequate help, support and incentives, when it comes to climate reporting. The first step
it to make it attractive for companies to calculate and report on CO2 emissions. A member survey
shows that 75% of companies believe that climate and environment should play a significant role
in public tenders, but only 11% of public suppliers find that they do so today (Companies are ready
for green requirements in public tenders, 2020)39
. The second step is to ensure the practical sup-
port and guidance needed to conduct high quality climate reporting, hereunder with a focus on
scope 3 emissions, and we do so through events, guides, alliances and political involvement (Nem
Klimaguide - kom i gang med din CO2-beregning, 2020; Opgørelses- og rapporteringsmetoder for
grøn omstilling, 2021)40, 41
Combatting gender stereotypes in the Danish educational system
The Danish education system is characterized by massive gender gaps. Twice as many men as
women do not obtain any education at all, and the share of women seeking work in certain sectors
is very disproportionate. In general, men dominate areas such as engineering, craftmanship, IT and
economics, and women dominate health and care professions. The gendered educational system
in turn curbs the share of women in management and board positions in the affected sectors.
The Danish Chamber of Commerce works for and publicly advocates for a Gender Commission
for Education to map the causes of these educational gender gaps and come up with proposals
to change the comprehensive gender stereotypes in the Danish educational system, ensuring an
education system that gets the most out of our talent pool (Combatting gender stereotypes in the
educational system, 2020)42
. It is our belief that this will help to address a significant root cause of
the lagging number of women in Danish top management and board positions.
Founding the Diversity Pledge together with institutional investors
For two consecutive years, together with the thinktank Axcelfuture and the Danish Board Lea-
dership Society, the Danish Chamber of Commerce has engaged a number of professional board
members and CEOs on the subject of equal representation and diversity in top management and
boards. The notion behind the board summits on diversity are that if Danish companies and boards
do not take action on the gender gap, they might face political quotas. In 2021 together with Pen-
sionDanmark, a major labour market pension fund, the Danish Chamber of Commerce announced,
and invited other institutional investors into, the development of the Diversity Code to consi-
stently demand diversity from their company portfolios (The business community wants to create
a common code, 2021)43
.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
60
The Danish Food Cluster
By the Danish Agriculture & Food Council (DAFC),
which represents the farming and food industry of
Denmark including companies, trade and farmers’
associations.
Key changes/lessons learned
Denmark is in many ways a global role model for
sustainable food production and innovation. The
Danish food industry has focused on sustainability
for many years, but the introduction of the SDGs
in 2015 created a common global reference and
language that has been very helpful for formulating
and fulfilling our goals.
Across the food value chain, collaborative efforts
have promoted the most efficient use of natural
resources. In many areas we have seen significant
improvement based on a strong public-private part-
nership culture, close integration across the food
chain from farm to fork, ground-breaking research
and innovation, and an approach to production
with a constant focus on resource optimisation. The
independent Danish agricultural advisory system,
based on the needs of farmers, is a cornerstone for
ongoing progress and innovation. In general, we
have learned that partnerships across the value
chain contribute significantly to a more sustainable
food system by generating new and more sustai-
nable solutions and food products.
Primary producers invest heavily in precision far-
ming technology to minimise their environmental
footprint and maximise their yield. Food producers
constantly explore new ways to reduce their con-
sumption of water, energy and single-use plastic
packaging. At a time when the global need for
circular bioeconomy strategies becomes increa-
singly apparent, the Danish food cluster is already a
frontrunner. Farmers, food manufacturers, techno-
logy providers, retailers and restaurants have a
strong focus on transforming waste streams into
valuable products. Food residues that cannot be
used for human consumption are used for livestock
feed, biogas production or agricultural fertilisers.
Agenda-setting consumers are demanding healthy,
safe and sustainable food.
Since 1990, the Danish food sector has both increa-
sed its production and reduced its environmental
impact. At the same time, Denmark’s food produc-
tion can feed three times the size of the Danish
population using the best available technology.
Nevertheless, the sector constantly focuses on how
to improve further.
From the Danish food cluster’s point of view, the
most significant improvements – but perhaps also
the most susceptible of potential improvements –
apply to these SDGs:
• 3: Good Health and Well-being: The number of
citizens with lifestyle diseases is increasing in
Denmark. Among other things, this puts pres-
sure on our healthcare system. It also requires
food producers to take co-responsibility for
citizens’ health and to help curb unhealthy
eating habits.
• 12: Responsible Consumption and Produc-
tion: Denmark’s food industry is in many ways
setting a strong example when it comes to
resource efficiency. We must focus even more
on resource-efficient production and on the
connection between productivity, nutrition and
sustainability. It requires food producers to opti-
mise production, recycle even more products
and materials, and recycle nutrients in future
food production.
• 13: Climate Action: Denmark’s greenhouse gas
emissions have dropped by 32% since 1990.
Agricultural production consists of complicated
biological processes that naturally lead to
greenhouse gas emissions. Yet, Danish agricul-
ture has been able to reduce its emissions by
16% since 1990, and at the same time increase
its production by 21%. However, in order to
reach climate neutrality, more initiatives are
necessary.
The Danish Food Cluster’s contribution to
fulfilling the SDGs
The Danish Food Cluster contributes with healthy,
safe, and sustainable food and solutions to Den-
mark and the world. Sustainable, productive and
resource-efficient agricultural and food production
will directly and indirectly contribute to the fulfil-
ment of all 17 SDGs, as the agriculture and food
sector reaches into many corners of society. The
Danish agriculture and food sector is one of Den-
mark’s most important strongholds and contributes
to sustainable food production at both the national
and global level. The sector’s intensive and sustai-
nable production – where we continue to produce
more with fewer resources – is a crucial element in
the progress made by the Danish food cluster. Our
main contribution to the fulfilment of the SDGs can
be summarised as follows:
#3: Good Health and Well-being
Food is a source of nourishment, enjoyment,
togetherness and a wealth of good experiences.
Good, healthy and safe food is an important element
globally in preventing hunger and malnourishment.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 61
#12: Responsible Consumption and Production
The Danish Food Cluster has a tradition of innova-
tion and is increasingly focusing on responsible and
sustainable food production. We have taken many
steps towards a more responsible production that
saves our resources, promotes the circular bio eco-
nomy and improves animal welfare.
It is natural that we as a sector care that people
are learning about the food we produce, just as it is
natural that we focus continuously on developing
healthier and tastier food. The food industry is an
oasis of healthy and nutritious food, e.g. meat, vege-
tables and other raw materials.
Our focus is on our international responsibility. In
several developing and middle-income countries,
the population and the authorities are struggling
with malnutrition and low food security. The DAFC
helps promote local, sustainable growth and devel-
opment in the world with the use of Danish know-
ledge and innovations. One way to do this is via the
sector adviser programme.
Case: Sector Advisory Projects
The DACF is involved in sector advisory projects in several developing and middle-income coun-
tries. Sector advisers act as a liaison between authorities and help to build knowledge and start
projects locally in areas such as agriculture and food production. Through the projects, Danish
authorities contribute to disseminating knowledge and competencies to the developing countries’
authorities within agricultural and food production.
Case: Danish Protein Innovation
As the world’s population grows, the global demand for sustainable protein is rising. Protein is not
just protein. It is found in many different forms, in an abundance of foods, and is vital for both ani-
mals and humans.
The DAFC has co-founded the partnership ”Danish Protein Innovation” consisting of companies,
universities, research institutions and industry organisations. The partnership aims to promote
and coordinate research and innovation to increase market-based and sustainable Danish produc-
tion of protein for food and feed.
Case: Food and Nutrition Camps
One example is a partnership with the participation of the DAFC for almost two decades, together
with the youth organisation 4H and retailer REMA 1000, and several hundred volunteers invol-
ved in the non-profit Food and Nutrition Camps. During five busy days each year, we work to give
Danish children food enjoyment, food courage, knowledge of where food comes from, and show
them how to combine it.
Box 5.21
Box 5.22
Box 5.23
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
62
#13: Climate Action
Food production affects the climate and, as a result,
new and innovative solutions are necessary if we
are to satisfy everyone’s appetite while considering
the climate challenges the world is facing. There-
fore, the Danish food cluster has joined forces with
the clear ambition to achieve the goal of a clima-
te-neutral Danish food industry by 2050.
However, it is essential that we think bigger than
Denmark. Climate change is a global challenge and
everyone must act in line with the UN’s global goals
to limit world hunger, combat climate change and
ensure sustainable production through partners-
hips. We already have one of the most climate-fri-
endly food productions in the world. Good agricul-
tural practices, innovative companies and efficient
research have made Danish food production one of
the most climate-friendly in the world today. Many
examples can be given: manure that is transformed
into energy, crop production residues that become
proteins, cows that eat less but give more milk, etc.
Case: DRIP
The food industry has contributed to creating the water partnership DRIP, which consists of food
companies, universities, technology suppliers and research institutes. The purpose of the partners-
hip is to implement new solutions to ensure further industrial water savings of 15-30%.
Case: Global Climate Task Force
Denmark accounts for 0.1% of the world’s CO2 emissions. If we really want to solve the climate
crisis, we must focus on cross-border collaboration. Therefore, the DAFC has created the Global
Climate Task Force to develop specific initiatives aimed at minimising the global climate footprint.
Technologies, products and know-how from the Danish food cluster are key elements in reducing
food production emissions throughout the world. With Danish breeding material, emissions from
pig production could be reduced by up to a quarter. Or methane emissions could be reduced by up
to 33% per litre of milk in some countries.
The Global Climate Task Force will deliver tangible recommendations in the form of e.g. political
measures and general development opportunities.
Box 5.25
Box 5.24
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 63
5.2.5 Academic Institutions
The following chapters are written by the Univer-
sity of Southern Denmark (end of April 2021) and
UNESCO (end of April 2021).
The University of Southern Denmark
– research and education contribute
to sustainable development
We create value for and together with society
A university must cooperate with its community,
contribute to the promotion of growth, welfare and
development in society, and exchange knowledge
and competences with those around it. Therefore,
the University of Southern Denmark’s (SDU’s) con-
tributions to the SDGs are based on value creation
for and together with society. We contribute to
sustainable development through research, educa-
tion and dissemination at the highest international
level. This partly presupposes a prioritisation of
basic research and partly a prioritisation of strate-
gic research areas with focus on sustainability. Add
to this the education of several thousand graduates
with both core competences and knowledge of
sustainable development as well as participation
in the public debate about e.g. the green transition.
Therefore, we have integrated our work with the
UN’s 17 SDGs based on a holistic approach. This
means that we work with the SDGs in various
arenas which must strengthen the university as a
“living laboratory” where researchers, students and
external partners can work with issues related to
sustainability.
Research and knowledge sharing
The sustainable development expressed in the
SDGs presupposes cooperation across subjects,
disciplines, organisations and geography. But it
also requires new knowledge and new solutions.
An essential part of SDU’s research takes place in
cooperation with the surrounding world across vari-
ous research environments and with focus on the
so-called grand challenges. Our work with the SDGs
is based on existing, strong research environments
around e.g. sustainable tourism, demography, global
health, active living, lifecycle engineering, global
sustainable production and aquatic and marine
environment. Our approach to the research area
is to support the researchers, who have chosen to
work with sustainable development, promotion of
cross-disciplinary research projects with focus on
sustainability, and the initiation of new strategic
research projects focused on the SDGs.
Teaching and education
An education creates value and development. Sus-
tainable development presupposes a continued
education of people with high core competences,
but they must be able to do something more. They
must also have a talent for cross-disciplinary work,
innovation and handling complex issues. Therefore,
we have developed a common introductory course
on the SDGs for all new students. The SDGs set the
framework for students’ work with complex global
problems like poverty, inequality in health, the pho-
sphorus crisis, innovation and economic growth or
climate change challenges. We are also developing
more optional subjects and Master’s programmes
focused on sustainability, social responsibility and
ethics, which will improve students’ qualifications
within these subjects. Among other things, we
implement case competitions in relation to co-cur-
ricular and extracurricular activities, where stu-
dents work on sustainability challenges from com-
panies, and we support initiatives from the students
via the SDG pool for the promotion of sustainability
at SDU.
People and organisation
According to other universities, up to 80% of a uni-
versity’s climate footprint is related to the behavi-
our of students and staff. It is therefore important
for us to involve students and staff in our efforts
to make the university more sustainable. We have
established an SDG forum across the university,
and sustainability committees at all faculties, where
students and staff can bring forward ideas and sug-
gestions for sustainable operation. Several of the
initiatives that have been launched to make SDU
a greener, healthier and more diverse university
are rooted in suggestions from students and staff.
They include suggestions for moving more during
our workday at the university, better waste sorting,
choice of more climate-friendly transportation
methods, increased biodiversity at our campuses,
etc. We will continuously follow the effects of these
measures through preparation of a climate account,
but several of the initiatives will also be followed
and anchored in research as a “living lab”.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
64
UNESCO – World-class teaching of
Global Goals
Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) Schools
educate responsible global citizens.
80 Danish schools and youth educations are by June
2021 part of a worldwide school network that has
committed itself to incorporating the Global Goals
into their everyday school life. Thus, children from
Haiti to Herning are taught global citizenship and
sustainable development.
UNESCO Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)
Schools is the name of the network, which in Den-
mark is financially supported by the Ministry of
Children and Education, and a school of this kind is
located in Herning. At Lindbjergskolen, the students
will be educated to become responsible global
citizens. A global view is therefore an important
part of teaching. Lindbjergskolen is in partnerships
with other schools, both in Denmark and around
the world. In Herning, among other things, students
exchange experiences and debate Global Goals with
their Brazilian friendship class.
The school and the local community work
together toward the goals
The teachers are determined to raise students’
awareness of nature and sustainability. And they
aim to enable the students to experience how even
small actions can make a big difference.
The mantra is: Global Goals must be everyday goals.
The impressive goals are transformed into concrete
lessons about waste separation, food waste and
recycling. In addition, Lindbjergskolen holds an
annual Global Goals Week, where the local com-
munity is involved and where the students, among
other things, give presentations to Herning Munici-
pality’s Global Goals Committee.
Being part of the network of UNESCO schools inspi-
res Lindbjergskolen to set a direction for the school
on everything from the organisational level to the
annual plans. Being one of UNESCO’s Sustainable
Development Goals Schools brings authority and
weight, and makes it easier to attract partners and
create new collaborations.
Goal 5 on gender equality is given a place in hair
stylist training
It is not only at the primary school level that Danish
pupils have the opportunity to attend a Sustainable
Development Goals school. Tradium in Randers, has
also been designated a UNESCO Sustainable Devel-
opment Goals School and houses both a vocational
school and upper secondary school.
At Tradium, just like at Lindbjergskolen, it is essen-
tial to make the work with the Global Goals con-
crete for the students, and the goals relevant to
each individual’s education. Whether you want to
be a hair stylist, mechanic or work in the service
industry or the trades, the Global Goals and a sus-
tainable education are integrated into the teaching.
The mechanics visit companies that recycle tires. In
the hair stylist classes, there are discussions about
gender equality when reviewing different trends
over time. And at the business school, the students
discuss corporate social responsibility and are
taught how to create a business that is environmen-
tally and financially sustainable.
The Global goals also play a part outside of the
curriculum: the cafeteria is launching initiatives that
reduce food waste; the Global Goals are written
into the school’s procurement policy; students and
staff practice carpooling; and recycling has been
introduced everywhere at the school.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 65
5.2.6 Regions and
Municipalities
The following chapters are written by Danish Regi-
ons (end of April 2021) and Local Government Den-
mark (early May 2021).
Danish Regions’ work with the SDGs
The OECD Programme’s Territorial Approach to
the SDGs argues that regions and cities play crucial
roles in achieving the SDGs. The five regions in
Denmark, governed by democratically elected poli-
ticians, demonstrate this. Their tasks include health,
psychiatry and social services, public transport,
education, environmental and nature protection
and regional development, making the regions
highly relevant for national SDG implementation.
How the regions contribute to the
implementation of the SDGs
Today, the regions work within the framework of
the national goals of the Danish health system. The
national goals focus on, for example, high-quality
treatment, mortality and patient safety, and healthy
living years. These overlap with many of the indi-
cators within SDG 3 on ensuring healthy lives and
promoting well-being for everyone, such as tobacco
prevention and mortality from non-communicable
diseases. The regions have implemented the natio-
nal goals in their management of the health system
and are free to choose the most suitable indicators.
In relation to SDG 13 on climate action, the regions
have set an ambitious aim of a reduction in carbon
emissions of 75% from hospital operations before
2030, which is more ambitious than the national
aim of 70%.
How the regions work with the SDGs
In recent years, work on the SDGs has flourished
by voluntary initiative in each region, building on
existing traditions and new activities. Today, all regi-
ons have a broad focus on how they can enhance
sustainable development through their operations
and tasks. Some regions have chosen to formulate
explicit and targeted SDG action plans, while others
have chosen to integrate the SDGs into existing
development strategies and plans. In general, the
SDGs represent a perspective that is taken into
account in decision-making and procurement stra-
tegies, despite the challenges of meeting both the
political and economic goals.
Partnerships for sustainable development
The regions have a special strength in relation to
SDG 17 on partnerships. Within the wide range
of regional development tasks, for many years the
regions have been and still are the driving force
in a great number of broad partnerships with
authorities and organisations on joint solutions
to complex issues within health, the environment,
climate change, education and mobility. The regions
involve citizens, municipalities and other stakehol-
ders in the preparation of regional development
strategies, and projects are almost always carried
out in collaboration with external stakeholders. An
example of the latter is a pesticide partnership in
the region of South Denmark with the aim to pro-
tect groundwater.
The cross-cutting effort in the Association of
Danish Regions
As an overlay on their concrete work, the five
regions currently cooperate with their interest
organisation, the Association of Danish Regions, to
identify a number of common regional challenges
and indicators related to the SDGs. The ambition is
that the regions can set the direction together for
regional solutions to global sustainability challenges
via common regional indicators and the designation
of focus areas. The intention, through quantitative
and qualitative follow-up, is to become better able
to explain how the regions as a whole address loca-
tion-specific challenges and potentials for citizens
in regards to access to healthcare and regional
development.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
66
Local Government Denmark
Denmark’s decentralized public sector
In Denmark, the public sector is highly decentra-
lized. The local political responsibility is anchored
within 98 municipalities governed by a political
city-council. The 98 Danish municipalities are
responsible for delivering welfare and developing
local communities within a number of public sector
areas that are related to the SDGs, e.g. health care,
social service, employment, primary schooling, child
care and economic development.
KL – Local Government Denmark and the SDG’s
KL - Local Government Denmark (KL) is the associ-
ation and interest organisation of the 98 Danish
municipalities In KL’s view, it is very positive that
the Danish Government has set such high ambiti-
ons toward achieving the SDGs. Sustainability is
important in all areas of societal development, and
the political landmarks must be both visionary and
concrete in order to achieve the goals by 2030. It is
crucial for progress that the work becomes tangible
for the societal actors who can contribute to the
fulfilment of the goals, and that both national and
local political leaders succeed in engaging citizens
and companies in the work. Broad partnerships are
a prerequisite for success. In KL’s view, the SDGs
on climate action, sustainable cities and communities,
good health and well-being, and responsible consump-
tion and production are important and relevant goals
in a Danish context. They are also areas where
innovative and concrete Danish solutions could help
inspire other countries’ work with the SDGs.
KL supports the 98 Danish municipalities in their
work with the SDGs in a number of ways. This
includes communicating with municipal priorities
concerning the SDGs at a national government
level; participating in national-level collaborations
to strengthen focus on the SDGs across Danish
society; collecting and sharing knowledge and best
practices between municipalities; spreading the use
of the Danish SDG indicators; conducting surveys
and supporting research on the SDGs, for instance
co-founding a PhD study on local collaboration on
the SDGs at the municipal level; and offering physi-
cal and digital platforms for dialogue such as confe-
rences, webinars, networks, etc.
Figure 5.4
Has the municipality decided to work with the SDGs?
The municipality has decided to work with the SDG’s
The municipality is considering whether it should work with the SDG’s
The municipality has decided not to work with the SDG’s
Other - please elaborate
Don’t know
2020
2019
2018
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
87%
83% 13%
4%
24% 2%
3%
20%
12%
51%
1%
Note:
77 municipalities
responded in 2020,
70 in 2019 and 59 in
2018 out of a total of
98 municipalities in
Denmark.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 67
Figure 5.5
Indicate which SDGs the municipality has prioritized (2020)
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Note:
38 municipalities
responded in 2020 out of
a total of 98 municipalities
in Denmark.
Goal 13: Climate action
Goal 11: Sustainable cities and communities
Goal 3: Good health and well-being
Goal 12: Responsible consumption and production
Goal 7: Affordable and clean energy
Goal 4: Quality education
Goal 8: Decent work and economic growth Goal
15: Life on land
Goal 9: Industry, innovation and infrastructure
Goal 6: Clean water and sanitation
Goal 14: Life below water
Goal 10: Reduced inequalities
Goal 5: Gender equality
Goal 16: Peace, justice and strong institutions
Goal 1: No poverty
Goal 17: Partnerships for the goals
Goal 2: Zero hunger
How municipalities in Denmark work with the
SDGs
Work with the SDGs is widespread among Den-
mark’s 98 municipalities. Almost 9 out of 10 muni-
cipalities have decided to work actively with the
SDGs. This is a significant increase in just two years
from only half of the municipalities in 2018 (see
figure 5.4). As such, there is a strong local political
commitment to the SDGs and the majority of the
Danish municipalities have anchored SDG decisions
and initiatives within the municipal city council or
set up special political committees specifically for
the purpose. The three goals prioritized by most
municipalities are those concerning climate action,
sustainable cities and communities, and good health
and well-being (see figure 5.5).
In order to make the SDGs an embedded element
of the daily work across the many departments
within the municipalities, 24% have implemented
local SDG strategies or action plans while 74% have
incorporated the SDGs into existing strategies.
Partnerships and broad societal commitment are
viewed as necessary to achieve the SDGs and most
municipalities have formed partnerships with com-
panies and civil society organisations in order to
achieve concrete SDG results in broad local colla-
borations. The SDGs have proven to be an excellent
framework for dialogue and for engaging citizens,
companies, civil society and public authorities to
join forces to achieve goals shared by the local com-
munities and the SDGs.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
68
The SDGs in Danish Municipalities
This section provides an overview of the implemen-
tation of the SDGs in Danish municipalities. The
Municipality of Gladsaxe is the first Danish muni-
cipality to prepare a Voluntary Local Review (VLR),
which will be presented in a chapter. The Municipa-
lity of Copenhagen expects to prepare a VLR in the
near future.
The following chapters are written by the Muni-
cipalities of Gladsaxe, Copenhagen, Sønderborg,
Guldborgsund, Vejle, and Aarhus (all from the end
of April 2021).
Figure 5.6
Danish municipalities contributing to the VNR
Sønderborg
Vejle
Guldborgsund
Aarhus
Gladsaxe
Copenhagen
The Municipality of
Gladsaxe is the first Danish
municipality to prepare a
Voluntary Local Review
(VLR).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 69
Voluntary Local Review from
Gladsaxe
The Municipality of Gladsaxe is one of the frontrun-
ners on the 2030 Agenda in Denmark, and was the
first Danish municipality to deliver on the United
Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals by inte-
grating them into the municipal strategy, Gladsaxe’s
Strategy 2018-22.
Gladsaxe wants to contribute to sustainable devel-
opment globally by taking action locally, across
sectors and in partnerships with external actors
and civil society. Gladsaxe is a densely populated
area at the core of the functional urban area of
Copenhagen.
Sustainable development has been part of the City
Council’s vision for many years, as Gladsaxe is ambi-
tious and has a vision of not only environmental, but
also economic and social sustainability. In Gladsaxe,
sustainability constitutes the link between the wel-
fare and growth agendas of the municipality, and
Gladsaxe has shown how the SDGs can reinforce
the development of sustainable growth and welfare
– in spearhead projects as well as small-scale acti-
ons and initiatives in practice.
An important lesson learned from Gladsaxe’s
approach is how sustainable development requires
global political leadership and local actions. The
message from Gladsaxe’s Voluntary Local review
is that cities, regions and municipalities have a
unique opportunity and can play a crucial role for
sustainable development in practice because they
are close to the citizens and companies. Gladsaxe’s
case shows how the SDGs have contributed to a
transformation from a classic welfare approach to a
broader, holistic cross-sectoral approach addressing
progress towards sustainable growth and welfare.
Gladsaxe’s approach
What is unique about Gladsaxe’s approach is that it
is characterized by
• Clear strategic municipal planning with links to
the SDGs.
• The SDGs are integrated into the core areas and
contribute to linking the different sectors of
government in the city strategy, which defines
six goals for the city.
• Each goal is connected to activities and linked to
the SDGs, which help raise the bar in the devel-
opment of core tasks, services and activities.
• All administrative activities should be geared to
reach these goals.
• The use of the SDGs is clearly grounded in the
municipal priorities and interests.
The Voluntary Local Review from Gladsaxe
With the Voluntary Local Review, Gladsaxe wants to
inspire other organisations by presenting their stra-
tegic approach to the 2030 Agenda in general and
the Sustainable Development Goals in particular.
The aim of Gladsaxe’s Voluntary Review is not to
give an exhaustive review based on the complete
reports on the quantitative data and qualitative
cases, but rather to present the approach and give
some examples from practice as well as data. This
can be just as useful and inspiring to other munici-
palities, organisations, etc. as it presents a transfor-
mational strategic approach. For Gladsaxe, it has
succeeded in mobilizing the organisation and local
community in promising ways driven by political
leadership, strategic management and local action
within and outside the organisation.
Global Goals and Local Action in Gladsaxe -
Gladsaxe’s Strategy
The SDGs Goals were introduced during the devel-
opment of Gladsaxe’s municipal strategy for the
political term 2018-22 and are now integrated into
six cross-sectoral goals in Gladsaxe’s Strategy:
1. Children shaping the future
2. Business-friendly city with job growth
3. Equal opportunities to succeed
4. Green and vibrant city
5. Lifelong health and well-being
6. Climate-conscious city
Gladsaxe considers all 17 SDGs important and
interdependent and has started out with goals
which contribute to raising the bar in the develop-
ment of core tasks in the strategic focus areas.
Implementation
The strategy is the overarching strategic framework
for the development of the municipality, and con-
stitutes an important tool for the political and
strategic management of Gladsaxe. The strategy is
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
70
being implemented with a systematic focus in three
dimensions:
• Political focus on progress and results
The strategy is the foundation for the economic
dispositions in the budget. The Annual Report is
based on the triple bottom-line. 2-6 indicators
for each goal are used to measure progress and
adjust our actions.
• Systematic implementation within the
organisation
All strategies, plans and decisions link to the
strategy’s vision and goals, which are integrated
into the management processes and steering
systems of the organisation. Knowledge sharing
and inspiration through cases from all sectors
are another important part of inspiring employ-
ees and leaders to act.
• Participation and partnerships for local action
Partnerships with local companies and dialogue
and innovation with citizens, associations,
etc. are crucial to contribute to the goals and
become a more resilient community.
Sustainable development does not emerge by
itself
Gladsaxe addresses the SDGs as a mutual politi-
cal and strategic leadership approach, where the
shared goals are translated in ways which make
sense within and across departments and units
of the municipality. In this way, an organisational
culture has been developed in which leaders and
employees rethink the way they work and contri-
bute to sustainable development in different ways
by combining various professional perspectives.
E.g. the city is regarded not only as a physical space,
but also as the frame for sustainable activities, and
there is a continuous search for sustainable soluti-
ons in all branches and services of the organisation
– healthcare, learning environments, public con-
struction, etc.
Every employee is encouraged to integrate the
SDGs and sustainability into their tasks, so the
agenda is not only about spearhead or large-scale
projects; it’s also about the small but important
adjustment of activities, services and practices.
Motivation is created by not micro-managing the
details, but by developing visions of the future
together and turning the ideas into action.
The 2030 Agenda is not only integrated as a top
priority in the management systems and organisa-
tional culture, it is supported by local commitment
within and beyond the organisation. Cooperation
and co-creation with citizens and local companies is
seen as crucial for progress towards a sustainable
future. This cannot be achieved by a top-down
approach. It has to be more of an integrative,
circular approach, bridging perspectives from vari-
ous branches within and outside the organisation
through dialogue and cross-functional networks.
This strengthens the capacity of the local commu-
nity to respond to emerging changes in the environ-
ment and become a more resilient city.
Progress towards the goals
Every year a thorough report on the progression
towards the strategic goals and targets based
on both quantitative data on the indicators and
qualitative cases is made for the City Council. The
quantitative dataset is complemented by qualitative
cases because a lot of sustainable activities and
changes emerge which are not meaningfully reflec-
ted by the quantitative data.
The reports show that the goals have successfully
been integrated into the core areas and services of
the municipality. Since 2018, Gladsaxe has taken
important steps towards the 2030 Agenda - both
small changes and large-scale strategies which
point to long-term sustainable development. For
instance, in 2020, Gladsaxe has adopted a Sustai-
nable Procurement Policy with high and specific
economic, environmental and social sustainability
demands on the suppliers due to an ambition to
influence the suppliers to contribute to change on
a larger, national scale together – and it works. In
2020, Gladsaxe also developed an ambitious Green
Transition Strategy, and a Wastewater plan, and
established the political strategic framework for the
UNICEF Child Friendly City Initiative. To exemplify
the Voluntary Local Review, Gladsaxe presents
selected quantitative indicators and three qualita-
tive cases:
• The Green Transition Strategy – for a
climate-conscious city
• Circular procurement and construction –
circular economy in practice
• Child Friendly Cities Initiative – children
shaping the future
The strategy, targets and cases are presented in full
length in the Voluntary Review from Gladsaxe.
The 2030 Agenda has also broadened into the local
community with new partnerships and local initia-
tives and platforms for action e.g. the SDG House,
networks with organisations, business conferences,
local start-ups, etc. Even during the last year of
pandemic-related lockdowns, the 2030 Agenda has
been furthered locally by pursuing partnerships
with and among local enterprises as well as among
citizens and local actors. Not only, the strategic goal
“Children shaping the future”, paved the way for the
partnership with UNICEF. Due to close dialogue
with the private sector actors on the 2030 Agenda
and the potential in new business models, new steps
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 71
have been taken such as a Green Restart for enter-
prises, and local enterprises have formed a network
to cooperate on sustainability in practice. In the
SDG House, local start-ups grow with the shared
vision of contributing to one or more of the SDGs.
The SDGs make sense and inspire
Gladsaxe’s Strategy provides a shared framework
which points out the long-term strategic direction
in a way, which leaves space for new ideas and ini-
tiatives on a smaller scale. The SDGs are seen as an
opportunity to bring forward new synergies within
and across sectors in the organisation and in the
local community, and are integrated in all relevant
contexts - from the large-scale projects, partners-
hips, policies and strategies to small, significant
changes and actions such as using recycled devices,
driving e-vehicles, using sustainable infill in soccer
fields, etc.
Getting new ideas and changing behaviour is
essential to translating the strategy into action. It is
Gladsaxe’s experience that working with the SDGs
makes sense to leaders and employees. The SDGs
offer a common language about our united efforts
to make a difference together in practice. This way,
new drivers have gradually emerged as Gladsaxe
has translated the SDGs into practice as seen, for
instance, in procurement, tenders and construction.
Sustainability has not only begun to manifest itself
within the municipal organisation. Gladsaxe actively
addresses the 2030 Agenda in all relevant contexts
and encourage enterprises, organisations, local
associations, and citizens to participate in working
more sustainably. Thus, the strategy grows in the
local community due to the municipality’s focus on
striking the balance between taking the initiative
and inspiring local action, while leaving space for
local initiatives among citizens and enterprises.
Despite the lockdowns during 2020 and 2021,
Gladsaxe has succeeded in initiating actions which
have inspired children, youth and adults to make
a difference. The strategy and the 2030 Agenda
have become no less relevant during the COVID-19
pandemic; in some respects they might even have
become more urgent. The vision of sustainability
and the SDGs motivate and create a sense of com-
munity around contributing to the most important
agenda.
A strategy growing within the organisation -
and beyond
The development in Gladsaxe shows a strategy
growing within the organisation and beyond – as
the mutual ambition of the political leadership in
the City Council; as a shared frame of reference for
initiatives and actions in practice within the muni-
cipal organisation; and as a platform for ideas and
initiatives in the local environment. An approach to
implementation enhancing the creation of public
value by contributing to sustainable development
through partnerships and action at all levels.
For Gladsaxe, participating in this review is a great
opportunity to contribute to achieving the SDGs
and to bring attention to the challenge of getting
the 2030 Agenda to grow locally, and to initiate a
virtuous circle in the community with partnerships
for action which are crucial to deliver on the 2030
Agenda.
Gladsaxe concludes its Local Voluntary Review with
three recommendations for integrating the SDGs
into the political and strategic management and
development of a city and municipality in order to
translate them into a vibrant strategy which makes
a difference locally:
• Include all areas of the organisation –
not just one branch
• Integrate the SDGs into core operations –
not as an add-on
• Be specific and get started
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
72
The City of Copenhagen –
Sustainability in Mega-events
Every day, the City of Copenhagen is helping to
meet the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals.
Copenhagen is committed to being a city for people.
That is why social, climate, environmental and eco-
nomic sustainability are all high on the city’s agenda.
This has made Copenhagen a national and internati-
onal frontrunner.
The City of Copenhagen has set ambitious climate
goals, e.g. the goal of becoming the world’s first car-
bon-neutral capital by 2025. Large cities around the
world look to Copenhagen for inspiration from the
sustainable solutions it has implemented to achieve
this goal. The City of Copenhagen has extensive
cycling infrastructure, regulations requiring a high
percentage of social housing in new urban residen-
tial developments, a harbour clean enough to swim
in, and public schools where academics, life skills,
democratic education and citizenship are high on
the agenda. As the population of Copenhagen con-
tinues to grow, the city is committed to maintaining
its strong social cohesion and diversity.
In its 2020 follow-up on the action plan for the
UN SDGs, the City of Copenhagen confirms its
continued prioritisation of the SDGs and efforts to
create sustainable cities for all. The city approaches
sustainability in the broadest sense, encompas-
sing social, economic, cultural and environmental
sustainability.
Sustainability in mega-events in Copenhagen
In its follow-up on the action plan, the city is taking
a closer look at sustainability in mega-events in
Copenhagen. This examination confirms the active
and ongoing efforts to improve the sustainability
of large sporting and cultural events in the city.
By setting sustainability requirements, the City of
Copenhagen creates important incentives for the
development of innovative and sustainable soluti-
ons. Copenhagen aims to be an international leader
and shining example in regards to this agenda.
Copenhagen’s co-hosting of the UEFA European
Championship in 2021 is focused on the SDGs.
Concrete initiatives have been launched to improve
equality by supporting the growth of girls’ football,
reduce the consumption of single-use plastic, mini-
mise food waste, improve infrastructure and show-
case sustainable tourism. The hosting of the UEFA
European Championship is an excellent example of
how the city can shape the framework for more sus-
tainable mega-events and support efforts to fulfil
the SDGs. This same dynamic applies in the case of
Copenhagen’s hosting of the Tour de France Grand
Départ in 2022.
What do the 17 SDGs mean for cities?
In 2050, 70% of the world’s population is expected to live in cities. A sustainable world thus begins
with sustainable cities. All of the 17 SDGS are relevant for large cities – and with SDG 11 on sus-
tainable cities and communities, cities play an integral role in meeting the goals by 2030. This cer-
tainly applies in Denmark, which is a world leader when it comes to decentralisation. Municipalities
and regions administer 64% of public expenditures, ranking Denmark third in economic decentra-
lisation according to international figures from the OECD. As a public authority with close ties to
the everyday lives of citizens, and given the clear intention of the SDGs to promote involvement
and inclusion, cities are uniquely positioned to contribute to realising the SDGs in Denmark, and to
ensure citizen involvement.
Efforts by cities relating to the SDGs are voluntary. Only countries are obliged to follow up on the
UN-defined indicators for each of the SDGs. It should also be noted that not all of the indicators
are relevant for a more developed city such as Copenhagen, which has already established indica-
tors for many of the city’s policies. The City of Copenhagen values its collaborations with Danish
municipalities and regions, the Danish Government, and international world cities to share soluti-
ons and inspire the realisation of a more sustainable world by 2030.
Box 5.26
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 73
The City of Copenhagen wants to ensure that future
events include a focus on sustainable development
so that we ensure positive international branding of
Copenhagen and bring the sustainable solutions of
more local businesses into play. Going forward, the
city’s Finance Administration will work to ensure
that event organisers are required to focus on sus-
tainability when applying for funding from the City
of Copenhagen, including applications to the city’s
mega-event funding pool. In this way, the Finance
Administration will actively collaborate and share
knowledge regarding sustainability with businesses
and suppliers in the event industry.
Sønderborg Municipality pursues the
UN Sustainable Development Goals
in its everyday work
Sønderborg Municipality has been working towards
the SDGs for many years. These efforts previously
went under the general heading of “sustainability”,
but now the SDGs set the agenda. Sønderborg City
Council has an ambition to translate the global goals
into local goals and actions.
Sustainability policy approved
Sønderborg City Council recently approved a 2021-
2024 Sustainability Policy and associated baseline.
The 17 SDGs form the common thread in the new
sustainability policy, which builds on the elements,
“sustainability, resilience and action”. The associated
baseline defines the status, challenges and goals of
Sønderborg Municipality for each of the 17 SDGs
and selected targets. The baseline was prepared as
part of the “Our Goals” project, in which Sønder-
borg Municipality was one of the host cities. The
national recommendations from that project serve
as the basis for Sønderborg Municipality’s baseline.
Carbon neutral by 2029
ProjectZero is Sønderborg’s vision for reducing the
area’s carbon emissions to zero by 2029 by con-
verting the energy system, building new skills and
creating green jobs. The baseline for emissions is
the 2007 figure of nearly 700,000 tonnes of CO2,
corresponding to 9.2 tonnes per capita.
Through learning, awareness campaigns, urban
development, energy renovations in housing and
business development, the Sønderborg area is
focusing on efficient energy usage and renewable
energy supplies based on the area’s own resources.
Efforts to improve energy efficiency relate to buil-
dings, lighting, devices, manufacturing equipment,
transport, etc. Renewable energy sources harvested
in the Sønderborg area include wind, solar, biomass,
and geothermal energy and heat. The solutions
must be smart, based on public involvement and
rooted in data, and they must support the efficient
use of resources.
Since 2007, these efforts have already delivered a
44% reduction in carbon emissions from the Søn-
derborg area.
Focus on lifelong sustainability
To ensure a sustainable future for coming generati-
ons, Sønderborg Municipality is focusing on sustai-
nability, citizenship and lifelong learning for all, and
that begins in day care. In 2016, the municipality
became Denmark’s first member of the
UNESCO Global Network of Learning Cities.
VidensBy Sønderborg (Knowledge City Sønder-
borg) works to build qualifications in day care insti-
tutions and primary and lower secondary schools
in Sønderborg Municipality with a focus on SDG 4
“Quality education”.
Denmark’s only Centre for Sustainable
Development Goals
Kær Vestermark, located just north of Sønderborg,
is home to a former military training ground that
is now 134 hectares of nature preserve and 8,000
sqm of buildings. Sønderborg City Council decided
to establish Denmark’s first Centre for Sustainable
Development Goals at this site. This knowledge and
experience centre will offer learning and inspiration
relating to sustainability and the SDGs. The vision is
for the centre to serve as a meeting point for busi-
nesses, associations, educational institutions and
visitors of all ages, where sustainable projects and
innovative solutions are showcased and new ideas
are born. The centre is a catalyst for sustainability,
where the SDGs are translated into everyday goals.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
74
Guldborgsund Municipality – The
SDGs as a basis for policymaking
The City Council has decided to utilise the UN SDGs
as a basis for policymaking in Guldborgsund Muni-
cipality. Therefore, we have an ambition to ensure
that sustainability is naturally considered in all
choices and priorities. We focus on initiating con-
crete actions, because only through concrete acti-
ons can we make a difference. Consequently, many
initiatives have been launched – large and small.
We have chosen an approach where we focus on
all 17 SDGs, as we consider them interdependent
and tools for interdisciplinary and holistic thinking.
Sustainable development must be fostered in colla-
boration with citizens, companies and civil society
- no one can generate sustainable development on
their own.
Concrete examples we would like to highlight:
• We offer utility jobs to help people restart their
working life.
• We are building an SDG School.
• We plant two trees every time we cut one down.
John Brædder,
Mayor of Guldborgsund Municipality
We offer utility jobs to help people restart their working life
We offer utility jobs to help unemployed citizens work with meaningful tasks similar to regular
employment. The effects are significant, and the participants are motivated and gain competencies
that help them apply for a regular job. They solve tasks such as:
• Clearing of brush
• Collection of waste on beaches
• Algae treatment and washing of Memorial stones
• Renovating table and bench sets in kindergartens
• Picking up tiles at schools, so they can be recycled elsewhere
We are building an SDG School
The SDGs will be integrated on every level, for instance:
• The school’s building design, environment and connection with the surroundings and local
community
• The interior design will focus on creating optimal learning and development opportunities
• The indoor climate and requirements for ventilation, moisture protection, with no harmful
chemicals etc.
• The building materials, energy consumption and water consumption are guided by the SDGs
• The SDGs will be an integrated part in all teaching at the school
We plant two trees every time we cut one down
We have decided to plant two new trees every time we cut one down. It makes good sense because
it helps to reduce CO2 emissions and at the same time ensures our citizens’ access to forests and
green spaces. We have also launched several nature restoration projects, for instance, in “Horreby
Lyng” (photo), where we are restoring a bog. Bogs are a type of nature where many rare species
and plants have optimal living conditions. To curb the European decline of raised bogs, we are
restoring this vital habitat and creating good access opportunities for locals and tourists. The pro-
ject is being carried out in close collaboration with the landowners.
Box 5.27
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 75
Vejle Municipality
Vejle Municipality has actively pursued the SDGs
for a number of years, and even played a role in their
formulation and adoption in 2015. As part of the Res-
ilient Cities Network (formerly “100 Resilient Cities”)
since 2013, and through the city council’s resilience
strategy, Vejle Municipality has long worked for
social, economic and green sustainability. Resilience
is about creating a municipality and a society that
is prepared to handle any challenges that arise, and
which can use these challenges as an impetus for
development and improvement. Vejle Municipality’s
resilience work is based on five principles:
1) We pursue solutions with added value, e.g.,
climate solutions can also contribute to social
sustainability.
2) We pursue long-term solutions and focus on
prevention.
3) We examine problems from every angle and
consider the secondary consequences.
4) We pursue flexible solutions that evolve in step
with society and our knowledge.
5) We develop and drive solutions through colla-
boration and partnerships.
The UN SDGs and Vejle Municipality’s resilience
strategy are inextricably linked. The SDGs chart a
necessary course, while resilience is the tool that
moves us towards the goals.
Examples of SDG efforts in Vejle
Many of Vejle Municipality’s initiatives and pro-
jects contribute directly towards one or more of
the SDGs. This includes the Reflow project, which
works towards SDGs 9, 11, 12, 14 and 17, citizen
involvement efforts to reduce plastic consumption
and increase recycling, and the construction of
Denmark’s first integrated day care and elderly care
centre, which contributes to 15 of the 17 SDGs.
The new Resource Centre Vejle (RCV), scheduled
to open in the autumn of 2022, will challenge tradi-
tional notions of the objectives and capabilities of
a recycling depot. RCV will promote and support a
circular economy by creating a physical framework
that enables reuse; developing a business cluster
focused on circular economy; and improving com-
munication about reuse, recycling and sustainable
construction.
RCV will not have the traditional containers of a
recycling depot, into which users toss bricks, fur-
niture, etc., often destroying goods that still had
utility value in the process. Once RCV opens, bricks,
furniture and all other categories of recyclable and
reusable waste will be deposited into “resource
rooms” and stored until they are retrieved for reuse
by new owners. RCV’s meeting point, the recycling
square where visitors are welcomed, has a fully ope-
rational workshop and exhibition towers made of
glass, in which recycled gold and upcycled products
are showcased. An “information bridge” runs along
the facades of RCV, showing visitors the path of the
materials from trailer to resource room to proces-
sing in the production halls.
The centre focuses in particular on seven of the
SDGs:
• Eradicate poverty (#1): RCV contributes to
reducing poverty by creating opportunities for
municipality residents to deposit, pick up, share
and exchange goods to a much greater extent
than previously. Associations in Vejle Municipal-
ity also have the opportunity to pick up clothing,
furniture and other recycled goods to sell in
their shops.
• Health and well-being (#3): Using environ-
mentally-friendly products with a documented
lifecycle ensures that users of the administra-
tion building are not exposed to hazardous
chemicals.
• Quality education (#4): RCV will also serve
as an educational environment that increases
and promotes resource awareness and
sustainability.
• Sustainable energy (#7) & Climate action (#13):
RCV has a green roof that is also utilised for
energy production. The green roof will help with
rainwater management and increase biodiver-
sity in the area.
• Sustainable cities and communities (# 11) &
Responsible consumption and production (#
12): RCV is being built according to low-energy
classification and DGNB Gold Certification
requirements, which ensures sustainability
in construction, operation and demolition.
The strong focus on sorting and recycling will
reduce environmental impact per capita in the
municipality.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
76
Aarhus Municipality – Responsibility
in procurement
The political framework for working with the
UN’s Sustainable Development Goals
In Aarhus Municipality, we actively work to meet
the local targets for Aarhus and to meet the global
targets set by the UN. To these ends, we have esta-
blished an overall political framework for the city’s
efforts relating to the SDGs.
Aarhus City Council explicitly addressed the SDGs
in its budget re-views of the last two budget agre-
ements. This strong signal reflects a desire to align
our efforts with the SDGs. There must be a clear
link between the goals set by Aarhus City Council
for the city – the Aarhus Goals – and the SDGs.
The SDGs do not dictate developments and efforts
in the city, but the City Council has sent a clear
signal that the Aarhus Goals also represent an
effort to work towards the SDGs. Wherever possi-
ble, the SDGs are considered in the development of
the municipality’s policies and plans.
A number of political committees have been esta-
blished to further strengthen the link between
these political goals and the everyday efforts of the
municipality. These committees make recommen-
dations inspired by some of the key goals of Aarhus
and the world in terms of climate change, social
responsibility, sustainability and a circular economy.
Responsibility in a 360-degree perspective
One concrete example of these efforts is the muni-
cipality’s plan for 360-degree responsibility. Aarhus
Municipality and Aarhus City Council are well
aware that our purchasing budget of up to DKK 5
billion annually gives us real power to help society
move towards fulfilment of the SDGs. We can make
demands of our suppliers in areas such as pay and
working conditions, emissions, anti-corruption and
taxes, thus bringing us closer to reaching SDG 8 on
decent jobs and economic growth, and SDG 12 on
responsible consumption and production.
In 2019, the Aarhus City Council adopted a pro-
posal on ensuring responsibility in the municipali-
ty’s purchases. The Finance Committee appointed
a four-member committee tasked with advising
the purchasing department in order to “... exercise
our influence as a buyer and investor to encourage
businesses to demonstrate a high degree of respon-
sibility, thereby contributing to the fulfilment of the
UN Sustainable Development Goals and acting in
accordance with the belief that businesses which
demonstrate 360-degree responsible conduct are
usually good investments and reliable, value-crea-
ting suppliers.”
In connection with the adoption of this proposal,
the Aarhus City Council also adopted a standar-
dised CSR appendix on “social responsibility in a
360-degree perspective”, which outlines the munici-
pality’s requirements in connection with all tenders.
The CSR appendix is intended as a starting point to
be specifically adapted for each tendering process.
The appendix brings together a range of require-
ments already stipulated by the municipality in our
collaboration with businesses. By putting these
demands in context, the appendix supports and
significantly strengthens dialogue with our partners
on these issues.
The aim of the appendix is to depart from merely
controlling minimum requirements and instead
encourage dialogue about how to best achieve the
desired effects, thus serving as a positive influence
on suppliers and subcontractors towards fulfilling
many of the SDGs.
5.3 National Frameworks and
Institutional Mechanisms
This chapter presents frameworks and mechanisms
related to the Danish implementation of the SDGs.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 77
5.3.1 Domestic Policy
The Ministry of Finance is responsible for the
coordination of the national implementation of
the SDGs. Efforts are mainly coordinated through
the SDG working group and bilaterally between
the Ministry of Finance and the line ministries. The
Ministry of Finance has been chair of the group
since the adoption of the last action plan in 2017
in order to ensure that sustainable development is
integrated into domestic policy and the daily wor-
kings of the Government.
While the Ministry of Finance is responsible for
the coordination, it is important to emphasize that
policy expertise is located in the line ministries
responsible for designing policies addressing the
SDGs.
5.3.2 International Policy
The Ministry of Finance is responsible for the EU
follow-up in order to maintain a holistic approach
and create links to national follow-up. The Ministry
of Finance coordinates with the Ministry of Foreign
Affairs and line ministries when relevant. The
Government finds that the SDGs and human rights
are interrelated in a mutually supportive way in
which human rights can guide the follow-up on the
SDGs just as the SDGs can contribute to the reali-
sation of human rights and shape the Government’s
global engagement.
5.3.3 Monitoring and Review
Mechanisms
Monitoring and follow-up on the progress on the
SDGs is a key priority for the Government. Presen-
ting and preparing a Voluntary National Review
to the UN is a useful part of this process. The VNR
showcases progress on implementing the SDGs,
brings stakeholders together to reflect the efforts
towards the 2030 Agenda across the Danish society,
describes and explains the mechanisms set in place,
and allows for new reflections on how to overcome
challenges and accelerate the implementation. As
an example, the Government is committed to pre-
pare an annual progress report to evaluate the goals
of the action plan.
Monitoring is not just a priority of the Government,
but also of stakeholders. Therefore, developing
the VNR in cooperation with the civil society, the
private sector, organizations, academic institutions,
municipalities, and regions is an essential improve-
ment in terms of anchoring both the implementa-
tion, ongoing efforts and monitoring. As an example,
Danish municipalities conduct local monitoring
efforts, e.g. tracking progress on six cross-sectoral
goals in Gladsaxe Municipality, and establishing
local goals and visions for carbon neutrality in the
City of Copenhagen and Sønderborg Municipality.
The public focus on sustainability also serves as an
indirect monitoring tool. As reported by the private
sector, an increasing share of companies report that
they experience increasing demands and expecta-
tions from consumers and investors for companies
to work with sustainable and responsible business
solutions. Furthermore, academic institutions bring
important contributions through evidence-based
research in various areas of sustainable develop-
ment, e.g. as supported by the Southern University
of Denmark.
Another significant contribution to review mecha-
nisms is the “Our Goals” project by Statistics Den-
mark and the 2030 Panel. Together, they defined
197 national indicators that can be evaluated using
data from national statistics and facilitated the
adaptation of the SDGs to national, regional, and
local needs.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
78
5.3.4 Structural Issues
Achieving all Sustainable Development Goals
requires a holistic approach, accounting for the
interdependence between goals and spill-overs
from actions. Therefore, it is not just a matter of
achieving one goal at a time, then crossing it off the
list and never returning to it. Every goal is important
and must be achieved, but the achievement of one
goal must not impede the achievement of another
goal or another country’s achievement of a goal.
Ownership of the 2030 Agenda must therefore be
anchored across all of society. This includes political
leadership, ownership at the national, regional and
local levels, as well as shared responsibility by all
actors in society.
Therefore, it is important to be attentive to
obstacles and structural issues, and to be realistic
about the potential effects they might have on
implementation efforts. Some challenges are well
known and already being addressed, while others
lack investigation or have not yet emerged.
Politically, there is a need for long-term strategic
policies and initiatives in place of short-term eco-
nomic and political considerations. Denmark has
a strong tradition of developing long-term sustai-
nable solutions, but greater emphasis is needed.
Achieving the desired outcomes will require coor-
dination of policy in different areas and between all
levels of government, as well as between the public,
private and voluntary sectors.
Procedural cooperation between ministries is of
great importance, as it can be challenging to com-
bine priorities and resources in the most effective
way. Increased awareness, more clearly delega-
ted responsibility between ministries in terms of
specific goals, and the monitoring tool provided by
the statistical database from Statistics Denmark
have all contributed to significant improvements
in this cooperation. Structural challenges must be
solved through increased cooperation, knowledge
sharing, innovation and awareness.
New challenges have arisen with COVID-19. The
pandemic has highlighted the importance of the
Leave no one behind agenda, as vulnerable groups
face the toughest consequences. However, the need
for economic stimulus also provides an opportu-
nity to accelerate the green transition. Therefore,
the Danish Recovery and Resilience Plan targets
areas including, but not limited to, green research,
green tax reforms, digitalisation and the resilience
of the health care system, to ensure that Denmark
builds back better and greener from the crisis. The
Recovery and Resilience Plan is presented in Chap-
ter 8.
In summary, structural issues in Denmark are par-
ticularly related to public and political coordination,
but efforts to overcoming structural barriers are
increasingly successful. For example, all legislative
propoals must now undergo a screening process
to assess its impact – positive and negative – rela-
tive to the 2030 Agenda. This requirement was
expanded in spring 2021 to ensure that proposed
legislation is thoroughly screened with respect to
the 17 SDGs and the 169 goals. This is an important
policy for anchoring the SDGs in legislation, as it
helps avert unintended consequences and increases
awareness among policymakers.
5.4 Means of Implementation
The following chapter presents means of implemen-
tation. The chapter highlights funding, new policy
initiatives in the action plan, efforts at the global
level, and partnerships.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 79
5.4.1 Sustainable Development
in Budgets and Funding
Sufficient resources are key to successful imple-
mentation of the 2030 Agenda. Resources must be
dedicated to the development and implementation
of policy, as well as tools for measurement and
assessment of progress.
The implementation of the action plan and sustai-
nable development in general is funded by budget
allocations as approved by Parliament in the annual
budget negotiations for the coming fiscal year. As
such, every ministry and government agency is
responsible for the allocation of sufficient resour-
ces. In case additional funds are requested, the
Government will assess such requests on their
merits and according to regular procedure.
International development assistance remains a key
source of financing for those developing countries
most in need. Denmark is among the few countries
living up to the FN requirement of contributing 0.7%
of GNI in official development assistance (ODA), cf.
figure 17.2.1 in the statistical annex. The Danish ODA
has been at or above 0.7% of GNI since 1978.
As an example of financing, Denmark increasingly
uses public finds (ODA) to mobilise private invest-
ments as a means of increasing the private sector’s
contribution to sustainable development in devel-
oping countries. The central Danish development
investment institution is the Investment Fund for
Developing Countries (IFU). A core objective of
IFU is to contribute positively to the development
in developing countries and emerging markets
through commercially viable projects. IFU admi-
nisters the Danish SDG Investment Fund which
offers advisory services and risk capital to private
investors and companies. The work of the SDG
Investment Fund specifically targets SDGs 1, 2, 6, 7
and 9: eradicating poverty, ending hunger, securing
clean water, sustainable energy as well as industry,
innovation, and infrastructure. The investment
projects generate profits and thereby a return
on investment, but they also have lasting positive
environmental and social impacts in terms of job
creation, economic growth, improved working con-
ditions, etc.
5.4.2 Progress – New Policy
Initiatives in the Action Plan
In June 2021, the Government has presented a new
national action plan on the 2030 Agenda and the
17 SDGs. The targets of the action plan are mainly
focused on domestic priorities and contribute to
making the SDGs concrete and actionable. The
action plan presents new policy initiatives to further
incorporate the SDGs into the Government’s
efforts. The action plan does not constitute the
entirety of the Government’s contribution to the
achievement of the 2030 Agenda and the SDGs, but
highlights some of the essential and recent contri-
butions. We want to contribute to strengthening
the already strong anchoring of the sustainable
agenda in Denmark.
The Danish Government is taking action to achieve
its stated ambitions. Denmark has made great
progress towards fulfilling many of the Sustainable
Development Goals. But we must do even more
to propel Denmark in a more sustainable and just
direction.
The Government is committed to the principle
that the SDGs are not fulfilled until they have been
fulfilled for all. This understanding is the founda-
tion for the UN’s Leave No One Behind agenda. In
Denmark, this is supported by further anchoring
of the SDGs in the legislative process and even
closer cooperation between the Government and
the organisations that are important for achieving
the SDGs by 2030. Therefore, the Government is
strengthening the 2030 Panel and placing the SDGs
higher on the agenda in the legislative process.
Two of the SDGs where Denmark faces the greatest
challenges are SDG 13 on climate action and SDG
12 on consumption and production patterns. We are
well aware of these challenges. We acknowledge
our responsibility to take action on these fronts.
The Danish Climate Act has charted a greener and
more sustainable course for Denmark that can
inspire countries around the world. New initiatives
in support of this course will promote sustainable
and responsible business models in Denmark and
abroad.
The Government is also launching initiatives focu-
sing on SDG 4, on equal access to quality education.
All students, regardless of gender, social background
or residence – must have opportunities to achieve
their full potential. Therefore, two expert groups
focusing on gender and mathematics, respectively,
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
80
have been appointed and tasked with analysing the
causes of differences in skills between boys and girls,
and to recommend measures in primary and secon-
dary education.
This section presents new initiatives by the Govern-
ment to further implementation of the SDGs. The
Government will seek the approval of the parties in
the Danish Parliament to implement the initiatives.
The Government will closely monitor progress and
consider the need of new initiatives between now
and 2030 to reach the goals.
The SDGs must be systematically
incorporated into policy development
and public administration
The Government, ministries, public agencies and
institutions must be at the forefront of the sustai-
nable transition. This requires that we think about
the SDGs from the outset in everything from policy
development and organisational administration, to
purchases of computers and office chairs. We must
also lead the way and show how sustainable devel-
opment can be incorporated into policy and admi-
nistration, thus doing our part to inspire Danes and
the rest of the world to make sustainable decisions.
Therefore, the Government wants to increase the
involvement of the Danish Council on Corporate
Social Responsibility and Sustainable Development
Goals in the Government’s efforts to fulfil the SDGs,
and thereby foster closer partnerships with Danish
businesses in support of the sustainable agenda.
This requires action:
New initiatives
• The SDGs must be top of mind when developing new policy. Starting with the 2021/2022
legislative session, the Government is expanding the scope of impact assessments of proposed
legislation to include consideration of the SDGs. All bills must now be screened for their impact
on the SDGs. For bills with significant and relevant impact on the SDGs, a separate section
must be written into the bill detailing its impact on the SDGs and the 169 targets. The Govern-
ment will thus ensure full consideration of the SDGs when developing new policy. The Govern-
ment wants to ensure transparency in these impact assessments, and has therefore prepared a
publicly available guide that details the assessment process.
• Goals on sustainability in agencies and institutions. The Government will introduce a require-
ment on goals for sustainable development in state agencies and institutions. These goals must
be documented annually in a publicly available format. The chosen format is up to the given
institution, but it could be an annual report, strategy, goals and results plan, website, etc. The
new requirement will be accompanied by efforts to clarify the implementation process and
informational materials to support compliance.
• Public purchasing with a greater emphasis on sustainability. The Government will make it
easier to make responsible public purchases by strengthening the “Responsible Purchaser”
digital tool with an increased focus on human rights, social dumping and an inclusive labour
market. This will include an updated catalogue of requirements on socially responsible pro-
curement, as well as additional guidance and inspiration materials.
• Stronger secretariat for the 2030 Panel. Through its own activities and in its capacity as a
proactive partner of the Government, the 2030 Panel plays a crucial role in Denmark’s efforts
to fulfil the SDGs. The objective of the 2030 Panel is to support the 2030 Network’s political
work with analyses, feedback, knowledge-sharing and meetings with the network on specific
issues. The Panel’s work will remain instrumental in the years to come if Denmark is to reach its
goals. The increased funding of secretariat services for the 2030 Panel supports, among other
things, the parliamentary anchoring of the SDGs as well as the Panel’s work on monitoring and
implementing the SDGs both nationally and internationally. These resources will therefore
support the parliamentary anchoring of the SDGs. The Government will also propose that the
Panel arrange an annual follow-up on the Government’s Progress Report, and that the Panel
continue to prioritise the Leave No One Behind agenda, as the Panel’s broad anchoring and
resources provide a solid foundation for results in these areas.
Box 5.28
All SDGs
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 81
Sustainable and responsible imports,
and green value chains
The 70% goal has made efforts to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions a vital focus. Since the
adoption of the Danish Climate Act, major steps
have been rapidly taken to fulfil the goal – and
initiatives in the coming years will ensure that
we reach it. We will show the world that we can
transition Danish production without compromising
on jobs, welfare or social balance. This will also
support and create new Danish climate-based
business opportunities in the global market.
The action plan includes a focus on greenhouse
gas emissions associated with our consumption of
imports from other countries, which exceed the
total emissions within Denmark’s borders. Much of
the climate and social impact of Danish businesses
is located abroad, as they collaborate, trade and
manufacture across borders.
Given that Denmark wants to contribute to meeting
the UN SDGs on climate, consumption, rights,
poverty, etc., we must focus on our imports of
goods, and on the value and supply chains of Danish
businesses. The transition of the value chains must
be green and social, i.e. reduce carbon emissions
and environmental impact, without negatively
impacting human rights or labour rights.
As much as possible, we must ensure that our
consumption in Denmark does not have negative
impacts on populations in other countries or on the
conditions for future generations.
This requires action:
New initiatives
• A better base for engagement of businesses in the UN’s sustainability agenda must be estab-
lished. The Government will launch a new public-private initative on sustainable value chains.
Through knowledge sharing, market analyses and guidance, the initiative helps companies take
greater responsibility for environmental and social effects of supply chains, and actively sup-
ports sustainable transitions in supply chains. The initiative strives to meet the demands and
needs of the business community, including calls by the Climate Partnership for Trade for the
establishment of a dedicated knowledge centre for sustainable value chains. The initiative will
be closely coordinated with the two following initiatives, among others.
• Advisory services will help to increase social focus. The Government will establish two advi-
sory initiatives to help businesses achieve more sustainable and socially responsible value
chains. One of these initiatives will help Danish businesses launch due diligence processes to
identify the local and global risks of violations in the value chain. The other initiative will pro-
vide advisory services in the relevant markets in Asia, Latin America and Africa, with an empha-
sis on labour conditions and supporting efforts to ensure that Danish businesses observe rel-
evant guidelines, including those of the UN and OECD. The advisory services will include local
partners for Danish companies.
• Stronger guidance on setting ambitious climate goals in global value chains. The Government
will improve Danish businesses’ access to knowledge, networks and concrete advice on work-
ing with climate reporting, climate data and ambitious climate goals. These efforts will focus in
particular on emissions occurring outside of Denmark. Rooted in an understanding that carbon
emissions in the value chain cannot be directly controlled by a single business alone, but must
be addressed in partnership with suppliers and partners, the initiative will target the collabora-
tion between Danish businesses and subcontractors through advisory efforts and cooperation
with trade associations, NGOs, etc. An initiative is also being launched to support companies
with reporting key figures and setting target figures for CO2e. This reporting will be uniform in
format and available to the public.
• New model for projecting the climate footprint of Danish imports. The Government want to
increase knowledge about the global climate footprint of Danish consumption, including the
climate effect of products and goods consumed in Denmark but produced abroad. Therefore, a
new climate model will be developed to project the global climate footprint of Danes’ consump-
tion. This effort can also strengthen the basis for future action.
Box 5.29
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
82
Sustainable businesses,
entrepreneurship and exports
Businesses are key players in our efforts to achieve
the SDGs. At the same time, the SDGs offer great
opportunities for Danish businesses. Therefore,
it is important that the public sector supports the
development of green and socially responsible
business models. We must create good conditions
for SDG-oriented entrepreneurship, so that innova-
tive solutions to societal challenges relating to the
SDGs can become a reality. We must make it easy
for even the smallest businesses to document and
calculate their climate footprint. This will facilitate
and inspire measures to reduce carbon emissions,
while improving opportunities for small businesses
to compete with a green profile in the international
market. And we must increase exports of socially
and environmentally sustainable solutions from
Danish businesses, so other countries can bene-
fit from innovative Danish ideas in their green
transitions.
The Government wants Danish businesses to be
leaders in responsible, social and sustainable busi-
ness operations.
This requires action:
Popular anchoring of the SDGs to
ensure change
The SDGs can only be achieved through collective
effort. In Denmark, there is great interest in the
SDGs and the 2030 Agenda among businesses and
civil society. The demands of the Danish and global
youth movements for climate action make it clear
that younger generations are even more actively
engaged in SDG efforts than their parents. This is a
good thing. We must continue to support the foun-
dation for popular anchoring of the SDGs, and we
must ensure that more Danes have the necessary
conditions to live and contribute to a sustainable
lifestyle.
This requires action:
New initiatives
• Export promotion and accelerator scheme to promote sustainable exports. The Government
will stimulate sustainable exports through an SDG export promotion initiative and by estab-
lishing a new partner-driven and sector-focused SDG accelerator scheme for Danish SMEs.
The accelerator scheme will focus on the internationalisation of Danish companies’ business
models, including specific initiatives for SMEs involving workshops, networking activities,
mentor schemes, etc., to explore global challenges and solutions based on the SDGs.
• The Climate Compass charts a course towards a reduced climate footprint. The Government
will further develop and update the Climate Compass, giving businesses access to an up-to-
date emissions calculation tool with improved guidance and updated emission factors. Busi-
nesses can use this user-friendly tool to estimate direct and indirect emissions from the value
chain (scope 1, 2 and 3), and thereby document and calculate their climate footprint in a trans-
parent, standardised and credible way. The Climate Compass also provides a basis for taking
measures to reduce carbon emissions.
• Micro-grants for SDG-oriented entrepreneurship among students. Many students come up
with good and feasible business ideas for solutions on societal challenges during their educa-
tion. The Government therefore wishes to allocate funding to micro-grants targeted SDG-ori-
ented entrepreneurship among students.
Box 5.30
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 83
New initiatives
• Libraries anchor the SDGs. The Government will strengthen activities by libraries to support and
disseminate information about the SDGs, making libraries a key facilitator in the popular anchor-
ing of the SDGs. The initiative includes SDG events at libraries, an SDG certification scheme for
libraries, and competence development for librarians regarding dissemination of the SDGs.
• Learning site disseminates knowledge about the SDGs. The Government will develop a
dedicated site at emu.dk (Denmark’s learning portal) that provides inspiration to schools and
educational institutions on incorporating the SDGs into teaching. The site will provide a broad
introduction to the SDGs, covering topics from climate footprint and sustainable lifestyle, to
human rights and gender equality.
• Additional SDG schools. The Government will increase funding for the network of Danish
UNESCO SDG schools. This extra funding will provide for more members of the network, addi-
tional activities, and the development of teaching materials. The UNESCO SDG schools work
to transform quality education into practice.
New initiatives
• Mathematics across social divides. The Government will appoint an expert group to focus on
students’ skills and motivation in mathematics. The expert group will prepare a report on the
academic challenges correlated with socio-economic background, including causes and effec-
tive measures to address challenges.
• Better learning across genders. All students – regardless of gender– must have opportuni-
ties to achieve their full potential. Therefore, the Government will appoint an expert group to
examine the causes of differences in learning and educational outcomes between boys and girls
and provide recommendations on how the importance of gender can be reduced in relation to
academic results in primary education.
Access to quality education for all
Free and equal access to education and training is
one of the most important tools for ensuring social
mobility and equal opportunities for all. SDG 4 is
about ensuring equal access to quality education
and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for
all. By 2030, efforts to ensure equal opportunities in
education must be active at all levels of education,
especially for children and young people in vulne-
rable situations. Denmark is committed to the Leave
no one behind agenda, which includes working to
ensure that no children or young people are left
behind in the Danish education system.
This requires action:
As part of the action plan, the government will pre-
pare a progress report in 2022 on progress towards
fulfilment of the goals of the plan. The progress
report will be made public and presented to the
Parliament.
Box 5.31
Box 5.32
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
84
5.4.3 The Global Level
The Decade of Action: Denmark
takes responsibility for promoting
global development
Denmark has taken an international responsibility
for fulfilling the Sustainable Development Goals.
We have done so because sustainable development
requires international action and cooperation – and
because someone should take the lead. UN Secreta-
ry-General Antonio Guterres has proclaimed the
decade from 2020 to 2030 the “Decade of Action”.
According to the UN’s Global Sustainable Develop-
ment Report 2020, no country currently fulfils the
goal of meeting fundamental human needs within
the biophysical constraints of Earth, and no country
is on track to reach the goals by 2030 1
. Although
Denmark ranks among the top in international
reports and indices when it comes to fulfilment of
the SDGs – the Sustainable Development Solutions
Network ranks Denmark second globally 2
– this
does not mean that we are close to reaching the
goals. We are simply closer than others. We must
acknowledge that we, and the world, have a long
way to go. The pace of progress and intensity of
effort must be stepped up. Meanwhile, COVID-19
has negatively impacted all of the SDGs and global
sustainable development, with particularly severe
consequences for fragile countries and populations.
By all estimations, for example, development in
Africa has been set back by years.
The pandemic has reconfirmed that we live in a
closely connected world, and that local events can
have global consequences. To tackle global challen-
ges such as climate change, instability and irregular
migration, it is essential that we have a strong
multilateral system that can drive global sustai-
nable development, promote international peace
and stability, and ensure respect for human rights.
However, we live in a world where multilateralism
is under pressure and the international order is in
upheaval. To address global challenges and protect
Danish interests, Denmark actively engages in
binding international cooperation through the UN,
EU, NATO, the WTO and the international financial
institutions. There is a need for more countries to
support a strong and effective multilateral system
with the capacity to solve the global challenges
standing in the way of a more sustainable and just
world. Therefore, Denmark has announced its can-
didacy for a 2025-2026 seat on the UN Security
Council, which plays a central role in international
peace and security. In the coming years, Denmark
will continue its efforts to strengthen the multila-
teral system and ensure that it contributes to the
creation of a more sustainable world. 3
The pandemic has illustrated how inequality creates
fragile societies. The vulnerable are hit first and har-
dest. This creates imbalance in society and increa-
ses the risk of instability. To address these challen-
ges, we must continue fighting globally and locally
for societies that are economically, socially and
environmentally sustainable. We also have a moral
responsibility to uphold the SDG’s core principle of
“Leave No One Behind”. This principle means that
everyone on the planet must be part of sustainable
development. It is a principle in alignment with the
Danish welfare model, which promotes equality
and equal opportunity for all. The SDGs apply to
all of us – from Nakskov, Denmark to Nairobi and
New Delhi. Denmark can make a difference, and
we already are making a difference in a number of
areas where extra efforts are needed to achieve the
SDGs.
Development assistance
Development assistance is vital for the global fulfil-
ment of the SDGs, and it is explicitly identified as a
responsibility for developed countries in SDG 17
on partnerships. Historically, Denmark has been
a strong player in development assistance. Every
year since 1978, Denmark has met the UN goal of
allocating 0.7% of GNI to development assistance.
But for Denmark, it is not just a matter of giving a
lot – it is about giving effectively and with quality
in mind. That is why Denmark is often cited as one
of the countries that gives high-quality develop-
ment assistance. 4
To achieve the SDGs and address
new challenges, Denmark has increased its focus
on climate change, local efforts, young people and
women, and the fight against increased inequality.
We are also focusing our efforts in the areas and
regions where the needs are greatest. Denmark
has prioritised efforts in sub-Saharan Africa, par-
ticularly in fragile countries and regions that face
serious challenges and are furthest from reaching
the SDGs.
The green transition
Efforts to combat climate change and accelerate
the green transition are key to fulfilling the SDGs.
As a leading green nation, Denmark will take the
lead in the global climate effort and the pursuit
of a just global transition to sustainable societies
that benefit populations around the world. Den-
mark only accounts for 0.1% of global emissions.
As a small country, Denmark seeks to set a good
example and take the lead in inspiring other, larger
nations to change behaviours and translate green
ambitions into global action for the climate, nature,
biodiversity and the environment. Good examples
of these efforts include Danish leadership in rela-
tion to SDG 7 on the energy transition and access
to clean energy, and Denmark’s climate diplomacy
efforts for a global phase-out of coal. COVID-19
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 85
has further increased the need to ensure a global
green recovery – “build back better and greener”
– where Denmark can lead through the power of
example, domestically and in its international cli-
mate engagement. The Government’s long-term
strategy for a global climate effort, “A Green and
Sustainable World”, charts a course for Denmark’s
coordinated international climate efforts spanning
foreign development, trade and sector policy, as
well as Denmark’s collaborations with government
and non-governmental stakeholders. The strategy
includes a number of green partnerships with major
emitters, which are crucial to fulfilling the SDGs
(particularly SDG 13) and the Paris Agreement.
Denmark has established 20 frontline posts dedica-
ted to climate efforts, which will strengthen Danish
climate diplomacy in countries that are major emit-
ters, where they could benefit from increased use
of Danish green technology. Technology holds great
potential to reduce carbon emissions globally and
help societies adapt to climate change. Increasing
Danish exports of green technology has the dual
benefit of creating Danish jobs and reducing global
carbon emissions. The recovery of Danish exports
has a clear green focus and will especially contri-
bute to fulfilling SDG 7 through the commercial
involvement of businesses.
Peace and security
Armed conflicts, instability and fragility are among
the greatest regional and global obstacles to
fulfilling the SDGs. Progress on SDG 16 on peace,
justice and strong institutions is therefore crucial
to achieving a number of the other SDGs. Promo-
ting stability and security in fragile situations and
conflict zones is also a prerequisite for safety and
security in Denmark. Therefore, Denmark has
contributed to UN peacekeeping operations in
Mali, the Middle East and other locations, and has
continuously contributed substantially to NATO’s
international missions, including missions in Esto-
nia, Kosovo and Afghanistan. At the end of 2020,
Denmark took command of NATO’s mission in Iraq,
which will develop the Iraqi authorities’ capacity to
counter the threat of terrorism. Denmark has also
contributed to relevant international operations
that address the rising instability in the Middle
East and the Sahel region, e.g. contributions to the
US-led coalition to fight ISIL in Iraq and Syria, and is
planning to contribute to the French-led Operation
Barkhane in Sahel in 2022. Maritime security is also
an important priority. Maritime efforts include the
Danish leadership of the military and diplomatic
organisations in the European EMASoH operation
in the Strait of Hormuz, and the planned contribu-
tion of a frigate in the fight against piracy in the Gulf
of Guinea. Conflict and instability can only be resol-
ved through long-term, broad-spectrum efforts.
Therefore, Denmark is utilising all of its security
and foreign policy tools, including development
assistance and humanitarian efforts, to prevent and
manage crises and conflicts. Denmark is a candidate
for a UN Security Council seat in 2025-26 and for
the UN Peacebuilding Commission in 2023-24, and
will use its broad humanitarian and development
engagement to support and improve international
efforts for peace and security. Denmark is also car-
rying out a number of peace and stabilisation efforts
within the framework of the inter-ministerial Peace
and Stabilisation Fund in Syria/Iraq, Sahel, the Horn
of Africa, the Gulf of Guinea, Ukraine, Georgia and
Afghanistan. Through these concrete efforts, Den-
mark is actively contributing to the fulfilment of
many SDGs, including SDG 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 14 and 16.
Humanitarian initiatives
Effective humanitarian efforts are essential to
achieving the SDGs. We must ensure that the
positive results reach everyone, including those in
the midst of a humanitarian crisis or who have fled
to safer regions. In relation to its size, Denmark
is a significant international humanitarian player,
helping to drive agendas that seek to improve
the effectiveness of humanitarian work for the
benefit of the most vulnerable, and in ways that
aim to reduce the need for humanitarian aid. We
contribute to ensuring better cohesion between
the humanitarian, development and peacebuilding
efforts. The philosophy behind this approach is that
we must do more than simply meet people’s imme-
diate humanitarian needs; coordinated efforts must
contribute to sustainable, long-term solutions for
people in crisis situations. Denmark is also commit-
ted to promoting the involvement of local resources
in partner countries in humanitarian efforts, and
to ensuring that these efforts contribute to the
protection and involvement of women and girls.
The humanitarian work contributes in particular to
the fulfilment of SDG 1 on poverty and SDG 2 on
hunger.
Human rights
Denmark is working to ensure implementation
of the SDGs in line with the human rights-based
approach and a commitment to “Leave No One
Behind”. A clear focus on the link between human
rights and the SDGs is a key factor in supporting
SDGs 10 and 16 on a free, equal and just society,
and SDG 5 on equality. These efforts are especially
carried out through our involvement in relevant
UN forums. In the UN Human Rights Council, Den-
mark heads an inter-regional core group working to
strengthen the mutually reinforcing links between
human rights and the 2030 Agenda. Equality and
sexual and reproductive health and rights (SRSR)
are key priorities in Danish development assistance
and permeate all of our efforts to achieve the SDGs.
With our long-held leading international position
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
86
in these areas, Denmark is working in particular to
stop discrimination and violence against girls and
women, to ensure the right of girls and women to
decide over their own lives and bodies – including
how many children they choose to have, when and
with whom – and to give women and girls equal
opportunities for education, jobs and participation
in economic and political life. In long-term conflicts
and crises, Denmark works to ensure the protection
of girls and women from sexual and gender-based
violence, and to ensure access to prevention and
reproductive health services. Denmark will inten-
sify its political leadership in the field of SRSR, con-
tinue taking new measures in the fight for women’s
and girl’s rights, and lead the way internationally
with ambitious goals and innovative solutions for
getting other countries involved in these efforts.
5.4.4 Partnerships
Partnerships are essential to achieving the SDGs.
They serve as vehicles of innovation, investment,
implementing solutions, and leaving no one behind.
The Government is committed to including actors
across society in the implementation of the 2030
Agenda, a commitment reflected in this report by
the independent contributions from civil society,
the private sector, organisations, academic instituti-
ons, municipalities, and regions.
One example of this is the “A Decade of Action – 10
Years Left” conference, arranged in collaboration
by the All-Party Parliamentary Group for the SDGs
(the 2030 Network), the Finance Committee’s
Parliamentary Working Group on the SDGs, and
the 2030 Panel. The conference featured inspira-
tional presentations by national and international
speakers, sharing knowledge and awareness of the
importance of the SDGs.
Active work with the SDGs by civil society actors
is of tremendous value to implementation and
follow-up efforts in Denmark and internationally,
helping Denmark lift a heavier load and make a
greater and more effective contribution to the
global effort. This work is also essential to achieving
the SDGs, as sustainable and long-term solutions to
complex challenges require the exchange of ideas,
knowledge, experience, capital, and goodwill.
As the coordinating unit, the Ministry of Finance
has facilitated hearings and formal meetings with
relevant stakeholders where new initiatives, chal-
lenges, and possibilities have been debated. These
meetings will also continue after HLPF 2021.
During the preparations, great emphasis has been
placed on exchange of good practices with other
countries. Three channels in particular merit men-
tion. First, Denmark has learned a lot from Nordic
colleagues in workshops organized by the Nordic
Council of Ministers. Second, the UN has facilitated
webinars on different relevant topics concerning
the VNR process, which has provided a platform for
mutual exchange between all VNR countries. And
third, engaging in a peer dialogue with Norway and
Kenya has provided concrete recommendations for
preparing a VNR.
The Nordic Council of Ministers arranged a virtual
Study Trip to Finland in February, and in April, the
Nordic countries met online for a workshop on VNR
preparations. In this workshop, Sweden, Norway
and Denmark presented the progress on their
respective second VNRs, and Iceland and Finland
shared lessons learned during the preparation of
VNRs in 2019 and 2020, respectively. Furthermore,
the workshop included discussions on finalisation
and communication of the VNR report as well as
the inclusion of the perspective of Leaving No One
Behind.
Several webinars arranged by the UN have provided
valuable platforms for exchange of good practices
between countries in terms of VNR preparations.
Denmark looks forward to the HLPF in July 2021
to present the second VNR, to be able to listen to
presentations by other countries, to learn about dif-
ferent aspects of sustainable development in other
parts of the world, and to be inspired by new ideas,
practices and discussions.
The above are just a few examples of the many
existing partnerships, and Denmark expects to build
even more partnerships on sustainable develop-
ment in the years to come.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 87
Notes:
Sources
The Danish Parliament Folketinget:
• 1. The project was carried out in collaboration with Statistics Denmark. The Danish sustainability indicators - Statistics Denmark (dst.
dk): https://www.dst.dk/en/Statistik/Sdg/aktiviteter/danske-maalepunkter
The 2030 Panel:
• 2. https://www.verdensmaal.org/nyheder/kendskabet-til-verdensmalene-slar-igennem-i-danmark
• 3. Danish Industry, “Lokalt Erhvervsklima” (Note: Based on responses from 9.446 companies).
• 4. Danish General Auditor’s office (Rigsrevisionen), Report on the Danish ministries’ work with the UN Sustaina-
ble Development Goals in Denmark, Report no. 1/2020, abstract in English, page 4, available at https://uk.rigsrevi-
sionen.dk/audits-reports-archive/2020/okt/report-on-the-danish-ministries-work-with-the-un-sustainable-devel-
opment-goals-in-denmark. Full report in Danish available at https://rigsrevisionen.dk/revisionssager-arkiv/2020/okt/
beretning-om-ministeriernes-arbejde-med-fn%e2%80%99s-verdensmaal-i-danmark
• 5. https://www.norden.org/da/node/50089
• 6. https://uddannelserforfremtiden.dk/vision
Global Focus and the Danish 92 Group:
• 7. https://concito.dk/nyheder/fremtidens-groenne-arbejdsmarked-stoebeskeen, https://concito.dk/nyheder/man-
glende-kompetencer-fremtidens-arbejdsstyrke-truer-danmarks-groenne-styrkeposition & https://www.ae.dk/
publikation/2021-04-danmark-mangler-99000-faglaerte-i-2030
• 8. English summary of the 2020 “Spotlight Report”: https://www.globaltfokus.dk/images/SPOTLIGHT-Rapport_2020_eng_Enkelt-
sider.pdf
• 9. Rapport 2019 Danskernes kendskab og holdninger til det danske udviklingssamarbejde og verdensmlene.pdf
• 10. Copenhagen - Portrait (globaltfokus.dk): https://www.globaltfokus.dk/images/Politik/Post2015/Globalt_Fokus_-_f%C3%A6r-
dig_rapport-4.pdf
• 11. Copenhagen - Portrait (globaltfokus.dk): https://www.globaltfokus.dk/images/Politik/Post2015/Globalt_Fokus_-_f%C3%A6r-
dig_rapport-4.pdf
The Confederation of Danish Industry:
• 12. FN’s verdensmål (SDG) for bæredygtig udvikling - Dansk Industri - DI (In Danish). Cases, videos, podcasts and SDG tools are
available on this web site: https://www.danskindustri.dk/SDG-verdensmal/
• 13. rapport_turning-the-sdgs-into-business-opportunities_web.pdf (danskindustri.dk)
• 14. Ibid.
• 15. Ibid.
• 16. Ibid.
• 17. Ibid.
• 18. Ibid.
• 19. Dansk flaskepant inspirerer til bæredygtigt plasticsystem i Kenya - DI (danskindustri.dk) (in Danish): https://www.danskindustri.
dk/di-business/arkiv/nyheder/2020/6/dansk-flaskepant-inspirerer-til-baredygtigt-plasticsystem-i-kenya/
• 20. https://dashboards.sdgindex.org/profiles/dnk/indicators
Global Compact Network Denmark:
• 21. Xellia Pharmaceuticals website: https://www.xellia.com/
• 22. NNIT’s website: https://www.nnit.com/
• 23. Schoeller Plast’s website: https://www.schoeller-plast.dk/
• 24. Son of a Tailor’s website: https://www.sonofatailor.com/?welcome
• 25. DFD’s website: https://www.dfd.dk/csr-site/dfd-upcy
• 26. Kvadrat’s website: https://www.kvadrat.dk/en
• 27. Novo Nordisk’s website: https://www.novonordisk.com/
• 28. Niras’ website: https://www.niras.dk/
• 29. Grundfos’ website: https://www.grundfos.com/
• 30. BankInvest’s website: https://bankinvest.dk/alle-produkter/bi-sicav/
Danish Chamber of Commerce:
• 31. Ministry of Foreign Affair: A World of Opportunities for Danish Businesses, January 2019: https://um.dk/en/danida-en/
sustainable%20growth/the-sdgs-and-business-opportunities/
• 32. Statistics Denmark: The Danish business sector and the sustainable development goals 2020: https://www.dst.dk/en/Statistik/
Publikationer/VisPub?cid=44794
• 33. Danish Chamber of Commerce: All aboard, 2019: https://www.danskerhverv.dk/presse-og-nyheder/nyheder/
alle-ombord-status-pa-virksomhedernes-arbejde-med-csr-og-fns-verdensmal/
• 34. The Future of Business - Mapping of the Danish Chamber of Commerce’s work with the Sustainable Development Goals, 2019:
https://www.danskerhverv.dk/om-dansk-erhverv/det-arbejder-vi-for/
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
88
• 35. The Danish Ethical Trading Initiative: https://danskerhverv.sharepoint.com/sites/Arbejdsmarkeduddannelseogforskning/
Delte%20dokumenter/CSR/CSR%20Politisk%20interessevaretagelse/NATIONAL/VNR/Soya-Support%20members%20.JPG
• 36. The Danish Alliance for Responsible Soy: https://www.dieh.dk/projekter/dansk-alliance-for-ansvarlig-soja/
pressemeddelelser/30-april-2020-danske-virksomheder-tager-sammen-vigtigt-skridt-mod-stop-af-afskovning-p2/
• 37. The Danish Alliance for Responsible Palm Oil: https://www.dieh.dk/projekter/dansk-alliance-for-ansvarlig-palmeolie/
agreement-danish-alliance-for-responsible-palm-oil/
• 38. New alliance will make Danish Biotech the next windmill adventure: https://www.danskerhverv.dk/presse-og-nyheder/nyheder/
ny-alliance-vil-gore-dansk-biotek-til-det-nye-vindmolleeventyr/
• 39. Companies are ready for green requirements in public tenders: https://www.danskerhverv.dk/presse-og-nyheder/nyheder/
virksomhederne-er-klar-til-gronne-krav-i-offentlige-udbud/
• 40. Nem Klimaguide - kom i gang med din CO2-beregning: https://www.danskerhverv.dk/radgivning/csr/
nem-klimaguide---kom-godt-i-gang-med-din-co2-beregning/
• 41. Opgørelses- og rapporteringsmetoder for grøn omstilling: https://www.danskerhverv.dk/politik-og-analyser/energi-og-klima/
opgorelses--og-rapporteringsmetoder-for-gron-omstilling/
• 42. Combatting gender stereotypes in the educational system: https://www.danskerhverv.dk/presse-og-nyheder/nyheder/
konskommission-for-uddannelserne/
• 43. The business community wants to create a common code: https://borsen.dk/nyheder/virksomheder/
investorer-laegger-pres-paa-for-flere-kvinder
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 91
6. Denmark’s
Progress on
the Sustainable
Development Goals
Although we are proud that Denmark is at the top
compared to other countries, this does not mean
that we have reached the finish line. It is essential
that we take an honest look at where we are and
acknowledge the areas where we are not making
progress toward the goals. Therefore, the Govern-
ment and Denmark’s civil society actors have con-
ducted assessments of progress in the implemen-
tation and realisation of the 17 SDGs in Denmark.
The assessments by the Government are a result of
contributions from all ministries. The assessment
by civil society is written by Global Focus. Statistic
information can be found in the statistical annex
provided by Statistics Denmark.
6.1 The Government’s Assess-
ment of Present Fulfilment and
Progress Towards Fulfilment of
the Targets
The assessments were conducted at the target
level and in a Danish context. Responsibility for the
individual targets was delegated to the relevant
ministries. In the case of a few targets, no concrete
assessment was conducted because they are not
relevant in a Danish context. One example of this
is target 15.4: “By 2030, ensure the conservation of
mountain ecosystems, including their biodiversity, to
enhance their capacity to provide benefits which are
essential for sustainable development.”
Combined with the assessment of Denmark’s
progress toward the targets, this chapter cites
examples of relevant agreements and proposals, as
well as existing policies, legislation and initiatives,
to provide a holistic presentation of each of the 17
SDGs. The assessments also describe Denmark’s
global efforts, and how these efforts relate to the
targets that include lettered targets regarding the
“means of implementation”.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
92
Assessment of present fulfilment
Traffic light
Fulfilled
Not fulfilled,
but well-positioned
Not fulfilled
Assessment
Sufficient policy and implementation, and/or fulfilled
based on data.
Sufficient policy in the area, but a lack of implementation
and/or partial fulfilment based on data.
Absence of sufficient policy and implementation,
and/or lack of fulfilment based on data.
Table 6.1
Assessment of progress
Description of arrows
Good progress
Stable
Negative/poor
progress
Assessment
Good progress based on data and/or policy and
political focus.
Stable fulfilment based on data and/or policy and
political focus.
Negative/poor progress based on data and/or policy and
political focus.
Table 6.2
6.2 Reading Guide
The assessment of Denmark’s fulfilment of the
SDGs is visualised using a traffic light model to
assess the progress ( ) and arrows to indi-
cate the trend ( ).
The assessment of present fulfilment and progress
towards fulfilment of each target is based on quan-
titative data or qualitative assessments of policies
in the given area. The basis for assessing the degree
of fulfilment and the emerging trend are outlined in
Table 6.1 and Table 6.2. Targets in parenthesis, e.g.
“(target 4.2)” refer to the target(s) impacted by the
initiative.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 93
6.3 Civil Society’s Assessment
This chapter presents the assessment of Denmark’s
progress and current situation of implementation
of the 17 SDGs, as seen by various Danish civil
society organisations. The assessments are part of
“the SPOTLIGHT report on Denmark’s challenges
in achieving the Sustainable Development Goals”,
which is produced annually primarily by members
of the two civil society networks Global Focus and
The Danish 92 Group. In the report, each SDG is
assessed by a group of civil society organisations
with a specific knowledge on the thematic area
covered by the SDG in question.
In total 27 organisations have participated in the
2021 SPOTLIGHT report. They represent different
stakeholders of Danish civil society, both small and
big organisations, networks, organisations mainly
working on development cooperation and nation-
ally focused organisations. The networks Global
Focus and The Danish 92 Group coordinated the
process of the report and thus the assessments
presented in this chapter.
The 2021 SPOTLIGHT report looks back at the
general tendencies of the Danish implementation
from Denmark’s last VNR in 2017 until now, 2021.
The assessments of each SDG were conducted
in thematic working groups based on previous
SPOTLIGHT reports and other relevant material.
The groups also defined the overall tendency of
Denmark’s contribution within the period to the
SDG in question, both at the national and interna-
tional levels. This tendency is illustrated by a graph
for each SDG, with a curve going up for a positive
change, going down for a negative development and
going straight for status quo.
The assessment of challenges for each specific SDG
is followed by a series of concrete recommenda-
tions for political action.
Thus, the 2021 SPOTLIGHT report and conse-
quently the assessments in this chapter provide
clarity of the challenges for Denmark to meet the
SDGs. The general conclusion on the tendencies of
the implementation from 2017 to 2021 is that too
little is being achieved too slowly - and that action is
needed – now.
Civil Society’s
Assessment
organisations have participated in the
2021 SPOTLIGHT report
27
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
94
Denmark has an extensive social safety net that ensures a liveli-
hood for all. As part of this safety net, the Government strives to
ensure that all who are capable have an opportunity to participate
in the working community. The government has a clear goal of
combating poverty both nationally and internationally – particu-
larly poverty afflicting children.
Assessment of targets
1.1 In Denmark, everyone has the right to social benefits and
therefore no one lives in extreme poverty.
1.2 A national poverty line is yet to be introduced. The aim of cut-
ting the number of people affected by poverty in Denmark in half
must be viewed in the light of the fact that Denmark has a highly
effective social safety net.
1.3 Everyone in Denmark has access to social security
benefits.
1.4 The target is assessed as fulfilled
1.5 Denmark is rarely affected by major disasters. However,
Denmark has maintained a continuous effort in the planning of
emergency response and crisis management in the event of disas-
ters, and a national crisis management exercise is conducted every
other year.
There is no extreme poverty in Denmark, defined as people living
on less than USD 1.90 a day. This is due, in part, to Denmark’s
extensive social safety net, which ensures a livelihood for all and
access to a wide range of services. Denmark also has a formalised
and well-proven crisis management system. Based on assessments
from crisis management exercises and the handling of major
incidents, Denmark has a robust crisis management system and
emergency response planning, and thus is resilient in the face of
disasters. The preparations and measures in this area are subject
to ongoing adaptation and improvements based on assessments.
Denmark has thereby made great progress towards fulfilling the
targets under SDG 1.
However, Denmark must continue to do more. There are still
children in Denmark whose family’s finances are tight, and who
do not have the same opportunities as their peers. These efforts
can relate to after school activities, arranging and participating in
social events or activities, and participating in communities on an
equal footing with their peers.
Denmark’s international effort
One of the prime objectives of Danish development cooperation
is to fight poverty. Through international cooperation and its
development policy strategy, the Government supports the work
towards target 1.a and 1.b. Denmark meets the UN goal of allo-
cating 0.7% of GNI to development assistance, and Denmark’s
development cooperation activities contribute to helping those in
greatest need. In development cooperation, the Government has
a consistent focus on ensuring that the most marginalised groups
have the same rights and opportunities as others. Efforts in this
regard include working to end discriminatory laws, policies and
practices. The Government is also working actively to support the
most vulnerable groups and those who are subject to discrimina-
tion or other differential treatment.
In some of the world’s poorest countries, Denmark supports new
partnerships between public authorities, businesses, investors
and civil society to foster responsible and sustainable growth and
development. The Government will increase Denmark’s focus on
improving living conditions in refugees’ neighbouring areas, which
will benefit some of the most vulnerable people in the world while
also preventing economic migration.
Selected initiatives
Improvements in continuing training
The Government’s existing initiatives, which comprise a framework
for contributing to society, grant unskilled recipients of unemploy-
ment benefits over the age of 30 the right to enrol in a vocational
education programme within a field with good job prospects,
and while studying receive 110% of the standard unemployment
benefit in 2021 and 2022. In addition, an expansion of the regional
training scheme gives job-ready cash benefit recipients better
opportunities for continuing training, and funds have been ear-
marked to further help people with disabilities obtain employment.
A national poverty line
The Government wants to introduce a new national poverty
line. This will be a step in the right direction towards eradicating
poverty, particularly child poverty. The new poverty line will be
actively utilised as a tool in social policy development, and will be
instrumental in following up on SDG target 1.2.
Everyone must have a place in the working community
The Government is working actively on initiatives to fulfil target
1.3 on social security systems and target 1.4 on equal rights to
economic resources and access to basic services, etc. It is a priority
of the Government to ensure that there is room for everyone in the
working community, and that there is a fair distribution of growth
and prosperity. All citizens of Denmark have access to a social pro-
tection system and the Government strives to ensure that all people
in Denmark, marginalised or not, have the same right to economic
resources and services. For example, people struggling with social or
psychological challenges or disabilities are eligible to receive bene-
fits and help provided by the Social Services Act, and all people have
the same free and equal access to universal health care.
Climate proofing of Denmark
The extended social safety net in Denmark provides protection for
people who suddenly and unexpectedly find themselves in a vul-
nerable or marginalized position. This also applies in the event of
extreme climate-related events, which is the subject of target 1.5.
Efforts to develop a new comprehensive climate adaptation plan
commenced in 2020, and are expected to be completed in 2022.
Social welfare tax exemption card
The social welfare tax exemption card is an initiative where socially
disadvantaged citizens have the right to earn up to DKK 20,000
tax-free per year without any deduction from their social benefits.
The tax exemption card gives the most vulnerable citizens better
opportunities to participate and contribute to the community and
achieve improved quality of life through a stronger connection to
the labour market. While improved quality of life for vulnerable
citizens is the main objective of the initiative, reducing poverty may
very well be a long-term effect of the initiative.
Action plan to reduce homelessness 2018-2021
An action plan to reduce homelessness was adopted in 2018. The
target group in this action plan is homeless people and young
people at risk of homelessness. The action plan aims to improve
support services for homeless people and those at risk of home-
lessness through increased use of the Housing First strategy in
Denmark’s 98 municipalities.
Young people at risk of homelessness
In 2020, the Government allocated funds to prevent homelessness
among young people exiting foster care and penal institutions.
The project aimed to ensure sufficient support and housing for the
target group as they exited these systems.
The Government’s
Assesments
End poverty in all its
forms everywhere.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 95
Nationally
Denmark still does not have an official poverty line. Sta-
tistics Denmark calculates an annual measure for relative
poverty which includes low-income families without
assets, students excluded. The report shows that rela-
tive poverty increased from around 200,000 persons in
2015 to 242,000 in 2019. The unemployment benefit
was reformed in 2016 in such a way that the benefits of
immigrant families in particular fell below the low-income
threshold. At the same time, many asylum seekers came
to Denmark (10,000 compared to only 800 in 2019) with
the new government also bringing in financial compensa-
tion to the most severely affected families with children.
One in six Danish state pensioners is not far from the line
representing 60% of society’s median income, which is
the official threshold used by the EU to establish risk for
relative poverty. Immigrants and refugees who have lived
in Denmark less than 40 years receive a fractional pension,
which is calculated based on how long they have been in
the country. Despite additional support, they fall into the
poorest group of pensioners.
Internationally
Globally, extreme poverty fell from 15.7% in 2010 to
10% in 2015 and 9.2% in 2019. However, the World Bank
predicts that the number of people in extreme poverty will
increase by 150 million people in 2021 as a result of the
crisis. Poverty is particularly high in low-income countries
and in countries with conflicts. In 2019, 736 million people
were living in extreme poverty at global level, 413 millions
of these in southern Africa. Almost half (46%) of those
living in extreme poverty are children under the age of
14. In 2019, the number of elderly people (+65) was 703
million, of which two-thirds live in low-income countries.
20% of the elderly people in these countries are in receipt
of a pension from their state. The amount received is
rarely enough to lift elderly people out of poverty. Many of
the world’s elderly work to support themselves and their
families, but because of the toll on their bodies and chronic
illnesses, they are at risk of becoming financially depend-
ent on their immediate family. However, as a result of the
coronavirus pandemic, many countries have introduced
extraordinary support to elderly citizens in the form of
pension advances, the payment of one-off cash benefits
and foodstuffs (41%). These payments were generally
small and are no longer made, despite the continuation of
the crisis. Over one-third of workers in Sub-Saharan Africa
live on less than USD 1.9 per day. Work thus does not
guarantee a reasonable standard of living.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Oxfam IBIS, Global Seniors,
European Anti-Poverty
Network Denmark (EAPN).
Recommendations
• The Danish government must define a threshold for poverty or risk of poverty.
• The Danish government must use a future benefits system to prevent people from falling into poverty.
Consideration should also be paid to differing housing costs between and within regions, and to the
number of children in families.
• The Danish government must equate fractional pensioners with Danish pensioners to a greater extent.
Recommendations
• The Danish government must support the UN’s proposals to establish a global fund for a social security net
which can guarantee protection to the vulnerable and socially excluded, including children and people with
disabilities. This security net must build on a rights-based approach.
• The Danish government must work to ensure that the elderly are guaranteed a decent and universal
state-financed pension which treats men and women equally.
• The Danish government must contribute towards building capacity around the development of social
security net systems in low-income countries.
• The Danish government must take the lead and work to suspend the debt repayments of developing coun-
tries so that such countries can use state resources for their recoveries and to eradicate poverty.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
1.3
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
96
The Government’s
Assesments
End hunger, achieve
food security and
improved nutrition and
promote sustainable
agriculture.
The Government is committed in its efforts to promote sustainable
agriculture in Denmark. Agriculture must contribute to the goal of
a 70% reduction in total greenhouse gas emissions and a doubling
of organic agricultural output by 2030. Hunger and food insecurity,
which are also themes under SDG 2, are not considered existing
challenges in Denmark, but it is important to help combat both of
these problems in developing countries.
Assessment of targets
2.1 In Denmark, everyone has the right to safe, nutritious and
sufficient food all year round.
2.2 Young children’s weight development is stable and is moni-
tored by a health visitor during the child’s first year of life. There is
a focus on nutrition among young girls, pregnant and breastfeeding
women, and the elderly. There is also a focus on the rising inci-
dence of overweight and obesity in Denmark.
2.3 It is assessed that the general rules on access to land and
other significant production resources are handled in existing
legislation.
2.4 The goal of sustainable agricultural practices and food pro-
duction is generally part of the goals in the forthcoming Common
Agricultural Policy for the EU
2.5 Denmark is actively working on the conservation of agricul-
tural seed, cultivated plants and livestock.
Danish agriculture has successfully reduced its environmental
impact through regulations and the adoption of environmental
technologies and production methods. For example, in the last 30
years Denmark has roughly halved the discharge of nutrients from
agriculture and the pesticide load, and has reduced the wastewater
discharge of nitrogen by approximately 80%.
However, intensive production does not leave much room for
biodiversity. The impacts of agriculture on the environment,
nature and the climate must be reduced further, and the conditions
for biodiversity in the open landscape must be improved. With
the Agreements on Pesticide Strategy of 2017 and 2019, a broad
majority of the Danish Parliament adopted a series of initiatives
that support more sustainable food production (target 2.4). In
Denmark, there is still great need for promoting green transitions
and sustainable agriculture, and for reducing the impacts of agri-
culture on the environment, nature and climate. This is despite the
fact that regulation and technology have significantly reduced the
environmental impacts of agriculture in a number of areas. There-
fore, Denmark is working on reducing the impacts of agriculture
on the environment, nature and climate through increased focus
on precision agriculture, organic agriculture, bioeconomy, feed and
food properties, space for nature reserves and biodiversity and the
reduction of pesticide loads. Denmark has in recent years focused
on bio-economy to increase the sustainable utilisation of biological
resources. The industry can contribute to provide solutions to
future challenges, e.g. by improving the quality of feed and food
production, and by utilising residual products from feed and food
production that would otherwise go to waste.
There is also a need in Denmark to address health challenges asso-
ciated with unhealthy dietary habits, which is particularly related
to target 2.2 on malnutrition. Obesity is one of today’s biggest
health challenges, and since 1987 the incidence of overweight and
obesity has doubled. In 2017, 51% of Danes were overweight.
Denmark’s international effort
An increase number of people worldwide suffer from hunger.
Whereas 155 million people in 2019 lacked food, this figure is
estimated to have grown to around 270 million people in 2020.
People living in areas of conflict most often suffer from hunger,
and conflict and war is the main cause of increasing food insecurity
and hunger crises. Denmark supports humanitarian, development,
and peace & stabilisation programmes, all of which contribute to
improving food security. Apart from conflict, climate change and
COVID-19 are the main causes of increasing food insecurity and
hunger crises globally in 2020.
Denmark supports international efforts, including the UN World
Food Programme, and in 2012 Denmark acceded to the Food
Assistance Convention. Denmark also supports development of
the agricultural and food sectors through bilateral development
cooperation and through funding of activities by Danish civil soci-
ety organisations. Denmark works to promote more extensive and
effective partnerships and to fully utilise the potential of the global
political platforms. We are also advocating increased investment
in disaster prevention and climate adaptation to improve self-suf-
ficiency and resilience to crises. These challenges are greatest in
Africa. Denmark conducts wide-ranging efforts in Africa in the
areas of relief aid and development cooperation.
As the Common Agricultural Policy for the EU includes measures
aiming to ensure a stable food market in the EU, it is also expected
to support the fulfilment of target 2.c on making food markets
stable and providing access to information.
Selected initiatives
Fighting antibiotic resistance
The Government has set new goals for a reduction of antibiotic use
in pig farming to counteract antibiotic resistance. The Government
has also established the International Centre for Antimicrobial
Resistance Solutions (ICARS) in Copenhagen, which collects
knowledge and contributes in the fight against antibiotic resist-
ance – both in relation to human health and livestock production
(target 2.4).
Precision agriculture
In partnership with agricultural trade organisations, the Govern-
ment is conducting a number of projects in the area of precision
agriculture. Precision agriculture includes more precise operation
of machines and targeted allocation of fertilizer, etc. These pro-
jects are exploring new cultivation technologies that hold potential
economic improvements for farmers, while also benefiting the
environment and nature, thereby contributing to the fulfilment of
target 2.4.
Forthcoming action plan for sustainable agriculture
It is the Government’s ambition to further accelerate the green
transition in agriculture. Aims include a significant reduction of
nitrogen runoff in aquatic environments and ensuring that the
Danish agricultural industry contributes to the Government’s goal
of a 70% reduction in total greenhouse gas emissions by 2030. The
Government also has an ambition to double organic agriculture by
2030, both in terms of total area, exports and consumption, and
the Government expects to present an action plan to achieve this
aim (target 2.4).
Dietary recommendations for health and climate
In January 2021, the Government introduced official dietary
recommendations – “Good for health and climate”. This marks
the first time the Danish state has given advice on a healthy and
climate-friendly lifestyle. Following the dietary recommendations
reduces the risk of lifestyle diseases like cardiovascular disease,
type 2 diabetes and cancer (targets 2.1 and 2.2).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 97
Nationally
In Denmark, at least 4–5% (i.e just under 100,000) of
Danish households are affected by food insecurity. Such
lacking or uncertain access to the acquisition of sufficient
foods of an adequate quality is inextricably linked to
economic factors. According to a study undertaken by
the Department of Food and Resource Economics (IFRO),
disposable household income is a key factor in this regard.
It is therefore the case that people with low incomes and
single parents are disproportionately affected by food
insecurity. This is the case for somewhere between 31%
and 48% of Danish recipients of transfer incomes such as
cash benefits, disability pensions or unemployment bene-
fits and up to a fourth of all single parents. Food insecurity
and food budget cuts not only have consequences for
physical health, but they also have an impact on general
quality of life and on physical wellbeing. Despite the seri-
ous consequences, there has been no sustained focus on
this problem and there remains an outstanding need to
discuss solutions which might reduce food insecurity in
Denmark.
Internationally
Conflicts, inequality, climate change and a devastated food
system mean that millions of people die from starvation
each and every year. In 2020, 690 million people (approx-
imately 8.9% of the world’s population) were starving,
which equates to an increase of approximately 60 million
over five years. The COVID-19 crisis has exacerbated an
already fragile food system and it is estimated that more
people are at risk of dying from socioeconomic conse-
quences such as hunger and poverty as a result of the
crisis than of the actual virus itself. It is further estimated
that 183 million people are going to starve in 2050 as a
consequence of climate change. Denmark’s support to
multilateral organisations such as WFP, FAO and IFAD,
which all work to combat hunger, has been stable over
recent years, but as the Danish Minister for Development
Cooperation makes clear, we are heading in the wrong
direction with regards to SDG 2. There is a need for a more
strategic and long-term approach which recognises that
hunger is a product of poverty and extreme inequality and
that it is therefore necessary to address structural prob-
lems. Inequality also manifests itself between the sexes
as food insecurity is globally higher for women than it is
for children and for men. It is also striking that the world
produces enough food that nobody should have to go to
bed hungry, yet one-third of all food produced globally is
wasted.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Oxfam IBIS,
Fødevarebanken
Recommendations
• The Department of Food and Resource Economics (IFRO) must carry out regular studies into food insecu-
rity in Denmark so that we have updated knowledge about the scope, causes and societal consequences of
the problem.
• Denmark must support collaboration between the food sector and civil society organisations in order to
ensure that fresh surplus food items can be safely and effectively redistributed to organisations for the
socially disadvantaged. This might be through financial support, but also through a continuous focus on the
legal framework conditions and administrative procedures which enable and support the donation of fresh
surplus food items.
Recommendations
• Denmark must continue to support the multilateral work to combat hunger and famine and it must develop
a long-term and strategic approach to fighting hunger by seeking to reduce extreme inequalities and the
underlying structural problems which are associated with gender inequality, conflicts and the climate crisis.
• Denmark must give funds to climate financing which is additional to its ordinary development aid and
attach great importance to adaptation so that developing countries will have real possibilities to adapt to
climate change and to ensure resilient food production.
• Denmark must actively recognise the role played by women in food production and strengthen their lead-
ership in this area through reliable data and studies into how and why women are particularly vulnerable.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
2.1-2.2 + 2.4
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
98
The Government’s
Assesments
Ensure healthy lives
and promote well-being
for all at all ages.
Health for all and universal health coverage are cornerstones of
the Danish welfare society, and easy and equal access is a founda-
tional principle of a well-functioning health service. Inequality in
health must be combated. Therefore, the Government has a focus
on addressing chronic diseases, improving cancer treatment in
Denmark, promoting mental health and well-being, and preventing
tobacco and drug use.
Assessment of targets
3.1 In the span of 10 years, Denmark has had fewer than five cases
of maternal mortality per 100,000 live births.
3.2 Mortality in Denmark among children under five years of age is
low, and has been decreasing over the last 10 years.
3.3 There is no epidemic of AIDS, malaria or tuberculosis in Den-
mark, but there are still parameters that can be improved.
3.4 With an increased focus on chronic disease and mental health,
Denmark has achieved a significant reduction of mortality, but
there is still room for improvement between now and 2030.
3.5 Denmark is generally doing well with the prevention and
treatment of drug and alcohol abuse.
3.6 The number of people killed or injured in traffic has been stag-
nant since 2012. The number of people killed in traffic annually has
been in the range of 170 to 200 since 2012.
3.7 There is universal and free access to general practitioners and
abortion, access to prevention for payment, and sex education in
all primary schools.
3.8 Everyone in Denmark has access to medical care and universal
health coverage.
3.9 Deaths due to air pollution and the impact of hazardous chemi-
cals remain a challenge in Denmark.
Denmark has been successful in addressing many of the targets
under SDG 3. Examples include reductions in maternal and child
mortality and traffic deaths, as well as universal access to health
services. 2020 saw the lowest number of new HIV diagnoses in
Denmark since the beginning of the HIV pandemic. Denmark is
also well positioned in relation to prevention and treatment of
drug and alcohol abuse, but there is still room for progress.
In pursuit of target 3.4, which Denmark has yet to meet, the
Government will intensify its focus on reducing inequality in health
in Denmark. The Government has introduced free psychological
counselling for young people ages 18 to 24 with minor to moderate
depression or anxiety, and the Government will further increase
efforts in support of mental health and well-being with a 10-year
plan for psychiatry.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark is a global leader in universal health coverage, as well as
in sexual and reproductive health and rights. Denmark has much
to contribute as a life science nation when it comes to delivering
innovative health solutions and medicines.
Danish health authorities actively participate in international gov-
ernment collaborations aiming to help strengthen health services
in partner countries, thus promoting access to health services and
universal health coverage. The Covid-19 pandemic has highlighted
the need for global health emergency preparedness and coordi-
nated joint efforts, including the development of global norms and
standards in the field of health based on research-based evidence.
Denmark has contributed to development in the field of health
through its participation in the WHO, and will continue to actively
engage in the current discussions on strengthening the joint health
emergency preparedness in the EU.
Denmark’s nomination for a seat on the WHO Executive Board
for the period 2021 to 2024 provides an additional platform for
an active Danish effort to promote key Danish priorities for global
health, including combating antibiotic resistance, chronic disease,
promoting sexual and reproductive health and rights, increased
global focus on mental health, etc.
Selected initiatives
Inequality in health
Socioeconomic position has an impact on citizens’ living condi-
tions and health. The Government is working to fight inequality
in healthcare. As prescribed by the Leave No One Behind agenda,
these efforts apply to everyone.
10-year plan for psychiatry
The Government will further increase efforts in support of mental
health and well-being with the forthcoming 10-year plan for
psychiatry. These efforts aim to reduce the number of people who
suffer the serious consequences of mental illness and a lack of
mental well-being (target 3.4).
Prevention of tobacco use by children and young people
The Government and a majority of political parties represented in
the Danish Parliament have concluded an agreement on a national
action plan that aims to prevent the use of tobacco and nicotine
products by children and young people. Measures under the plan
include standardised tobacco packaging, display bans and a stricter
ban on advertising tobacco products (target 3.4).
Sexual and reproductive health and rights
Denmark is a strong proponent of sexual and reproductive health
and rights when negotiating resolutions within the UN and in con-
nection with Danish development cooperation (target 3.7).
Denmark as a Life Science nation
Denmark has much to contribute as a life science nation when it
comes to delivering innovative health solutions and medicines for
the treatment of diseases (targets 3.4 and 3.8).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 99
Nationally
Between 2017 and 2020, children and young people have
experienced growing isolation, mental vulnerability and
unhappiness. Lockdowns resulting from COVID-19 have
considerably increased the risk of loneliness and of physi-
cal and mental dissatisfaction within this group, resulting
in far-reaching consequences, already visible today, for
the mental and physical health of an entire generation.
Obstetric care and midwifery are faced with a number of
challenges which may have considerable negative conse-
quences for many expectant mothers and new families. A
particularly vulnerable group is pregnant undocumented
migrants who are at greater risk of complications as they
only have access to emergency healthcare; e.g. when
actually going into labour or when they suffer from seri-
ous complications, and no access to preventive or routine
check-ups with healthcare staff.
Internationally
Health has not generally been a priority in the period
between 2017 and 2020 despite high inequality in access
to health in the world’s poorest countries. Such inequal-
ity will be exacerbated further by the coronavirus crisis
and the most vulnerable groups in society will be hardest
hit, such as refugees, internally displaced persons, girls,
women and the elderly. Moreover, health is also crucial
to the other sustainable development goals. Non-com-
municable diseases have been under-prioritised despite
causing 71% of all deaths globally while almost 30% of
the adult population in low and middle-income countries
live with conditions such as diabetes, with the elderly in
particular at risk. Mental health has also been under-pri-
oritised despite a considerable increase in the number of
people with impaired mental health, namely in countries
which are affected by conflicts and catastrophes. In
Africa, there are 1.4 mental health professionals for every
100,000 people; globally the figure is 9 per every 100,000.
Only around 1% of total development aid for health is
allocated to mental health. Mental health conditions and
psychosocial dissatisfaction impair general health and
undermine several of the sustainable development goals.
Denmark is a significant player when it comes to sexual
and reproductive health including sex education, access to
contraception and free abortions. An overlooked problem
is side effects caused by modern forms of contraception
which are one of the most common reasons for not using
contraception in the Global South.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Danish Red Cross, Save the
Children Denmark, The
Danish Family Planning
Association (DFPA), Global
Seniors, KULU – Women and
Development, DIGNITY.
Recommendations
• The government must develop an action plan for loneliness, mental health and wellbeing among children
and young people and address the consequences of coronavirus lockdowns, paying regard to all aspects of
children’s and young peoples’ lives and placing focus on the most vulnerable and disadvantaged in society.
• Denmark must give obstetrics greater priority and this should include a guaranteed entitlement to good
prenatal and midwifery care during childbirth. This must apply to all disadvantaged groups including
undocumented migrants whose rights and access to healthcare services generally need to be improved and
secured.
Recommendations
• Health needs to be made a priority of development policy with focus placed on the broadening of a univer-
sal healthcare coverage which attaches equal importance to physical and mental health and which includes
communicable diseases and mental disorders within the remit of primary health services. Such a prioritisa-
tion must focus on providing coverage to those who are especially vulnerable and marginalised, and invest-
ments will need to be made in national healthcare systems as well as local actors with a view to improving
health preparedness and response.
• Denmark must continue to prioritise the sexual and reproductive health of girls, women and other margin-
alised groups. This should include better evidence, including with regards to forms of contraception. At the
same time, mental health and psychosocial wellbeing should be reprioritised as key issues for Denmark.
Both areas need to be prioritised alongside long-term and humanitarian efforts.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
3.4 + 3.7-3.8
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
100
Free and equal access to instruction and education is one of the
most important instruments in breaking negative social inher-
itance and ensuring equal possibilities for all. The Government has
a strong focus on further enhancing the quality of education and
day-care and on a high level of well-being throughout the educa-
tion system. It is also the Government’s ambition that, by 2030, as
many 25-year-olds as possible will have completed an education,
be enrolled in an education programme, or have employment. By
2030, at least 90% of 25-year-olds should have completed a youth
education programme. To reach this goal, Denmark must cut in
half the number of young people up to the age of 25 without any
connection to an education programme or the labour market. The
Government has a related goal of ensuring that more young people
choose a vocational education.
Assessment of targets
4.1 Primary School is free in Denmark.
4.2 In Denmark there is equal access to day-care and preschool
classes.
4.3 By law, there is equal access to prerequisite education for
admission to higher education.
4.4 A political goal has been established to halve by 2030 the
number of young people up to the age of 25 without any connec-
tion to an education programme or the labour market, so that more
people can achieve financial success in their adult lives.
4.5 In Denmark equal rights to education apply to everyone.
Discrimination according to sex, race, ethnicity or disability is
generally prohibited by law.
4.6 All Danish children have the opportunity to learn reading,
writing and arithmetic though the free schooling services.
4.7 In Denmark, financial support is allocated to SDG Schools, and
initiatives to support education in democracy and citizenship have
been launched.
With free education in primary school, upper secondary educa-
tion and extended higher education, as well as a supportive state
education grant system, Denmark has progressed far towards the
fulfilment of SDG 4. Sustainability as a broadly defined concept is
incorporated at multiple levels of education, from primary school
level to upper secondary programmes. The object clause of the
Danish Primary School Act states that the primary school must
teach students the proficiencies that will ready them for further
education. The clause goes on to state that teaching in primary
schools must make the pupils familiar with Danish culture and his-
tory, give them an understanding of other countries and cultures,
and contribute to their understanding of our interaction with
nature. In this way, the spirit of SDG 4 is generally incorporated
into the school and education system.
However, the Government wishes to do more. The Government’s
action plan for this SDG allocates funding for four new policy
initiatives, including the appointment of two expert groups – one
on mathematics and one on gender – increased funding for the
UNESCO SDG schools, and the development of a new “SDG
inspiration universe” on Denmark’s online learning portal, emu.dk.
The Government has an ambition of ensuring that Denmark is the
world’s best country to be a child in. This requires further improve-
ments in the quality of daycare institutions and schools, and efforts
to ensure the well-being of children. Likewise, an intensified effort
for equal opportunity is needed in the educational system, as
women still face barriers, particularly in the world of research.
Denmark’s international effort
Efforts relating to education in developing countries are supported
through Danish development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
These efforts focus in particular on the education of girls and
marginalised children, particularly in fragile states with humanitar-
ian crises. In the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic, the Government
has accelerated support efforts and granted extraordinary contri-
butions to partners. The Government is also acutely aware of the
secondary effects of school closures, including the increased risk of
violence and harmful practices such as child marriage and female
genital mutilation.
Selected initiatives
Additional resources for municipal primary and lower secondary
schools
The 2020 Finance Act allocates funding for general improvements
of municipal primary and lower secondary schools, amounting
to DKK 275 million in 2020, DKK 400 million in 2021, DKK 550
million in 2022 and DKK 807 million annually from 2023 onwards.
Tripartite agreement on apprenticeships
The Government and Denmark’s labour and employer organisa-
tions reached a tripartite agreement in November 2020, allocating
DKK 500 million annually, beginning in 2021, for new initiatives by
AUB to promote and support apprenticeships.
More people must complete an education or be employed
Young people under the age of 25 who have not completed or are
not in the process of completing a youth education programme will
be offered guidance and follow-up through an outreach effort. The
extended higher education programmes seek to support students
whose parents did not take higher education through a number
of initiatives, such as bridge-building programmes and targeted
retention initiatives. These higher education programmes also
have special initiatives to assist students with physical and mental
disabilities. In addition to targets 4.3 and 4.5, these ambitions and
initiatives relate to the Leave No One Behind agenda.
Minimum staffing requirements
Statutory minimum staffing requirements for daycare institutions
will be introduced in 2024. This policy aims to ensure quality, as
well as time and space for the individual child. The 2020 and 2021
Finance Acts allocate funding that increases during the period
2020 to 2030 to support the implementation of these minimum
staffing requirements. The parties to the agreement have also ear-
marked funds to ensure more trained early childhood educators
from 2023 onwards. From 2024 onwards, DKK 1.8 billion annually
has been allocated to efforts to improve staffing and quality in
daycare institutions (target 4.2).
Women in academia and research
Women’s educational choices and career paths at the universities
and in research environments is a key area of focus. Funding has
been allocated for a dedicated talent development programme
named after the renowned Danish scientist Inge Lehmann, which
aims to improve the gender balance in research. Funding has also
been allocated to strengthen the recruitment of women by STEM
educational programmes.
An increased effort in Social Education
The Government has introduced a quality plan for the Bachelor’s
degree in Social Education, which aims to improve the quality and
the prestige of the programme. An evaluation of the Bachelor’s
degree in Social Education and the social education assistant
programme has also been commenced.
The Government’s
Assesments
Ensure inclusive and
equitable quality
education and promote
lifelong learning
opportunities for all.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 101
Nationally
Education has been impaired as a result of sustained cuts.
Despite the abolition of the so-called reprioritisation
policy, there is a need for targeted reinvestment following
COVID-19 which has demonstrated the importance of
education as a vector through which children and young
people can receive social support, personal reinforce-
ment and mental development. The Danish education
system is still characterised by widespread inequality
in that parental background and income are too often
decisive as to how individuals fare. It is therefore shame-
ful that the erosion of the Danish state education grant
(SU) which followed the SU reform of 2013 impaired the
opportunities for everyone to pursue an education and
that Denmark has simultaneously made it more difficult
for non-Danish speakers to study in Denmark as a result
of its cuts to study programmes in English. Not all Danish
children and young people are taught about the SDGs and
sustainability despite the fact that educational institutions
call for a higher political prioritisation of both. Sex educa-
tion in primary school does not provide children and young
people with the education they are entitled to. The study
programmes for young people at the age when they start
becoming sexually active feature only sporadic information
on issues such as gender, body, sexuality, boundaries, etc.
Internationally
Humanitarian crises and coronavirus have put great
pressure on education and the expected cuts to public
budgets will mean that even the current levels of (insuf-
ficient) financing are at risk of disappearing. COVID-19
is the biggest crisis that education has ever faced and it
has demonstrated once and for all that education is also
of great importance to the safety, nutrition and mental
health of children and young people. In far too many
places, students and teachers have been excluded from
the decision-making processes for school openings and
closures. During the school closures of 2020, more than
1.6 billion children and young people were sent home –
with the poorest and most marginalised of them, including
refugees and displaced persons, often left without access
to distance learning. It is estimated that more than 30 mil-
lions of these children will never return to education. Girls
are at particular risk due to an increase in the number
of teenage pregnancies and child marriages and due to
an inadequate level of access to sexual and reproductive
health services.Aid is thus needed now more than ever in
order to ensure the survival of public education systems.
Denmark is a significant donor to the Global Partnership
for Education and to Education Cannot Wait and has also
recently joined Germany in supporting the UNHCR’s
DAFI programme, which helps refugees to access higher
education. However, there is a need for Denmark to make
education a strategic aid priority and to place focus on
reaching those who are most marginalised and on support-
ing free, public education for all.Education has increasingly
become a political battleground with students and teacher
organisations becoming subjected to enormous pressure
from repressive regimes. Denmark should make itself an
ally of these students.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Oxfam IBIS, Save the
Children Denmark, The
National Union of Students
in Denmark, The Danish
Family Planning Association
(DFPA), KULU – Women and
Development, World’s Best
News, the education group in
Global Focus
Recommendations
• Denmark must invest in education and focus on combating inequality in education.
• The SDGs and sustainability must be taught at all levels of education and sustainable education must be
introduced into the purpose statements of educational programmes.
• Children must be given the sex education they are entitled to and teaching on gender, body, sexuality and
boundaries should be strengthened at secondary level.
• Education must be understood not just as learning but as a vector through which children and young
people receive social support.
Recommendations
• Denmark must follow the EU by making education a strategic priority and spending 10% of aid (including
humanitarian aid) on education.
• Denmark must prioritise education for the most marginalised.
• Denmark must support the development of stronger, more resilient and inclusive systems of public edu-
cation which can secure continued learning during crises and catastrophes, including during the corona-
virus pandemic and related school closures. Listen to young people, students and teachers at all levels of
decision-making.
• Denmark must strengthen sex education at all levels as a prerequisite for achieving SRSR. Restrictive legisla-
tion which prevents teenage mothers and pregnant women from continuing in education must be removed.
• Establish a Students at Risk programme in Denmark in line with the one in Norway and Germany.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
4.1 + 4.3 + 4.5 + 4.7 +
4.B
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
102
The Government’s
Assesments
Achieve gender
equality and empower
all women and girls.
Equality between genders is fundamental for democracy, human
rights and the prosperity of Danish society. The Government is
working to improve equality between genders and to maintain
a focus on equality in all areas. All discrimination of women and
girls must be stopped throughout society, including in the labour
market, nationally and globally, supported by concrete policies and
legislation.
Assessment of targets
5.1 Denmark has a legal framework for equality, including the
Equal Rights Act, which has the purpose of advancing, enforcing
and monitoring equality.
5.2 Denmark is regularly adopting new legislation, e.g. the new
consent-based rape law and legislation against psychological
violence.
5.3 Foreign marriages entered into by minors are not acknowl-
edged by Danish law, unless compelling arguments are present.
Female circumcision has been a criminal offence in Denmark since
2003.
5.4 It is estimated that unpaid care and domestic work is not wide-
spread in Denmark, and the municipal social infrastructure is very
well developed in the form of daycare guaranties, good parental
leave schemes, and public elderly care services.
5.5 In the past 10 years, the share of women in politics and lead-
ership positions has been rising. This trend is especially strong in
public workplaces, and also evident to a lesser degree in private
workplaces and in politics.
5.6 The framework in Danish law and the Danish health service
ensure a high level of access to information, education and services
regarding sexual and reproductive health.
In general, both women and men have a high level of participation
in the labour market, but the labour market remains very gen-
der-segregated. Daycare and infrastructure are well developed
and support a high labour market participation rate for both
women and men. This contributes to the fulfilment of target 5.4 on
recognition of unpaid care and domestic work, and the provision of
public services. All genders must have the opportunity to contrib-
ute in the labour market, take part in decision-making processes,
and shape the society the future. The Government is continuously
working on promoting equality between genders and maintaining a
focus on equality in all areas.
In spite of the high share of well-educated women in Denmark,
there is still an uneven gender distribution at the management and
board levels – and although parental leave can be divided flexibly
between parents, women take the vast majority of the available
leave. The Government prepares an annual report and action plan
for equality, which includes cross-ministerial initiatives. The report
and action plan provides an overview of the Government’s initia-
tives, with aims ranging from economic equality between genders,
to the prevention of physical and psychological violence, and
ensuring equal opportunities in technological development.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark is at the international forefront in the fight for equality
between genders and equal rights for women and girls – both at
the state level and in international negotiations. Globally, we have
generally witnessed great progress in equality between genders
and in women’s and girls’ rights, yet there has been stagnation and
even setbacks in many parts of the world. For instance, COVID-19
has aggravated existing inequalities and has had grave health and
socioeconomic consequences for women and girls in developing
countries, especially in terms of sexual and gender based vio-
lence, which has led the UN Secretary-General to call it a shadow
pandemic. Thus, Denmark’s strong international engagement for
women’s and girls’ rights and opportunities is as important as ever.
Equality efforts in developing countries are supported through
Danish development cooperation and humanitarian aid. The effort
has a particular focus on girls’ and women’s rights, including their
sexual and reproductive health and rights (SRSR), and is also being
conducted in fragile states and regions experiencing humanitarian
crises. Denmark gives DKK 755 million annually in development
assistance to a number of international frontline organisations
working with women’s and girls’ rights to their own bodies and for
sexual and reproductive health and rights.
Selected initiatives
The Equal Rights Act
The Equal Rights Act aims to promote equality between women
and men, including equal integration, equal influence and equal
opportunities in all of society’s functions. A number of other acts
also prohibit discrimination and differential treatment in relation
to pregnancy, parental leave, and equal pay (targets 5.1 and 5.c).
Technological equality
In March 2021, the Government adopted legislation committing
public authorities to mail digital correspondence regarding a child
to both parents if they share custody of the child. This is part of
the Government’s efforts to ensure that digital solutions support
equality between men and women in parenthood. The Govern-
ment has launched the campaign “digital violations have a cost” and
is expecting to propose an initiative on social media, which among
other things focusses on the regulation of social media and the
strengthening of digital education of children and young people
(target 5.b).
Efforts against physical and psychological violence
As a part of the Government’s work with combating violence
against women and girls, psychological violence was in 2019 made
a criminal offence on equal footing with physical violence. The
programmes for victims of different kinds of violence, including
psychological, physical and sexual violence and human trafficking,
are continuously being reformed within the integration, health and
social systems. For example, a new consent-based rape law became
effective as of 1 January 2021 and was followed up with a national
information campaign. Additional funds have been allocated to
crisis centres and ambulant counselling services for victims of
violence (target 5.2). Moreover, the Government is taking targeted
measures to fight negative social control and honour-related con-
flicts in ethnic minority environments through information cam-
paigns, social services and special crisis centres for young people
from ethnic minority environments (target 5.3).
Other initiatives
• Establishment of Lev Uden Vold (Live Without Violence), the
national unit to combat violence in close relationships.
• Action plan against physical and psychological violence in
close relationships.
• Strengthened outpatient treatment for women subjected to
violence in close relationships.
• Intensified efforts to combat digital violations.
• Code of conduct for diversity in recruitment
• The “Aktion Fars Orlov” (“Action Paternal Leave”) campaign
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 103
Nationally
The number of women who are victims of domestic abuse
has increased since 2017. Each year, approximately 12
women are killed by their partners and 38,000 are sub-
jected to physical partner violence. In order to reduce
those numbers, efforts must be made across all levels of
society. The criminalisation of psychological violence in
2019 and the Police Agreement of 2020 are important
tools, but in order to prevent domestic abuse and to inter-
vene at an earlier stage, the authorities need to work more
closely together while frontline staff such as municipalities
and police forces require greater knowledge on violence.
The prevailing power imbalance is also reflected in con-
tinued economic gender inequality which, among other
things, is driven by inequalities in the family distribution of
housework and childcare, with women still performing on
average one hour more of housework per day. This con-
tributes to skewed representation in politics and the upper
tranches of the corporate world, and to a labour market
which is segregated by gender. Women and girls who are
fleeing are particularly vulnerable but the absence of a
gender perspective in the Danish asylum system and the
suspension and reduction of the resettlement programme
has curtailed their access to protection.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Save the Children Denmark,
KULU – Women and
Development, Danner, The
Women’s Council Denmark,
Oxfam IBIS, Danish Refugee
Council, The Danish Family
Planning Association
(DFPA).
Recommendations
• Denmark must introduce designated parental leave for fathers and co-mothers.
• The government must develop a national action plan to reduce the extent of partner violence, cover
all initiatives in Denmark and report on all government obligations.
• Frontline personnel must be provided with the knowledge and competencies needed to spot victims
and respond to suspicions of partner violence.
• Denmark must ensure the protection of women and girls who are fleeing through gender-focused
asylum, resettlement and integration initiatives.
Recommendations
• Denmark must take the lead in the fight for the rights and protection of women and girls, as well as their
financial and democratic participation, with focus on the most vulnerable groups: i.e. LGBTQ+ persons,
refugees and internally displaced persons.
• Denmark must take a feminist and intersectional approach to all of its global efforts and allocate a min-
imum of 15% to equality programmes in humanitarian contexts, including at least 4% to local women’s
rights organisations.
• Denmark must demonstrate global leadership in its international prioritisation and funding of efforts to
protect and combat sexual and gender-based violence, including on “Women, Peace and Security”.
• Denmark must integrate protection against gender-based violence into all Danish-supported humanitarian
efforts and ensure lasting solutions for women and girls who have been displaced or forced to flee.
Internationally
SDG 5 is still one of the most poorly financed sustainable
development goals and there is a long way to go towards
achieving global gender equality. This has been reinforced
by COVID-19 which has led to an increase in sexual and
gender-based violence, particularly partner violence, but
also other rights violations such as child marriages. The
pandemic has further restricted access to good health
and financial security for women and girls and has set the
world back when it comes to securing access to fundamen-
tal rights such as the right to decide over one’s own body
and life.
Women’s and feminist organisations are still excluded
from financing and influence, even if they are locally
anchored and well-positioned to secure the political, finan-
cial, sexual and health rights of women. Despite the Grand
Bargain’s commitments to allocate 25% of humanitarian
funding to local and national stakeholders, only 0.004
% of Denmark’s development aid went to local women’s
rights groups within humanitarian contexts in 2019.Since
2017, the number of refugees and displaced persons has
increased globally from 68.5 to 80 million with displace-
ments lasting longer and longer. There is a lack of focus
on gender, SRSR and equality within humanitarian efforts,
with inequality broadening and displaced women and girls
faring considerably worse in relation to the protection of
their fundamental rights. Women must still have access
to contraception, safe childbirth and abortions. Women
and girls in particular are in need of protection against
gender-based violence such as partner violence and child
marriages, yet this is an area which remains underfunded
at the global level. This means that lives are lost, and
there is a risk that more of the most vulnerable will be lost
between now and 2030.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
5.1-5.2 + 5.4-5.5 + 5.C
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
104
The Government’s
Assesments
Ensure availability
and sustainable
management of water
and sanitation for all.
There is universal and equal access to clean drinking water in
Denmark. All people also have access to toilet facilities, sanita-
tion and hygiene, and water consumption in Denmark is efficient
compared to that of other countries. Since the drinking water
supply in Denmark is based on a limited treatment of our ground-
water, protection of that groundwater is a recurring theme in the
Government’s water policy. The Government has therefore chosen
to continue the national mapping of groundwater and municipal
planning to protect groundwater and prevent contamination as
much as possible.
Assessment of targets
6.1 The vast majority of people in Denmark have access to drink-
ing water at an affordable price.
6.2 The vast majority of people in Denmark have access to toilet
facilities, sanitation and hygiene.
6.3 Wastewater in Denmark is treated at a high level.
Far too few of Denmark’s marine areas are in good condition.
6.4 Water consumption in Denmark is efficient compared to that
of other countries.
6.5 Denmark is active through the EU in water management, but
has few water resources that cross national borders.
6.6 Denmark faces challenges in relation to pesticides and chemi-
cal pollution in groundwater.
Denmark has ensured universal and equal access to safe and
cheap drinking water and sanitation, and has efficient and sus-
tainable utilisation of drinking water.Likewise, Denmark has a
long tradition of integrated planning of water resources, among
other things through compliance with EU-regulation. Denmark
has seen an improvement in the environmental state of its lakes
and streams, and the quality of its bathing water is very high.
Denmark prepares marine area plans that establish overall objec-
tives, such as ensuring good conditions in streams, lakes, seas and
groundwater.
However, Denmark faces a number of challenges in relation to
pesticides and chemical pollution in groundwater. The Govern-
ment’s efforts pertaining to SDG 6 thus focus in particular on the
quality of groundwater and the protection of ecosystems.The
Government has a heightened focus on protecting groundwater
and drinking water by reducing pesticide load, protecting and
restoring water-related ecosystems, and supporting a water sector
that invests in long-term and sustainable solutions.Danish drinking
water supplies are based on limited treatment of groundwater,
which also helps to ensure that there will be clean drinking water
for future generations.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark is a global leader in efficient water supply and utilisation
of wastewater through worldwide exports of intelligent, sustaina-
ble and efficient water solutions.
Moreover, Denmark supports the protection of water resources
and water supply in developing countries, which includes funding
and cooperation with a range of global and regional organisations,
including the world’s largest network organisation for water,
Global Water Partnership.
These efforts contribute to fulfilling target 6.5 on the management
of water resources. Denmark is working to ensure clean water and
climate-adapted water resources in developing countries, particu-
larly in Africa. This is being done through a number of multilateral,
regional and bilateral channels, including the African Water Facility
under the auspices of the African Development Bank and through
the Global Water Partnership. These efforts contribute to fulfilling
target 6.1 on providing access to clean drinking water and target
6.a on supporting water and sanitation in developing countries.
Selected initiatives
Agreement on Pesticide Strategy 2017-2021
Danish aquatic environments are primarily impacted by diffuse
pollution (nutrients, organic matter and pesticides) from agricul-
ture, but also point source pollution (nutrients, organic and chemi-
cal pollutants) from urban wastewater, industry and aquaculture. A
broad majority of the Danish Parliament approved a 2017 agree-
ment (with an addendum agreement in 2019) to maintain the pes-
ticide tax and goal of reducing the pesticide load on groundwater.
Based on this agreement, the Government instructed Denmark’s
municipalities to conduct risk assessments of protected areas
surrounding public water supply wells to determine the danger
of pesticide and nitrate seepage into the wells. These efforts are
helping to reduce the risk of pesticide and nitrate contamination in
groundwater (targets 6.3 and 6.6).
Clean drinking water
As part of the implementation of the Drinking Water Directive
and prior to the implementation deadline of 12 January 2023, the
Danish Ministry of the Environment will assess whether there is
sufficient access to drinking water for everyone in Denmark, par-
ticularly vulnerable groups in the population. Under the Directive,
Denmark is obliged to implement an action plan to improve the
supply of drinking water if there is insufficient access (target 6.1).
Implementation of EU water legislation
The Government is working to restore water-related ecosystems
based on the implementation of EU water legislation, including
the Water Framework Directive (target 6.6). Denmark’s pricing of
water also contributes to heightened awareness among citizens
and businesses regarding conscientious consumption (target 6.4).
Danish adherence to the Drinking Water Directive (March 2019):
In March 2019, the environmental ministers of EU member states
adopted a resolution to revise the Drinking Water Directive. Final
agreement on the revised Directive was reached in December
2020, and the changes took effect on 12 January 2021. Among
other things, the Directive sets limits on the concentration of
certain chemicals released from taps and water pipes that are in
contact with drinking water. The water utility companies must
also inform citizens about the quality and price of drinking water.
These companies must also reduce water waste and improve
their efforts to inform citizens about water waste. The latter has
been a key requirement pursued by Denmark, as climate change is
expected to increase pressures on the drinking water resources of
the future. Denmark is leading the way in terms of limiting water
waste, and now the rest of Europe must follow suit.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 105
Nationally
The majority of the Danish population accesses drinking
water from around 2,500 smaller and larger waterworks.
This water often does not comply with limits set by the
EU for the content of pesticides. This is confirmed by
an expanded analysis programme in 2019 that found
pesticide residues in 45% of active waterwork wells,
while the limit was surpassed in 12.7% of the wells. This
is an increase of approximately 10% compared to 2018.
The Danish Environmental Protection Agency had not
informed Denmark’s municipalities about the EU rules
and in a number of cases, drinking water with pesticide
residues and other substances over the limit was illegally
distributed to consumers. Many plants today use mixed
drinking water containing pesticide residues. A statement
to the Danish Parliament shows that over a five-year
period, 46 waterworks in the country had supplied con-
sumers with drinking water which contained values above
the limit. Moreover, almost half of all households which
extract their own groundwater, take up water which
exceeds the threshold limit for pesticide residues.
Findings of approved pesticides in groundwater do not
mean a ban on their use, as the authorities currently allow
pesticides to be leached into the groundwater in average
concentrations of 0.1 microgram/l per year, which corre-
sponds to the limit value. This practice means that over
time, all groundwater will come to contain ever greater
levels of pesticide residues and that the sum limit of 0.5
micrograms/l will be challenged, when several pesticide
residues appear in the same water sample. This means
that the previously practiced precautionary principle
is no longer applied. In 2020, a ban was imposed on the
commercial use of pesticides in the vicinity of drilled
wells (so-called BNBOs), but not in vulnerable extraction
areas. The ban does not apply to BNBOs in urban areas,
where private operators and authorities spray pesticides
onto sealed areas where no degradation occurs, because
the biologically active root zone has been removed. A
screening for 415 pesticide residues uncovered pesticide
findings in 20.3% of 263 wells. Including previously ana-
lysed samples, pesticide residues were found in 77% of
the same wells and almost a third were over the limit. In
other words, Danes can expect to find pesticide residues
beneath the soil in all areas where such products have
been used. Agriculture only uses pesticides which have
been approved by the authorities. Hence, the high number
of pesticide residue findings indicates that the approval
procedure is not fit for purpose.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
The Danish Society for
Nature Conservation.
Recommendations
• The relevant authorities must take water samples from the pipeline networks from all waterworks so that
they can respond rapidly to any contaminations uncovered.
• The government must introduce more restrictive regulations for the use of pesticides in areas where
groundwater forms and it should establish Groundwater Parks – i.e. groundwater protection areas.
• The government must take responsibility for modernising the approval system and the approval of pesti-
cides which end up in the groundwater must be stopped.
• The discovery of pesticide residues in the ground and drainage water by the Warning System must result in
an immediate ban on sales in Denmark.
• The government must adopt a ban on the sale of pesticides to private individuals and introduce a ban
against the private and official use of pesticides on sealed areas.
• The national monitoring programme should report analyses of drinking water in its annual reports; includ-
ing both pesticide residues and other organic micropollutants.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
6.1 + 6.3
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
106
The Government’s
Assesments
Ensure access to
affordable, reliable,
sustainable and modern
energy for all.
Denmark’s climate and energy policy is ambitious and contributes
to the overall goal of ensuring access for all to reliable, sustainable
and modern energy at an affordable price. As a leading nation for
innovative green solutions in the energy system, energy efficiency
solutions and renewable energy, Denmark has a responsibility to
contribute solutions nationally and internationally.
Assessment of targets
7.1 All Danish households have access to cheap, stable and
modern energy services.
7.2 The energy agreement of 2018 allocates funding that
charts a course towards reaching a renewable energy share of 55%
by 2030. It is expected that this goal will be fulfilled.
7.3 Energy efficiency efforts have been significantly intensified in
recent years, which has helped Denmark to exceed the EU energy
savings obligation by 27%.
Since the 1970s, Denmark has carried out active energy efficiency
efforts. In part due to these efforts, Denmark’s gross energy con-
sumption has remained relatively stable since the mid-1970s, since
which time the economy has doubled. Denmark has made great
progress in terms of integrating renewable energy into energy
systems, while maintaining a highly stable electricity supply.
Denmark is well on its way, but has not yet fully reached the
goal regarding the share of renewable energy and target 7.2 on
increasing the global share of renewable energy. This requires a
heightened focus on increasing the share of renewable energy in
the global energy mix. Denmark’s total RE share is expected to
increase to 58% in 2030. From around the year 2027, electricity
consumption is expected to be largely covered by production
from renewable energy sources. Realisation of the energy islands
will further increase RE production, which will then exceed the
expected consumption in Denmark.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark’s international efforts focus on upscaling renewable
energy and increasing energy efficiency. In pursuit of these aims,
the Government has entered into a green strategic partnership
with India and will work to establish similar partnerships with
other countries, while also developing new green action plans in
collaboration with existing partnership countries. The combination
of climate diplomacy and government cooperation will support the
green transition and sustainable economic growth in the partner
country, while strengthening the market positions and exports of
green solutions for Danish businesses.
This will help bring Denmark closer to meeting target 7.a on
improved access to research and investments in clean energy, and
7.b on expanding and upgrading energy services in developing
countries. Denmark has also actively engaged in international
dialogue and cooperation to ensure a green recovery in the wake
of the Covid-19 crisis; these efforts include serving as co-organiser
of a number of minister meetings on green recovery in collabora-
tion with the IEA.
Selected initiatives
2020 Climate Agreement
With the initiatives from the 2018 Energy Agreement and 2020
Climate Agreement, Denmark is poised to make major investments
in tomorrow’s green technologies, e.g., Power-to-X, a major tender
in new biogas production, and an ambitious expansion of green
energy, including the launch of a new era in Danish offshore wind
development with the world’s first energy islands. Green energy
from the energy islands will help to advance the green transition in
Denmark and Europe beyond the year 2030. A large offshore wind
farm off the island of Hesselø will be completed one year ahead of
schedule, providing green electricity as early as 2027. The agree-
ment also advances the expansion of renewable energy by contin-
uing the technology-neutral procurement process, which supports
builders of renewable energy. This will increase Denmark’s share
of renewable energy in total energy consumption between now
and 2030 (target 7.2). The Climate Agreement also allocates signif-
icant funding for the phasing out of oil and gas boilers. Additional
funding for this purpose is provided by the 2021 Finance Act.
The overall effort to phase out oil and gas boilers are expected to
reduce carbon emissions by 0.7 to 0.8 million tonnes in 2030.
Research and development in renewable energy
With the strategy “Green solutions of the future - Strategy for
investments in green research, technology, and innovation”, the
Government charts a long-term direction for green research,
development and demonstration in Denmark. This strategy serves
as a basis for clear political priorities regarding future efforts
and thereby supports the development of technologies that will
contribute to fulfilling Denmark’s climate goals. To accelerate the
targeted development of future technologies, the Government
has identified four green missions, two of which are within PtX
and CCUS, respectively. As part of the agreement on the distri-
bution of research reserves in 2021, funds have been earmarked
for research, development and demonstration in support of these
green missions. Furthermore, the Climate Agreement on Energy
and Industry, etc., allocates DKK 202 million for test turbines from
2022-2024 to strengthen experimental and development activities
in renewable energy (target 7.a).
Other initiatives
Technology-neutral procurement processes, test turbine pro-
grammes, Horns Rev 3, Kriegers Flak, Vesterhav North and South,
Open Door scheme for offshore wind, Thor Offshore Wind Farm,
and compensation schemes for neighbours of RE plants.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 107
Nationally
The target of 70% reduction of emissions by 2030, stip-
ulated in the Danish Climate Act and the latest energy
agreement, mostly inform Denmark’s energy policy.
National efforts were marginally boosted by the Energy
Agreement of 2020, but according to the Danish Council
on Climate Change, current measures do not appear to be
sufficient to meet the target set by the Climate Act. This
is because a large proportion of the reductions between
now and 2030 are based upon uncertain technologies such
as carbon capture and storage (CCS). According to the
Council on Climate Change, it will not be possible to guar-
antee the necessary reductions before 2030. Additional
measures and ongoing reductions will be needed between
now and 2030. The decision to end new oil and gas explo-
ration in the North Sea is a necessary measure. However,
the production end date of 2050 is not sufficient and there
remain loopholes in the North Sea Agreement, which
actually make it possible for production to be increased.
The new gas pipeline to Lolland and Falster and the Baltic
Pipe will inevitably either end up as stranded assets or
entail a breach of the reduction targets. These infrastruc-
ture projects thus constitute a risk to the green transition.
The large proportion of bioenergy and the lack of targets
for aviation and shipping also remain problematic. Staking
success on negative emissions via CCS and bioenergy is
a problematic approach, due to the uncertainty around
feasibility; because of the intense need for resources; and
because of the social risks involved. PtX entails risks in the
form of fossil gases and biomass and because it increases
the need for renewable energies which first and foremost
must be used to meet existing needs for electricity and
heating. Any future conversion to biogas must be evalu-
ated in relation to leakage during handling and with regard
to the emissions from, and the conversion goals of, agricul-
ture, including the need to reduce animal production.
Internationally
The development policy priorities for 2021 include a focus
on renewable energies. New sustainability requirements
have been adopted for Denmark’s Investment Fund for
Developing Countries (IFU) which restrict how much
support Denmark can give to fossil-based energy projects
internationally. However, Denmark still contributes to the
Global Infrastructure Facility (GIF) which, among other
things, supports the development of gas infrastructure.
Denmark’s export strategy for renewable energies is
characterised by an excessive focus on middle-income
countries, an expansion of bioenergy and insufficient focus
on civil society involvement and the rights of indigenous
peoples. The EU’s energy strategy remains insufficient
due to its low reduction requirements and increased use
of fossil gases. The Energy Charter Treaty (ECT), which is
a major international obstruction to the green transition,
is currently undergoing a reform process, but the reform
proposals put forward still seek to protect fossil fuel
investments.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Global Aktion, Greenpeace.
Recommendations
• Denmark must develop an action plan for reductions in the energy sector, total energy consumption and
increased efficiency with a target of zero emissions by 2030.
• Denmark must ensure that CCS and other negative emissions are not included in the 70% target.
• Denmark must introduce supplementary accounts which provide a complete picture of emissions from
biomass and set an end date for biomass, no later than 2030.
• Denmark must stop all possibilities to increase North Sea oil and gas production; develop a phase-out plan
for existing North Sea production and cancel the Baltic Pipe and Lolland-Falster gas pipeline.
• The government must compose realistic estimates for future sea and land use for renewable energies,
particularly with regards to SDG 15 and future measures for flexible energy consumption.
Recommendations
• Denmark and the EU must withdraw from the ECT.
• The EU must introduce stricter reduction requirements for CO2 emissions (minimum of 65% by 2030);
ensure that emissions are calculated fairly; remove permits for new fossil gas investments and get rid of
the blending requirement for biofuels in petrol and diesel.
• Denmark must develop an action plan for the technology transfer of renewable energies to low-income
countries and exempt bioenergy from Danish export subsidies.
• Denmark must take the lead in cutting financial support for the GIF and ensuring that all support for
energy projects must comply with a strict definition of renewable energy which excludes bioenergy,
nuclear energy and large-scale hydropower.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
7.2 + 7.B
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
108
The Government’s
Assesments
Promote sustained,
inclusive and
sustainable economic
growth, full and
productiveemployment
and decent work for all.
The Government’s business policy aims to promote economic
growth that is sustainable, inclusive and renewable. The Govern-
ment is working to ensure high levels of employment, to increase
opportunities for participation in the working community, for a just
distribution of growth and prosperity, and to strengthen the frame-
work for the Danish labour market model. A high rate of member-
ship in strong labour unions and employer organisations is at the
core of the Danish model, in which pay and working conditions
are established through the negotiation of agreements by these
parties without interference from the public authorities or the
Danish Parliament. Therefore, the Government will strengthen the
framework for this model, but not interfere in the specific dealings
of the labour unions and employer organisations.
Assessment of targets
8.1 Denmark has a tradition of stability-oriented economic policy
with a long-term planning horizon. This is reflected, among other
things, in a relatively stable growth in GDP per capita.
8.2 Denmark has a well-qualified labour force. Diversification,
technological upgrading and innovation have all contributed to the
high level of value added per employed person in Denmark.
8.3 Denmark has a very formalised labour market, where there are
good opportunities to start a business and good financing possibil-
ities for companies.
8.4 Denmark has a very high consumption of natural resources,
which the Government is seeking to address through an ambitious
transition to a circular economy.
8.5 In Denmark labour and employer organisations contribute to
decent work for all and actively share in the responsibility for the
Government’s social and labour market policies. The results are
evident, for example, in the high employment rates for men and
women, and the high share of people who participate in adult and
continuing education programmes.
8.6 In Denmark, youth unemployment is low – especially com-
pared to most other countries. However, there is still a group of
young people who have challenges in completing their education
and obtaining permanent employment.
8.7 The target is assessed as fulfilled.
8.8 Denmark is among the world leaders. We are constantly rais-
ing the bar, including the through the recent agreement between
the Government, employers and labour unions on a reprioritisation
of health and working safety measures.
8.9 It is estimated that Denmark is well placed in terms of fulfilling
this target, including the establishment of a national strategy for
Danish tourism in 2016, and the preparation of a new national
strategy for sustainable growth in Danish tourism, which is
expected to be finalised and presented in 2021.
8.10 9 out of 10 Danes conduct their banking online and there is
access to bank branches in most of the country.
The Danish model, founded on the strong involvement of labour
and employer organisations, is a major reason that Denmark has
come far in its pursuit of SDG 8. The Danish model has also been
decisive in the establishment of higher pay, better working condi-
tions, and more security and prosperity than in many of the coun-
tries with which we compare ourselves.
Yet there is still potential for further development of the Danish
labour market. The Government’s effort for securing sustainable
progress is important. However, it is also important that Danish
companies take responsibility. The Government’s policies can only
do so much – there is a need for an engaged and active business
community that also takes responsibility – not only the companies
working locally in Denmark, but also the companies that are part of
complex value chains across national borders. Danish companies
are already doing a lot but more can be done. Responsibility is
and must be a part of companies’ core businesses. Therefore, the
Government actively seeks to further advance the work companies
are doing with CSR and the SDGs.
Denmark has a significantly higher consumption of natural
resources than the EU average and has an unfortunate top ranking
in Europe when it comes to generating large amounts of household
waste. The Government has taken up the challenge of achieving
sustainable consumption and production in Denmark, with an
ambitious effort to transition towards a more circular economy.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark is working to establish new partnerships between
Danish businesses, NGOs, local businesses in developing countries
and other stakeholders to promote sustainable projects that can
improve income and jobs in developing countries. Denmark is also
working to promote sustainable economic growth through trade
policy, which includes the advocacy of strong provisions on the
environment, climate and labour rights in EU trade agreements.
Selected initiatives
Stable framework conditions and social responsibility
Danish businesses hold a prominent position in global sectors such
as life science, green technology, transport and foods, which is
largely attributable to the successful development of good busi-
ness ideas into worldwide businesses. The Government is working
to ensure good and stable framework conditions for Danish
businesses so that they can develop the solutions of tomorrow.
Good framework conditions will strengthen productivity growth
and innovation among Danish businesses. The Government is also
actively working to support and promote efforts by businesses in
the areas of social responsibility and the SDGs (target 8.4).
Digitalisation
The Government wants to support digital business and jobs of
the future. The Government will prepare a comprehensive new
digitalisation strategy to enable Denmark to fully capitalise upon
technological opportunities. The Government is therefore estab-
lishing a digitalisation partnership for Denmark’s digital future,
consisting of executives and experts from the Danish business
world, research community, and labour and employer organisa-
tions. The partnership will explore and make recommendations
on how Denmark should take advantage of future digitalisation
opportunities (target 8.2).
Exports: Restart after the Covid-19 crisis
A significant share of Danish businesses depends on being able
to export their goods and services abroad, and Danish exports
are essential for the Danish economy, Danish businesses, and
achieving sustainable economic growth. In 2020, the Government
entered a number of broad political agreements on export pack-
ages to support Danish exports in the light of the pandemic and
the expected decline in international demand. Funding for these
initiatives between now and 2023 amounts to DKK 2.5 billion.
Sustainable tourism
The Government has the goal of Denmark being one of the most
sustainable tourist destinations in the world. In December of 2019,
the Government began efforts to formulate a new national strat-
egy for sustainable growth in Danish tourism under the auspices of
the Danish National Tourism Forum.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 109
Nationally
From a global perspective, the Danish labour market
model has ensured economic growth, a good work life,
good framework conditions and high productivity. This
has in general remained the case between 2017 and today.
However, problems persist with regards to fulfilling SDG 8.
Economic growth must be sustainable, but growth always
means increased pressure on natural resources and a
larger global footprint. Denmark’s ecological footprint is
already much too big. If everyone on earth consumed as
much as the Danes, we would need four planets to cope.
New atypical forms of employment and social dumping
put pressure on salary and labour conditions and under-
mine the Danish labour market model in the long term.
Moreover, there is no equal access to the labour market.
Despite rising employment and a drop in unemployment,
youth unemployment remains twice as high as it is in other
groups. This is the case in particular for people without
qualifications. In general, far too many young people are
neither working nor under education (NEET). At the same
time, employers continue to discriminate on the basis of
ethnicity, age, disabilities and other protected character-
istics mentioned in the Danish Anti-Discrimination Act.
Unemployed people aged between 50 and 65 have difficul-
ties getting a new foothold in the labour market and this in
combination with rigid rules on the transition from work
life to retirement mean a loss of valuable workforce.
Internationally
If the goal of abolishing child and forced labour is to be
reached, greater efforts are required – not just from gov-
ernments but from the corporate sector as well. The prob-
lems are still widespread among the global value chains
of companies. Investigations reveal that the number of
Danish and European companies which act in accordance
with international UN and OECD standards is still much
too low. The Danish development policy strategy states
that Denmark will: “promote more well-functioning labour
markets in developing countries on the basis of labour
rights and social dialogue” with framework conditions
which also include a healthy workforce and the use of
civil society organisations to support vocational training
programmes. But Denmark’s clear opportunity to act as
a catalyst for well-functioning labour markets has been
leveraged very little by changing governments. Den-
mark should create the necessary framework conditions
through development support and simultaneously ensure
that Danish companies and their subcontractors comply
with ILO conventions and the UN’s guidelines for human
rights and business. Interventions will be crucial in order
to create decent jobs for an ever growing workforce of
young people of all genders, within both formal and infor-
mal sectors of commerce and business, and in order to
limit migration.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Amnesty International
Denmark, the Danish United
Nation Association, Global
Seniors.
Recommendations
• Denmark must reduce its overall ecological footprint.
• The government and its social partners on the labour market must draw up a cross-sectorial national action
plan to reduce the NEET figure.
• Denmark must ensure that atypical forms of employment are covered by collective agreements.
• Denmark must seek to combat social dumping, in part through expanded agreements on value chain
responsibility and social clauses as well as tightened controls.
• Denmark must commission systematic studies into the occurrence of discrimination on the labour market.
• Legislation and agreements must ensure a smooth transition from the labour market to retirement in order
to retain valuable workforce.
Recommendations
• Denmark must promote a fundamental reconstruction of international financial institutions so that real
economic activities on a global scale can be kept within the planetary boundaries and remain in line with
people’s basic needs.
• The government must make it mandatory for companies and financial institutions to exercise due diligence
and establish criminal liability through the courts in serious cases.
• Denmark must allocate sufficient development aid to our partner countries in order to ensure the proper
framework conditions for well-functioning labour markets.
• Development aid must be a catalyst for labour market legislation and social dialogue which promotes
decent jobs and sustainable employment.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
8.1 + 8.4-8.8
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
110
The Government’s
Assesments
Build resilient
infrastructure,
promote inclusive
and sustainable
industrialization and
foster innovation.
The Government is working to ensure good and stable framework
conditions for Danish businesses. The Government will strengthen
entrepreneurship, which will contribute to securing the solutions
and jobs of the future. The Government is particularly focused on
decoupling economic growth from increased resource consump-
tion, e.g. by improving resource efficiency and ensuring cli-
mate-friendly energy for industrial production. A central goal is to
achieve a 70% reduction in Denmark’s greenhouse gas emissions
by 2030. As part of these efforts, the Government has established
a close cooperation with the business community in the form of
climate partnerships, whose purpose is to bring Denmark closer
to the fulfilment of the SDG 9 on sustainable industry, a culture of
innovation and infrastructure.
Assessment of targets
9.1 The target is assessed as fulfilled.
9.2 Denmark is continuously working to improve the sustainability
of industry, including through the climate partnerships and electri-
fication efforts. This can be seen in Denmark’s high share of green
exports. The total value contributed to Denmark’s GDP by industry
is also increasing.
9.3 The target is deemed to be fulfilled, as the vast majority of
Danish companies are assessed as having good opportunities
for financing.
9.4 Industry in Denmark has become increasingly sustainable
in step with the introduction of new environmental
requirements.
9.5 The Government has a goal of Denmark investing at least 1%
of GDP in publicly-financed research.
Denmark has come far in terms of fulfilling SDG 9, but more
can and should still be done. The Government supports the use
of green technologies and green fuels by restructuring various
aspects of industrial energy consumption. For example, the
Government is supporting green innovation through Denmark’s
leadership of an international mission to decarbonise shipping, as
part of Mission Innovation. This mission will promote development
throughout the maritime value chain of new ship technology, new
fuels and new energy infrastructure in ports, as well as new regu-
lation through international public-private partnerships. Denmark
is jointly leading the mission together with the United States,
Norway, the Mærsk Mc-Kinney Møller Center for Zero Carbon
Shipping, and the Global Maritime Forum.
There are still industries and infrastructure in Denmark that can
further improve their sustainability and efficient use of resources.
The Government is therefore working on infrastructure that
supports sustainable development; this includes a focus on cli-
mate-friendly materials and recycling, demands for sustainable
infrastructure in tenders, and advocating new regulations that
support carbon-friendly solutions.
Denmark’s international effort
Green and sustainable solutions often require innovation. There-
fore, Denmark has taken the lead in Mission Innovation, a global
initiative comprising the EU Commission and 24 member states
that aims to accelerate global innovation in clean energy.
Denmark is also working to improve developing countries’ oppor-
tunities for developing and financing sustainable infrastructure
projects, including through the Global Infrastructure Facility. In
addition, Denmark supports projects through the Investment
Fund for Developing Countries, which provides expert assistance
and cheap loan financing to support the planning and execution of
sustainable infrastructure projects in the poorest countries.
Selected initiatives
Electrification strategy
In continuation of the 2020 Climate Agreement for Energy and
Industry, the Government will present an electrification strategy.
This strategy will include scenarios for the role of electrification in
relation to the 70% goal (target 9.2).
Climate partnerships
Thirteen climate partnerships have been established in different
business sectors, including manufacturing, energy-intensive indus-
tries, energy and utilities, and land transport. The Green Business
Forum is closely following the work of these climate partnerships
and facilitating dialogue on the green transition between the Gov-
ernment, businesses and labour unions (target 9.2).
Green entrepreneurship
A strong culture of entrepreneurship is an integral part of a
dynamic and innovative business community that can create new
solutions and products, as well as new Danish jobs. This is par-
ticularly true in green industries. Therefore, the Government has
established Denmark’s Green Future Fund with a capacity of DKK
25 billion to help provide green entrepreneurs and businesses with
risk capital for the development and distribution of green solutions
(target 9.3).
Sustainable infrastructure
In the planning, construction and operation of infrastructure pro-
jects, the Government is focusing on reducing negative impacts on
the surrounding environment via measures involving traffic safety,
the environment, biodiversity and noise. This includes a focus on
more climate-friendly materials and recycling, e.g. through the
development of climate-friendly asphalt, and through require-
ments for suppliers in tenders. The Government is also focusing on
expanding and upgrading cycling infrastructure to promote cycling
as a sustainable and healthy mode of transport (target 9.1).
The Technology Pact
Through the Technology Pact, the Government supports projects
that motivate Danes to work and educate themselves in efficient
infrastructure and inclusive and sustainable industrialisation, with
a focus on all target groups from primary school to continuing
training (targets 9.4 and 9.5).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 111
Nationally
Denmark has a highly developed level of infrastructure
and security of supply. The Danish business sector is ori-
ented towards sustainable development, supported by
research and innovation. Challenges in Denmark are con-
centrated on continued high levels of CO2 emissions and
resource consumption and on inequality between urban
and rural areas; e.g. within the transport sector. Since
2010, passenger traffic on the roads has increased by 14%.
During the same period, the number of passenger cars on
the road has increased by almost 20%. The share of total
traffic represented by public transport (buses and trains)
has fallen from approximately 12% to under 11%. Jour-
neys by bicycle have fallen by approximately 20% since
2014. Price developments favour transport by car over
public transport. Intentions to switch to more sustainable
methods of transport have thus far failed. Following sev-
eral years of decline, CO2 emissions from Danish compa-
nies have been rising since 2014. In 2014, CO2 emissions
from all sectors were 63.5 million tonnes. In 2018, when
the latest figures are from, emissions had increased by just
under 4%. Significant emitters of CO2 such as shipping,
aviation and the glass and concrete industry are emitting
more CO2 than before. Emissions from energy supply, on
the other hand, have fallen considerably. In the debate on
the green transition in Denmark, much focus is placed on
reducing CO2 emissions, reducing pollution and increas-
ing the recycling of waste. But a real effort to restrict our
overall footprint is lacking. Denmark is relatively high up in
terms of expenditure on research and development with
a total of 3% of GDP being spent on this. We are in fourth
place in the EU. Public expenditure constitutes 1% of GDP
(the highest in the EU) while expenditure from the public
sector constitutes 2% of GDP. The bulk of public funds
are spent on general science. More and more is being
earmarked for green research. Denmark has a high rate of
patent applications compared to other countries, namely
within green technologies.Denmark is well covered by
digital infrastructure – such as broadband and mobile net-
works. Broadband coverage (10Mbit/s) for private homes
has increased from 96% to 98% since 2017. 98% of the
country has mobile coverage although the networks are of
different qualities and 10% of the network is overloaded.
Internationally
In recent years, Danish support to the development of
industrial production and innovation in developing coun-
tries has been limited, with a large share going through the
Investment Fund for Developing Countries (IFU). With the
future focus of development policy resting on support to
local areas and preventing migration, it will be necessary
to consider new approaches in order to support innovative
start-ups and SMEs in the world’s poorest and most fragile
states.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Global Seniors.
Recommendations
• Denmark must develop a sustainable mobility plan for the conversion of the transport sector.
• Public transport needs to be reinforced through a modernisation of the railway infrastructure, coherent
timetables and transport routes; by fomenting flexible transport options (buses, demand responsive trans-
port, car sharing, etc) and by improving conditions for pedestrians and cyclists all across the country.
• Denmark must convert industry and innovation into circular production by establishing goals and plans for
reducing the consumption of materials such as minerals, for example.
• The government must implement proposals from its 13 climate partnerships and raise the CO2 tax to DKK
1500 per tonne as recommended by the Danish Council on Climate Change.
• Denmark must ensure that all information and communication technologies create digital accessibility and
develop user-friendly systems within all public services.
• The government must resolve to stop the public use of Facebook and other unregulated, private channels
as primary sources of information.
Recommendations
• Denmark must support SMEs and innovative start-ups
• Danish aid must strengthen locals NGOs and small business organisations, in part through a strengthening
of the network around businesses in both the formal and informal sectors.
• The government must work with new ways of incorporating Danish technological knowledge, research and
know-how on sustainability in relation to these companies.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
9.1 + 9.4-9.5 + 9.A-9.B
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
112
The Government’s
Assesments
Reduce inequality
within and among
countries.
Denmark is one of the world’s most equal countries. Seen from an
international perspective, income differences are small and the
share of the population in the low-income bracket is one of the
lowest among OECD countries. However, there are still challenges
in this area and it is the Government’s clear ambition to fight ine-
quality in both Denmark and the rest of the world. At the national
level, the Government is working to ensure more equal opportu-
nities for people with disabilities and to ensure that vulnerable
children receive the right help early in life. Globally and in develop-
ment cooperation efforts, Denmark has a strong focus on combat-
ing economic, political, social and climate-related inequality.
Assessment of targets
10.1 Seen from an international perspective, income differences
are small and the share of the population in the low-income
bracket is one of the lowest among OECD countries.
10.2 Denmark has high voter participation across gender, age and
disability, and a relatively large share of the population is politically
active or participates in associations.
10.3 Denmark has implemented legislation against discrimination
of disabled people and people with mental health issues and par-
ticular social problems. However, Denmark still needs to take steps
to reduce ignorance and prejudices about people with disabilities
and to ensure greater inclusion in society.
10.4 Income inequality, as measured by the Gini coefficient, has
been growing in Denmark since the mid-1990s, as has the share
of the population classified as low income. However, Denmark
remains among the OECD countries with the least income inequal-
ity. Contributing factors in this regard are the high level of partici-
pation in the labour market and the universal social
safety net.
10.5 The target is considered to be fulfilled, as Danish financial
institutions have increased their capital base with regard to
high-risk exposures, and their share of non-performing loans has
declined significantly.
10.6 Denmark is generally working to ensure strong and repre-
sentative international organisations in which developing coun-
tries are ensured co-determination and influence.
10.7 The target is estimated to be met by existing policies on the
area, and future work towards fulfilment of the target is consid-
ered to be stable.
Denmark is one of the world’s most equal countries, with a large
degree of redistribution and a well-developed welfare society
providing free access to education and health care. The Govern-
ment is monitoring developments in inequality through an annual
inequality report that broadly analyses inequality. Because of this,
it is clear that more can be done in this area.
Inequality still exists in Danish society and inequality can have
major consequences for the individual and for society in the shape
of weaker association with the labour market, lower salaries, poor
health and a shorter life expectancy.
Denmark’s international effort
Global developments are moving in the wrong direction, as ine-
quality is growing within and between countries. This includes
economic, political and social inequality, as well as climate-related
inequality, where vulnerable countries and populations are hit
hardest by climate change. Denmark is addressing these trends in
its development cooperation activities, with initiatives encompass-
ing all areas of development cooperation, as well as country-spe-
cific initiatives. In this work, Denmark is particularly focused on
equality, initiatives relating to democracy, and intensified efforts to
manage the consequences of climate change.
Selected initiatives
Just and humane asylum system
The Government is working to ensure orderly, safe, regular and
responsible migration. This is about fighting irregular migration
and eliminating the business model of human traffickers by
relocating asylum seekers to a third country, where their asylum
application will be examined and any subsequent protection will
be provided in that third country, and through controlled resettle-
ment of refugees through the UN instead of spontaneous asylum
application at the border (target 10.7).
The “Children First” reform
The Government and a broad majority of political parties rep-
resented in the Danish Parliament agreed in May 2021 on the
“Children First” reform, which will help vulnerable children and
families earlier and better than today. The agreement allocates
an additional DKK 2 billion in funding in the years 2022 to 2025,
and once fully phased in will provide DKK 734 million in annual
funding. The Government’s measures include a proposed Danish
Child’s Act, which will ensure that the child’s voice is even better
heard, and that children and young people placed outside the home
experience fewer changes of residence and more stability (target
10.2 and 10.3).
Right to fair adaptation
The 2018 law prohibiting discrimination on the grounds of dis-
ability was amended on 1 January 2021 to introduce a right to
fair individualised adaptation in daycare institutions, primary and
lower secondary schools, independent schools and private primary
and lower secondary schools.
Action plan for the prevention of psychological and physical
violence in intimate relationships 2019-2022
This action plan aims to improve and strengthen outpatient pro-
grammes for victims of violence and complements existing pro-
grammes in social services, the healthcare system and the judicial
system to reach more women, men and children subjected to
physical and psychological violence.
Children’s rights package
A children’s rights package for the period 2018-2021 was adopted
to promote the inclusion and empowerment of children. One of
the package’s initiatives aims to expand the right of children to be
involved in and heard regarding their case in the municipal child
services system. Another initiative extends the opening hours of
a direct hotline for children that provides advice and help. A third
initiative aims to raise children’s awareness of their rights, increase
children’s resilience and prevent abuse.
Promoting inclusion
The Rate Adjustment Pool agreement for 2018-2021 allocates
DKK 96.6 million for a civil society strategy. The strategy will help
to combat loneliness and promote participation in communities, so
that vulnerable children, adults, the elderly and people with disa-
bilities who are not part of the labour market increasingly partici-
pate in voluntary communities as volunteers.
Act prohibiting discrimination on the grounds of disability
On 1 July 2018, legislation prohibiting discrimination on the
grounds of disability came into force. The Equal Treatment Board
is authorised to consider complaints regarding instances of illegal
discrimination based on disability that occur outside the labour
market.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 113
Nationally
The last four years have seen rising inequality and declin-
ing social mobility. It has not been possible to secure a
relative increase in income for the bottom 40% of the
population. On the contrary, there has been a decline in
the income share from 22.3% in 2017 to 22.2% in 2019.
At the same time, the richest 10% owns 47.3% of total
net wealth while half of the entire population owns just
less than 5%. There is still a high gender pay gap of 14.5%.
Between 2017 and 2019, the number of children born into
poverty fell from 64,500 to 59,700 but the benefits ceiling
and the so-called integration benefit continue to keep
children under the poverty line. Social inequality is exacer-
bated by rising discrimination. The Ghetto Package (Ghet-
topakken) from 2018 has been criticised by the UN for
being discriminatory and the number of registered hate
crimes has increased by 17% between 2018 and 2019.
The government’s rejection of common refugee policy
solutions across the EU and its desire to undertake asylum
processing in third countries are an obstacle to Denmark’s
promises of international collaboration. Age-based dis-
crimination is widespread and the COVID-19 pandemic
has revealed failures in civil society’s ability to protect the
most frail within its elderly population.
Internationally
Extreme inequality has not diminished over the last four
years. A projection made by the World Bank suggests,
that if income inequality increases by 2% per year, by 2030
there will be up to 860 million more people in the world
living on less than USD 5.50 per day. We also know that
there exists enormous inequalities between those respon-
sible for climate change and those most affected by it, and
that the world’s richest 10% is responsible for more than
half of all global CO2 emissions. In recent years, Denmark
has placed greater focus on gender equality, which has
been expressed via its membership to the UN’s Human
Rights Council. Unfortunately, there has been only little
progress in this area on a global scale, and at the current
rate we will not achieve true gender equality until the year
2099. The world’s rich are still significantly under-taxed
and there has been a lack of wealth redistribution, both of
which have hindered attainment of SDG 10. Tax havens,
including those within the EU, are a central factor in tax
planning. Danish MPs agree that the battle against tax
havens is an important one, however the list unfortunately
remains incomplete. It is problematic that global deci-
sions continue to be taken in the OECD, which does not
include developing countries as members. However some
improvements have occurred; for example, developing
countries were consulted in the BEPS process.
Organisationsparticipating
in this assessment:
Global Seniors, ActionAid,
Oxfam IBIS.
Recommendations
• The Ministry of Finance’s calculation models must be restructured to ensure universal welfare and
Denmark must draw up an action plan to tackle inequality.
• Denmark must abolish the benefits ceiling and the integration benefit and reestablish coverage for
unemployment benefits.
• Denmark must also increase taxation on unearned incomes such as capital gains and inheritance.
• Denmark must abolish the so-called Ghetto Law and draw up an action plan to tackle discrimination.
• Denmark must resist initiatives which externalise asylum processing, work to ensure access to asylum
in Europe by working in solidarity with the EU and introduce a more human refugee policy which
encompasses the annual acceptance of 500 quota refugees.
• The government must work within the UN to strengthen the rights of elderly citizens through a binding
convention on the elderly.
Recommendations
• Denmark must use its development policy strategy to focus on the battle against inequality and poverty
and on how the effects of climate change are felt unequally.
• Denmark’s work to create gender equality must be given greater priority over the course of the next ten
years if SDGs 5 and 10 are to be met.
• Denmark must continue to fight tax havens, in part by working to improve criteria for the European Union’s
tax haven blacklist.
• Denmark must continue to work for full public country-by-country reporting of all companies.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
10.1 - 10.7
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
114
The Government’s
Assesments
Make cities and human
settlements inclusive,
safe, resilient and
sustainable.
Mixed cities and a cohesive Denmark are the basis and goal of
many initiatives launched by the Government in recent years. The
Government has set out to reduce the environmental impact of
cities, ensure access to public transport, ensure access to green
areas for all citizens, and preserve cultural heritage. These initi-
atives build on many years of effort that have made Danish cities
generally safe and secure for all. Furthermore, nearly everyone
living in Denmark has access to housing of a good standard and
access to basic services such as water, sanitation and electricity. A
solid basis thus exists for Denmark to meet SDG 11 on inclusive,
safe, robust and sustainable cities and local communities.
Assessment of targets
11.1 The housing stock of Denmark generally consists of
suitable and safe homes, and the standard of housing is
generally high.
11.2 Denmark has generally come far towards reaching this
target, but continues efforts to ensure even more accessible
and sustainable transport systems.
11.3 With regard to involvement, the target has been fulfilled
for many years already, including in connection with municipal
and local plans. Sustainability is increasingly part of the municipal
planning process.
11.4 Much of Denmark’s natural and cultural heritage is pro-
tected, and a number of initiatives have been launched to ensure
further protection.
11.5 Denmark has regulations and measures to protect against
damage from natural disasters.
11.6 Waste: Nearly all waste in Denmark is collected and
processed.
Air pollution: Air pollution in Denmark’s cities is declining.
11.7 There is public access to nature in private and public areas.
The national government and municipalities work continuously to
establish access to outdoor spaces and recreational
areas.
Denmark has already come far in its work towards SDG 11. The
Government has an ambition of safe cities with a varied mix of
housing types and diverse demographic composition throughout
Denmark. It is important that the cities create environments where
people meet across economic, social and ethnic divides, as these
encounters foster a sense of cohesion on which the welfare society
is based.
Denmark’s cultural heritage is facing great challenges due to
climate change, but this cultural heritage can also be part of the
solution. Denmark has some of the world’s leading practices in
the field of ancient monuments when it comes to monitoring
erosion-threatened sites along the coasts. By exploring sustainable
solutions to the present climate challenges from the perspective
of cultural heritage, and by raising awareness and understanding
of the traditional craftsmanship and materials that are required
for sustainable maintenance of the existing building stock, cul-
tural heritage can contribute to climate-friendly and sustainable
solutions.
Transport companies in Denmark are focused on providing good
ticket products at affordable prices that are suited to passengers’
travel patterns. Efforts are also being made in Denmark to increase
the accessibility of rail transport, and to provide alternative trans-
port options for persons with severe physical disabilities, as well as
blind and visually impaired people who are not able to use public
transport in Denmark without assistance.
Denmark must also be a cohesive country where people can live,
work and obtain education in all parts of the country. Realising
this ambition is made more difficult by the ever-growing divide
between rural and urban areas. Therefore, the Government
will launch a series of initiatives to counteract centralisation in
Denmark.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark participates in international housing cooperation,
e.g. through UNECE, the Committee for Housing and Land
Administration.
As part of the efforts to protect and preserve Denmark’s natural
and cultural heritage, Denmark participates in UNESCO’s conven-
tions, European conventions and directives, and other forms of
international cooperation.
Denmark has a significant involvement in advancing EU regulations
on air pollution, and participation in international agreements.
There are three overarching political frameworks for international
cooperation to reduce air pollution: the Air Quality Directive, the
NEC Directive and the LRTAP Convention.
There is a strong focus internationally on waste and circular econ-
omy, and Denmark is engaged in these efforts.
Selected initiatives
Housing prices in Denmark
As a tool for ensuring socioeconomically diverse cities and lower
housing prices, Danish municipalities have the right to require 25%
social housing in new residential development, which means the
construction of affordable housing for citizens with normal and
low incomes. New urban development areas have been established
in Copenhagen, and additional land expansions are planned by
filling the Port of Copenhagen. This expansion creates new oppor-
tunities for housing, as the physical size of the city grows in step
with the population. The ongoing adjustment of the housing supply
in Danish cities improves the availability of affordable housing
(target 11.1).
Education throughout the country
The Government is committed to ensuring good educational
opportunities throughout Denmark – not just in the big cities.
This helps to create better balance and local development. In late
2020, the Minister for Higher Education and Science approved 41
new education programmes and courses. Of these, 27 are located
outside of the large cities. In their efforts, the educational institu-
tions have ensured that there is a local need among businesses and
employers for the new educational programmes and courses.
Protection and preservation of the world’s natural and cultural
heritage
In Denmark, both the national government and municipalities
make substantial contributions to protecting and preserving the
world’s natural and cultural heritage. At the international level,
these efforts include participation in UNESCO conventions, Euro-
pean conventions and directives, and other forms of international
cooperation. In the field of culture, national preservation efforts
are carried out under the Danish Museums Act and the Building
Protection Act, while municipal planning is a key instrument in
efforts to preserve world heritage sites (target 11.4).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 115
Nationally
Denmark’s cities are generally well-functioning, with
most inhabitants enjoying a good quality of life. There are
plans and initiatives in place to promote sustainability and
reduce climate impact. However, there are also challenges,
especially with regards to urban and rural disparities,
pollution and congestion in cities, as well as unequal hous-
ing conditions. The population in Denmark has increased
by 300,000 since 2010, especially in and around larger
cities. Copenhagen has grown by 20% over the period
and this growth is expected to continue. Housing prices
are rising in the cities and there is a lack of affordable
housing for ordinary people. Many homes in rural areas
are unoccupied and these houses have barely increased
in value for a number of years. The standard of housing in
Denmark is generally good and continuously improving.
However, there are still 20,131 dwellings without a toilet
or shared toilet, 22,913 with shared bathroom facilities
and 41,801 completely without access to a bathroom. A
further 141,500 properties do not have a room for every
occupant. At least 61% of the total housing stock has
energy label D or lower, while 33% have E or lower, which
is to say non-sustainable in terms of energy consumption.
The largest cities are beset by congestion and air pollution.
Even if electric cars will one day replace polluting vehicles,
this will not alleviate the issue of congestion. Public trans-
port is competing for place and space against an increase
in private cars, at the expense of children, the elderly and
people with disabilities. Green spaces in large cities are
under pressure as a result of densification and increased
construction. The distance to recreational green spaces is
often greater than what constitutes a reasonable walking
distance. This requires transport by bike, car or public
transport and impedes children, the elderly and people
with disabilities from enjoying easy access to green spaces.
There are no requirements regarding green spaces in
connection with new constructions.
Internationally
Denmark does not place enough focus on smaller cities
and their role in creating sustainable local communities,
reducing pressure on regional capitals and providing
alternatives to migration. SDG 11 has not been prioritised
within Danish development policy despite the fact that
more than half the world’s population is now urban. By
2050 this will have increased to 6.5 billion people (two-
thirds of the entire global population). Climate change is
putting cities under increasing pressure and the nearly one
billion people who already live in precarious conditions
are most severely impacted. More and more cities and
settlements must therefore implement integrated policies
and plans for inclusion, resource efficiency, adaptation to
climate change and disaster resilience. Support must be
granted to the least developed countries in the form of
financial and technical aid so as to avoid slums and to build
sustainable and robust buildings using local materials.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Global Seniors.
Recommendations
• Denmark must build more public housing in places where there is a housing shortage and renovate or
demolish uninhabited houses in rural areas.
• All Danish homes must be brought up to at least energy label C and everyone must have a dwelling with its
own toilet and bathroom, and at least one room per occupant.
• Denmark must create coherence in its public transport schedules, make public transport cheaper and power
its public transport using renewable energies.
• Denmark must impose higher CO2 taxes on polluting vehicles and establish more spaces for electric vehicles.
• Denmark must introduce a congestion charge for cars in larger cities and improve conditions for
pedestrians and cyclists.
• Denmark must include natural spaces which are accessible by foot as part of its urban and national planning
and establish requirements for proximity to green spaces/natural areas for all new developments.
Recommendations
• In its development policy, Denmark must place much greater focus on urban development in smaller cities
and support the construction of inclusive and secure urban communities which provide access to adequate
housing and help prevent the formation of unsafe slums.
• Denmark must ensure and support access to political and economic participation for vulnerable groups
and place greater focus on strengthening both local authorities and grassroots organisations in the most
disadvantaged urban areas.
• Internationally, Denmark must support a redoubled focus on inclusive urban development.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
11.1-11.3 + 11.7 + 11.A
+ 11.C
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
116
The Government’s
Assesments
Ensure sustainable
consumption and
production patterns.
Denmark has an ambition to be a frontrunner in responsible
consumption and production. Embracing this challenge, the Gov-
ernment has introduced an ambitious plan that will accelerate
Denmark’s transition to a more circular economy. Measures to
support the transition to a circular economy include various initia-
tives under the June 2020 Agreement on a climate plan for a green
waste sector and circular economy, the Government’s strategy
for green public procurement from October 2020, and the March
2021 political agreement on a nationals strategy for sustainable
construction. These efforts are combined in the Government’s
Action Plan for a Circular Economy, which includes goals to reduce
waste and improve the utilisation of natural resources, as well as
increased and better recycling.
Assessment of targets
12.1 Denmark has an action plan for circular economy.
12.2 Denmark consumes a large amount of natural
resources.
12.3 Denmark generates large and relatively stable amounts of
food waste.
12.4 Denmark has signed the relevant international agreements,
but has relatively large amounts of hazardous waste and insuffi-
cient sorting.
12.5 Denmark generates large and relatively stable amounts of
household waste per capita.
12.6 Denmark introduced mandatory CSR reporting for large
companies in 2010 and is continuously working to strengthen
companies’ CSR reporting. The number of companies subject
to the reporting requirement is defined by law and has been
stable at around 1,100 companies since the introduction of the
requirement.
12.7 In October 2020, Denmark adopted a strategy for green
public procurement.
12.8 The Danish Environmental Protection Agency provides
information on the sustainable use of nature, including through
eco-labelling schemes. Denmark also conducts information cam-
paigns about sustainable lifestyles.
Denmark is a frontrunner when it comes to green public procure-
ment and environmentally sound handling of chemicals and waste
products. Denmark also has one of the world’s lowest rates of
landfill use for waste disposal. However, there may still be room for
improvement in terms of increased recycling and reducing waste.
Denmark has a significantly higher consumption of natural
resources than the EU average and has an unfortunate top ranking
in Europe when it comes to generating large amounts of household
waste. The Government has taken up the challenge of achieving
sustainable consumption and production in Denmark, with an
ambitious effort to transition towards a more circular economy.
Denmark’s international effort
In the EU, Denmark is working for an ambitious implementation of
the European Commission’s new action plan for a circular econ-
omy introduced in March 2020. Denmark is actively advocating
a quantitative goal for waste reduction that supports target 12.5
on reducing waste volumes by 2030. Denmark has also been a
member of the Friends of Fossil Fuel Subsidy Reform since 2010
and is working internationally to phase out ineffective subsidies
for fossil fuels, and aims to put this topic on the WTO’s agenda.
These are important contributions towards reaching target 12.c on
phasing out harmful subsidies. Denmark is also part of the interna-
tional initiative Champions 12.3, which aims to increase efforts to
reduce food waste at a global level.
Selected initiatives
Recycling
To increase recycling, reduce the incineration of waste and
lower carbon emissions from the waste sector, in June 2020 the
Government entered into the Agreement on a climate plan for a
green waste sector and circular economy. The agreement includes
measures for increased and more streamlined waste sorting and
requirements to reduce loss in the recycling of plastic waste. Waste
inspection will be improved and risk-based to prevent the incinera-
tion of recyclable waste. Conditions for the recycling sector will be
changed so that future investments will be made in recycling plants
rather than incineration. Capacity will also be reduced at Danish
incineration plants so that Denmark reduces its imports of plastic
waste for incineration (targets 12.1, 12.2 and 12.5).
Environmentally friendly design
The Government is working to promote a more circular economy
through the Eco-design Directive and the Swan and Flower eco-la-
bels. Eco-labels help to raise awareness and understanding of
sustainable production and consumption in a life-cycle perspective.
Sustainable building and production
In March 2021, the Government entered into a political agreement
on a national strategy for sustainable building, which aims to bring
about increased quality, durability and health in the building sector,
as well as a focus on lower resource consumption, thereby pro-
moting solid sustainable buildings with a long service life, building
processes with lower waste of materials, eliminating poor building
practices, and implementing energy consumption requirements.
Combating food waste
Denmark has long worked with the prevention and reduction of
food waste. Public-private partnerships have been established in
this area, and legislation has been amended in an effort to reduce
food waste. Awareness campaigns have been conducted to ensure
consumers’ understanding of date marking, as well as the options
available to business for donating food. Denmark has an official food
waste day, which includes a digital awareness campaign conducted
on that day. Furthermore, ONE\THIRD – a think tank on prevention
of food waste and food loss – was established in 2019. ONE\THIRD
oversees the implementation of Denmark’s voluntary agreement on
reduction of food waste, which invites food industry representatives
to sign a pledge to reduce their food waste by 50% before 2030.
Green public procurement
In autumn 2020, the Government introduced a strategy for green
public procurement that requires the purchase of eco-labelled
products in selected categories and the use of total cost as the
economic price parameter. Additional measures include the intro-
duction of a competence development process, a Charter for Good
and Green Procurement, and continued development of guidelines,
requirements and tools for green procurement. The strategy also
includes an initiative on a common national food policy based on
the official dietary guidelines – good for health and the climate.
A model for calculating the climate impacts of public purchases
is also being developed, which will provide a basis for setting a
reduction target in late 2021.
Political agreement on Strategy for Circular Economy (Sep. 2018):
The strategy consists of 15 initiatives within the following six focus
areas: 1) Strengthen companies as a driver of the circular transi-
tion; 2) Support circular economy through data and digitalisation;
3) Promote circular economy through design; 4) Change consump-
tion patterns through circular economy; 5) Create a well-function-
ing market for waste and recycled raw materials; and 6) Get more
value out of buildings and biomass.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 117
Nationally
In Denmark, we consume natural resources at such a rate
that it would take four Earths for the entire population
to live like we do. Denmark’s greatest challenge is our
consumption, measured as ecological footprints, which
must also encompass renewables, mineral-based and fossil
fuels. In December, the government presented a draft
action plan for a circular economy 2020–2032, which
unfortunately focused too little on the reuse of products
and too much on recycling materials. It said virtually noth-
ing about reducing consumption. A Dane produces more
waste than any other EU citizen, according to Eurostat.
In 2020, the current government presented a strategy
for green public procurement, but the strategy primarily
consisted of vague ambitions with regards to CO2 and
contained very little reference to environmental and
natural resources, with no mention whatsoever of socially
responsible public procurement. According to the Danish
Consumer Council (Forbrugerrådet Tænk), 19 in 20 Danish
consumers expect products and goods to be manufac-
tured responsibly. Moreover, seven in ten consumers are
prepared to pay more for products which are produced
responsibly, especially if they can access credible infor-
mation about the item. Without the active involvement
of all citizens, it will not be possible to overhaul society’s
consumption habits. The SDGs must therefore be incor-
porated into formal education, but also disseminated
through informational campaigns aimed at encouraging
citizens to adopt more sustainable lifestyles and shopping
habits, to recycle more and to reduce their consumption.
Internationally
The majority of Danish businesses are still lagging behind
when it comes to corporate social responsibility in several
sectors. It is expected that the problem will be addressed
through legislation at EU level, but this does not absolve
the government of responsibility for the efforts and
actions of Danish companies and financial institutions.
According to a new Voxmeter survey conducted by
Amnesty International Denmark, seven in ten Danes
believe there is a need for legislation on responsible cor-
porate conduct.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
The Danish Society for
Nature Conservation,
Amnesty International
Denmark, the Danish United
Nation Association.
Recommendations
• Denmark must develop and implement an action plan for responsible consumption and production as part of
a broader action plan for the SDGs.
• The government must present an overall strategy for a sustainable public procurement policy which
incorporates all aspects of sustainability and applies at all levels: to the state, the regions and the
municipalities.
• Denmark must use economic instruments to regulate behaviours, with a social balance.
Recommendations
• It must be made mandatory for companies and financial institutions to exercise due diligence and they
must be subject to criminal liability through the courts in serious cases.
• Denmark must stop its import of palm oil, soy and wood from non-sustainable producers and its import of
irresponsibly traded fish and seafood.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
12.1-12.2 + 12.4-12.8
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
118
The Government’s
Assesments
Take urgent action to
combat climate change
and its impacts.
Denmark is working ambitiously on the national and international
stage to combat the climate crisis and its consequences. Denmark
strives to be a leading nation in the green transition and the Gov-
ernment has already adopted legislation that will ensure a 70%
reduction of the country’s greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 and
climate neutrality by 2050. Since the formation of the current
Government, Denmark has taken measures that will reduce green-
house gas emissions by 9.1 million tonnes CO2e in 2030. Interna-
tionally, Denmark utilises its positions of strength in connection
with our commitment to the UN Climate Convention and Paris
Agreement, Danish and EU-based climate diplomacy, government
cooperation with other countries, export promotion efforts, green
development assistance and more. With these measures, Denmark
is making substantial contributions to fulfilling SDG 13.
Assessment of targets
13.1 Denmark has regulations and measures to counter the
impacts of climate change, even though these remain partially
unknown.
13.2 The goals of the Danish Climate Act are among the most
ambitious climate goals in the world. The Act ensures a sweeping
transition in all sectors towards 2030 and 2050, and puts action
behind the ambition of Denmark being a leading green
country. The latest projections show that Denmark is expected to
have reduced its emissions by 55% in 2030 compared to 1990. The
Government will also take initiatives to ensure further reductions
to the coming years.
13.3 A range of Danish efforts pertain to this target, and new pro-
jects and initiatives are regularly under consideration to further
efforts towards meeting the target.
Denmark is among the world leaders when it comes to incorporat-
ing climate initiatives into political decisions and planning. These
efforts are supported by the Climate Act enacted in 2020. With an
extensive transition effort across sectors, Denmark is on the right
path towards reducing greenhouse gas emissions in accordance
with the targets of the Climate Act.
To reach the 70% goal, however, it is still necessary to further
reduce emissions by approximately 10 million tons CO2e by 2030.
Therefore, significant development efforts are necessary to bring
technologies with great potential to reduce emissions closer to the
market and lower in price.
Denmark’s international effort
Through development cooperation and climate assistance, Den-
mark provides bilateral and multilateral support to developing
countries in their green transitions and adaptation to climate
change. Denmark’s climate-relevant development assistance in
2019 amounted to DKK 2.1 billion and is expected to increase in
the coming years. Development cooperation efforts actively sup-
port the Paris Agreement, while also contributing to the fulfilment
of target 13.b on support mechanisms for planning and managing
climate change. Furthermore, Denmark has doubled its contribu-
tion to the Green Climate Fund, which now amounts to DKK 800
million from 2020-2022, to support reduction and adaptation
projects in developing countries, thus contributing to the fulfil-
ment of target 13.a on the implementation of the UN Framework
Convention on Climate Change.
Selected initiatives
The Danish Climate Act
The Danish Climate Act, passed on 18 June 2020 by a broad
majority of the Danish Parliament, establishes the framework
for Denmark’s national climate-related efforts. The Climate Act
contains a legally-binding target of a 70% reduction in greenhouse
gas emissions by 2030 compared to 1990, and a long-term goal
of climate neutrality by 2050 in support of the 1.5-degree target
of the Paris Agreement. With the adoption of the Climate Act,
Denmark has further integrated measures to fight climate change
through national policy (target 13.2).
Information and citizens panel
The Government has taken a number of initiatives to ensure broad
involvement of Danish stakeholders and further raise awareness
about counteracting climate change, both of which contribute to
fulfilling target 13.3. The Government initiated Denmark’s first
citizens’ panel on climate change, launched a number of initiatives
relating to food, and maintained its support of the Youth Climate
Council, which works to inform and engage Danish youth in climate
change efforts. The Government has established 13 climate part-
nerships to involve the private sector in efforts to reach the Danish
climate goals.
Green tax reform
In December 2020, the Government entered into an agreement
with the Liberal Party, the Social Liberal Party, the Socialist Peo-
ple’s Party, and the Conservatives on a green tax reform, which
between now and 2030 will introduce higher taxes on emissions
of climate-damaging greenhouses gases. The reform establishes a
basis for a green transition of Danish businesses and will be carried
out in two phases. The structure of the reform provides time for
businesses to invest in and develop sustainable solutions, so as to
protect and preserve Danish jobs and competitiveness.
Climate adaptation
The Government has introduced new rules on climate adaptation
by wastewater management companies, which will ensure the
initiation of more projects. The work of developing a new compre-
hensive climate adaptation plan also commenced in 2020. This plan
will be released in 2022, and will help to ensure that future climate
adaptation efforts are managed with holistic consideration of
groundwater, cloudbursts, coastal areas and watercourses (targets
13.1 and 13.2).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 119
Nationally
From 2017 onwards, climate change has moved higher
and higher up the agenda for both people and politicians.
The Danish Parliament has passed a binding climate act
which stipulates a 70% reduction of emissions by 2030
and climate neutrality no later than 2050. It has also given
considerable political power to the Council on Climate
Change and entered into an agreement to stop new oil
exploration in the North Sea. This is a breakthrough for
climate action. However, the government has not yet
developed a long-term climate action plan, which specifies
how the 2030 target is to be achieved. Several agreements
reached in 2020 on e.g. energy, waste and transport, are
expected to contribute about one-third of the necessary
reductions ahead of 2030. The government is thus
adopting a so-called ‘hockey-stick’ strategy, which relies
on as-of-yet unproven technological solutions to enable
significant emissions reductions shortly before the 2030
deadline. Such a strategy is highly uncertain, potentially
expensive and incompatible with the 1.5 degree target of
the Paris Agreement. Moreover, Denmark also needs to
develop climate action plans for specific sectors, such as
agriculture among others. Finally, Denmark has not yet
taken responsibility for its climate impact abroad which,
we are directly responsible for as part of our overall foot-
print and which includes emissions from air travel and the
production of imported goods such as soy proteins.
Internationally
Denmark must live up to its global responsibility and take
the lead in the battle against climate change. Between
2017 and 2021, Denmark has not lived up to its inter-
national responsibility in relation to climate finance. At
COP15, Denmark committed to provide new and addi-
tional climate aid as a part of the overall commitment
made by rich countries, with Denmark’s fair share amount-
ing to DKK five billion per year. Denmark currently pro-
vides around half that amount and since 2015, almost all
of the climate finance is taken from the development aid,
which is set at 0.7% of GDP, meaning that that the world’s
poorest are left to pay for Denmark’s international climate
efforts. This makes it difficult to consider Denmark as a
pioneer country in the green transition. The close relation
between climate change, natural resources and conflict
exacerbates existing challenges for especially vulnerable
groups, such as refugees and internally displaced persons,
indigenous peoples, etc, who often live in the areas which
are most vulnerable to the effects of climate change.
According to the UN, 40% of all violent conflicts over the
last 60 years are rooted in access to scarce and dwindling
natural resources. Denmark has failed to sufficiently
integrate this context into its international efforts. More-
over, Denmark has not taken a position on how developing
countries affected by climate catastrophes should be
helped. This must be done with full respect for human
rights, which is crucial in order to break down the silo
mentality which exists between the Paris Agreement and
the SDGs.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Care Denmark, Danish
Refugee Council, WWF
Denmark.
Recommendations
• Denmark must follow a linear reduction path towards 2030 in accordance with the original calculations and
aim for climate neutrality by no later than 2040.
• The Danish government must develop a long-term climate plan with binding milestones which covers all
sectors and illustrates how the 2030 and 2040 goals will be achieved.
• A general climate tax must be introduced and gradually stepped up to DKK 1500 per tonne CO2 by 2030.
• The government must integrate efforts to reduce Denmark’s overall footprint in the global climate strategy.
Recommendations
• Denmark must contribute DKK five billion per year in new and additional climate aid, which is to say an
amount on top of the 0.7% of GDP given as international development aid.
• Ahead of COP26, Denmark must work to agree on an action plan, which ensures that global climate
finance, as agreed, is balanced between climate change adaptations and reducing emissions. To help correct
the existing imbalance, 70% of Danish climate aid should be allocated to climate change adaptations in the
poorest countries.
• Danish aid for climate change adaptations should place focus on displaced and vulnerable population
groups and the importance of safeguarding healthy ecosystems, thereby reducing the risk of conflict and
increasing climate resilience.
• Denmark must work to establish an international disaster relief fund with several sources of funding, which
can be used when poor countries are affected by climate disasters.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
13.2 + 13.A
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
120
The Government’s
Assesments
Conserve and
sustainably use the
oceans, seas and
marine resources
for sustainable
development.
Denmark is working actively to ensure the sustainable use of
marine environments. To ensure that future generations can also
benefit from marine resources, it is important to achieve and
maintain good environmental conditions in marine ecosystems.
Through Denmark’s marine strategy, marine area plans, Natura
2000 plans, and the country’s first sea plan, the Government is
working to preserve and ensure sustainable use of the seas and
their resources. Denmark is also contributing to SDG 14 through
its engagement in international efforts relating to the marine
environment and sustainable management of the seas, as well as
the EU Common Fisheries Policy.
Assessment of targets
14.1 Generally good environmental conditions have not been
achieved in the Danish marine areas.
14.2 Regulations are in force to ensure the protection and
restorations of ecosystems, but threshold values to support eco-
system-based administration have not been established. Such
threshold values could be used to assess the extent to which good
environmental conditions have been achieved, and to set environ-
mental targets that support efforts in this respect.
14.3 Sea acidification is increasing.
14.4 The goal has not be reached for all stocks, but the fish stocks
primarily harvested by Danish fisheries have been gradually
improving over the past 10 years.
14.5 Nearly 20% of Danish coastal and marine areas are des-
ignated as protected areas, and the Government has proposed
similar designation of additional areas.
14.6 The EU Common Fisheries Policy sets out rules for the
awarding of state subsidies to the fisheries sector.
14.7 Not relevant in Denmark.
Efforts to achieve good environmental conditions in Danish
waters are primarily conducted through Denmark’s implementa-
tion of EU regulations such as the Water Framework Directive, the
Marine Strategy Directive and the nature directives. Efforts under
the regional maritime conventions HELCOM (Baltic Marine Envi-
ronment Protection Commission) and OSPAR (Convention for the
Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic)
also contribute to reaching this goal.
Denmark’s primary challenges relating to SDG 14 are the impacts
of nutrients, invasive species, fisheries and underwater noise.
Establishing good environmental conditions in the Danish marine
areas will require national and international efforts. It may also
take many years to establish good environmental conditions due to
natural conditions in the seas.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark is working in other international forums as well to shape
the framework for efforts relating to marine waste, protected
waters outside of national jurisdiction, and new global nature
goals, including a goal of 30% protected areas in the world’s oceans
and seas. These efforts contribute to fulfilling targets 14.1, 14.2
and 14.5. Denmark is also working to achieve a good marine envi-
ronment through the regional maritime conventions, HELCOM
and OSPAR, and to protect the Arctic marine environment through
PAME under the auspices of the Arctic Council. Denmark is also
engaged in the EU Strategy for Ocean Governance, whose objec-
tive is to work for better and more sustainable marine manage-
ment globally. This strategy focuses on collaboration with devel-
oping countries to ensure a healthy and good marine environment
that protects the oceans as a common resource.
Selected initiatives
Combating plastic pollution
Somewhere between 70% to 90% of marine waste consists of
plastic. Denmark is therefore working to reduce plastic waste in
marine environments. This includes the adoption of a plastic action
plan and the implementation of the EU Single-Use Plastics Direc-
tive. In addition, EU member states, including Denmark, have com-
mitted to work for a global agreement on plastic. Together with
France and the Netherlands, Denmark has also taken the initiative
for the European Plastics Pact, which aims to stop unnecessary use
and increase recycling of plastic (target 14.1).
Fishing
Denmark works within the EU Common Fisheries Policy’s frame-
work to support sustainable fishing, better utilisation of resources,
and ecosystem-based fishery management. The landing obliga-
tion contributes to a more sustainable utilisation of fish stocks.
Denmark is introducing electronic monitoring on fishing vessels
in the Kattegat to ensure compliance with the landing obligation.
Denmark also supports coastal fishing through a special voluntary
scheme that makes gentle coastal fishing more attractive (targets
14.4, 14.b. and 14.6).
Protected areas
Denmark has designated nearly 20% of its coastal and marine
areas as protected. The Government has also proposed the desig-
nation of six new marine bird protection areas and 13 new marine
strategy areas. In the marine strategy areas, fishing with bottom
trawling gear, the extraction of resources such as oil, dumping, and
the erection of wind turbines are prohibited. Under the proposal,
parts of 12 of the marine strategy areas will be designated as
strictly protected, which means a ban on all fishing. With the new
designations, approximately 30% of Danish marine areas will be
protected.
Green shipping
Denmark works in international forums and through strategic
sector collaborations to strengthen efforts in green shipping,
which includes making ships more energy-efficient so that they
emit fewer harmful particles, and by implementing and developing
the Ballast Water Convention in the IMO (target 14.1).
Denmark decided to cease the issuance of new permits, effective
1 January 2019, for the extraction of raw materials in the north-
ern Øresund
The existing permits expire no later than 2025, after which time
the northern Øresund will be kept free of raw material extraction,
thus benefiting the marine ecosystem.
Adoption of Marine Strategy II (April 2019):
Marine strategies must contribute to achieving good environ-
mental conditions in the sea. These strategies must be updated
once every six years. The first part of the strategy from April
2019 defines “good environmental conditions” and assesses the
current status of Danish marine areas. The strategy also sets 68
specific targets for improving the environmental conditions of
Danish marine areas. The overall objective of the Marine Strategy
Directive is to achieve good environmental conditions in all marine
areas, but this was not achieved by 2020.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 121
Nationally
The seas around Denmark are not in a good state. For
example, seven out of eight marine habitat types have
a ‘considerably unfavorable conservation status’. Even
if 18% of the sea has been designated as marine pro-
tected areas, only 1.4% is actually protected against
bottom-trawl fishing operations and only 0.02% (21.8
km2) is covered by a complete fishing ban. The extraction
of rocks and gravel is permitted in sensitive marine areas.
Moreover, the seepage of plant nutrients and pesticides
from agriculture constitute a great threat to the marine
environment, particularly within inland Danish waters.
The consequences include, among others, areas with
extensive oxygen depletion and unhealthy cod stocks in
the Baltic Sea, Kattegat Strait and the North Sea. Never-
theless, catch limits for cod, herring, eel, etc, have been
set at higher levels than what researchers recommend.
There is a lack of management plans for critically endan-
gered marine stocks in the Baltic Sea and inadequate
fishery controls using video surveillance. We possess
the necessary knowledge and technology to take devel-
opment in the right direction. In 2021, there are several
points of impact which Denmark can use to secure a
more sustainable and eco-system-based management of
marine resources. These include the Maritime Spatial Plan
(Havplan), the River Basin Management Plans (Vandom-
rådeplanerne) and the Action Programme of the Marine
Strategy Framework Directive.
Internationally
It is estimated that a total of one billion people, primarily
in developing countries, are dependent on fish as their
primary source of income and protein and that many more
are dependent on fish as an important supplement to
their diets. Nevertheless, the Danish development policy
strategy and international efforts give little priority to the
conservation of the world’s marine ecosystems. The global
marine environment is challenged by resource extraction,
climate change, acidification, pollution and plastic waste.
94% of the world’s fishing stocks are either overfished
or fished to maximum capacity . Mangrove forests,
coral reefs and seagrass meadows are among the most
endangered ecosystems on the planet . Due to a globally
increasing focus on ‘blue growth’, international small-scale
fishing movements fear that their ability to subsist on
marine resources will be further undermined. Within the
EU context, Denmark has blocked other countries from
introducing fishing restrictions in protected areas. At the
same time, the EU’s free-trade agreements mean that
small-scale fishing operations in developing countries lose
control over fishing resources when the EU buys access
to their waters. The EU’s biodiversity strategy and the
forthcoming UN biodiversity conference CBD COP-15 will
have a major impact on how we manage and protect our
seas and oceans in the future. In this regard, it is important
to designate protected marine areas, to ensure the access
of small-scale fishing operations and indigenous peoples
to marine areas and to increase the proportion of marine
protected areas under strict protection to at least 30%.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
The Danish Society for
Nature Conservation, Global
Seniors, Our Fish, WWF
Denmark.
Recommendations
• Denmark must raise its level of ambition and secure marine governance which is efficient and eco-system-
based through the Maritime Spatial Plan.
• 100% of Danish waters must be managed sustainably, 33% subject to special protections and 10% untouched.
• Denmark must fulfil the objectives for marine protection so that protected marine areas do not merely
become ‘paper parks’, and it must oblige fishers to collect and recover lost fishing equipment (ghost gear).
• Nitrogen, phosphorous and pesticide emissions from agriculture must be reduced in order to revitalise the ocean.
• Sensitive coastal areas and vital fishing habitats must be protected, in part by reviewing the Danish Executive
Order on Trawling (Trawlbekendtgørelsen).
• Electronic fishery controls must be extended to ensure compliance with international agreements and
obligations.
Recommendations
• Denmark must work within the EU to ensure that fishing restrictions are set in line with scientific advice,
within the EU and in marine areas shared with third parties, and to ensure a strengthened EU position in UN
negotiations on a treaty for the conservation and sustainable use of the ocean’s biodiversity in areas outside
national jurisdictions.
• Strong institutional frameworks must be secured globally through a CBD COP15, which must have deci-
sion-making powers and funding to pursue biodiversity efforts at sea.
• Denmark must work for the EU to raise import requirements to promote sustainably caught and traceable
fish products.
• Danish development aid must support projects which ensure and promote biodiversity.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
14.1-14.3 + 14.5-14.6
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
122
The Government’s
Assesments
Protect, restore and
promote sustainable
use of terrestrial
ecosystems,sustainably
manage forests, combat
desertification, and
halt and reserve land
degradation and halt
biodiversity loss.
Denmark is continuously working in support of protection, restora-
tion and sustainable use of ecosystems and forests, and to promote
and improve biodiversity. This is done through national legislation,
EU directives, and a number of international UN conventions on
the climate, biodiversity and desertification. Approximately 60%
of Denmark’s land mass is used for agriculture. The Government
wants more wild nature, more untouched forest and more cohesive
designated areas where nature is allowed to exist with less human
interference than today.
Assessment of targets
15.1 Much of Denmark’s natural areas are in less than favourable
condition. The nature and biodiversity package aims to improve
the conditions for nature and biodiversity.
15.2 There is a political focus on sustainable forestry, e.g. by estab-
lishing untouched forests.
15.3 The Danish Ministry of the Environment has mapped out
contaminated sites in Denmark and a prioritised effort is being
made to clean up these sites.
15.4 Not relevant for Denmark.
15.5 The Danish red list was updated in 2019. A comparison with
the previous red list from 2010 showed a decline in the red list
index value. This indicates that species in Denmark have become
more endangered in the period 2010-2019. As part of the nature
and biodiversity package, a strategy for the management of endan-
gered species will be developed.
15.6 Denmark has ratified the Nagoya Protocol.
15.7 Denmark has implemented the Convention on International
Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora through the
CITES Regulation in the EU. The Convention is implemented by
monitoring and regulating trade in endangered species.
15.8 Denmark has adopted legislation and allocated resources to
combat and monitor invasive species.
15.9 Denmark primarily contributes to implementing the UN’s
strategic plan for biodiversity through the EU Biodiversity Strat-
egy. Statistics Denmark has largely implemented the System of
Environmental-Economic Accounting (SEEA) in the Green National
Accounts, with the exception of ecosystem accounting.
The Government supports the European Commission’s biodi-
versity strategy, whose aims include the establishment of more
protected areas in the EU. The Government is also actively work-
ing for an ambitious agreement on new global nature goals under
the UN Biodiversity Convention (UNCBD), including a goal of
30% protected land areas globally. The Government also supports
an EU goal of 30% protected areas, of which one-third are to be
strictly protected. In December 2020, the Government entered
an agreement with the Social Liberal Party, the Socialist People’s
Party, the Red-Green Alliance, and The Alternative on a nature
and biodiversity package that will promote nature and biodiversity
in Denmark, contribute to stopping the disappearance of wild
ecosystems by establishing protected forests and national parks,
and initiate the preparation of a strategy for the management of
endangered species.
As a small country with a dense population and intensive land
utilisation, Denmark is continuously working to optimise the
utilisation of resources and land in a sustainable and environmen-
tally-friendly way. One challenge faced by Denmark is that much of
the country’s natural areas under the jurisdiction of the EU Habitat
Directive are in an unfavourable condition. This is the case for
many forests, meadows and coastal areas.
Denmark’s international effort
Denmark is active in the international fight against deforestation,
including the Amsterdam Partnership, which aims to support initi-
atives that promote responsible production of agricultural com-
modities – such as soy, palm oil and cocoa – without deforestation,
which contributes to fulfilling target 15.2 on deforestation.
Globally, Denmark is an active participant in the UN Biodiversity
Convention and has ratified the international agreement on access
to and use of genetic resources – an agreement that protects biodi-
versity by ensuring fair distribution of benefits. This helps to fulfil
target 15.6 on access to genetic resources. Denmark is also active
in international cooperation to combat trafficking in endangered
animals and plants under the CITES Convention, protect migratory
species under the Bonn Convention (CMS), and protect wetlands
under the RAMSAR Convention. These efforts help to fulfil targets
15.1 on ecosystems, 15.5 on biodiversity and 15.7 and 15.c, both
of which deal with poaching and protected species. Denmark’s
primary contribution to target 15.9 on implementing the UN’s stra-
tegic plan for biodiversity is through the EU’s biodiversity strategy.
Selected initiatives
Denmark’s nature
In December 2020, the Government reached an agreement with
the Social Liberal Party, the Socialist People’s Party, the Red-
Green Alliance, and The Alternative on a nature and biodiversity
package (targets 15.1, 15.2 and 15.5). Denmark’s national forest
programme from 2018 maps out challenges and opportunities in
forestry and sets goals and a direction for sustainable development
of Denmark’s forests, including goals for total forest area and
biodiversity. Forests currently cover nearly 15% of Denmark’s total
land mass, and the Danish Forest Act aims to promote sustainable
forestry and increase the total forest area.
Framework for nature management
As a small country with a dense population and intensive land
utilisation, Denmark is continuously working to optimise the
utilisation of resources and land in a sustainable and environ-
mentally-friendly way. A significant framework for Danish nature
policy is the Danish Nature Conservation Act, as well as the EU
nature directives and the EU Regulation on Invasive Alien Species,
including the Birds Directive, the Habitat Directive and the Water
Framework Directive (targets 15.1, 15.5 and 15.8).
International responsibility
The Government supports the conservation of the world’s bio-
diversity and nature areas, and works to ensure that 30% of the
world’s land areas are protected to ensure biodiversity globally
(target 15.5). Denmark is active in the international fight against
deforestation, including the Amsterdam Partnership, which aims to
support initiatives that promote responsible production of agri-
cultural commodities – such as soy, palm oil and cocoa – without
deforestation (target 15.2).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 123
Nationally
Danish nature is under continued and persistent pres-
sures. Recent developments in the state of Danish biodi-
versity indicate predominantly negative trends. This can
be seen both from the updated Red List of Danish species,
which reveals the extent to which certain species are
endangered, and also from the latest reports submitted
to the EU regarding implementation of the EU’s Habitats
Directive. This shows that only 5% of habitat types have a
favourable conservation status, 95% have an unfavorable
status, while the status for all ten forest types are ‘highly
unfavourable’. Many goals and SDG targets should already
have been met by 2020, but in reality they are far from
being reached. The loss of biological diversity in Danish
nature is due primarily to the intensification of agriculture
and forestry, e.g. in the form of drainage and cultivation,
but also to construction and infrastructure which has
gradually pushed untouched nature further back. Efforts
to protect and manage Danish nature have thus far not
been sufficient to curb the loss of biodiversity and have in
no way managed to put current negative developments
back on to a more positive track. Increased political aware-
ness and the concrete initiatives implemented by changing
governments will hopefully benefit nature in the long run.
Among the positive elements that we are still waiting to
see the effects of are the designation of untouched forest, a
ban on the fertilisation and spraying of Section 3 areas and
the promise of 75,000 hectares of untouched forest and a
total of 15 natural national parks on the latest Finance Act.
Internationally
Denmark’s contributions to international biodiversity
have been characterised by inadequate reporting and
insufficient allocating of resources to relevant interna-
tional agreements and conventions, first and foremost
the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) and IPBES
(UN platform for biodiversity and ecosystem services). An
exception to this, however, is Denmark’s financial contri-
butions to the IUCN, which were resumed in the Finance
Act in 2020 and retained in 2021. It is positive that in
2020, the government expressed its clear support for the
EU’s Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and its joint declara-
tions on an ambitious global agreement for biodiversity
(post-2020), which are expected to be adopted at the
CBD’s 15th Conference in October 2021. However, Den-
mark has largely failed in its nationally binding obligation
to meet the CBD’s Aichi targets, which reached their dead-
line in 2020, and both current and new national and inter-
national political resolutions continue to be insufficient.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
The Danish Society for
Nature Conservation, WWF
Denmark.
Recommendations
• Denmark must set national goals for biodiversity which, at a minimum, match the EU’s targets and new global
biodiversity goals after 2020.
• There is a need to develop a Danish biodiversity strategy and action plan which follow the guidelines of the
Biodiversity Convention.
• Denmark must increase its efforts to improve the state of nature, designate more and bigger contiguous
wild natural areas, where nature looks after itself, and where a minimum of 30% of the land area is protected
nature, and designate much more untouched woodland;
• Denmark must reestablish natural hydrology and ecosystems as well as the functions that larger animals have
had in the landscape;
• Coherence must be improved in Danish nature via the establishment of small nature areas.
Recommendations
• Denmark must formulate clear and measurable ambitions and priorities for international efforts and
collaborations around biodiversity and increase its efforts for, and participation in, those international
agreements to which Denmark is a signatory: e.g. CBD, IPBES, CITES and the UN Convention on the Rights
of the Child.
• Denmark must increase its funding for development aid in order to fulfil SDG 15.
• Joint EU and UN goals for biodiversity must be integrated into a national biodiversity strategy and
action plan (NBSAP) which should include a plan for the withdrawal of harmful subsidies, funding, sector
integration, land use, species management, etc.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
15.1-15.2 + 15.5 + 15.9
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
124
The Government’s
Assesments
Promote peaceful and
inclusive societies
for sustainable
development, provide
access to justice for
all and build effective,
accountable and
inclusive institutions
at all levels.
In Denmark, the Government is continuously working to ensure
a safe and secure society, and an accessible and effective judicial
system. Therefore, the Government has an ambition to reduce case
processing times in criminal cases, and launched a study to exam-
ine whether the rules on court fee waivers and free legal aid in civil
cases ensure that everyone has access to help or legal assistance in
the judicial system. The Government will also increase the pen-
alty for threats that seek to prevent others from exercising their
free speech and participating in public democratic debate. A core
priority of the Government is ensuring the safety and security of
Danes. The Government is tirelessly working to combat violence,
organised crime and terrorism through measures such as bringing
police closer to communities, enhanced investigative powers, more
severe penalties for terror and terror-related activities, and more
effective policing of economic and organised crime.
Assessment of targets
16.1 Denmark maintains a focus on safety and security in the
country, as illustrated in the latest initiatives in the multi-year
agreement.
16.2 The overall assessment is that Denmark has satisfactorily
fulfilled the target, both currently and on an ongoing basis.
16.3 There is a continuous focus on citizen’s legal rights in
Denmark.
16.4 Efforts to combat money laundering and financing of ter-
rorism in Denmark have been significantly strengthened in recent
years.
16.5 Since 2015, Denmark has been one of the world’s two least
corrupt countries.
16.6 There is transparency in public budgeting, and citizen satis-
faction with public services has been measured as high.
16.7 Transparency and democratic participation are assessed as
being high.
16.8 Denmark is generally working to ensure strong and repre-
sentative international organisations in which developing coun-
tries are ensured co-determination and influence.
16.9 In Denmark, everyone is given a legal identity through birth
registration.
16.10 It is assessed that overall, Denmark has satisfactorily ful-
filled the target, both currently and on an ongoing basis.
Denmark has a strong position in terms of SDG 16. Since 2015,
Denmark has been one of the two countries in the world with the
least corruption, and there is a continuous focus on the civil rights
of Danish citizens, as most recently illustrated by an initiative to
improve the efficiency of the criminal justice chain. Denmark has
an ongoing focus on maintaining the existing level of safety and
security. This is supported by the intensified efforts to combat the
financing of terrorism and money laundering, which have been
significantly strengthened in recent years.
It is the Government’s goal to continue efforts to develop an
even more specialised and effective effort in this area, where the
authorities stay in front of developments in crime and organised
crime methods, thus fulfilling target 16.4 on fighting organised
crime and illegal flows of money. The Government is also focused
on strengthening efforts against human trafficking in Denmark.
Denmark’s international effort
Through coordinated efforts, Denmark supports conflict preven-
tion and peace and state-building in fragile and conflict-affected
countries. The Peace and Stabilisation Fund is a key Danish tool for
addressing issues such as attacks on local populations, irregular
migration flows and breeding grounds for extremism. Denmark
also consistently contributes to UN peacekeeping missions,
particularly in Africa and the Middle East, thereby providing
active support for the UN’s reform agenda to improve the quality
and effectiveness of the UN’s peace work. In January 2020, the
Government presented a proposal on foreign combatants that
strengthens police and municipal efforts to prevent radicalisation,
significantly increases the penalties for terror and terror-related
activities, and authorises the legal system to ban foreign combat-
ants from entering Denmark and prohibit contact with persons in
Denmark. The proposal thus contributes to Denmark’s fulfilment
of target 16.a on the prevention and combating of violence, terror-
ism and crime.
Selected initiatives
Security and safety package
The package consists of 16 initiatives aiming to increase security
and safety in public spaces, including initiatives to improve police
investigation powers, e.g., increased video surveillance in public
spaces, and initiatives to further protect society from explosives
(target 16.1).
Action plan to combat anti-Semitism
The Government has begun efforts on an action plan to combat
anti-Semitism, which will be finalised and presented in 2021. This
plan will ensure a holistic approach and the necessary measures to
combat this problem (target 16.1).
Reform to bring police closer to communities
In December 2020, the Government and a broad majority of
political parties in the Danish Parliament reached an agreement
on the police and prosecution service budget for the years 2021 to
2023. The agreement includes a reform that brings police closer to
communities, ensuring greater visibility and accessibility of police
throughout Denmark, an intensification of efforts to combat seri-
ous economic, organised and IT-related crime, and more efficient
processing of criminal cases (targets 16.1 and 16.3).
New national investigation unit
As part of the new multi-year agreement, the Government is estab-
lishing a national investigation unit that brings together the most
specialised police and prosecution competencies to strengthen
investigations of organised crime, including human trafficking and
smuggling (targets 16.2 and 16.4).
Security for all Danes
In October 2020, the Government launched a number of initiatives
aiming to address behaviours that negatively impact people’s sense
of security (target 16.1).
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 125
Nationally
The freedoms of certain population groups are restricted
in Denmark, as exemplified by the recent ban on face cov-
erings in public places. The new Danish act on the adminis-
trative revocation of citizenship and the repeal of the act’s
sunrise clause make it possible to deprive Danish citizens
with dual citizenship of their Danish citizenship without
trial. Draft bill L189, presented to the Danish Parliament
at the beginning of 2021, and referred to as the Security
Package (Tryghedspakken) will restrict future freedom
of assembly, as the police will be able to exclude every-
one from an area where individuals have demonstrated
intimidating behaviour. The exact meaning of the term
‘intimidating behaviour’ is not defined in the draft bill and
it is feared that it will encompass the freedom of assembly
of minority groups.
Internationally
Denmark’s development aid is increasingly allocated to
‘fragile’ countries. While it is positive that the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs has established a unit for Migration, Com-
munities and Fragility, the human and financial resources
allocated to this area are still insufficient. The conflict
prevention and peace-keeping efforts funded by Den-
mark do not sufficiently take account of the relationship
between conflict and climate change, which is necessary in
order to better address the structural causes of instability
which lead to forced displacement. Both Danish develop-
ment policy and foreign policy have given greater priority
to strengthening civil society’s room for manoeuvre on
a global scale. This takes the form of funding pools for
civil society organisations in danger, increased funding
for the UN’s High Commissioner for Human Rights and
action within the UN to better include civil society, as well
as increased criticism of governments which disrespect
freedoms of expression, assembly and association. The
launch of Denmark’s national action plan for Women,
Peace and Security is an important step in the direction
towards more ambitious goals in this area, but there is
a lack of dedicated resources to implement the plan. A
lack of regard for the 1325 agenda in domestic policy, for
example in relation to female asylum seekers, is also a
weak point. While the number of children who are subject
to violence and serious abuse has increased globally over
recent years, not least due to the rising number of conflicts
which last longer and more severely affect civilians than
before, Denmark has downgraded its focus on preven-
tion, response and accountability in relation to violence
against children in conflicts. UN peacekeeping operations
play a critical role in maintaining international peace and
security. While Denmark has contributed a considerable
number of soldiers and police officers to these operations
over the years, the number of Danish soldiers has fallen
considerably and Denmark does not currently contribute
any police officers at all.
Organisationsparticipating
in this assessment:
Oxfam IBIS, Danish
Refugee Council, Save the
Children Denmark, RIKO,
the Danish United Nation
Association, New Europe,
KULU - Women and
Development.
Recommendations
• Denmark must lift the ban and change the penal code to allow face coverings in public.
• Denmark must abolish restrictive legislation and respect freedom of assembly for all.
• Denmark must develop a clear plan for its use of the WPS Agenda within the Danish context.
Recommendations
• Denmark must increase its multi-lateral engagement with a focus on the 1325 agenda, Children and Armed
Conflict and the R2 agendas and with regards to managing the causes of fragility. This should include a
high level of synergy with climate adaptation efforts. This requires investment both internally to relevant
ministries but also in the form of external aid to peacekeeping and security initiatives.
• In its candidacy to the UN’s Security Council, Denmark must similarly place focus on the above mentioned
agendas and strengthen its contribution to the UN’s Sustaining Peace agenda, including through support to
locally-led conflict prevention and peace-building initiatives.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
16.1-16.3 + 16.10
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
126
Strengthening global partnerships is a critical prerequisite for
achieving a more sustainable world by 2030, and Denmark is
working ambitiously to achieve SDG 17 Denmark’s ambition is to
play a key role in international development policy. Although we
are a small country, we are a major donor and we can bring about
major changes when we engage in partnerships and inspire other
countries with innovative solutions. Therefore, the Government
will continue to support international partnerships and alliances
between governments, businesses, cities, financial institutions and
civil society actors, and we will explore innovative financing solu-
tions and solutions to concrete development challenges.
Assessment of targets
17.1 Denmark contributes to the target through development
cooperation via bilateral country programmes and through the
IMF and World Bank.
17.2 Denmark is fulfilling its promise to contribute at least 0.7% of
its gross domestic product in development assistance for develop-
ing countries.
17.3 A priority of Danish development assistance is to mobilise
additional capital for investment in developing countries.
17.4 Denmark contributes to the fulfilment of this target through
its multilateral engagement.
17.5 A priority of Danish development assistance is to support
initiatives that promote investment in the least developed
countries, including through private-sector initiatives in country
programmes.
17.6 It is not possible to make a data-based assessment of Den-
mark’s progress in relation to this target.
17.7 Danida Market Development Partnerships (DMPD) promote
commercially-oriented partnerships between companies, civil
society organisations and business organisations to create local
economic development and employment.
17.8 It is not possible to make a data-based assessment of Den-
mark’s progress in relation to this target.
17.9 As part of Denmark’s extensive development cooperation,
Denmark is working with capacity building in support of national
implementation of the SDGs.
17.10 The WTO is facing major challenges, but Denmark is work-
ing actively within the framework of the EU in support of reform-
ing the WTO and entering into new trade agreements.
17.11 Denmark is primarily working via the Aid for Trade pro-
gramme, and through the EU, including through the GSP scheme,
which provides duty-free and quota-free access for the least
developed countries.
17.12 Under the EU Generalised System of Preference (GSP), the
least developed countries are granted duty-free and quota-free
access to the EU.
17.13 As a small and open European economy, Denmark has
followed a fixed exchange rate policy in relation to the Euro for
nearly four decades. This has served as a basis for stability and
growth-oriented policy across changing governments.
17.14 Denmark has prepared a new action plan for
the SDGs.
17.15 There is a focus on conducting development cooperation
activities in Denmark’s priority countries with respect for the given
country’s own priorities.
17.16-17.17 Denmark has a strong tradition of cooperation with
various actors nationally and internationally.
17.18 Denmark works with capacity building through strategic
frameworks for bilateral cooperation, cooperation between public
authorities, and multilateral institutions.
17.19 Under the scheme for cooperation between public authori-
ties, Statistics Denmark is working to build capacity for the produc-
tion of reliable statistics in selected developing countries.
Denmark has supported agreements and schemes that make the
EU the most open market for developing countries, especially for
sub-Saharan African countries. But stronger economic relations
between the EU and developing countries are needed. Market
access alone is not enough. Therefore, Denmark has supported
a focus in the forthcoming new partnership agreement between
countries in Africa, the Caribbean and the Pacific on improved
framework conditions for investment, trade promotion, regional
integration, human rights and sustainability – and that develop-
ment assistance from the EU supports these aims.
To achieve the SDGs, however, there is a need for stronger eco-
nomic relations between the EU and developing countries. Market
access alone is not enough. Therefore, sustainable trade, growth
and investment are all part of the forthcoming post-Cotonou
Agreement with 79 developing countries in Africa, the Carib-
bean and the Pacific , which supports the part of target 17.11 on
increasing the exports of developing countries. The forthcoming
agreement emphasises that trade cooperation must include con-
sideration of people and the environment to ensure responsible
and inclusive sustainable growth.
Denmark’s international effort
As a credible and respected partner that lives up to its interna-
tional responsibility, Denmark is a leading nation that inspires
other countries and larger economies to follow suit. Denmark will
continue to support international partnerships and alliances. By
combining knowledge, innovation and technology across sectors,
Denmark ambitiously seeks out new solutions to global challenges.
Selected initiatives
Government cooperation between South Africa and Denmark
South Africa and Denmark have a government collaboration on
sustainable water supply. Southwestern Africa is very dry, and
water supplies are increasingly unpredictable due to increased
water consumption and climate change. Experts from the Danish
Environmental Protection Agency are helping to address these
challenges, and Danish businesses are offering solutions. Denmark
has extensive experience with sustainable groundwater manage-
ment and a number of technologies that can support it. Govern-
ment cooperation activities are implemented in 18 countries, with
the participation of 13 different Danish authorities (target 17.6).
0.7% of GNI in assistance to developing countries
Denmark’s development assistance amounts to 0.7% of GNI,
placing Denmark among a small group of leading nations that meet
the UN’s 0.7% goal (target 17.2).
Denmark’s Green Future Fund
In 2020, the Government established Denmark’s Green Future
Fund, with the aim of contributing to the green transition in Den-
mark and in the rest of the world. Funding for the Investment Fund
for Developing Countries was increased by DKK 1 billion, which
will be used for investments and loans for projects in developing
countries that support the establishment of sustainable devel-
opment. The fund mobilises private sector green financing, thus
supplementing private actors and helping to build the necessary
bridges between green projects and private sources of financing
(targets 17.5 and 17.17).
Active public-private partnerships include
The Sustainable Development Goals Fund, Partnering for Green
Growth and the Global Goals (P4G), the Getting-to-Zero Coalition
for carbon-neutral ships by 2030, the Climate Investment Coali-
tion for green investments, and climate development partnerships
with businesses and civil society actors (target 17.17).
The Government’s
Assesments
Strengthen the means
of implementation
and revitalize the
global partnerships
for sustainable
development.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 127
Nationally
Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, the OECD assessed
that the funding gap to attaining the SDGs was in the
order of several trillion US dollars. The pandemic has
necessitated funding to an even greater extent than
before. Denmark is one of the few countries to meet its
obligation to give at least 0.7% of GDP as development aid.
Danish aid is still given as grants rather than loans, which is
both positive and important. Several countries and inter-
national institutions give aid as loans, which puts recipi-
ents further into debt and can contribute towards pushing
them into bankruptcy. On the other hand, it is concerning
that Denmark’s aid contributions are at their lowest level
in 40 years, at a time when the need is greatest, and as
countries such as Norway and Sweden have raised their
aid contributions. It is also concerning that in recent years,
Danish aid has been subject to an increasing focus on the
promotion of short-term national interests rather than
the funding of the SDGs. With regards to climate aid, it
is disappointing that Denmark has interpreted the DAC
rules in such a way that no further aid is given over the
existing 0.7%. Denmark has instead opted for a greening
of its existing aid contributions. This shifts focus away
from the current unequal burden of responsibility for the
climate crisis and also risks shifting focus away from the
fight against poverty and inequality. Moreover, it is repre-
hensible that over-reporting occurs in relation to climate
aid. As a result, Denmark is far from complying with its
obligations under the Paris Agreement.
Internationally
In 2015, Denmark committed to doubling its aid for tax-
ation and national resource mobilisation, through the
Addis Tax Initiative, before the end of 2020. But Denmark
is far behind in achieving that goal. In 2020, only a tenth
of the amount committed was given. Moreover, Denmark
has increasingly channelled money for the tax build-up
through the IMF, which historically has prioritised VAT
rates that are higher than progressive tax reforms. Institu-
tions have also maintained public-sector cuts even during
the pandemic, which undermines development in central
social areas, such as education. Many countries lack emer-
gency liquidity. Extraordinary support is needed to ensure
that all countries have the requisite financial leeway to
attain all 17 of the SDGs. The solution is a number of
different initiatives, such as the IMF issuing new special
drawing rights (as was the case during the financial crisis)
which can give all countries, including developing coun-
tries, a boost and the economic power to better invest
their way out of the crisis.
Organisations participating
in this assessment:
Oxfam IBIS, ActionAid,
the Danish United Nation
Association.
Recommendations
• Denmark must raise its aid spending to 1.0% of GDP, with 0.7% being earmarked for general development
and 0.3% being earmarked for climate aid.
Recommendations
• Denmark must comply with the obligation in the Addis Tax Initiative to double aid for taxation and to utilise
its experiences in helping to build progressive tax systems in developing countries.
• Denmark must work to establish a global debt mechanism with the capacity to handle all debt, including
finding solutions for debt forgiveness, deferrals and restructuring.
• Denmark must exert pressure to avoid policies in the IMF and the World Bank which prescribe cuts to the
public sector, increase inequality and reduce the ability of countries to achieve the SDGs.
• Denmark must advocate for and exert pressure on the IMF to issue new special drawing rights.
Civil Society’s
Assesments
Targets in focus:
17.1-17.2 + 17.4 +
17.14
Internationally
Nationally
Progress 2017-2021:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
128
Figure 6.1
Denmark’s Average Performance by SDGs
Source:
Based on: Sustainable
Development Report 2020
S
D
G
1
S
D
G
1
7
S
D
G
1
6
SDG
15
SDG 14
SDG 13
SDG 12
S
D
G
2
SDG
3
SDG 4
SDG 5
SDG 6
S
D
G
7
S
D
G
8
SDG
9
S
D
G
1
0
S
D
G
1
1
75
100
50
25
6.4 Denmark’s Performance
2017-2021 According to the
SDG Index and Dashboard
Globally, Denmark ranks among the top performers
in terms of sustainable development. In the 2020
Sustainable Development Report published by
the Sustainable Development Solutions Network
(https://www.sdgindex.org/), Denmark ranked
second of 166 countries, following and followed
by our Nordic colleagues in Sweden and Finland,
respectively. This is the same ranking as in all
reports since 2017 except 2019, where Denmark
ranked first. The 2020 edition reports an overall
SDG index score for Denmark of approximately 85,
which according to the methodology corresponds
to an achievement of 85%of the way to the best
possible outcome across the 17 SDGs on average.
While Denmark ranks high on a global scale, the
reports highlight several SDGs where further action
is needed. In the 2020 report, SDGs 12, 13, and 14
are emphasised as presenting particularly major
challenges. Thus, while Denmark is making notable
progress on many of the SDGs, additional focus on
environmental challenges is needed, specifically in
relation to consumption and production patterns.
The reports also indicate that climate action and life
below water both especially require more work to
achieve a positive trend.
In all reports since 2017, responsible consump-
tion and production has been identified as a major
challenge for Denmark, which reflects the impor-
tance of heightened efforts to adress this SDG in
particular.
On the other hand, Denmark is at the forefront of
SDGs 1, 3, 4, 8, 9, 10, and 17. Denmark’s progress on
eradicating poverty (SDG 1) and reducing inequal-
ities (SDG 10) is accentuated among many global
actors.
The 2020 Europe Sustainable Development Report
(https://eu-dashboards.sdgindex.org/) ranked Den-
mark third among European countries, while citing
many of the same challenges. Both reports highlight
positive trends, particularly in relaiton to SDGs 5, 6,
11, and 14, illustrating the progress being made in
Denmark.
The progress with respect to each SDG is shown in
Figure 6.1. The figure reflects Denmark’s overall
good performance in relation to the SDGs but also
clearly shows where action is needed.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 129
6.5 Externalities and Spillovers
In the national follow-up on the SDGs, it is impor-
tant to consider how measures could potentially
cause spillover effects or externalities for other
countries. Spillover effects and externalities are
costs or benefits incurred by a third party as the
result of a given action, and which are not consid-
ered in the decision-making process. These effects
are therefore not reflected in the market price. To
internalise an externality, it is necessary to compen-
sate for the effects by incorporating the cost or ben-
efit into the market value, which can be achieved
through the tax system, for example.
Negative spillover effects typically impact poorer
countries as a result of the actions of wealthier
countries. The report by the Sustainable Develop-
ment Solution Network finds a clear trend of inter-
national spillover effects in four categories: envi-
ronmental, socio-economic, security and finance
& governance. Negative spillovers may reduce the
global impact of a national initiative, as a portion of
the effect is offset by the impacts in another coun-
try. Therefore, it is essential that wealthy countries
take responsibility and avoid negatively impacting
the ability of other countries to fulfil the SDGs.
Estimating spillover effects poses a number of chal-
lenges. The The Europe Sustainable Development
Report 2020 assesses the spillover effects of each
European country on three parameters: environ-
mental and social impacts in trade, economy and
finance, and security. A positive score indicates that
a country causes more positive than negative spillo-
ver effects. In the report, Denmark achieves a score
of 71.7 compared to the average for EU countries of
66.9, cf. figure 6.2. This score is the result of positive
effects from activities such as development assis-
tance, while negative effects are particularly related
to climate-damaging import behaviour.
Figure 6.2
Spillover index
POL
ROU
HUN
HRV
SVK
LVA
CZE
GRC
EST
SWE
PRT
SVN
DNK
ITA
BGR
LTU
CYP
EUU
ISL
FIN
ESP
AUT
MLT
DEU
NOR
FRA
BEL
IRL
GBR
NLD
LUX
CHE
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Note:
100 (best) to 0 (worst)
Source:
Based on: Europe Sustainable
Development Report 2020
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
130
It is important that Denmark accounts for negative
externalities and spillover effects. This is particu-
larly relevant in relation to Denmark’s global cli-
mate ambitions, as it is in every country’s interest
to ensure that national efforts are not associated
with a high leakage rate. Greenhouse gas emissions
are increasing abroad and declining domestically,
but possibly disproportionately. This is therefore a
good indicator for assessing the true impact of cli-
mate policies in a global perspective. International
cooperation and commitment to pursue an ambi-
tious climate agenda and live up to a global climate
responsibility are essential to reduce the leakage
rate. In this regard, the EU plays a central role with
the expansion and establishment of climate policies
in the EU and in cooperation with the rest of the
world.
Negative spillover effects are also particularly rele-
vant in relation to the Leave no one behind agenda.
Some initiatives may have undue negative impacts
on some of the most vulnerable and marginalised
groups in society. Therefore, it is imperative to
calculate and minimise the potential secondary
effects of new initiatives, ensuring that they are
also socially sustainable. Examples of such efforts
include the due diligence scheme and the focus on
sustainable value chains in production. SDG 12,
responsible consumption and production, is one
of the areas where Denmark faces the greatest
challenges. It is extremely important to ensure that
efforts to fulfil SDG 12 do not have negative sec-
ondary effects on other countries or certain groups.
One means of avoiding negative secondary effects is
through the promotion of sustainable value chains
in which businesses commit to upholding employer
and employee rights.
Denmark is committed to a more sustainable future.
For everyone. The next chapter focuses on Leaving
No One Behind.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 131
Sources for Civil Society’s Assessments
SDG 1:
• Statistics Denmark’s Statement on the UN’s Sustainable Development Goal 1. https://www.dst.dk/da/Statistik/
Sdg#01-afskaf-fattigdom
• Jonas Schytz Juul, Economic Council of the Labour Movement (ECLM) (2015): Regeringen sender børn langt under fattig-
domsgrænsen [Government Sends Children Far Below Poverty Line]. https://www.ae.dk/sites/www.ae.dk/files/dokumenter/analyse/
ae_regeringen-sender-born-langt-under-fattigdomsgraensen.pdf
• Dansk Folkehjaelp: Fattige Folkepensionister: Fattige folkepensionister [State Pensioners in Poverty] – Danish People’s Aid (folkeh-
jaelp.dk)
• WPA2017_Highlights.pdf (un.org)
• Responding to COVID-19 with Improved Social Protection for Older People (December 2020).pdf
SDG 2:
• https://www.science.ku.dk/presse/nyhedsarkiv/2018/pres-paa-madbudgettet-er-koblet-til-usund-kost-og-daarligt-psykisk-helbred-
i-mindst-100.000-danske-husstande/
• https://academic.oup.com/eurpub/article/28/2/283/4103070
• https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/0001699318810095
• https://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/food-security
• https://www.oxfam.org/en/world-brink-hunger-pandemic-coronavirus-threatens-push-millions-starvation
• https://oxfamilibrary.openrepository.com/bitstream/handle/10546/621023/mb-the-hunger-virus-090720-en.pdf
• https://www.wfp.org/funding
• https://openaid.um.dk/da/organisations/41000/41301?Y=2021
• https://openaid.um.dk/da/organisations/41000/41108?Y=2021
• https://italien.um.dk/da/nyheder/newsdisplaypage/?newsID=6F41063F-C5AC-4D2C-AAA0-EBB87A59B4C2
• https://um.dk/da/om-os/ministrene/minister-for-udviklingssamarbejde/flemming%20moeller%20taler%20og%20artikler/
verden-staar-over-for-en-sultpandemi/
• https://oxfamilibrary.openrepository.com/bitstream/handle/10546/621023/mb-the-hunger-virus-090720-en.pdf
• https://news.un.org/en/story/2019/10/1048452
• http://www.fao.org/food-loss-and-food-waste/flw-data
SDG 3:
• The Danish Health Authority. Danskernes Sundhed – Den Nationale Sundhedsprofil [Danish National Health Survey] 2017 Danish
Health Authority, 2018 – https://www.sst.dk/da/udgivelser/2018/danskernes-sundhed-den-nationale-sundhedsprofil-2017
• Funge, JK et al., 2020. “No Papers, No Doctor”: A Qualitative Study of Access to Maternity Care Services for Undocumented Immi-
grant Women in Denmark. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17 (18), p. 6503. Available at: http://
dx.doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17186503
• NCD Countdown 2030: Pathways to Achieving Sustainable Development Goal Target 3.4 (thelancet.com)
• International Journal of Mental Health Systems, 2020 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7450913/pdf/13033_2020_
Article_402.pdf).
• ODI, 2016: “Mental Health Funding and the SDGs: What Now and Who Pays?” https://www.odi.org/sites/odi.org.uk/files/
resource-documents/10573.pdf
• Sedgh G.; Ashford L. S. and Hussain R. (2016). ‘Unmet Need for Contraception in Developing Countries: Examining Women’s Reasons
for Not Using a Method’. https://www.guttmacher.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/unmet-need-for-contraception-in-develop-
ing-countries-report.pdf
SDG 4:
• https://en.unesco.org/covid19/educationresponse
• https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373992
SDG 5:
• Asser Hedegård Thomsen, 2020, ”Homicide in Denmark 1992-2016”, Aarhus University: https://pure.au.dk/portal/files/213434138/
Homicide_in_Denmark_1992_2016_reduced_no_papers.pdf
• Care (2021: ‘Time for a Better Bargain: How the Aid System Shortchanges Women and Girls in Crisis’, available at: https://www.
care-international.org/files/files/FINAL_She_Leads_in_Crisis_Report_3_2_21.pdf
• Deen, L. et al, 2018, ”Vold og seksuelle krænkelser” [Violence & Sexual Offences], Danish National Institute of Public Health: https://
www.sdu.dk/sif/-/media/images/sif/sidste_chance/sif/udgivelser/2018/vold_og_seksuelle_kraenkelser.pdf
• The Rockwool Foundation: Hvordan bruger danskerne tiden [How Danes Spend Their Time] (2018) https://www.rockwoolfonden.dk/
app/uploads/2018/11/Hvordan-bruger-danskerne-tiden.pdf
• EU Commission: Together Towards a Gender Equal World (2020): https://ec.europa.eu/international-partnerships/system/files/
join-2020-17-final_en.pdf
• UNICEF, 2020: https://www.unicef.org/press-releases/10-million-additional-girls-risk-child-mar-
riage-due-covid-19#:~:text=COVID%2D19%3A%20A%20threat%20to,increased%20risk%20of%20
child%20marriage
Notes:
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
132
• UNHCR; please refer to https://www.unhcr.org/figures-at-a-glance.html
• Awid: Only 1% of Gender Equality Funding is Going to Women’s Organisations, Why? (2019) https://www.awid.org/news-and-anal-
ysis/only-1-gender-equality-funding-going-womens-organisations-why#:~:text=The%20latest%20figures%20from%20
2016,own%2C%20context%2Dspecific%20solutions
SDG 6:
• https://mst.dk/service/nyheder/nyhedsarkiv/2020/feb/resultatet-af-massescreening-af-grundvand-2019/
• https://www.ft.dk/samling/20191/almdel/mof/spm/309/ svar/1630645/2144103.pdf
• https://www.geus.dk/Media/2/1/Grundvandsoverv%C3%A5gning%201989-2019.pdf https://mfvm.dk/fileadmin/user_upload/
MFVM/Pressemeddelelser/Redegoerelse_om_dispensationer_til_vandvaerker.pdf
SDG 7:
• Klimaftale for energi og industri mv. 2020 [Climate Agreement for Energy and Industry, Etc. 2020], https://www.regeringen.dk/
publikationer-og-aftaletekster/klimaaftale-for-energi-og-industri-mv-2020/
• Danish Council on Climate Change, Status Outlook 2021, https://www.klimaraadet.dk/da/rapporter/statusrapport-2021
• Danish 92 Group (2021), Lever klimapolittikken op til klimaloven? [Does Climate Policy Live Up to the Climate Act?], https://92grp.
dk/files/facing_low.pdf
• Agreement between the Government (Social Democrats), the Liberal Party, the Danish People’s Party, the Radical Left, the Socialist
People’s Party and the Conservative People’s Party on the Future of Oil and Gas Exploration in the North Sea of 3 December 2020,
https://kefm.dk/Media/0/3/Nordsøaftale%20(2).pdf
• Global Energy Monitor (2020), Gas at a Crossroads, https://globalenergymonitor.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/
Gas_at_a_Crossroads_EU.pdf
• Jacob Sørensen (2018), Der er mindst seks forskellige grunde til, at det er problematisk at kalde bioenergi for vedvarende energi
[There Are At Least Six Different Reasons Why It Is Problematic to Label Bioenergy as Renewable Energy], Information, https://www.
information.dk/debat/2018/04/mindst-seks-forskellige-grunde-problematisk-kalde-bioenergi-vedvarende-energi
• Fuss et al. (2018) Negative Emissions—Part 2: Costs, Potentials and Side Effects, Environmental Research Letters, https://iopscience.
iop.org/article/10.1088/1748-9326/aabf9f/meta ; Buck (2016), Rapid Scale-up of Negative Emissions Technologies: Social Barriers
and Social Implications, Climatic Change, https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10584-016-1770-6
• NOAH (2021), Energiaktører manipulerer med PtX-strategi [Energy Actors Manipulate with PtX Strategy], https://noah.dk/nyheder/
energiaktoerer-manipulerer-med-ptx-strategi
• Regeringens udviklingspolistiske prioriteter 2021 [The Government’s Policy Development Priorities], available at https://um.dk/da/
danida/strategi%20og%20prioriteter/prioritetsplaner/
• IFU, Climate Policy 2019, https://www.ifu.dk/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/IFU-Climate-Policy.pdf
• Global Energy Monitor (2020), Gas at a Crossroads, https://globalenergymonitor.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/
Gas_at_a_Crossroads_EU.pdf
• Corporate Europe Observatory and Transnational Institute (2018), One Treaty to Rule them All: The Ever-expanding Energy Charter
Treaty and the Power it Gives Corporations to Halt the Energy Transition, https://corporateeurope.org/sites/default/files/attach-
ments/one_treaty_to_rule_them_all.pdf
SDG 8:
• Global Footprint Network, Ecological Footprint Denmark in https://data.footprintnetwork.org/.
• Larsen, Trine P. and Anna Ilsøe, (FAOS, KU): Atypical Labour Markets in the Nordics: Troubled Waters Under the Still Surface? In
FaFo, Nordic Future of Work Brief, 4 March 2019.
• Cf. Legislative Order on the Prohibition of Discrimination in the Labour Market (LBK No. 1001 of 24/08/2017) in https://www.retsin-
formation.dk/eli/lta/2017/1001#id7063d136-0fff-4f65-ba2d-9bbd8cabec35
• Fremtidens seniorarbejdsliv – anbefalinger fra Seniortænketanken [Senior Working Life of the Future – Recommendations from
Seniortænketanken], in https://bm.dk/media/11817/seniortaenketanken_rapport.pdf.
• Pilgaard, Ronja; Myanmars fagforeninger kræver garantier fra modegiganter [Myanmar’s Unions Demand Guarantees from Fashion
Giants], 22 February 2021, in https://danwatch.dk/myanmars-fagforeninger-kraever-garantier-fra-modegiganter/. Other examples
from journalistic investigations undertaken by Danwatch (In Danish): https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/de-fisk-du-ikke-ved-
du-spiser/; https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/boef-fra-en-regnskov-i-flammer; https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/kakaobo-
ernene-de-brudte-loefter/; https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/danmarks-stoerste-forsvarsvirksomhed-bidrager-til-mulige-krigs-
forbrydelser-i-yemen/; https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/danske-pensionskroner-ender-i-nogle-af-usas-vaerste-faengsler/
• Europäische Klimaschutzinitiative (EUKI), General Results EUKI Research 2020 in https://www.allianceforcorporatetransparency.
org/; European Commission: Study on Due Diligence Requirements Through the Supply Chain, January 2020: in Publications Office
of the EU: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/8ba0a8fd-4c83-11ea-b8b7-01aa75ed71a1
• Danida: Verden 2030: Danmarks udviklingspolitiske og humanitære strategi [Denmark’s Development Policy and Humanitarian
Strategy], p. 27, Copenhagen 2016.
• Ministry of Finance: Danish Finance Act 2018, Section 06, Pages 134 and 136-37 and the Danish Finance Act 2021, Section 06, Pages
66, 128, 131 and 133.
• Other donors, especially Sweden, have considerably increased their support for framework conditions and social dialogue as a part
of the ILO’s Decent Work Agenda, cf. Jalles d’Orey, Maria Ana (ODI): How Do Donors Support the Decent Work Agenda? TUDCN –
ITUC, 2017.
• Statistics Denmark.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 133
SDG 9:
• Danish Road Directive analyses, Ingeniøren (newspaper), Danish Civil Aviation and Railway Authority’s Sector
Report for Public Transport, 2019. DTU’s Transport Habits Survey 2019. https://www.klimanyt.dk/2019/05/16/
danskerne-vil-prioritere-cyklisme-men-cykler-stadig-mindre.
• Statistics Denmark: Online magazine “Bag tallene” [Behind The Numbers], May 2020
• Eurostat. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat and https://www.epo.org/about-us/annual-reports-statistics/statistics.html
• European Patent Office. https://www.dkpto.dk/media/6641/nypatentogvaremaerkestyrelsen_gron-rapport-2020_a4.pdf
• ”Danmarks grønne styrkeposition” [Denmark’s Green Position of Strength]. Danish Patent and Trademark Office.
• Danish Energy Agency’s annual reports, Broadband Coverage; Mobilabbonnement.dk, March 2021
• Danida’s annual reports: https://openaid.um.dk/da/sectors/,
• IFU website: https://www.ifu.dk/vores-investeringer/,
• Ministry of Development’s presentation at Hearing on Denmark’s New Development Policy Strategy at the Danish Parliament’s
Foreign Affairs Committee on 28 January 2021 and CISU Webinar of 25 February 2021.
SDG 10:
• https://www.rockwoolfonden.dk/kommentarer/verdensmesterskabet-i-social-mobilitet/
• https://www.ae.dk/sites/www.ae.dk/files/dokumenter/analyse/ae_halvdelen-af-befolkningen-sidder-paa-5-%-af-formuerne-i-dan-
mark_.pdf
• https://www.ms.dk/sites/default/files/udgivelser/ms-ulighedsrapport-22.01.21.pdf (HK & DST)
• https://www.ae.dk/analyser/fald-i-antallet-af-fattige-boern-op-til-coronakrisen
• https://tbinternet.ohchr.org/_layouts/15/treatybodyexternal/Download.aspx?symbolno=E%2fC.12%2fDNK%2fCO%2f6&Lang=en,
page 7
• https://politi.dk/-/media/mediefiler/landsdaekkende-dokumenter/statistikker/hadforbrydelser/hadforbrydelser-2019.
pdf?la=da&hash=86E26E960D6896CD33EBBB8ECE8487499BF986D3
• https://uim.dk/nyheder/2021/2021-01/minister-fremlaegger-lovaendring-for-at-muliggore-aftale-om-asylsagsbehan-
dling-uden-for-eu
• https://covid19.ssi.dk/overvagningsdata/ugentlige-opgorelser-med-overvaagningsdata
• https://feature.undp.org/coronavirus-vs-inequality/
• https://oxfamibis.dk/megarige-har-faaet-stort-formue-comeback-mens-flere-hundrede-millioner-bliver-skubbet-ud-i-fattigdom/
• https://www.diis.dk/node/24621
• https://oxfamibis.dk/klimafinansiering/
• https://um.dk/da/udenrigspolitik/danmark-som-medlem-af-hrc-2019-2021/
• https://www.un.org/en/un75/women_girls_closing_gender_gap
• https://oxfamibis.dk/megarige-har-faaet-stort-formue-comeback-mens-flere-hundrede-millioner-bliver-skubbet-ud-i-fattigdom/
• http://epdb.eu/eu-valgtest/valgtest.html#kandidater
• https://oxfamibis.dk/eu-svigter-stort-i-kampen-mod-skattely-ingen-reelle-skattely-paa-ny-sortliste/?fbclid=IwAR0dQyRjE-
vrG_-0gBV8hVJCRGIApMvRfNsvKskeflX1WWyselzGkjog_z-k
• https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/
SDG 11:
• StatBank Denmark BOL102 and 103: https://energihjem.dk/energimaerke/energirenovering-parcelhus/
• https://www.dst.dk/da/Statistik/emner/befolkning-og-valg/befolkning-og-befolkningsfremskrivning
• https://ae.dk/files/dokumenter/analyse/ae_folk-i-yderomraader-stroemmer-mod-de-stoerre-byer.pdf
• Bylivsregnskab og fodgængerstrategi, Københavns kommune [Urban Life Accounts and Pedestrian Strategy, City of Copenhagen],
2019. https://www.vejdirektoratet.dk/side/trafikkens-udvikling-i-tal
• https://www.verdensmaal.org/
• https://um.dk/da/danida/strategi%20og%20prioriteter/verdensmaal/maal-11/
SDG 12:
• https://data.footprintnetwork.org/#/
• https://www.ft.dk/samling/20191/almdel/ERU/bilag/129/2135241.pdf
• https://menneskeret.dk/udgivelser/danske-virksomheders-dokumentation-menneskeretlige-arbejde
• https://danwatch.dk/perspektiv/store-virksomheder-overholder-ikke-fn-regler/
• https://www.allianceforcorporatetransparency.org/database/2019.html
• https://danwatch.dk/myanmars-fagforeninger-kraever-garantier-fra-modegiganter/
• https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/de-fisk-du-ikke-ved-du-spiser/
• https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/boef-fra-en-regnskov-i-flammer
• https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/kakaoboernene-de-brudte-loefter/
• https://danwatch.dk/undersoegelse/danmarks-stoerste-forsvarsvirksomhed-bidrager-til-mulige-krigsforbrydelser-i-yemen/
• danwatch.dk/myanmars-fagforeninger-kraever-garantier-fra-modegiganter/k/undersoegelse/
danske-pensionskroner-ender-i-nogle-af-us
• https://amnesty.dk/danskerne-vil-have-en-etisk-lov-for-erhvervslivet/
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
134
SDG 13:
• UN (2018): https://www.un.org/press/en/2018/sc13540.doc.htm
SDG 14:
• Fredshavn et al. 2019. Bevaringsstatus for naturtyper og arter – 2019. Habitatdirektivets Artikel 17-rapportering [Conservation
Status of Habitats and Species – 2019. The Habitats Directive’s Article 17 Reporting]. Aarhus University, DCE – Danish Centre for
Environment and Energy, 52 p. Scientific Report from DCE – Danish Centre for Environment and Energy No. 340 http://dce2.au.dk/
pub/SR340.pdf
• Standing Committee on the Environment and Food 2017-18, MOF (General) Final Answer to Q 261. https://www.ft.dk/sam-
ling/20171/almdel/mof/spm/261/svar/1456701/1842187.pdf
• ICES advice: https://www.ices.dk/advice/Pages/Latest-Advice.aspx
• https://em.dk/media/14161/faktaark-om-havplanen.pdf
• https://mim.dk/natur/vand/vores-vandmiljoe/proces-for-vandomraadeplaner/vandomraadeplaner-2021-2027/
• https://mst.dk/natur-vand/vandmiljoe/havet/havmiljoe/danmarks-havstrategi/
• Danish government’s development policy priorities 2021. ISBN 978-87-93760-45-5.
• The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture (SOFIA 2020). http://www.fao.org/documents/card/en/c/ca9229en
• WWF (2020) Living Planet Report 2020 – Bending the Curve of Biodiversity Loss. https://livingplanet.panda.org/en-gb/about-the-
living-planet-report
SDG 15:
• Bevaringsstatus for naturtyper og arter [Conservation Status for Habitats and Species] – 2019 – Habitats Directive Article 17
Reporting – https://dce2.au.dk/pub/SR340.pdf
• IPBES_DK (2020) - Genopretning af biodiversitet og økosystemer i Danmark.- [Reestablishment of Biodiversity & Eco-Systems in
Denmark] http://www.ipbes.dk/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Genopretning_ekspertudtalelse_22-Juni-2.pdf
SDG 16:
• Retsinformation: https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2018/717
• Danish Parliament: https://www.ft.dk/samling/20201/lovforslag/l189/index.htm
• Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs: https://um.dk/da/om-os/ministrene/minister-for-udviklingssamarbejde/flemming%20moeller%20
taler%20og%20artikler/ny-stoette-til-menneskerettighedsforkaempere/
• Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs: https://um.dk/~/media/um/danish-site/documents/nyheder/aftale%20om%20covid-19%20hjl-
pepakke%20iii.pdf?la=da
• The Danish UN Mission in New York: https://fnnewyork.um.dk/en/news-from-the-mission/newsdisplaypage/?newsID=6188C818-64
1C-4AB3-9673-5512AFDFA3BE&sc_mode=normal&sc_debug=0&sc_trace=0&sc_prof=0&sc_ri=0&sc_rb=0
• The Danish UN Mission in Geneva: https://fngeneve.um.dk/en/news/newsdisplaypage/?newsid=f80a37c6-260f-46f9-b4a6-30d071
98d2f8
• WHO, 2020: https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240004191
• Save the Children, 2019: https://resourcecentre.savethechildren.net/library/stop-war-children-protecting-children-21st-centu-
ry-conflict
SDG 17:
• Global Outlook on Financing for Sustainable Development 2021: A New Way to Invest for People and Planet | en | OECD
• https://www.brookings.edu/research/covid-19s-legacy-of-debt-and-debt-service-in-developing-countries/
• https://globalnyt.dk/content/dansk-bistand-paa-sit-laveste-niveau-i-40-aar
• https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/sites/5e331623-en/index.html?itemId=/content/component/5e331623-en
• https://www.ft.dk/-/media/sites/statsrevisorerne/dokumenter/2020/beretning-9-2020-om-klimabistand-til-udviklingslande.ashx
• Beretning om klimabistand til udviklingslande | Rigsrevisionen
• URU Alm.del - Bilag 135: Notat - Danmarks udviklingsbistand til ressourcemobilisering, Oxfam IBIS, MS (ft.dk)
• https://oxfamilibrary.openrepository.com/bitstream/handle/10546/620350/dp-is-imf-tax-practice-progressive-091017-en.
pdf?sequence=1
• https://www.eurodad.org/mind_the_gap
• https://www.worldbank.org/en/news/press-release/2021/02/22/
two-thirds-of-poorer-countries-are-cutting-education-budgets-due-to-covid-19
• Civil Society Organizations Call for Quick Special Drawing Rights Allocation (latindadd.org)
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 137
7. Leave No One
Behind
7.1 Sustainability for All
Realising the vision of a sustainable future requires
economically, socially and environmentally sus-
tainable development for everyone. The UN’s 2030
Agenda is built on a commitment to Leave No One
Behind. The SDGs will not be fulfilled until they
are fulfilled for all. As part of the Leave No One
Behind agenda, member states have committed to
eradicate poverty, discrimination and exclusion,
and to reduce the social and economic inequalities
that leave certain marginalised groups behind. In
Denmark, the Government is working across all
ministerial areas to ensure that vulnerable groups
are included in sustainable development. The Leave
No One Behind agenda is first and foremost about
bringing opportunity to those furthest from the
advances being made, and empowering them to
participate and benefit together with the rest of
society. This endeavour must not be confined to
national proclamations and strategies, but must be
evident in practice.
The Danish welfare state, with its well-established
social safety net, free education for all, and high
degree of equality between men and women, is an
excellent starting point for equal opportunity. How-
ever, vulnerable groups in Denmark are still subject
to discrimination and do not have the opportunity
to participate in society on equal terms with the
rest of the population.
As we develop and progress as a society, we cannot
allow anybody to be left behind. Although inequality
in Denmark is relatively low from a global perspec-
tive, there are still challenges and inequities to be
addressed and rectified. This requires concrete
solutions and an awareness of the need to not only
involve, but to empower vulnerable groups in soci-
ety. These solutions cannot be developed overnight.
They require visionary, long-term political strate-
gies and targeted implementation.
The Leave No One Behind agenda requires us to
involve and listen to those the agenda is actually
about. Nothing about us without us must be a guiding
principle in the search for concrete solutions. In
the process of preparing Denmark’s second VNR
and the national action plan, a focus on stakeholder
involvement resulted in valuable contributions
from a range of actors in Danish civil society. One
example of this is the organisation Globalt Fokus
(Global Focus), which in April 2021 contributed
an independent analysis of the extent to which
Denmark’s international efforts live up to its Leave
No One Behind promise. The main points of this
analysis were presented in a hearing on 21 April
2021, where the Minister for Social Affairs and
Senior Citizens met online with Global Focus and a
number of member organisations to discuss some of
the challenges faced by Denmark in relation to the
Leave No One Behind agenda.
“A Just Direction” – a letter of understanding
between the Social Democrats, the Social Liberals,
the Socialist People’s Party and the Red-Green Alli-
ance – emphasises the importance of fighting ine-
quality, as well as Denmark’s special responsibility
to help people in need. The letter of understanding
thus lays out an ambition to improve opportunities
for people with disabilities, help the most vulnera-
ble people in society, ensure equality, and provide a
good start in life for all children and young people.
Leave No One Behind is thus not only relevant in
efforts relating to the SDGs, it is a foundational
element of the Government’s policies and aims.
Challenges still lie ahead, but the Government is
dedicated to the Leave No One Behind agenda. A
number of Danish ministries contributed to this
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
138
chapter with examples of their concrete efforts and
political initiatives with a focus on involving and
strengthening vulnerable groups in Denmark.
Equality in health services
Health for all and universal healthcare coverage are
core elements of the Danish welfare society, where
easy and equal access to healthcare services is a
fundamental principle. Welfare is for everyone, but
we have a special responsibility to help the most
vulnerable in the society. Compared to the rest of
the population, inequality in health services is par-
ticularly high among people with mental illnesses.
Statistics show that people with mental illnesses
have a significantly shorter life expectancy and a
higher suicide rate than the rest of the population.
The following section presents two concrete initia-
tives that aim to improve equality in the healthcare
sector.
10-year plan for psychiatry
The Government will present a 10-year plan for
psychiatry that sets a long-term direction for psy-
chiatric services throughout the healthcare and
social sectors. The plan will include a focus on ine-
qualities in psychiatric services. The 10-year plan
for psychiatry aims to significantly improve preven-
tion and treatment, including an increased focus on
the prevention of mental vulnerability, improved
cohesion between regions and municipalities,
efforts for children and young adults, and targeted
efforts for people with a combination of substance
abuse issues and mental illness. The initiative is
closely linked to target 3.4 on reducing mortality
from non-communicable diseases and improving
mental health.
Action plan on tobacco
The Government has already developed an action
plan to combat tobacco use by children and young
people. In December 2020, a broad majority of
the Danish Parliament adopted legislation that
will implement the action plan. The Government
has also significantly increased taxes on tobacco
products.
Better access to the labour market for
vulnerable groups
The Government is working to ensure equal oppor-
tunities and rights for all, regardless of sex, sexual
orientation or gender identity. A core focus of these
efforts is to improve the access of vulnerable groups
to the labour market, such as initiatives targeting
those with little or no connection to the labour
market, and measures to improve women’s access
to leading positions in the business world. Work is
also being done to ensure that businesses protect
human and labour rights in global value chains. The
Government has a goal of increasing employment
among people with major physical disabilities, who
are among those that face the biggest barriers
to the labour market. Active employment efforts
for vulnerable groups are based on consultations
between unemployed persons and caseworkers in
job centres, as well as participation in employment,
social and health initiatives that can pave the way
to a job or education. The job centre consultations
aim to identify the individual process that will best
bring about job and education opportunities for
the individual. This is done to ensure that no one is
left behind in the labour market or in society, and to
contribute to fulfilling the SDGs, particularly SDG
10 on reducing inequality.
Citizens who are unable to obtain or retain employ-
ment on normal conditions, due to a permanent
and significantly reduced ability to work, have the
opportunity for flexi-jobs. Flexi-jobs account for
the individual’s reduced ability to work, and the
municipality subsidises the pay to compensate for
the reduced ability to work. Municipalities can also
offer mentor support to help citizens sustain educa-
tional and employment efforts or retain an existing
job. Schemes to compensate for disabilities include
personal assistance and assistive technologies that
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 139
can support efforts by citizens with disabilities to
obtain and retain employment.
The Government is also carrying out targeted
efforts to ensure that women have equal access
to the labour market. The latest annual report by
the Danish Business Authority shows that, from
15 August 2016 to 15 August 2020, the share of
women elected by general meetings to the boards
of listed companies increased from 15.5% to 20.6%.
Clearly, progress is coming too slowly for women
in corporate management in Denmark. This is par-
ticularly true in ethnic minority groups, of whom
fewer women than men are employed, and more
girls and women are held back by negative social
control mechanisms. The following section presents
a number of concrete initiatives aiming to improve
gender equality in the Danish labour market and to
address the employment challenges faced by par-
ticularly vulnerable populations.
Initiative to increase the number of women on
boards and in corporate management
The Government expects to propose a bill during
the forthcoming 2021-2022 session of the Danish
Parliament that tightens requirements for targets
and policies for the under-represented gender, in
order to increase the number of women on boards
of private companies and in corporate management.
The bill, expected to take effect on 1 January 2023,
will bring Denmark closer to fulfilling target 5.5 on
ensuring women’s full participation in leadership
and decision-making, and target 5.c on adopting and
strengthening policies and enforceable legislation
for gender equality.
Increased employment for people with major
disabilities
The Government is committed to ensuring that
more young people with disabilities have the oppor-
tunity to realise their potential and participate in
work environments. Therefore, the Government
will focus on how to best help more young people
with disabilities complete an education and achieve
an independent adult life where they experience
being a part of a community and contributing to
society on an equal footing with other adults. The
Government has set a goal of 13,000 people with
a disability being employed by 2025, and the Gov-
ernment has allocated DKK 128.4 million between
2019-2022 for 11 initiatives that will contribute to
increased employment for people with disabilities.
The initiative is linked to target 8.5 of full employ-
ment and decent work with equal pay. The initia-
tives also support the Government’s social mobility
goal of increased participation in employment or
the education of people with a disability.
The Danish Council on Corporate Social
Responsibility and Sustainable Development
Goals
SDG 8 and the Leave No One Behind agenda are
part of the work carried out by the Danish Council
on Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainable
Development Goals. The Council focuses, among
other things, on an inclusive labour market, includ-
ing business initiatives that can help develop and
utilise the resource potential among vulnerable
citizens on the fringe of the labour market. The
Council’s work is particularly linked with target 8.5
on full employment and decent work with equal pay.
Cabi
Funding under the auspices of the Danish Council
on Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainable
Development Goals has been allocated to support
Cabi, a non-profit network and knowledge centre
that works for a socially responsible labour market.
This funding enables Cabi to actively support busi-
nesses’ social considerations in recruitment and
sustainable business development. Cabi’s work for
the Danish Council on Corporate Social Responsi-
bility and Sustainable Development Goals relates
to target 8.3 on policies to support job creation and
growing enterprises, and target 8.5 on achieving full
employment and decent work with equal pay.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
140
Homelessness and vulnerable adults
Adults in socially vulnerable positions include adults
currently facing or at risk of social problems such
as homelessness, substance abuse, mental illness,
prostitution or violence in intimate relationships.
For some, this is a limited social problem without
economic, educational or employment conse-
quences, while other socially vulnerable adults find
themselves struggling with a variety of social prob-
lems all at once. Some of Denmark’s most vulnera-
ble groups are those who live in homelessness.
People with disabilities are generally assessed as
being at higher risk of being a vulnerable group in
society because they have relatively less education
and lower employment rates, and thus do not have
the same opportunities to support themselves
economically. This is partly due to the fact that they
require the adaptation of certain services in order
to participate equally in society, and because they
often face prejudices and discrimination. In the
social and elderly services areas, efforts are being
made to ensure that people with disabilities have
the same opportunities to be part of society and
realise their dreams and potential. Equal treatment
sometimes requires that people are treated differ-
ently based on their situation and needs. Therefore,
Danish law is designed to compensate people with
disabilities for the barriers to their participation in
society on an equitable footing with everyone else.
The following section lists a number of initiatives
for adults in socially vulnerable positions that aim
to improve quality of life and the ability to live an
independent life in society on equal terms as other
citizens.
Development and Investment Programmes
Annual funding of DKK 60-70 million is allocated to
the adult section and the children and youth section
of the Development and Investment Programmes,
respectively. These programmes work for system-
atic and effective development and implementation
of social interventions. Both programmes, which
address disabled services and policies, constitute
the ministry’s ongoing work to ensure that vul-
nerable groups in society receive effective social
and disability assistance that contributes to their
personal resources, life opportunities, well-being
and inclusion in society. Building on the best current
knowledge, this work focuses on the effects and
needs of municipalities, which are responsible for
the vast majority of social interventions. The initia-
tive contributes to meeting target 10.4 on fiscal and
social policy that promotes equality.
Housing First
The number of homeless people in Denmark must
be reduced and efforts for the homeless must be
improved. The Government intends to achieve
these aims through increased use of the Housing
First approach. With the agreement allocating a
reserve between 2021-2024 for social, health and
labour market measures, the Government has prior-
itised funding to follow up on the study of Housing
First and experiences from the current action plan
to fight homelessness. The initiative will contribute
to fulfilling target 1.2 on reducing poverty by half,
target 1.3 on implementing social protection sys-
tems and target 10.2 on promoting universal social,
economic and political inclusion.
Strengthened efforts against violence in
intimate relationships
It is the Government’s ambition to strengthen
efforts to prevent and address violence. With the
2020 Budget Act and the agreement allocating
a reserve between 2021-2024 for social, health
and labour market measures, the Government has
improved opportunities to help people, especially
women, affected by violence in intimate relation-
ships. These agreements strengthen outpatient
counselling for victims and perpetrators of vio-
lence, and introduce psychological counselling and
increased capacity in Denmark’s crisis centres for
women. The initiatives relate to target 5.2 on ending
all violence against and exploitation of women and
girls, target 10.3 on ending discrimination and cre-
ating equal opportunities, and target 10.4 on fiscal
and social policy that promotes equality.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 141
Exit prostitution
The Government wants to improve well-being
and reduce prostitution activities among vulner-
able people. Therefore, the agreement allocating
a reserve between 2021-2024 for social, health
and labour market measures directs funding to an
exit programme for people who want to exit pros-
titution, or who seek counselling regarding their
experiences. This initiative relates to target 1.2
on reducing poverty by half and target 1.3 on the
implementation of social protection systems.
Transition to adult life
In December 2020, the Danish Parliament passed
legislation requiring municipalities to initiate prepa-
rations for the transition to adult life when young
people with a disability turn 16 years old. This is
because the transition to adult life is particularly
difficult for young people with disabilities, as it
involves important changes and decisions relat-
ing to education, housing, support and assistance
according to relevant legislation. The new law took
effect on 1 January 2021. The initiative is particu-
larly related to target 10.3 on ensuring equal oppor-
tunities and ending discrimination, and target 10.4
on fiscal and social policy that promotes equality.
Vulnerable children and young
people, and child poverty
The Government is committed to fighting for chil-
dren’s rights, well-being and right to be heard. In the
area of children and education and the area of social
services, great efforts are being made to ensure
the best possible conditions for all children and
young people, with a special emphasis on vulnerable
children and young people. This includes children
with physical or mental challenges, e.g. children
with disabilities, ADHD, dyslexia, parents with
alcohol abuse issues, etc. While dealing with social
challenges, some families find it hard to make ends
meet, which ultimately affects the children. The
Government supports municipalities and schools in
their efforts to ensure well-being and learning for
all children and young people, as this is seen as the
basis for being able to complete further education
and live an independent life. There is a continuous
focus on groups of children and young people at risk
of not achieving academic or broad personal devel-
opment, including social development and well-be-
ing in the school’s academic and social communities.
Research and studies show that children and young
people with reduced functional capacity, and other
vulnerable children and young people, are at a
heightened risk of below-average academic perfor-
mance. They more frequently receive dispensation
from taking the lower secondary school exami-
nations, they have higher absence rates, and they
more frequently change schools. There are also
signs that children and young people with reduced
functional capacity have lower well-being in some
areas than other children and young people. This is
particularly true in relation to bullying, concentra-
tion in class, academic performance, and a sense of
belonging in school. Children and young people with
behavioural and developmental disorders are par-
ticularly likely to experience poor well-being.
The Danish Consolidation Act on Social Services
stipulates that municipalities have a general obli-
gation to monitor the living conditions of children
and young people under the age of 18, as well as
expectant parents within the municipality. Munic-
ipal supervision must be conducted so that the
municipality discovers as quickly as possible any
cases where there is a need for special support
for a child or young person under the age of 18, or
where it can be assumed that a need for special
support for a child might arise immediately after
birth. If the municipality has reason to believe that
a child or young person needs special support, the
municipal administration must conduct a child pro-
tection examination to clarify the needs of the child
or young person. This examination must lead to a
reasoned decision on whether there are grounds
for implementing special support measures and the
nature of such measures.
The municipality’s duty to initiate support and
assist vulnerable children and young people is cen-
tred around the child or young person’s need for
support, regardless of the reason. Therefore, the
assessment of whether to initiate measures must
be a concrete assessment of the individual child or
young person’s and family’s situation, and all sup-
port must be planned according to that assessment.
It is important to provide support at an early stage
and on a continuing basis, so that, as far as possible,
problems affecting the child or the young person
can be remedied in the home or in the immediate
environment. Article 46 of the Danish Consoli-
dation Act on Social Services stipulates that the
purpose of providing support to children and young
people with special needs is to ensure that they
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
142
have access to the same opportunities for personal
development, health and an independent adult life
as their peers.
Changing governments over time have maintained
a continuous focus on the efforts to support these
groups. The following section lists some concrete
initiatives launched and planned by the Govern-
ment to support especially vulnerable children and
young people.
National poverty line
The Government intends to reintroduce a national
poverty line, marking an important step towards
eradicating poverty and child poverty in particular.
The new poverty line will be an active tool for social
policy development, and will be instrumental in fol-
lowing up on SDG target 1.1 on eradicating extreme
poverty and target 1.2 on reducing poverty by half.
Initiative to address dyslexia
An initiative launched in 2019 focuses on improving
early identification and support for students with
dyslexia. A political agreement reached in Septem-
ber 2020 allocates DKK 30 million to improve the
identification and support of students with dyslexia.
This initiative is closely linked to target 4.6 on
teaching reading, writing and arithmetic to all.
Improving well-being for LGBTI people in
primary and lower secondary schools and in
upper secondary education programmes
As part of the action plan to promote security,
well-being and equal opportunities for LBGTI
people, the Government initiated the development
of materials to provide guidance and inspiration to
primary and lower secondary schools and upper
secondary education programmes. The Ministry of
Children and Education, in collaboration with the
Ministry of Employment’s Department of Equal
Opportunity, is currently preparing these materials
for teachers and school administrators. The mate-
rials focus on the challenges that students with
LGBTI identity may encounter, ways to support
their well-being, and the promotion of openness
and understanding among classmates. The first part
of these materials was recently released on emu.
dk. The second part will be released during 2021.
The initiative brings Denmark closer to meeting
target 4.5 on eliminating all discrimination in edu-
cation, target 4.7 on education for sustainable
development and global citizenship, and target
10.3 on ensuring equal opportunities and ending
discrimination.
Initiative against negative social control
A bill was recently adopted to strengthen efforts
against negative social control, including the
prohibition of religious marriages of minors and
increased penalties for forcing people to remain
married or in marriage-like relationships. The
Government has also allocated DKK 40 million in
the Budget Act for initiatives against social control
in ethnic minority environments where girls and
women are particularly vulnerable. These funds
will be used for further training of professionals,
including job centre staff, better equipping them
to address the problem and help more people gain
employment. The initiative contributes to the
fulfilment of target 5.3 on eliminating forced mar-
riages and genital mutilation, and target 8.5 on full
employment and decent work with equal pay.
Children First
In May 2021, the Government and a political
majority presented the reform “Children First” .
The reform allocates DKK 2 billion in the years
2022-2025 and DKK 734 million annually once fully
phased in. The reform includes the preparation of
a brand new Danish Child’s Act, which will ensure
that children’s voices are heard and that their
wishes and needs are given top priority. The reform
also includes measures to ensure more stability and
continuity for children placed in care, and to give
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 143
children and young people placed outside the home
a better transition to adult life. These measures sup-
port the aim of creating a strong basis for complet-
ing further education and achieving an independent
adult life. The reform also includes a greater focus
on preventing child neglect in minority families
to improve the protection of children from social
control and extremism. This includes an initiative
to establish “rights schools” in vulnerable housing
areas with the purpose of ensuring that children
know their rights, regardless of ethnic background.
The initiative is related to target 4.4 on increasing
the number of people with relevant skills for finan-
cial success, target 10.2 on promoting universal
social, economic and political inclusion, target 10.3
on ensuring equal opportunities and ending discrim-
ination, and target 10.4 on fiscal and social policy
that promotes equality.
Legislation and crime
Denmark faces a number of challenges relating to
crime committed on the basis of prejudice or hatred
for certain groups. Victims of hate crimes are most
often from minority groups, including LGTBI people
and people with disabilities. Efforts are being made
to deal with hate crimes in the criminal justice
system. Unfortunately, in Denmark today, people
with disabilities are subjected to threats, as well
as physical and psychological violence, because
of their disability. Many associations for disabled
people have reported incidents in recent years in
which their members have been threatened with
or subjected to violence. The Danish Ministry of
Justice has engaged in dialogue with a number of
relevant interest groups on possible measures to
strengthen efforts against hate crimes. One impor-
tant issue that arose from this dialogue is the fact
that crimes based on the victim’s disability are not
currently considered hate crimes under the Danish
Criminal Code. Therefore, the Minister of Justice
has proposed a bill that will revise the criminal code
to strengthen protection from crimes committed on
the basis of the victim’s disability.
Denmark is also facing challenges relating to other
types of crime. The Government has a clear ambi-
tion to reduce the number of victims of sexual
crimes and to significantly expand the support avail-
able to victims. Efforts are also being made in the
justice system to improve the conditions for victims
of sexual assault. This includes better guidance
through the justice system, improved counselling
and better support.
The following section lists a number of concrete
initiatives to address the problem of hate crimes
against vulnerable minority groups and the problem
of inadequate support for victims of sexual assault.
Bill on expanding legal protection from hate
crimes
The word “disability” was by Act no. 154 of April 20
2021 added to article 81(6) of the Danish Criminal
Code, thereby expanding the definition of aggra-
vating circumstances. With this amendment, it will
be considered an aggravating circumstance if a
criminal act is based on the victim’s disability. The
initiative is closely linked to target 16.b on the pro-
motion and enforcement of non-discriminatory laws
and policies as well as target 10.3 on ensuring equal
opportunities and ending discrimination.
Addition of “gender identity”, “gender
expression” and “gender characteristics” to
Article 266(b) of the Danish Criminal Code
As part of its efforts against hate crimes, in autumn
2021 the Government will propose a bill that aims
to strengthen protection of LGBTI people against
discrimination, hate crimes and hate speech. The
bill includes a proposal to make explicit the protec-
tion of transgender and intersex people from hate
crimes and hate speech by amending the Danish
Criminal Code to include the terms “gender identity,
gender expression or gender characteristics” in
Articles 81(6) on hate crimes and Article 266(1) on
hate speech. The initiative also includes strengthen-
ing the protection of people with disabilities against
hate speech. Relating to this initiative, an amend-
ment of Article 266(b)(1) of the Danish Criminal
Code on hate speech has been proposed to include
the word “disability”. The initiative is closely linked
to target 10.3 on ensuring equal opportunities and
ending discrimination as well as target 16.b on the
promotion and enforcement of non-discriminatory
laws and policies.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
144
Better protection against discrimination of
LGBTI people
The Government intends to submit bills on
strengthening and emphasising the protection of
LGBTI people against discrimination. Specifically,
the bills include a revision of the Gender Equality
Act to ban discrimination outside the labour market
based on sexual orientation, and revisions of the
Gender Equality Act and the Discrimination Act
to explicitly ban discrimination based on gender,
gender expression and gender characteristics. The
initiative is closely linked to target 10.3 on ensuring
equal opportunities and ending discrimination as
well as target 16.b on the promotion and enforce-
ment of non-discriminatory laws and policies.
Better support and guidance through the
justice system for victims of sexual assault
In the 2021 Budget Act agreement, the Govern-
ment, Social Liberal Party, the Socialist People’s
Party, the Red-Green Alliance, and The Alternative
have agreed to provide better support and guidance
through the justice system for victims of sexual
assault. The agreement grants victims of sexual
assault the right to counsel from a lawyer prior to
reporting the assault to the police, as well as further
counsel after filing the report. These initiatives
will supplement the existing right to an appointed
a lawyer after reporting the case to the police. It is
hoped that the agreement will provide greater secu-
rity and clarification for the victims. The initiative
is closely linked to target 5.2 on ending all violence
against and exploitation of women and girls, target
5.c on adopting and strengthening policies and
enforceable legislation for gender equality, and
target 16.b on the promotion and enforcement of
non-discriminatory laws and policies.
Consent-based rape provision
Alongside the measures for better support and
guidance for victims of sexual assault, last year
the Danish Parliament adopted a consent-based
rape provision that makes it a criminal offence to
have sexual intercourse with a person who does
not consent. The ambition of the consent law is to
change society’s understanding of what constitutes
rape, and this is an important step on the road to
gender equality in Denmark. The initiative is closely
linked to target 5.2 on ending all violence against
and exploitation of women and girls, target 5.c on
adopting and strengthening policies and enforcea-
ble legislation for gender equality, and target 16.b
on the promotion and enforcement of non-discrimi-
natory laws and policies.
Sustainability with room for all
Sustainable development is only sustainable when it
is open and available to all. This applies when build-
ing sustainable housing and green areas in cities,
working to reduce food waste, and taking measures
to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The Govern-
ment is thus working hard to ensure that vulnerable
populations are involved in the green transition and
the execution of sustainable initiatives.
The green transition towards a 70% reduction of
Danish greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 and
climate neutrality by 2050 requires massive, fun-
damental changes in Danish society. The Danish
Climate Act stipulates that climate efforts must
take into account a number of guiding principles,
including consideration for employment and main-
taining a strong welfare society in which cohesion
and social balance are maintained. This will ensure
that the green transition towards the 70% goal is
also a socially-balanced and cost-effective tran-
sition. Extensive efforts are being made to make
Denmark a leading country in the areas of climate,
energy and utilities, and the environment through
efforts to execute a smart and ambitious green
transition that does not move jobs or emissions
abroad, and which does not increase pressures on
the social balance. The Ministry of the Environment
has launched a number of initiatives in relation to
vulnerable groups, particularly in relation to access
and enjoyment of nature.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 145
The Government’s leave no one behind philosophy
is also evident in its “2020 goals for the socially vul-
nerable”, which support and facilitate initiatives to
ensure good and healthy food for socially disadvan-
taged people. Many Danish food businesses, includ-
ing large retail chains, support the distribution of
surplus food to socially disadvantaged people via
donation. The donated food is received by a net-
work of local, regional and nationwide volunteer
organisations, which redistribute it to socially
disadvantaged people. It is also used to prepare
meals on a daily basis, e.g. for people with substance
abuse problems, homeless people, etc. The donors
and recipients have kept the Government informed
about barriers to donation that have emerged along
the way. These include legal, infrastructure and
network-related issues requiring action. Current
efforts in the food, agriculture and fisheries sectors
seek to identify and reduce these barriers to dona-
tion. There has also been a need to develop tools to
help donors and recipients with interpreting regu-
lations of various kinds (taxation, food regulations,
etc.). Such guidance is considered essential to facil-
itating the work of both donors and recipients, and
to ensuring continued donations.
Under the auspices of the interior and housing
authorities, efforts are ongoing to expand the
supply of housing and to build safe and afforda-
ble housing. Two different vulnerable groups are
addressed in these efforts. The first group consists
of economically vulnerable people in low-income
households. The other group is those who are vul-
nerable due to illness, old age or disability. To ensure
a broad supply of housing, municipalities have the
authority to issue permits for the construction of
social housing. This includes family housing, youth
housing and elderly housing. The Danish state
provides support for the financing of this housing.
Low-income households are also eligible for rent
support benefits. In new residential areas, munici-
palities can require that social housing constitutes
a certain share of new housing in the area. There is
also a nationally mandated housing guarantee for
elderly persons referred to an assisted living com-
plex. For the homeless, municipalities can exercise
their right to place vulnerable persons in social
housing ahead of any waiting lists and/or build spe-
cial housing with state funding.
The following section presents a number of
concrete initiatives that aim to ensure that the
most vulnerable populations are included in the
green transition and the fight for sustainable
development.
Analysis of the green transition’s impact on
households
When deciding which measures should be taken
to meet the 70% goal, the relevant factors extend
beyond the costs for the Danish state and the
reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. Consider-
ation is also given to how implementation of the
measures will impact businesses, households and
Danish employment. This initiative brings Denmark
closer to fulfilling target 13.2 on integrating climate
change measures into policies and planning.
Guidance on donations
In 2019, the Government established the ONE
THIRD think tank on the prevention of food waste
and food loss, which brings together stakeholders
from across the food supply chain to facilitate and
launch initiatives to reduce food waste. Under the
auspices of ONE THIRD, a working group has been
launched to develop a guide on the donation of
surplus food from supermarkets. In 2021, the think
tank will expand the scope of the guide to cover
more industries. The working group will also collect
and compile input from food businesses, industry
organisations, NGOs, etc., on barriers to donation.
This information will then be used to coordinate
contact with relevant actors, e.g. public authorities
and universities, and develop solutions that reduce
or eliminate the barrier in question. This initiative
is closely tied to target 2.1 on universal access to
safe and nutritious food, and target 12.3 on halving
global per capita food waste.
Increased supply of social housing
It is important to the Government that cities have
a supply of affordable housing, as this is critical to
ensuring inclusive and mixed cities. The Housing
Agreement of May 2020 includes an exploration of
how new and affordable social housing can be real-
ised by utilising funds in Nybyggerifonden (The New
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
146
Housing Construction Fund). A working group has
also been appointed to develop recommendations
on ways to promote joint construction initiatives
and co-housing schemes, including initiatives and
schemes involving social housing. These initiatives
brings Denmark closer to fulfilling target 11.1 on
safe and affordable housing.
Increased accessibility for the elderly and
people with disabilities
The Housing Agreement of May 2020 allocates
funding to make housing in the social housing sector
accessible to the elderly and people with disabil-
ities, and a working group has been appointed to
develop recommendations on how to use this fund-
ing in a way that maximises the availability of acces-
sible social housing. This initiative is closely tied to
target 11.3 on inclusive and sustainable urbanisa-
tion, and target 11.7 on providing access to safe and
inclusive green and public spaces.
Udinaturen.dk
More than 1,000 handicap facilities have been
established by the Nature Agency, which includes
an improvement in accessibility. The website udina-
turen.dk (outinnature.dk) and all guides to trekking
provide information on accessibility in outdoor
public spaces. This initiative brings Denmark closer
to meeting target 11.3 on inclusive and sustainable
urbanisation, and target 11.7 on providing access to
safe and inclusive green and public spaces.
“Frisk i Naturen”
The “Summer in Nature 2020” agreement between
the Government, the Social Liberal Party, the Social-
ist People’s Party, the Red-Green Alliance, and The
Alternative allocates funding for “Frisk i Naturen”,
a partnership between the Danish Environmental
Protection Agency and SIND – the Danish Associa-
tion for Mental Health – to help mentally vulnerable
people get outside and enjoy nature. This initiative
is linked to target 3.4 on promoting mental health.
Vulnerable groups and Danish
development cooperation
Building on a fundamental commitment to human
rights, Denmark’s development cooperation and
humanitarian efforts support the ambition of leav-
ing no one behind. In our bilateral and multilateral
engagements and our collaboration with civil
society – a critical partner for reaching the most
vulnerable groups – Denmark is known as a propo-
nent of human rights globally, not least the rights
and equality of women and girls. The human rights-
based approach, which includes consideration of
the Leave No One Behind agenda, is an integrated
part of the Danish guidelines on the preparation of
programmes, projects and country engagements
in development cooperation. Fragile countries in
conflict require special effort. In these countries,
the entire population is left behind when the state
is unable to deliver on needs such as security and
access to basic services like health care and educa-
tion. We cannot reach everyone; but there is a focus
on reaching those in greatest need.
Denmark has a focus on vulnerable groups globally
– particularly women, girls and young people – and
people living in areas impacted by climate change,
conflict, instability and fragility, not least refugees
and internally displaced persons. One concrete tool
is the Danish action plan for sexual and reproduc-
tive health and rights, which aims to maximise the
impact of our efforts for the rights of women and
girls globally. Promoting mental health and the fight
against inequality in healthcare are high priorities in
the Government’s international health activities. In
business-oriented activities of this nature, the Gov-
ernment is particularly focused on supporting the
ability of businesses to protect human rights and
labour rights in global supply chains.
Denmark’s ambition is to address the factors and
structures that cause vulnerability in developing
countries, and to provide support for groups with
the greatest need. Denmark thus pursues the Leave
No One Behind agenda both bilaterally and multi-
laterally in developing countries, and by working for
international standards that ensure a solid basis for
the promotion and protection of rights for margin-
alised and vulnerable groups. The following section
lists a number of concrete initiatives aiming to sup-
port the most vulnerable groups in connection with
Denmark’s international efforts.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 147
Due diligence
Due diligence is about identifying, preventing, mit-
igating and accounting for current and potential
negative impacts on society. Due diligence is a means
of operationalising the SDGs. Working actively
with due diligence processes means that businesses
examine the entire value chain and ensure that all
parameters are included in risk assessments. Due dil-
igence helps businesses identify potential negative
impacts on people and the environment, and to plan
an effective response. The Government welcomes
the introduction of mandatory due diligence at the
EU level and the European Commission’s announce-
ment of a bill to this effect in 2021. This initiative is
closely linked with target 13.2 on integrating climate
change measures into policies and planning.
Fighting sexual and gender-based violence
In 2021, Denmark took lead of the global initiative,
Call to Action, which brings together 92 partners,
including countries, donors, UN organisations and
civil society organisations. For the next two years,
Denmark will spearhead the initiative’s agenda on
prioritising and fighting sexual and gender-based
violence in humanitarian crises, where women and
girls have limited access to basic health services and
are particularly vulnerable to assault, rape, and child
marriage. The initiative is closely linked to target
5.2 on ending all violence against and exploitation
of women and girls, target 5.3 on stopping forced
marriages and genital mutilation, target 16.1 on
reducing violence everywhere and target 16.2 on
protecting children from assault, exploitation, traf-
ficking and violence.
Social safety net in Africa
An effective social safety net can be an important
tool in securing the livelihoods of poor and vul-
nerable populations. Since 2011, Denmark has
supported the social safety net in Ethiopia through
the “Productive Safety Net Programme (PSNP)”,
which annually protects up to 8 million people
from extreme poverty and food insecurity. In addi-
tion, Denmark has supported an urban safety net
in Kenya and Ethiopia as part of the COVID-19
assistance packages to ensure economic recovery
in a socially inclusive manner. This initiative brings
Denmark closer to fulfilling target 1.a on mobilising
resources to implement policies to end poverty and
target 17.3 on mobilising financial resources for
developing countries.
Focus on durable solutions for refugees, internal-
ly displaced persons and affected communities
Denmark is focused on promoting more inclusive,
durable solutions for vulnerable groups among for-
cibly displaced persons and affected communities.
We do this internationally through partnerships
with organisations such as UNHCR and the World
Bank, and through strong engagement in policy
development and implementation. This is reflected
operationally in crises in locations such as Burkina
Faso, Mali, Uganda, Kenya, Ethiopia, Jordan, Leb-
anon, and Afghanistan, where humanitarian and
development instruments are utilised to support
the most vulnerable individuals and groups. This ini-
tiative is closely linked to target 10.7 on developing
responsible and well-managed migration policies,
and target 17.3 on mobilising financial resources for
developing countries.
Focus on global health
The COVID-19 pandemic has further illustrated the
need for universal access to health coverage for the
most vulnerable groups in society. More than ever
before, Danish contributions to development in the
area of health are critical to addressing the global
challenges of managing future health threats. With
the establishment of ICARS, Denmark is working to
address the global challenge of antibiotic resistance,
including a particular focus on helping to strengthen
efforts in low- and middle-income countries. This
initiative is closely linked to target 3.c on increasing
health financing and supporting health workforce in
developing countries.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 149
8. Recovery after
COVID-19
Since March 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has
greatly impacted societies around the world. The
health crisis has led to lost lives, bankrupted busi-
nesses, ruined many people’s life work, caused
families to lose their income, and set back the green
transition. These consequences have made it diffi-
cult to fulfil the Sustainable Development Goals.
Denmark has coped relatively well during the crisis,
but COVID-19 remains a major challenge and the
crisis continues to greatly impact all areas of Danish
society. The impacts, such as increased unemploy-
ment and school closures, have been especially
severe for vulnerable groups. The Government has
therefore taken a series of initiatives to support vul-
nerable groups. A coordinated and focused effort is
more important than ever to ensure that Denmark
continues to work for the implementation of the
SDGs, including improvements in the conditions for
the most vulnerable groups in society.
There is good reason for optimism and hope for
the future. The share of Danes who are vaccinated
against COVID-19 has continued to grow since the
vaccine roll-out commenced in December 2020.
The latest figures show that the Danish economy
continues to perform surprisingly well and will
make it through the pandemic better than expected.
Denmark’s expansive fiscal policy, including assis-
tance packages and stimulus efforts, has helped to
maintain thousands of Danish jobs.
Stimulus efforts have also been launched at the EU
level, including the NextGenerationEU recovery
instrument, which will help European economies
get back on their feet after the pandemic. Den-
mark’s Recovery and Resilience Plan, which was
announced on 30 April 2021, will help fund a series
of agreements between a majority of the Danish
Parliament and the Government that will help main-
tain Danish jobs and ensure that Denmark emerges
from the crisis greener and more digital. The
recovery plan allocates funds for the agreements
on green road transport, green tax reform, and the
Government’s digitalisation partnership.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
150
8.1 Consequences of COVID-19
in Denmark
COVID-19 has had large consequences for many
parts of society. Table 8.1 presents a reduction in
both wages, employment, and labor market affili-
ation in 2020, while unemployment increased. In
the second statistical annex, Statistics Denmark
highlights some areas of sustainable development
affected by COVID-19.
The pandemic continues to impact implementation
of the SDGs in countries around the world, and
has directly impacted the process of preparing this
VNR. The lockdowns have placed particular chal-
lenges on stakeholder engagement, as communica-
tion could not be carried out as planned. Almost all
meetings have been virtual, which is unfortunate,
as there are many benefits of meeting in the same
room and engaging in less restricted exchanges
of experiences and ideas. Yet despite the virtual
format of these meetings, stakeholders expressed
strong support of the process and interest in partic-
ipating. Therefore, the virtual format is not assessed
as having any significant impact on the process. All
of the planned meetings and hearings were con-
ducted successfully, providing essential platforms
for exchanging knowledge, inspiration, and con-
structive input on the action plan and VNR.
Key figures from Economic Survey, December 2020
GDP growth (percentage)
Inflation (percentage)
Nominal wages, growth (percentage)
Employment (thousands)
Employment growth (thousands)
Unemployment (thousands)
Unemployment growth (thousands)
Unemployment (percentage of workforce)
Workforce (thousands)
Labor market affiliation (percentage)
2019
2.8
0.8
2.5
3,003
37
104
-4
3.4
3,105
82.9
2020
-3.8
0.5
2.1
2,979
-23
133
29
4.3
3,111
82.3
2021
2.8
1.2
2.4
2,995
15
126
-7
4.1
3,118
81.6
2022
3.1
1.6
2.6
3,021
26
119
-7
3.8
3,137
81.3
Source:
Economic Review,
December 2020
Table 8.1
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 151
8.2 Background for the
Recovery and Resilience Plan
The EU Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF)
for 2021-2027 established a €750 billion recovery
instrument to help European economies get back
on their feet after the pandemic. The vast major-
ity of funding in the NextGenerationEU recovery
instrument is distributed via a recovery facility from
which member states can apply for funding for their
recovery plans. To access these funds, the recovery
plans must contribute to growth, green transition
and digitalisation. Denmark is currently expected
to be eligible for DKK 11.6 billion from the recovery
facility.
The recovery facility has a consistent focus on
initiatives that support the green transition. Sixty
percent of the funds in the Danish recovery plan
will be used on the green transition, which exceeds
the EU minimum requirement of 37%. Green invest-
ments include initiatives that will provide immedi-
ate reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, as well
as initiatives that will form the basis for significant
future reductions. Denmark has one of the most
ambitious climate goals in the world, committing
to a 70% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions
by 2030, and the recovery plan will contribute to
reaching this goal.
By investing in green jobs and green growth, the
recovery plan will help restart the Danish economy
after the pandemic and help address climate chal-
lenges. To restore the economy, it is essential to
secure existing employment and create new jobs by
increasing demand. Therefore, the recovery plan
includes initiatives that contribute to job creation
in the short term, as well as investments in technol-
ogies with the potential to create even more jobs in
the future.
Additional investments under the plan involve the
digitalisation of private enterprises and the public
sector, which will help keep Denmark at the fore-
front of digital solutions.
The recovery plan prioritises seven areas that will
strengthen the Danish economy while ensuring a
greener and more digitalised society as we emerge
from the crisis. The distribution of funds in the
Danish recovery plan and the anticipated impacts
on greenhouse gas emissions can be seen in Table
8.2. Furthermore, figure 8.1 and 8.2 shows the
distribution of costs in the recovery plan by compo-
nent. The initiatives are detailed in section 8.3.
The Danish Recovery Plan
1.1. COVID-19 government efforts in the field of health
1.2. Green transition of agriculture and environment
1.3. Energy efficiency improvements, green heat, CCS
1.4. Green tax reform
1.5. Green transition of road transport
1.6. Digitalisation
1.7. Green research and development
Initiatives, total
0.2
1.3
2.0
3.9
1.6
0.7
1.8
11.6
2.1
11.4
17.6
33.7
14.0
5.7
15.5
100
-
0.1
0.1
0.5
2.1
-
-
2.8
Note:
CO2e reduction is
the total effect of the
combined national
stimulus funds and
recovery funds.
The reductions are
estimated separately and
therefore the estimated
effect can overlap.
Source:
Denmark’s Recovery and
Resilience Plan
Table 8.2
Share
of total
funding
(%)
DKK
billions
CO2e
reduction
2030
(million
tonnes)
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
152
Figure 8.2
Figure 8.1
Costs in Denmark’s Recovery and Resilience Plan by component
Green and digital share of costs in Denmark’s Recovery and Resilience Plan
Source:
Denmark’s Recovery
and Resilience Plan
Source:
Denmark’s Recovery
and Resilience Plan
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
15%
25%
60%
Total
B. DKK.
Digital Other
Green Transition
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Total
B. DKK.
Digital
Green Transition
Health
Energy Efficiency etc.
Road Transport
Green R&D
Agriculture and Environment
Green Tax Reform
Digitalisation
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 153
Health and resilience of the health system
The COVID-19 pandemic brought heightened uncertainty about the supply chain of critical
medicines and medical equipment. The recovery plan will strengthen public health and make the
health system more resilient to unexpected crises such as COVID-19. Denmark will build up stocks
of critical medicines and medical equipment to reduce vulnerability in the supply chain. Denmark
will also take measures to strengthen digitalisation of the health system. For example, a strategic
digitalisation initiative that builds on experiences from the COVID-19 pandemic will ensure that
new technological and digital solutions are used to create a more resilient and sustainable health
system that is more cohesive and closer to citizens. This will help to improve the protection of
vulnerable groups.
Box 8.1
8.3 Elements of Denmark’s
Recovery and Resilience Plan
The Danish recovery plan will secure the Danish
economy after more than one year of dealing with
the challenges of the pandemic. The plan also helps
to support a better and greener recovery. The
Government has prioritised the following seven
areas, which will help to achieve Denmark’s climate
goals, create more jobs, increase digitalisation and
improve health services. The recovery plan thus also
contributes to fulfilling a number of the SDGs.
Green transition of agriculture and environment
The recovery plan allocates funding to support transitions to organic farming, ceasing farming of
peatland with high carbon content, and massive investments in green research. As approximately
one third of all greenhouse gases in Denmark are produced in the agricultural sector, the initiative
will be of great importance to the effort to achieve climate neutrality by 2050. The initiative also
allocates funding for the clean-up of a number of major contamination sites, thus eliminating the
risk that these hazardous chemicals will spread further in nature. The initiative builds on the latest
technologies and green research, which will contribute to fulfilling a number of SDGs.
Box 8.2
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
154
Energy efficiency, green heat and CCS
By increasing energy efficiency, Denmark can reach both the EU’s and its own climate goal in a
cost-effective way. The initiative accelerates the transition from oil and gas heating to electric heat
pumps, district heating and energy renovations in private sector and public buildings. In addition
to helping achieve climate goals, investments under the initiative – e.g. improving the energy effi-
ciency of buildings – will also stimulate the economy and promote job creation. Investments will
also be made in feasibility studies in CCS, which may eventually play a central role in the green
transition. The initiative thereby contributes to fulfilling a number of the SDGs.
Box 8.3
Green tax reform
As greenhouse gas emissions from the industrial and service sectors account for approximately
one-fifth of Denmark’s emissions, a tax on greenhouse gases will be one of the most cost-effective
means of reducing emissions. A model that can function in practice has not yet been finalised, but it
is expected to be implemented at a later date. The first phase of the green tax reform will increase
the energy tax, giving businesses an immediate incentive to reduce their energy consumption and
thus their greenhouse gas emissions. A clear signal will be sent to businesses that a tax on green-
house gases will be introduced at a later time. The green tax reform also includes an investment
window that gives businesses the opportunity to carry out a green transition of their production
activities so that they are ready for the introduction of the uniform tax on greenhouse gases.
Box 8.4
Green road transport
In December 2020, the Government entered into an agreement with the Danish Parliament on
a green transition in road transport, with a goal of 1 million electric vehicles on Danish roads
in 2030, which in turn will reduce greenhouse gas emissions from the transport sector. The
agreement includes massive investments in green infrastructure and technology, cycle paths and
car-sharing schemes. Greater incentives to choose green vehicles will include the restructuring
of car registration fees and ensuring a low electricity tax in connection with charging electric
vehicles. These initiatives from the recovery plan will contribute to fulfilling a number of the SDGs.
Box 8.5
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 155
Green research and development
Denmark is already a leader in green solutions and technologies. The recovery plan funds
additional investments in new green technologies, including research in CCS, green fuels for
transport and industry, and reuse of plastic and waste through circular economy practices.
These technologies hold great potential, and the initiatives can thereby contribute to the green
transition, promote digitalisation and support and create new Danish jobs in the green sector.
Digitalisation
A vital component in the recovery of Europe’s economies after COVID-19 is unleashing the
potential of increased digitalisation of both the private and public sectors. A new digital strategy
will promote the digital transformation across sectors to strengthen welfare, equality, growth,
employment and the green transition. Specifically, the strategy will improve connections between
the regions and create new digital export opportunities for Danish SMEs. The strategy builds on
the recommendations of a digitalisation partnership comprised of representatives of the Danish
business community, labour and employer organisations, the Government, and other key actors.
Box 8.7
Box 8.6
8.4 International Efforts
The world is more closely connected than ever
before. Therefore, the consequences of COVID-19
affect the entire world. Supply chains have been
broken and trade has declined. The consequences
are also felt in Denmark, which is a small, open and
export-oriented economy. Danish businesses are
greatly dependent on a fast and effective economic
recovery – not just in Denmark, but globally. It is
therefore important to take a national and global
approach to the COVID-19 recovery.
Exports to EU countries are particularly important
for Danish businesses. 500,000 jobs – approxi-
mately one in every six Danish jobs – depend on
exports to the EU’s internal market. It is clearly in
Denmark’s interest that the COVID-19 recovery
is fast and effective in the rest of the EU. The Nex-
tGenerationEU recovery instrument is helping to
make the recovery a success.
The requirement that funds from the instrument
are used on digitalisation and green transition will
create significant export opportunities in areas
where Danish businesses are among the world
leaders. The requirements of the EU recovery
instrument will also contribute to fulfilling a number
of the SDGs.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
156
8.5 Next Steps
The wide-ranging consequences of COVID-19
pose new challenges to efforts to improve inclu-
sion among vulnerable groups in society. It is more
important than ever that we stand together to
strengthen Danish society, so that we can emerge
from the crisis stronger, greener and more just.
The recovery plan will strengthen the Danish econ-
omy so that Denmark emerges from the pandemic
better and greener. The plan will bring massive
investments in the green transition, which will
create jobs. The initiatives in the recovery plan
ensure equality across regions, industries, sectors
and households. Through investments and reforms,
the recovery plan will bring Denmark closer to
fulfilling the SDGs and strengthen the Danish econ-
omy while ensuring that no one is left behind.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 159
9. Conclusion
and Efforts Going
Forward
Denmark’s second Voluntary National Review has
mapped out Danish efforts to implement the United
Nations’ 17 Sustainable Development Goals and the
2030 Agenda. The report has clarified Denmark’s
broadly anchored commitment to sustainable
development, as evidenced by the contributions of
various actors in Danish society. Denmark’s second
VNR thus lays the groundwork for strengthened
cooperation between the Danish Government, the
Danish Parliament, civil society, the private sector,
organisations, academic institutions, municipalities
and regions, and other actors.
The report includes assessments – by both the Gov-
ernment and civil society actors – of progress on the
individual targets underlying each goal. The Gov-
ernment tasked Denmark’s ministries with assess-
ing the country’s progress towards fulfilling each of
the 17 SDGs identifying which targets are particu-
larly challenging for Denmark, and proposing polit-
ical initiatives that can accelerate progress. Based
on the assessments of the Danish Government and
civil society, the report proposes new focus areas
and initiatives; following up on these assessments is
a top priority on the Government’s agenda.
In the short and medium term, Denmark looks to
adopt new policy initiatives in connection with
the SDGs, implement the action plan and prepare
annual progress reports. Denmark’s VNR is closely
aligned with the Government’s national action plan
for implementation of the SDGs. This action plan
includes newly defined Danish targets and presents
new policy initiatives that place efforts towards the
SDGs in a Danish context. Denmark has taken big
and small steps in the right direction, which will be
followed by additional steps in the coming years as
the Government continues to integrate sustaina-
bility into political initiatives. Sustainable solutions
must be implemented in a broader range of contexts
and areas than ever before. The time to act is now.
As the report shows, Denmark is making excellent
progress on many of the SDGs, including those
relating to health, quality education for all, eradi-
cating poverty and reducing inequality. However,
there is still great potential for additional progress,
particularly in relation to SDGs 5, 12, 13, 14 and
15, where Denmark faces significant challenges.
Several of these SDGs are addressed in the national
action plan, which proposes a number of political
initiatives aimed at meeting the challenges faced
by Denmark in its efforts to implement the SDGs. A
progress report will be prepared in 2022 to follow
up on the goals in the Government’s action plan for
implementation of the 17 SDGs.
Denmark will also continue to issue periodic reports
on national and international progress. In the mean-
time, Denmark will maintain its efforts to imple-
ment the SDGs and 2030 Agenda. The national
action plan, national targets and new political initi-
atives will form the basis for these efforts. It is also
the Government’s ambition going forward to ensure
that the sustainable agenda serves as the founda-
tion for the development and implementation of
new policies. Denmark can thereby continue to
uphold its responsibility for the global sustainability
agenda, work for Build Back Better in the wake of
the Covid-19 pandemic, and ensure that no one –
especially those in vulnerable population groups – is
left behind in the process.
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021 161
Annex
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda
Denmark
Statistical annex to the
Voluntary National Review
for Denmark
Statistical follow-up on
the 2030 Agenda
Denmark
1
Statistical follow-up on
the 2030 Agenda
Denmark
Statistical annex to the Voluntary National Review for Denmark
2
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda – Denmark
- Statistical annex to the Voluntary National Review for Denmark
Published by Statistics Denmark
July 2021
Cover graphics: UN and Statistics Denmark
Address:
Statistics Denmark
Sejrøgade 11
DK-2100 Copenhagen Ø
Phone: +45 39 17 39 17
E-mail: dst@dst.dk
www.dst.dk
Symbols:
» Repetition
- Nil
0
0,0 } Less than half the final digit shown
• Not applicable
. . Available information not conclusive
. . . Data not available
* Provisional or estimated figures
— Break in a series, which means that data above the line are not fully
comparable with data below the line
/ / Break in a series (in diagrams)
i.sk. Not seasonally adjusted
sk. Seasonally adjusted
r Revised figures
Due to rounding, the figures given for individual items do not necessarily add up to the corresponding totals shown.
© Statistics Denmark 2021
All rights reserved.
You are welcome to quote from this publication
with an indication of this publication as source
in accordance with good practice.
Copying for private use is allowed.
Any other full or partial reproduction or circulation
is not allowed without prior written consent from Statistics Denmark.
You are welcome to contact us if you are in doubt.
3
Preface
Since the adoption of the 2030 Agenda six years ago, Statistics Denmark has
embraced the work on the follow-up on the Agenda, both in a national and
international context. We are the national focal point on data for the 2030 Agenda
and have developed our presentations and tools in close collaboration with national
stakeholders. We are also a visible and committed partner to the international
statistical activities addressing the Agenda.
This statistical annex is one of the results of Statistics Denmark’s work on
Sustainable Development Goals and chapter 6 presents all the global indicators that
can be followed-up by using existing Danish data. In parallel to the statistical follow-
up on the global indicators, Statistics Denmark has been involved in the compilation
of additional sustainable development indicators that were directly relevant for
Denmark, i.e. taking full account of the Danish circumstances, characteristics, and
production/consumption patterns. This work has resulted in the ‘Our Goals’ report
that is introduced in chapter 4.1. We have also compiled a statistical publication on
the development in the Danish business sector’s contribution to the Sustainable
Development Goals since 2010. Information on this publication can be found in
chapter 4.2.
The present document is the second statistical annex to the Danish Voluntary
National Review, the first one was prepared in 2017. It shows a picture of the Danish
follow-up on the Sustainable Development Goals six years on after the adoption of
the Agenda. The report is based on the data from the Danish National Reporting
Platform that is the main and most up–to-date data source on the Danish follow-up
on the Sustainable Development Goals.
Statistics Denmark, July 2021
Birgitte Anker, National Statistician
4
Contents
1. Introduction...........................................................................................................5
1.1. Short on some basic structures of danish society...................................................5
2. Our approach ........................................................................................................6
3. Short on challenges..............................................................................................7
4. Complementary initiatives ...................................................................................7
4.1. “Our goals” project – identifying danish indicators measuring progress towards the
2030 agenda...........................................................................................................7
4.2. “The danish business sector and the sustainable development goals” – publication
from statistics denmark...........................................................................................9
4.3. Involvement with decision-makers........................................................................10
5. Way forward ........................................................................................................10
6. Statistics..............................................................................................................11
6.1. On data from administrative sources ....................................................................11
6.2. The indicators and figures ....................................................................................11
Goal 1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere ...........................................................12
Goal 2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition
and promote sustainable agriculture................................................................15
Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages .....................22
Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong
learning opportunities for all .............................................................................33
Goal 5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls ..........................39
Goal 6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation
for all....................................................................................................................45
Goal 7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for
all..........................................................................................................................49
Goal 8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and
productive employment and decent work for all..............................................51
Goal 9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable
industrialization and foster innovation.............................................................60
Goal 10: Reduce inequality within and among countries...............................................68
Goal 11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and
sustainable ..........................................................................................................74
Goal 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production
patterns................................................................................................................78
Goal 13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts ......................84
Goal 14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for
sustainable development...................................................................................85
Goal 15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, ....86
Goal 16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development,
provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and
inclusive institutions at all levels ......................................................................92
Goal 17: Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global ership for
sustainable development...................................................................................98
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 5
1. Introduction
This statistical annex accompanies the second Danish Voluntary National Review,
the first one was conducted in 2017. During the four years since the last Voluntary
National Review, Statistics Denmark has developed a system for follow-up on the
Sustainable Development Goals and conducted various projects improving the
statistical information on various aspects of the 2030 Agenda. These initiatives
provide strong evidence of a broad public debate on sustainable development and
input to decision-making.
The figures presented in this annex build on the Danish National Reporting Platform
that is the main source of statistical information on the Danish progress on the
Sustainable Development Goals. The Platform was developed by Statistics Denmark
with a broad involvement of different stakeholders, and it contains regularly updated
information on the Danish follow-up on Sustainable Development Goals.
The present report addresses three purposes: (1) it provides statistical information
for the Danish Voluntary National Review during the High Level Political Forum in
July 2021; (2) it illustrates the development of the indicators during a ten-year
period (2010-2019); and (3) it provides evidence for a broad public debate.
1.1. Short on some basic structures of Danish Society
Denmark is a small country with a well-educated and ageing population of 5.8
million inhabitants (25 per cent of the population is 60 years or above). The
employment rate is high – 75 per cent (2019) – and nearly as high for women (73 per
cent) as for men (77 per cent). Two-thirds of the labour force works in the private
sector and one-third in the public sector. The Danish welfare state is universal and
comprehensive. It gives free access to health care and education to the highest level,
social services and care for families with children and the elderly as well as social
benefits for the unemployed, the disabled and the elderly, including a universal state
old-age pension for all citizens. The welfare system is governed by the state and run
by 98 municipalities (health care is run by five regional bodies). Municipalities are
also responsible under state regulation for the provision of water, electricity and
sanitation as well as for the environment and physical planning. All water provision
comes from ground water and major parts of the production of electricity are
sustainable, based on electricity from windmills. Furthermore, parts of the heating
come from biomass.
These basic structures are important in relation to the description of the SDGs in a
Danish context. The fact that the majority of Danes work and that there is a universal
state old-age pension and benefits for unemployed and disabled persons is important
in economic terms. The fact that all Danes have free access to health care, education,
and social services for families with children and for the elderly and that all
households have access to water, electricity, heat and sanitation plays an important
role for a variety of the sustainable development goals.
6 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
2. Our approach
The data and figures in this report reflect the Danish Sustainable Development Goals
platform, which is the major source of statistical information on the 2030 Agenda in
Denmark. The platform, and hence this report, primarily builds on data from
Statistics Denmark and to a large extent on administrative data, but also on
contributions from other governmental organisations producing statistics. The main
intention of this report is to show the development in the indicators over time, and
this is done for all the indicators when possible.
Due to the global nature of the 2030 Agenda, statistical information on some of the
indicators cannot be produced in Denmark. This is due to the fact that some of the
ambitions of the 2030 Agenda, such as electrification, free access to schools or safely
managed drinking water services have already been fulfilled. Nor are other
indicators, having a ‘global’ character, such as ‘number of countries’ presented in this
report.
In 2020, the UN Statistical Commission endorsed a revised set of 247 indicators (231
unique) based on the work of the Inter-Agency and Expert Group on SDG indicators.
The below table illustrates the follow-up on the indicators in Denmark, i.e.
categorises the indicators according to the following criteria:
• Number of indicators with Danish data (number of indicators within each goal
that can be monitored with Danish data);
• Not available – number of indicators where information currently cannot be
obtained;
• Non-statistical – indicators for which follow-up is not within the domain of
Statistics Denmark;
• Not relevant for Denmark – indicators that do not apply to Denmark.
Table: Data availability for the SDG follow-up in Denmark
Sustainable Development Goals Indicator
with Danish
data
Not
available
Non-
statistical
Not
relevant for
Denmark
Total
number of
indicators
1. No poverty 2 2 9 - 13
2. Zero hunger 8 1 5 - 14
3. Good health and well-being 16 1 11 - 28
4. Quality education 7 1 4 - 12
5. Gender equality 8 - 6 - 14
6. Clean water and sanitation 5 1 4 1 11
7. Affordable and clean energy 2 1 3 - 6
8. Decent work and economic growth 10 - 6 - 16
9. Industry, innovation and infrastructure 10 - 2 - 12
10. Reduced inequalities 6 3 4 1 14
11. Sustainable cities and communities 4 2 8 - 14
12. Responsible consumption and production 5 5 3 - 13
13. Climate action - 5 3 - 8
14. Life below water 1 7 2 - 10
15. Life on land 6 - 6 2 14
16. Peace, justice and strong institutions 6 3 14 1 24
17. Partnerships for the goals 10 6 5 3 24
Total 106 38 95 8 247
Per cent 43 15 38 3 100
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 7
3. Short on challenges
A complete statistical coverage of all the indicators supporting the SDGs is an
extensive and long-term task. There are many factors influencing this situation, both
at the international and national levels. At the national level, a good example is the
fact that indicators are defined within a global framework, which is why it can be
difficult to apply indicator requirements to national circumstances. Furthermore,
the number of indicators necessitates a substantial effort in order to provide a
satisfactory coverage, address the existing data gaps, and a far-reaching coordinative
work among governmental agencies and other data providers.
There are also indicators that can be difficult to classify as statistical indicators in a
strict sense. These are indicators regarding assessment of legislation or policies, and
the answer to those can be ‘yes’ or ‘no’. Here, unless the question regards some
factual matters, the assessment of whether Denmark is compliant with this type of
indicators lies beyond the mandate of Statistics Denmark. Therefore, the assessment
provided builds either on international assessments or on a dialogue with relevant
national organisations.
4. Complementary initiatives
Besides statistical follow-up on Sustainable Development Goals, Statistics Denmark
is very involved in other activities promoting the 2030 Agenda and the numerical
follow-up on it. Statistics Denmark is involved in various dialogues on the 2030
Agenda with a very broad range of stakeholders, including civil society,
governmental organisations, municipalities and academia. Here an observer role in
the 2030 Panel can be emphasized, the 2030 Panel being an advisory body
established by the Danish Parliament's All-party Coalition for the Sustainable
Development Goals. Furthermore, Statistics Denmark has established a Partnership
for SDG data consisting of a wide range of stakeholders. The purpose of the
Partnership is to exchange ideas on how the statistical follow-up can best reflect the
societal development and needs.
During the last 1.5 years, Statistics Denmark was particularly involved in three
projects:
• ‘Our Goals’ that defined a set of sustainable development indicators relevant for
Denmark.
• ‘The Danish business sector and the Sustainable Development Goals’ with a focus
on enterprises and the business sector in Denmark.
• Ministerial focused web site in collaboration with the Finance committee of the
Parliament.
4.1. “Our Goals” project – identifying Danish indicators measuring
progress towards the 2030 Agenda
Introduction
Parallel to the global outlook of the 2030 Agenda, the Agenda also encourages a more
regional or national follow-up to address challenges and situations under country-
specific circumstances. To address the challenges of the 2030 Agenda in a Danish
context, the Danish Parliament has created the Danish Parliament's All-party
Coalition for the Sustainable Development Goals called the 2030 Network, which
aims to provide advice on the 2030 Agenda and its related sustainability matters to
all members of the Danish Parliament. To support its work and to get a fuller picture
of the ‘sustainability landscape’ in Denmark, the 2030 Network established an
advisory body called the 2030 Panel, which consists of national experts in their
respective domains.
8 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
It became apparent that even though the SDG indicators provide a good global
picture, they do not completely cover the Danish challenges and ambitions in the
2030 Agenda. For this reason, the 2030 Panel commissioned a task of defining
sustainable development indicators that were directly relevant for Denmark, i.e.
taking full account of the Danish circumstances, characteristics, and
production/consumption patterns. Furthermore, the ambition was to base the
selection of the indicators on a broad input from Danish society, including civil
society, the private sector, academia, government agencies, and the ‘average Dane’.
Statistics Denmark was chosen to coordinate this task, and the organisation to
execute the project was selected based on a tender. The tender and the project were
supported by six foundations: Ramboll Foundation, Realdania, Lundbeckfonden,
Nordea-fonden, Spar Nord Fonden, and the Danish Industry Foundation. In the
process, Statistics Denmark received a number of applications from major
consulting houses and was assisted in the selection by a legal adviser to the Danish
government to ensure full transparency and legality. As a result, a consortium under
the leadership of Deloitte became the executor of the project, which was
subsequently named ‘Our Goals’.
The “Our goals” project
The overall aim of the project is to contribute to the implementation of the 2030
Agenda by adding indicators that are relevant for achieving the 2030 Agenda in a
Danish context. The selection of the indicators built on a number of criteria, such as
relevance, measurability, availability, trustworthiness, acceptance, and resources.
They were selected by a broad range of stakeholders in Danish society and have been
reviewed by experts and academia.
In order to ensure targeted and efficient communication, stakeholders were grouped
into civil society, academia, government, municipalities, private sector (companies
and associations/organisations) and the subsequent outreach was tailored to those
groups. To enhance the understanding of the interrelationship between the goals,
they were grouped into three clusters: our life (goals 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 16), our planet
(goals 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, and 15’), and our society (goals 8, 9, 10, 11, and 17).
Based on various inputs, such as workshops and digital hearings, a first raw list of
measuring points was identified. This raw list was subsequently circulated among
stakeholders for consultation. Against this background, a revised list of measuring
points was created and discussed with subject matter experts in Statistics Denmark
and researchers attached to the project. This resulted in a ‘net’ list of measuring
points that went out again for consultation. The results from the second consultation
were again processed by subject matter experts and researchers, and the final list of
measuring points was created. This process was repeated for all three clusters.
The project has spanned over 11 months of work, 23 debates and workshops, 17
debates on National Radio, a dedicated digital collaboration platform, 52 experts and
the processing of more than 6,000 inputs from corporations, organisations and
citizens. The result is a broadly anchored proposal for 197 Danish measuring points
with information on their statistical development during a period of 10 years.
Furthermore, ‘Our Goals’ also include proposals for 457 additional measuring points
to be followed-up at a later stage.
“Our Goals” in the coming time
“Our Goals” is intended to appeal to a broad range of users, such as civil society,
academia, the private sector, government agencies, schools and the population in
general. Users can follow and implement society’s progress towards the 2030
Agenda on a broad range of subjects. They can raise awareness on – or adapt to topics
where Denmark is not on track to the 2030 Agenda.
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 9
One of the main aims of the project is also to serve as input for the update of the
‘National Action Plan for the 2030 Agenda’ by the Danish Government. The ‘Our
Goals’ report was therefore officially handed over to the Danish Minister for Finance
at a parliamentary conference on sustainability. The minister has expressed an
interest in the results and willingness to incorporate the report into the Danish
Action Plan.
The report can be found here.
4.2. “The Danish business sector and the Sustainable Development
Goals” – publication from Statistics Denmark
For many years, corporate social responsibility (CSR) has been in focus. The
adoption of the Sustainable Development Goals in 2015 has drawn new attention to
the measurement of enterprises’ impact on sustainability. Additionally, there is wide
agreement among various stakeholders that the goals of the 2030 Agenda cannot be
achieved without the involvement of the private sector. There are numerous
initiatives designed to shed light on the activities of the private sector in relation to
sustainability, including companies’ own measurements, in an international context
often referred to as Environmental, Social and Governance reporting (ESG-
reporting). Complementary to this, existing statistics can clarify the development in
various aspects of the private sector’s contribution to sustainability, such as
employment, the economy, development activities, environmental matters, working
environment and gender equality.
This publication describes a number of these aspects statistically, thus providing a
view across industries and across the SDGs. The primary purpose is to show the
tendency of the development, but also to provide information about the high or low
importance of various industries in the given context. By doing so, Statistics
Denmark would like to provide knowledge about the effects of sustainability efforts
in enterprises, in industrial and trade organisations, and in relevant authorities.
Further, we want to contribute with knowledge for anyone with a general interest in
business and sustainability and to inspire to similar analyses in other countries.
The publication is mainly inspired by a publication from UNCTAD: “Guidance on
core indicators for entity reporting on contribution towards implementation of the
Sustainable Development Goals” and describes the following themes: employment
and the economy, transition to more sustainable production, greenhouse gases and
energy consumption, water consumption and waste production, safety and health,
gender equality and equal pay. Indicators in the areas are compiled for 14 types of
industries, namely groups A to N in the ISIC-classification of business activities.
To a wide extent, the statistics included in the publication are based on data reported
by the enterprises to Statistics Denmark or to administrative registers. Other
statistics rely on data on the procurement of goods and services by Danish
enterprises, in some cases supplemented with calculations of distribution by
industry. In this way, there is a difference between what individual enterprises
include in their own assessments and what can be compiled statistically for groups
of enterprises. Accordingly, statistics cannot replace extended reporting by
enterprises, but can be used for benchmarking. We have only used official statistics
in this publication. Since new data is released on a continuous basis, it is possible to
keep track of developments in the years to come. The main indicators are to be found
on the SDG-platform and will be updated as newer results are produced for the
statistics behind the indicators.
The report can be found here.
10 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Overview: Positive or negative tendency in data in terms of the SDGs, by industry
Total
Agriculture,
forestry
and
fishing
Mining
and
quarrying
Manufacturing
Energy
supply
Water,
sewerage
and
waste
Construction
Wholesale
and
retail
trade
Transportation
Accommodation
and
food
serv.
Information
and
communication
Financial
and
insurance
Real
estate
activities
Knowledge-based
services
Business
services
Indicator
Employment ⬆ ➞ ⬆ ⬆ ⬇ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ➞ ⬆ ⬆ ➞ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆
Value added ⬆ ➞ ⬇ ⬆ ⬇ ➞ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆
Research expenditure ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ⬆ ➞ ➞ ⬇ ⬆ ➞ ➞ ➞
Environmental goods and serv. ⬆ ⬆ - ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ - - - - - - ⬆ -
Donations ⬆ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Greenhouse gases/value added ⬆ ➞ ⬇ ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆
Energy consumption/value added ⬆ ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆
Water consumption/value added ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆
Volume of waste/value added ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ➞ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆
Accidents at work, frequency ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆
Sickness absence, men ⬇ - ➞ ⬇ ➞ ➞ ⬇ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬇ ⬇ ⬆ ⬇ ⬇
Gender distribution, reg. jobs ⬇ - ⬇ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ➞ ➞ ⬇ ⬇ ⬇ ⬇ ⬆ ⬇ ⬇
Gender distribution, senior
management
➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞
Equal pay, regular jobs ⬆ - ➞ ⬆ ⬆ ➞ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ⬆ ➞ ⬆ ⬇ ⬆ ⬆
⬆: Positive tendency ⬇: Negative tendency ⬇: Neutral/uncertain -: No information.
Note: The overview does not cover all indicators. More information and details in the individual chapters.
4.3. Involvement with decision-makers
Statistics Denmark supports members of the Danish Parliament with information
about the SDGs and contributes to considerations about various initiatives that can
enhance the Danish follow-up on the SDGs. Statistics Denmark participates in the
meetings and assists various standing committees of the Danish Parliament in
discussions on how to address the work on the SDGs from their respective domains.
Furthermore, in order to ensure a quick overview for the Danish ministries, Statistics
Denmark has elaborated a website allocating the SDG goals and targets to the areas
of responsibility of individual ministries.
5. Way forward
A lot has happened since the adoption of the 2030 Agenda and the first Danish VNR
report. At this moment, we feel that we can allow ourselves to be a little proud.
Compilation of data for this report can be conducted quite fast, as it builds on
extensive and up to date data from our Sustainable Development Goals platform.
The data from the platform can easily be transformed to the needs of this statistical
annex or similar reports. Nevertheless, there is still much to be done. To a higher
degree, the platform and the subsequent statistical annexes shall be tailored to
address user needs and quickly and responsively respond to various enquires.
Furthermore, the dissemination of information and the visual aspects of the platform
are some of the focal points in the coming time.
Statistics Denmark is also investigating the incorporation of data from unofficial
data providers into the statistical follow-up on the Sustainable Development Goals.
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 11
Here, there is an ongoing dialogue in order to ensure, how Statistics Denmark and
other data providers can jointly ensure the best contribution to and the
communication of the statistical aspects of the 2030 Agenda.
6. Statistics
6.1. On data from administrative sources
Statistics Denmark produces most social statistics, a lot of business statistics and
major inputs to economic statistics based on data from administrative sources.
At the core of the statistical production system are: The Civil Registration System,
the Danish Building and Housing Register and the Central Business Register – based
on unique identifiers for the population in Denmark, all buildings for housing and
commercial use, and all businesses in Denmark.
The core registers can be supplemented by a huge variety of information on e.g. the
population’s education, labour market participation, and use of public services, like
health care and social services as well as enterprises’ recruitment of staff. All based
on the use of the unique identifier attached to all entities in the statistical production
system – this constitutes an agile and flexible production system for statistics.
All in all, the administrative data is disaggregated in its nature and facilitates
disaggregation of statistics in general and particularly in order to follow up on the
important pledge of ‘leaving no one behind’. The detailed and disaggregated data
from administrative sources can also be used to produce statistical time series and
to follow developments year by year.
The majority of the indicators presented in this report are based on data from ad-
ministrative sources with detailed data in any given year and consistent time series
illustrating a development over a ten-year period (2010-2019).
6.2. The indicators and figures
This last section of the report presents the current statistical follow-up on the SDGs
in Denmark.
Existing Danish statistics are the data source for the presented indicators.
In order to make the report as readable as possible, it was decided to present the data
as figures with time series, where possible. The presented figures match the
requested UN definition for the indicators. Some of the indicators are only presented
in a descriptive way. This regards predominantly indicators/targets that can be
perceived as accomplished from a Danish perspective.
Finally, for easy navigation in the text, the prevailing colour in the figures corre-
sponds to the colour associated with the described goal.
12 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere
By 2030, eradicate extreme poverty for all people everywhere, currently measured
as people living on less than $1.25 a day
Indicator 1.1.1
Proportion of the population living below the international poverty line by sex, age, employment status
and geographic location (urban/rural)
After adjustment for price development and international price differentials, the limit for extreme poverty in
Denmark is approximately DKK 14 per day. Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on
extreme poverty. However, all people in Denmark has the right to receive social benefits that exceed extreme
poverty. Therefore, Statistics Denmark estimates that very few people, if any, live in extreme poverty
0%
By 2030, reduce at least by half the proportion of men, women and children of all
ages living in poverty in all its dimensions according to national definitions
Indicator 1.2.1
Proportion of population living below the national poverty line, by sex and age
Risk of Poverty is the classic indicator of the share below 50 per cent of the median
income. The Danish indicator for relative poverty uses the same income threshold,
but excludes students and households with net wealth above the same threshold.
They are chosen as indicators for measuring economic social exclusion.
Relative poverty rates have been growing during the 2010s. This has in part been
driven by lower income for young people between the age of 18 and 30. Another large
contribution to the growth from 2015 has been from the large immigration of mostly
Syrian refugees combined with the reintroduction of lower cash benefits for refugees
and the cap on total cash benefits received in 2015 and 2016 respectively. Rising
employment rates and lower immigration numbers are contributing factors to the
slightly lower rates in 2018 and 2019.
Figure 1.2.1: Risk of poverty and relative poverty rates
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Relative poverty (low
income, low wealth,
students etc. excluded),
Men
Relative poverty (low
income, low wealth,
students etc. excluded),
Women
Risk of poverty (Below
50 pct. of median
income), Men
Risk of poverty (Below
50 pct. of median
income), Women
Per cent
Target 1.1
Target 1.2
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 13
Indicator 1.2.2
Proportion of men, women and children of all ages living in poverty in all its dimensions according to
national definitions
Indicators on national poverty are all presented under indicator 1.2.1. Statistics Denmark is awaiting the results of
an on-going work on creating a new national poverty indicator in the Ministry of Social Affairs. If a national poverty
definition is decided upon, this will be presented under 1.2.1 and any of our current indicators that do not overlap
the official definition will be presented in 1.2.2.
n/a
Implement nationally appropriate social protection systems and measures for all,
including floors, and by 2030 achieve substantial coverage of the poor and the
vulnerable
Indicator 1.3.1
Proportion of population covered by social protection floors/systems, by sex, distinguishing children,
unemployed persons, older persons, persons with disabilities, pregnant women, newborns, work-injury
victims and the poor and the vulnerable
All citizens in Denmark have access to a social protection system (social security benefits). 100%
By 2030, ensure that all men and women, in particular the poor and the vulnerable,
have equal rights to economic resources, as well as access to basic services,
ownership and control over land and other forms of property, inheritance, natural
resources, appropriate new technology and financial services, including
microfinance
Indicator 1.4.1
Proportion of population living in households with access to basic services
It is estimated that at least 99 per cent of Danish Households have access to running water within 30 minutes,
sanitation facilities, basic hygiene, electricity waste collection, roads, basic healthcare and education. In recent
years, an annual IT-survey has shown that 93 to 98 per cent of Danish households with 16-74 year olds have
access to the internet.
100%
Indicator 1.4.2
Proportion of total adult population with secure tenure rights to land, (a) with legally recognized
documentation, and (b) who perceive their rights to land as secure, by sex and type of tenure
The citizens' equal access to land rights is ensured by the Danish Registration of Property Act of 1927. However,
continuous and official statistics on the perception of land rights are not being compiled.

By 2030, build the resilience of the poor and those in vulnerable situations and
reduce their exposure and vulnerability to climate-related extreme events and other
economic, social and environmental shocks and disasters
Indicator 1.5.1
Number of deaths, missing persons and directly affected persons attributed to disasters per 100,000
population
Disaster means serious disruption of the functioning of a community or society involving widespread human,
material, economic or environmental losses and impacts that exceed the affected community or society’s ability
to cope with the disaster without outside assistance. Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics
on the number of dead, missing and affected persons in connection with disasters. However, Statistics Denmark
estimates that very few people die or go missing due to disasters.
0%
Indicator 1.5.2
Direct economic loss attributed to disasters in relation to global gross domestic product (GDP)
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Target 1.3
Target 1.4
Target 1.5
14 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Indicator 1.5.3
Number of countries that adopt and implement national disaster risk reduction strategies in line with
the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030
According to the Danish Emergency Management Agency, Denmark does not systematically comply with the
Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030a. However, many of the sub-elements of the Sendai
framework are used as part of Denmark’s prevention of disasters and risks.
÷
Indicator 1.5.4
Proportion of local governments that adopt and implement local disaster risk reduction strategies in line
with national disaster risk reduction strategies
According to the Danish Emergency Management Agency, there is no general national strategy for disaster risk
reduction for municipalities to follow. However, many municipalities prepare their own e.g. prevention and climate
adaptation strategies.
÷
Ensure significant mobilisation of resources from a variety of sources, including
through enhanced development cooperation, in order to provide adequate and
predictable means for developing countries, in particular least developed countries,
to implement programmes and policies to end poverty in all its dimensions
Indicator 1.a.2
Proportion of total government spending on essential services (education, health and social protection)
The figure shows that the proportion of total government spending used on
education and health is relatively stable over time. In the timespan covered by the
figure, between 14.9 and 16.4 per cent of total spending is used on health services
and between 12.0 and 12.9 per cent is used on education. The proportion used on
social protection is also stable over time despite the fact that it is affected by
economic recessions and economic growth. The proportion for social protection
varies between 42.4 and 43.9 per cent in the time span covered by the figure.
Figure 1.a.2: Proportion of total government spending used on education, health and social
protection
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
Health
Education
Social protection
Target 1.a
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 15
Goal 2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved
nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture
By 2030, end hunger and ensure access by all people, in particular the poor and
people in vulnerable situations, including infants, to safe, nutritious and sufficient
food all year round
Indicator 2.1.1
Prevalence of undernourishment
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, organisations such as Ældresagen, which is a Danish national organisation of senior citizens, point out
that elderly people admitted to hospital risk being undernourished. Data is available on the extent of underweight
in Denmark. It is estimated that 2.4 per cent of the population was underweight in 2017.
n/a
Indicator 2.1.2
Prevalence of moderate or severe food insecurity in the population, based on the Food Insecurity
Experience Scale (FIES)
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Statistics Denmark estimates that food insecurity is not common in Denmark.
0%
By 2030, end all forms of malnutrition, including achieving, by 2025, the
internationally agreed targets on stunting and wasting in children under 5 years of
age, and address the nutritional needs of adolescent girls, pregnant and lactating
women and older persons
Indicator 2.2.1
Prevalence of stunting (height for age <-2 standard deviation from the median of the World Health
Organization (WHO) Child Growth Standards) among children under 5 years of age
To the best of our knowledge, there are no such statistics for 0-5 year-old children, since general practitioners are
not obligated to report data on height/weight for children older than one year. Data (from the general practitioners)
is available from the Danish Health Data Authority’s database on children aged 0-1.
n/a
Indicator 2.2.2
Prevalence of malnutrition (weight for height >+2 or <-2 standard deviation from the median of the WHO
Child Growth Standards) among children under 5 years of age, by type (wasting and overweight)
To the best of our knowledge, there is no database on the extent of malnutrition in Denmark. Health visitors and
general practitioners register this information, but aggregate data is not available.
n/a
By 2030, double the agricultural productivity and incomes of small-scale food
producers, in particular women, indigenous peoples, family farmers, pastoralists and
fishers, including through secure and equal access to land, other productive
resources and inputs, knowledge, financial services, markets and opportunities for
value addition and non-farm employment
Indicator 2.3.1
Volume of production per labour unit by classes of farming/pastoral/forestry enterprise size
The Danish farmers’ productivity has increased in the recent ten years measured as
gross yield pr. working hour adjusted for inflation by about ten per cent since 2010.
This is a normal tendency in agriculture, where new technology is introduced and
where small and less productive farmers currently stop their activities, leaving
behind the land and livestock to bigger farms and thus allowing for big scale
advantages to take over. The productivity might fluctuate quite considerably from
one year to another so the increased productivity is a long term trend. Interesting
enough, the increase in productivity for part time farms has been biggest. There is
Target 2.1
Target 2.2
Target 2.3
16 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
no certain explanation for that but maybe the scope for better productivity has been
biggest for small farms.
Figure 2.3.1: Gross yield per working hour
Indicator 2.3.2
Average income of small-scale food producers, by sex and indigenous status
In the last ten years, small farmers and fishermen have experienced an increase in
income of 14 per cent from 2012 to 2019. The income might consist of both farm
income and income from non-agricultural work, for instance from wage earner jobs
outside agriculture. The income rise has been significantly bigger for women with 40
per cent against 15 per cent for men. The reason for this development is unknown
but maybe better job opportunities and lower unemployment simply have favoured
women in particular.
Figure 2.3.2: Average income of small-scale food producers
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Gross yield,
per working
hour, total
Gross yield,
per working
hour, full-time
Gross yield,
per working
hour, part-time
Index, 2010 = 100
0
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
300,000
350,000
400,000
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
DKK
Men
Women
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 17
By 2030, ensure sustainable food production systems and implement resilient
agricultural practices that increase productivity and production, that help maintain
ecosystems, that strengthen capacity for adaptation to climate change, extreme
weather, drought, flooding and other disasters and that progressively improve land
and soil quality
Indicator 2.4.1
Proportion of agricultural area under productive and sustainable agriculture
The indicator consists of 11 sub-indicators divided into three main dimensions:
economic, environmental and social. In Denmark, the indicator has been calculated
for 2019. It has only been possible to calculate 10 of the 11 sub-indicators. Denmark
does not have surveys targeted directly at obtaining information for this indicator,
which is why existing data sources have been used to make estimates in combination
with expert judgement. In 2019, the proportion of the agricultural land area under
productive and sustainable agriculture is estimated to be 99.1 per cent, which is
within the category “Desirable” by the UN definition.
Figure 2.4.1: Proportion of the agricultural land area under productive and sustainable
agriculture
By 2020, maintain the genetic diversity of seeds, cultivated plants and farmed and
domesticated animals and their related wild species, including through soundly
managed and diversified seed and plant banks at the national, regional and
international levels, and promote access to and fair and equitable sharing of benefits
arising from the utilization of genetic resources and associated traditional
knowledge, as internationally agreed
Indicator 2.5.1
Number of plant and animal genetic resources for food and agriculture secured in either medium- or
long-term conservation facilities
Conservation of plant genetic resources for food and agriculture is processed by
conserving the material either as seeds or as vegetative material, that is as living
plants. Denmark's plant genetic resources for food and agriculture, which can be
conserved as seeds, are conserved in the joint Nordic seed gene bank in the Nordic
Genetic Resource Center, NordGen, and are considered as common Nordic material.
In 2019, NordGen had 39,164 accessions, which was 19 per cent higher than in 2018.
There are two central national clone collections with a total of 1,103 accessions in
2019 of vegetative material of fruit and berries, one at Pometet at the Department of
Plant and Environmental Sciences, University of Copenhagen, the other at the
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2019
Per cent
Target 2.4
Target 2.5
18 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Collection of Vegetables at the Department of Food, University of Aarhus. Compared
to 2018, the collection increased by 6 per cent.
Conservation of animal genetic resources for food and agriculture includes both
conservation of living animals and cryo-conservation of material in gene banks that
is as frozen semen, eggs or embryos. In Denmark, conservation work with the old
Danish breeds of livestock is focused primarily on preserving viable populations. The
living animals of the Danish old conservation-worthy animal genetic resources are
primarily preserved by private owners / breeders or public institutions such as
museums. In Denmark, 12 animal species within animal genetic resources for food
and agriculture are considered worthy for conservation. Included in the 12 animal
species are 25 Danish local domestic animal breeds, which are divided into 5 cattle
breeds, 2 pig breeds, 2 sheep breeds, 1 goat breed, 3 horse breeds, 6 poultry breeds
including chickens, ducks, geese, pigeons, 1 rabbit breed, 4 dog breeds and 1 bee race
breed.
Figure 2.5.1: Number of plant genetic accessions and animal local breeds worthy for
conservation
Indicator 2.5.2
Proportion of local breeds classified as being at risk of extinction
Working with conservation of livestock breeds requires a certain critical mass
compared to the number of animal breeders involved – just like the size of the
population is the one parameter that is most important to establish the risk overview.
If the work of conservation for certain breeds is less than the critical mass, it will be
very difficult to re-establish the breed and the genes will be lost forever.
Compared to FAO’s risk classification, the size of the population has been set for
2018 figures. Of the 25 local Danish breeds of livestock, 8 breeds are classified as
critical of extinction and 6 local Danish breeds of livestock are classified as breed at
risk. However, it has to be noted that due to lack of information on the size of the
population of breeds it is not possible to classify all local Danish breeds of livestock
according to the FAO classification and as such it is not possible to calculate the true
proportions within the risk classification. The indicator is therefore visualized as
number of breeds and not as proportions.
The indicator is not fully in compliance with the UN definition which requires that
data has to be based on the most updated figures in FAO’s Global Databank for
Animal Genetic Resources (DAD-IS). The Danish figures in DAD-IS are not
0
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
Number of plant genetic
accessions in Denmark
Number of plant genetic
accessions in NordGen
Number of animal local breeds
worthy for conservation in Denmark
2018 2019
Number
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 19
adequate, which is why this indicator is based on information from the Danish
Agricultural Agency only.
Figure 2.5.2: Proportion of local breeds classified as being at risk of extinction
Increase investment, including through enhanced international cooperation, in rural
infrastructure, agricultural research and extension services, technology development
and plant and livestock gene banks in order to enhance agricultural productive
capacity in developing countries, in particular least developed countries
Indicator 2.a.1
The agriculture orientation index for government expenditures
The figure shows that the agriculture orientation index for government expenditures
has decreased from 0.5 in 2009 to 0.2 in 2012. Since 2012, the index has been
relatively stable. This means that the government support to agriculture has
decreased from 2009 to 2012 adjusted for the relative importance of agriculture
calculated as the value added share of GDP. Since 2012, the government support to
agriculture has been relatively stable.
Figure 2.a.1: The agriculture orientation index for government expenditures
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
In total, Denmark Critical Breed at risk
Number
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Index
Target 2.a
20 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Indicator 2.a.2
Total official flows (official development assistance plus other official flows) to the agriculture sector
The total official flow from all donors to the agriculture sector in developing
countries is – as the figure shows – highly volatile. The amounts vary between 267
million DKK and 1,231 million DKK. The variation is due to the fact that the aid to
the agriculture sector in developing countries is only a small part of total
development aid and is therefore very sensitive to e.g. the introduction and closure
of schemes. The development in total official aid is very stable on the contrary.
Figure 2.a.2: Total official flow from all donors to the agriculture sector in developing countries
Correct and prevent trade restrictions and distortions in world agricultural markets,
including through the parallel elimination of all forms of agricultural export subsidies
and all export measures with equivalent effect, in accordance with the mandate of
the Doha Development Round
Indicator 2.b.1
Agricultural export subsidies
Denmark has no agricultural export subsidies. 0%
Adopt measures to ensure the proper functioning of food commodity markets and
their derivatives and facilitate timely access to market information, including on food
reserves, in order to help limit extreme food price volatility
Indicator 2.c.1
Indicator of food price anomalies
The indicator of price anomalies (IFPA) should not be the only source of information
for analysing market dynamics. It may be a guide to understand the market dynamics
and whether a food price in a particular market at a given time is abnormally high or
low. In Denmark, IFPA has been calculated for five agricultural food items: wheat,
rye, barley, rapeseed and potatoes using monthly prices in DKK per 100 kg. If IFPA
is between -0.5 and 0.5, the prices are assessed to be “normal”, and if IFPA is
between 0.5 and 1, the prices are assessed to be “moderately high”, and if IFPA is
above 1.0, then prices are assessed to be “abnormally high”. Taking into account the
drought in 2018, which affected the prices, the development in prices may be
assessed to be normal in the past five years, indicating that market dynamics are
working as expected.
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
M DKK
Target 2.b
Target 2.c
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 21
Figure 2.c.1: Indicator of food price anomalies
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Wheat
Rye
Barley
Rapeseed
Potatoes
-
22 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all
at all ages
By 2030, reduce the global maternal mortality ratio to less than 70 per 100,000 live
births
Indicator 3.1.1
Maternal mortality ratio
There are major variations from one year to the next, since the number of women
who die in connection with pregnancy and birth is very low. In the last ten years, 16
women in total have died in connection with pregnancy or birth. Being well below
the maximum limit, Denmark thus meets the maternal mortality ratio target of a
maximum of 70 deaths per 100,000 live births.
Figure 3.1.1: Number of women who die in connection with pregnancy and birth
Indicator 3.1.2
Proportion of births attended by skilled health personnel
According the Danish Health Data Authorities, Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics about
births with assistance from health care professionals. However, the authorities estimate that the figure is very
high.
100%
By 2030, end preventable deaths of newborns and children under 5 years of age,
with all countries aiming to reduce neonatal mortality to at least as low as 12 per
1,000 live births and under‑5 mortality to at least as low as 25 per 1,000 live births
Indicator 3.2.1
Under‑5 mortality rate
The under-5 mortality rate has been very stable over the last ten years. All of the
years, the rate was below five children per 1,000 live births. Being well below the
maximum limit, Denmark thus meets the under-5 mortality rate target of a
maximum of 12 deaths per 1,000 live births.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per 100,000 live births
Target 3.1
Target 3.2
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 23
Figure 3.2.1: Under‑5 mortality rate
Indicator 3.2.2
Neonatal mortality rate
The neonatal mortality rate for infants within the first 28 days of their lives has been
very stable for the last decade. All of the years, the rate was approximately three
children per 1,000 live-born children. Being well below the maximum limit,
Denmark thus meets the neonatal mortality rate target of a maximum of 25 deaths
per 1,000 live births.
Figure 3.2.2: Neonatal mortality rate
By 2030, end the epidemics of AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and neglected tropical
diseases and combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable
diseases
Indicator 3.3.1
Number of new HIV infections per 1,000 uninfected population, by sex, age and key populations
The share of new HIV infections was at a stable level throughout the period.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per 1,000 live births
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per 1,000 live births
Target 3.3
24 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 3.3.1: Number of new HIV infections per 1,000 uninfected population
Indicator 3.3.2
Tuberculosis incidence per 100,000 population
There is a decreasing trend in the incidence of tuberculosis over the period.
Figure 3.3.2: Tuberculosis incidence per 100,000 population
Indicator 3.3.3
Malaria incidence per 1,000 population
According to Statens Serum Institut (SSI), approximately 80-100 new cases of malaria are recorded in Denmark
each year. These are due to travelling in malarious areas.
100%
Indicator 3.3.4
Hepatitis B incidence per 100,000 population
After a period from 2011-2017 with a Hepatitis B incidence of 4.5-5.4 per 100,000
persons there is a decrease in 2018 to 2.8.
0
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per 1,000 capita
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per 100,000 persons
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 25
Figure 3.3.4: Hepatitis B incidence per 100,000 population
Indicator 3.3.5
Number of people requiring interventions against neglected tropical diseases
In general, neglected tropical diseases are non-existent in Denmark. The diagnosed diseases are found among
foreign travellers or returning tourists.
0%
By 2030, reduce by one third premature mortality from non-communicable diseases
through prevention and treatment and promote mental health and well-being
Indicator 3.4.1
Mortality rate attributed to cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes or chronic respiratory disease
Over the last ten years, the mortality rate attributed to cardiovascular disease,
cancer, diabetes or chronic respiratory disease has dropped by 13 per cent. In 2009,
the rate was 585 per 100,000 persons, and in 2019, it had dropped to 508 per
100,000 persons. The aim is to reduce this by one third by 2030. In this way,
Denmark has made some progress towards this aim.
Figure 3.4.1: Mortality rate attributed to cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes or chronic
respiratory disease
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per 100,000 persons
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Total
Chronic
respiratory
disease
Cancer
Cardiovascular
disease
Diabetes
Per 100,000 persons
Target 3.4
26 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Indicator 3.4.2
Suicide mortality rate
The suicide mortality rate has been at a very stable level in the last ten years. All of
the years, the rate was in the range of 10 to 12 per 100,000 persons.
Figure 3.4.2: Suicide mortality rate
Strengthen the prevention and treatment of substance abuse, including narcotic drug
abuse and harmful use of alcohol
Indicator 3.5.1
Coverage of treatment interventions (pharmacological, psychosocial and rehabilitation and aftercare
services) for substance use disorders
According to the Danish Health Authorities, continuous and official statistics are not compiled on the coverage of
treatment interventions for alcohol and substance use disorders in Denmark.
n/a
Indicator 3.5.2
Alcohol per capita consumption (aged 15 years and older) within a calendar year in litres of pure alcohol
The figure shows a decline in the consumption of alcohol by Danish citizens above
the age of 18, from 10.6 litres per persons in 2009 to 9.5 litres per person in 2019.
I.e. a reduction of 1.1 litres per person over a period of ten years. Especially from 2011
to 2012, there was a large drop in the alcohol consumption which was, most likely,
due to rather large increases in the tax rates for beer and wine.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per 100,000 persons
Target 3.5
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 27
Figure 3.5.2: Consumption of alcohol by Danish citizens above the age of 18
By 2020, halve the number of global deaths and injuries from road traffic accidents
Indicator 3.6.1
Death rate due to road traffic injuries
In the last ten years, the death rate due to traffic injuries declined by 38 per cent. In
2009, the rate was 5.5 cases per 100,000 persons, and in 2019, it had dropped to 3.4
cases per 100,000 persons.
Figure 3.6.1: Death rate due to road traffic injuries
By 2030, ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services,
including for family planning, information and education, and the integration of
reproductive health into national strategies and programmes
Indicator 3.7.1
Proportion of women of reproductive age (aged 15-49 years) who have their need for family planning
satisfied with modern methods
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on women’s need for family planning. However, all
citizens in Denmark have access to free medical assistance and abortion as well as free access to modern
contraception against payment.
100%
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Litres
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per 100,000 persons
Target 3.6
Target 3.7
28 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Indicator 3.7.2
Adolescent birth rate (aged 10-14 years; aged 15-19 years) per 1,000 women in that age group
The share of adolescent women aged 15-19 who have had a child in the last ten years
has declined by 69 per cent. In 2010, the share was 3.6 per 1,000 women, and in
2020, it had dropped to 1.1 per 1,000 women.
Figure 3.7.2: Adolescent birth rate per 1,000 women
Achieve universal health coverage, including financial risk protection, access to
quality essential health-care services and access to safe, effective, quality and
affordable essential medicines and vaccines for all
Indicator 3.8.1
Coverage of essential health services
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on essential health care services (the fourteen tracer
interventions). However, all citizens in Denmark have free access to essential health care services.
100%
Indicator 3.8.2
Proportion of population with large household expenditures on health as a share of total household
expenditure or income
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Statistics Denmark estimates – on the basis of the National Household Budget Survey – that few people,
if any, pay more than 10 per cent of their household expenses or income on health care services.
0%
By 2030, substantially reduce the number of deaths and illnesses from hazardous
chemicals and air, water and soil pollution and contamination
Indicator 3.9.1
Mortality rate attributed to household and ambient air pollution
The mortality rate due to air pollution is currently available for 2016-2018 and is
73.5 cases per 100,000 persons.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per 1,000 women
10-19 years
10-14 years
15-19 years
Target 3.8
Target 3.9
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 29
Figure 3.9.1: Mortality rate due to air pollution
Indicator 3.9.2
Mortality rate attributed to unsafe water, unsafe sanitation and lack of hygiene (exposure to unsafe
Water, Sanitation and Hygiene for All (WASH) services)
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on the mortality rate directly attributable to unsafe
water or unsafe sanitation. However, Statistics Denmark estimates – on the basis on statistics from the World
Health Organisation and Global Health Observatory – that very few people, if any, die as a direct consequence of
unsafe water or unsafe sanitation.
0%
Indicator 3.9.3
Mortality rate attributed to unintentional poisoning
The mortality rate attributed to unintentional poisoning has been at a very stable
level in the last ten years. All of the years, the rate was between 3.5 and 5.3 per
100,000 persons.
Figure 3.9.3: Mortality rate attributed to unintentional poisoning
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2016:2018
Per 100,000 persons
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per 100,000 persons
30 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Strengthen the implementation of the World Health Organization Framework
Convention on Tobacco Control in all countries, as appropriate
Indicator 3.a.1
Age-standardized prevalence of current tobacco use among persons aged 15 years and older
The prevalence of smoking is at a similar level for men and women, though 1-2 per
cent point higher for men except in 2011 and 2012. There was a marginally
decreasing tendency from 2011 to 2014. Since 2016, there was an increase especially
for men.
Figure 3.a.1: Prevalence of smoking
Support the research and development of vaccines and medicines for the
communicable and non‑communicable diseases that primarily affect developing
countries, provide access to affordable essential medicines and vaccines, in
accordance with the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health,
which affirms the right of developing countries to use to the full the provisions in the
Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights regarding
flexibilities to protect public health, and, in particular, provide access to medicines
for all
Indicator 3.b.1
Proportion of the target population covered by all vaccines included in their national programme
Generally, the proportion covered by vaccines is high and above 90 per cent. This is
not the case for HPV, which furthermore decreased from 2015 and is only 60 per
cent in 2018. The proportion covered by measles vaccination decreased from 2016
and was 78 per cent in 2018. This is expected to be due to some groups’ scepticism
about this particular vaccination.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
Men
Women
Target 3.a
Target 3.b
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 31
Figure 3.b.1: Proportion covered by vaccines
Indicator 3.b.2
Total net official development assistance to medical research and basic health sectors
The figure shows the net Official Development Assistance (ODA) from Denmark to
the medical research and basic health sectors. The large decline from 2015 onwards
is primarily due to a large fall in the basic health care category, which is defined as
basic and primary health care programmes, paramedical and nursing care
programmes, supply of drugs, medicines and vaccines related to basic health care,
and activities aimed at achieving universal health coverage. The large decline in ODA
to medical research and basic health sectors is mainly due to less public sector aid,
but also less aid from NGOs and civil society is a significant factor in the decline.
Figure 3.b.2: Total net official development assistance to medical research and basic health
sectors
Indicator 3.b.3
Proportion of health facilities that have a core set of relevant essential medicines available and
affordable on a sustainable basis
Note that there may be health factors creating periods of peak demand during which the stock of medicine may
be insufficient.
100%
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Diphtheria,
tetanus and
pertussis (DTP)
Measles
Pneumococcal
conjugate
vaccine (PCV)
Human
Papillomavirus
(HPV)
Per cent
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
M DKK
32 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Substantially increase health financing and the recruitment, development, training
and retention of the health workforce in developing countries, especially in least
developed countries and small island developing States
Indicator 3.c.1
Health worker density and distribution
In Denmark, there is an even distribution of health workers throughout all regions. Waiting time may occur for
certain types of hospital treatment, and some municipalities occasionally experience a shortage of doctors, but in
case of acute need, everybody can be referred to immediate medical audit.

Strengthen the capacity of all countries, in particular developing countries, for early
warning, risk reduction and management of national and global health risks
Indicator 3.d.1
International Health Regulations (IHR) capacity and health emergency preparedness
According to the WHO, the average value for 13 core capacity indicators from 2010-2017, is 90 per cent in
Denmark.
100%
Target 3.c
Target 3.d
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 33
Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education
and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
By 2030, ensure that all girls and boys complete free, equitable and quality primary
and secondary education leading to relevant and effective learning outcomes
Indicator 4.1.1
Proportion of children and young people (a) in grades 2/3; (b) at the end of primary; and (c) at the end
of lower secondary achieving at least a minimum proficiency level in (i) reading and (ii) mathematics,
by sex
Data pertaining to the final examinations of pupils who have completed grade 9 in
Danish primary schools in 2009-2019 show that over 90 per cent of all pupils achieve
at least a minimum proficiency level in reading and mathematics respectively every
year. Furthermore, the proportion is generally stable through the entire period with
minor yearly fluctuations. Throughout the period, the proportion of girls achieving a
minimum proficiency level in reading is between 0.7 and 4.5 per cent points higher
than that of boys. In contrast, the proportion of boys who achieve a minimum
proficiency level in mathematics in the period is between 0.5 and 2.5 per cent points
higher than that of girls.
Figure 4.1.1: The final examinations of pupils who have completed grade 9 in Danish primary
schools
By 2030, ensure that all girls and boys have access to quality early childhood
development, care and pre‑primary education so that they are ready for primary
education
Indicator 4.2.1
Proportion of children aged 24-59 months who are developmentally on track in health, learning and
psychosocial well-being, by sex
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, childcare in or outside the home is available for all children in Denmark. Family day care and childcare
institutions are under supervision and subject to care quality requirements, and competent professional individuals
follow the children’s well-being and learning.
n/a
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Reading,
Boys
Reading,
Girls
Mathematics,
Boys
Mathematics,
Girls
Per cent
Target 4.1
Target 4.2
34 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Indicator 4.2.2
Participation rate in organized learning (one year before the official primary entry age), by sex
In 2017, the participation rate for children in day-care facilities was 98 per cent for
boys and 98 per cent for girls. In 2018, the numbers where similar. In general,
Denmark scores high on indicator 4.2.2: participation in organized learning for both
boys and girls, and the numbers have not change in the period of observation.
Figure 4.2.2: Participation rate for children in day-care facilities
By 2030, ensure equal access for all women and men to affordable and quality
technical, vocational and tertiary education, including university
Indicator 4.3.1
Participation rate of youth and adults in formal and non-formal education and training in the previous
12 months, by sex
The share for participation in formal or non-formal continuing education for both
men and women between the age of 25 and 64 has increased from 2007 to 2016. The
share of women who participated in formal or non-formal continuing education has
increased from around 45 per cent in 2007 to around 53 per cent in 2016. The
equivalent share for men was 44 per cent in 2007 and 48 per cent in 2016.
However, the share for participation in formal or non-formal continuing education
has decreased from 2011 to 2016. This applies for both men and women between the
age of 25 and 64.
The share of women who participated in formal or non-formal continuing education
has decreased from around 62 per cent in 2011 to around 53 per cent in 2016. The
equivalent share for men was 55 per cent in 2011 and 48 per cent in 2016. Formal
education is education programmes that lead to publicly approved exams or
qualifications. Non-formal education is e.g. courses, seminars and workshops.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Boys Girls
2017 2018
Per cent
Target 4.3
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 35
Figure 4.3.1: Participation in formal or non-formal continuing education
By 2030, substantially increase the number of youth and adults who have relevant
skills, including technical and vocational skills, for employment, decent jobs and
entrepreneurship
Indicator 4.4.1
Proportion of youth and adults with information and communications technology (ICT) skills, by type of
skill
Danes' digital skills are fairly high, in particular in the younger age group (16-24
years) where four out of five people have basic or above basic digital skills. The level
of digitals skills decreases with age. Denmark performs well and above the EU
average on digital skills, regardless of age. The country's performance is influenced
by several factors, among others a number of recent national initiatives to enhance
the digital skills and digital literacy of citizens. Obligatory digital public services are
also considered as main drivers for improved digital skills.
Figure 4.4.1: Proportion of youth and adults with information and communications technology
(ICT) skills
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Men Women
2007 2011 2016
Per cent
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2015 2016 2017 2019 2015 2016 2017 2019 2015 2016 2017 2019
Persons with
no overall
digital skills
Persons with
low overall
digital skills
Persons with
basic or above
basic overall
digital skills
Per cent
16-24 years 25-54 years 55-74 years
Target 4.4
36 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2030, eliminate gender disparities in education and ensure equal access to all
levels of education and vocational training for the vulnerable, including persons with
disabilities, indigenous peoples and children in vulnerable situations
Indicator 4.5.1
Parity indices (female/male, rural/urban, bottom/top wealth quintile and others such as disability status,
indigenous peoples and conflict-affected, as data become available) for all education indicators on this
list that can be disaggregated
Access to education in Denmark is free and equal for men and women. Yet there is a
difference in the level of education between men and women. This indicator
describes gender disparities in education and is calculated as the proportion of 35-
year-old men with a professional qualification relative to the proportion of 35-year-
old women with a professional qualification.
Throughout the period, the proportion of women with a professional qualification
has been higher than that of men. This tendency increased from 2010 until 2014 but
from 2016 the tendency has declined
Figure 4.5.1: Proportion of 35-year-old men with a professional qualification relative to the
proportion of 35-year-old women with a professional qualification
By 2030, ensure that all youth and a substantial proportion of adults, both men and
women, achieve literacy and numeracy
Indicator 4.6.1
Proportion of population in a given age group achieving at least a fixed level of proficiency in functional
(a) literacy and (b) numeracy skills, by sex
This indicator describes the skill levels in reading and arithmetic using the results of
the first round of PIAAC, which was conducted in Denmark in 2011-2012. PIAAC
(The Program for the International Assessment of Adult Competences) is an OECD
study of 16-65 year olds' skills in reading, arithmetic and problem solving with
information and communication technology (IT). The skills are measured on a scale
from 0-500, and reading and arithmetic skills are divided into six levels.
The majority have a skill level of 2 or 3 in both reading and arithmetic. Within
reading, there are more men than women with a low level (0.1) and a high level (4.5),
while within arithmetic there are most women with a low level and most men with a
high level. The proficiency level for both reading and arithmetic is higher for the
youngest part of the population.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 4.5
Target 4.6
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 37
Figure 4.6.1: The skill levels in reading and arithmetic using the results of the first round of
PIAAC
By 2030, ensure that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote
sustainable development, including, among others, through education for
sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality,
promotion of a culture of peace and non-violence, global citizenship and appreciation
of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development
Indicator 4.7.1
Extent to which (i) global citizenship education and (ii) education for sustainable development are
mainstreamed in (a) national education policies; (b) curricula; (c) teacher education; and (d) student
assessment
There are no official data available to illustrate this indicator. However, there are around 50 educational institutions
that are member of the UNESCO SDG schools network.
n/a
Build and upgrade education facilities that are child, disability and gender sensitive
and provide safe, non-violent, inclusive and effective learning environments for all
Indicator 4.a.1
Proportion of schools offering basic services, by type of service
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on whether pupils in schools have access to electricity,
internet, computers, infrastructure and materials for persons with disabilities, basic drinking water facilities and
single-sex toilet facilities.
n/a
By 2020, substantially expand globally the number of scholarships available to
developing countries, in particular least developed countries, small island developing
States and African countries, for enrolment in higher education, including vocational
training and information and communications technology, technical, engineering and
scientific programmes, in developed countries and other developing countries
Indicator 4.b.1
Volume of official development assistance flows for scholarships by sector and type of study
The financial aid awards for individual students and contributions to trainees varies
between 27 million DKK and 73 million DKK. This is a little fraction of the total
official development aid and therefore sensitive to year to year variations in e.g. the
introduction and closure of schemes. This can be seen as relative large variations
from year to year in the figure.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Literacy:
0, 1
Literacy:
2
Literacy:
3
Literacy:
4, 5
Numeracy:
0, 1
Numeracy:
2
Numeracy:
3
Numeracy:
4, 5
Men Women
Per cent
Target 4.7
Target 4.a
Target 4.b
38 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 4.b.1: The financial aid awards for individual students and contributions to trainees
By 2030, substantially increase the supply of qualified teachers, including through
international cooperation for teacher training in developing countries, especially least
developed countries and small island developing States
Indicator 4.c.1
Proportion of teachers with the minimum required qualifications, by education level
There are no official data available to illustrate this indicator. n/a
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
M DKK
Target 4.c
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 39
Goal 5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women
and girls
End all forms of discrimination against all women and girls everywhere
Indicator 5.1.1
Whether or not legal frameworks are in place to promote, enforce and monitor equality and non-
discrimination on the basis of sex
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, a legal framework does exist (especially in the Danish Act on Gender Equality from 2000), which serves
to promote, enforce and monitor equality in Denmark.

Eliminate all forms of violence against all women and girls in the public and private
spheres, including trafficking and sexual and other types of exploitation
Indicator 5.2.1
Proportion of ever-partnered women and girls aged 15 years and older subjected to physical, sexual
or psychological violence by a current or former intimate partner in the previous 12 months, by form of
violence and by age
Over the years, from 2008-2017 the overall proportion of women subjected to
violence by a current or former partner has been steady around 0.22 per cent. Most
women subjected to violence are 16-24 years old.
Figure 5.2.1: Proportion of women subjected to violence by a current or former partner
Indicator 5.2.2
Proportion of women and girls aged 15 years and older subjected to sexual violence by persons other
than an intimate partner in the previous 12 months, by age and place of occurrence
Over the years, the overall proportion of women subjected to violence by persons
other than their partner has been under 0.2 per cent. Most women subjected to
violence are 16-24 years old.
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
Age, total 16-24 years 25-39 years 40 years and over
2008-2015 2008-2016 2008-2017
Per cent
Target 5.1
Target 5.2
40 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 5.2.2: Proportion of women subjected to violence by persons other than their partner
Eliminate all harmful practices, such as child, early and forced marriage and female
genital mutilation
Indicator 5.3.1
Proportion of women aged 20-24 years who were married or in a union before age 15 and before age
18
From 2015 to 2021, 0.1 to 0.2 per cent of the 20-24 year-old women were married
before the age of 18, and 0.6 to 0.9 per cent were in a union, with a tendency towards
a lower share of women who had either been married or in a union before the age of
18.
Figure 5.3.1: Proportion of women aged 20-24 years who were married or in a union before age
18
Indicator 5.3.2
Proportion of girls and women aged 15-49 years who have undergone female genital mutilation/cutting,
by age
Circumcision of girls and women is a punishable offence in Denmark. The extent of women being circumcised in
Denmark is not known.
n/a
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
Age, total 16-24 years 25-39 years 40 years and over
2008-2015 2008-2016 2008-2017
Per cent
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
Per cent
Married
In a union (not married)
Married or in a union
Target 5.3
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 41
Recognize and value unpaid care and domestic work through the provision of public
services, infrastructure and social protection policies and the promotion of shared
responsibility within the household and the family as nationally appropriate
Indicator 5.4.1
Proportion of time spent on unpaid domestic and care work, by sex, age and location
Women spend more time on unpaid domestic and care work than men. However,
where women spent almost half again as much time as men in 2001, this difference
had decreased to women spending well over a third more time in 2017.
Figure 5.4.1: Proportion of time spent on unpaid domestic and care work
Ensure women’s full and effective participation and equal opportunities for
leadership at all levels of decision-making in political, economic and public life
Indicator 5.5.1
Proportion of seats held by women in (a) national parliaments and (b) local governments
In the last five general elections, the share of women elected to the Danish
Parliament was 37-39 per cent. In the last four local government elections, the share
of women was rising, although we saw a small decline in the last election in 2017.
The level is very similar to that of the general elections. The share at regional
elections is somewhat lower, but none the less increased from 28 per cent in 2005 to
33 per cent at the latest elections. No definite aim has been specified for this
indicator.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
Men Women
2001 2009 2017
Per cent
Target 5.4
Target 5.5
42 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 5.5.1: Proportion of seats held by women in the Danish Parliament and local
governments
Indicator 5.5.2
Proportion of women in managerial positions
The proportion of women in management work has been rising slightly over the past
10 years. The decrease from 2009 to 2010 is due to changes in the definition of
management work and thus 2009 and 2010 are not comparable.
Figure 5.5.2: Proportion of women in management work
Ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health and reproductive rights
as agreed in accordance with the Programme of Action of the International
Conference on Population and Development and the Beijing Platform for Action and
the outcome documents of their review conferences
Indicator 5.6.1
Proportion of women aged 15-49 years who make their own informed decisions regarding sexual
relations, contraceptive use and reproductive health care
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on women’s perception of their choices in connection
with this indicator. However, the free and equal access to medical assistance gives women access to consult a
doctor and to obtain information about sex, contraception and reproductive health services, such as abortion.
n/a
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Election to the Parliament 2005
Election to the Parliament 2007
Election to the Parliament 2011
Election to the Parliament 2015
Election to the Parliament 2019
Elections to municipality councils 2005
Elections to municipality councils 2009
Elections to municipality councils 2013
Elections to municipality councils 2017
Elections to region councils 2005
Elections to region councils 2009
Elections to region councils 2013
Elections to region councils 2017
Per cent
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 5.6
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 43
Indicator 5.6.2
Number of countries with laws and regulations that guarantee full and equal access to women and men
aged 15 years and older to sexual and reproductive health care, information and education
Denmark has laws and regulations that guarantee full and equal access to sexual and reproductive health care,
incl. free access to abortion. Health and sex education is mandatory in basic school, but it is not mandatory in
youth education nor in the teacher training programmes.

Undertake reforms to give women equal rights to economic resources, as well as
access to ownership and control over land and other forms of property, financial
services, inheritance and natural resources, in accordance with national laws
Indicator 5.a.1
(a) Proportion of total agricultural population with ownership or secure rights over agricultural land, by
sex; and (b) share of women among owners or rights-bearers of agricultural land, by type of tenure
The agricultural sector has a pronounced dominance of men. Only about 9 per cent
of the Danish farmers are women, a share that has not changed considerably during
the period 2010-2019. Moreover, the farms lead by women are smaller, so
agricultural land possessed by female farmers constitutes only 4 per cent of the total
land. Again, this share has not changed much over the years. In total, there were
2,600 female farmers in Denmark in 2019. However, it should be noticed that it is
quite common for the wives of farmers to assist their husbands in the farm work, and
also there are female agricultural workers, so more than just 2,600 women are
involved in farm work.
Figure 5.a.1: Proportion of farms and land where women are owning land or having land in
tenancy
Indicator 5.a.2
Proportion of countries where the legal framework (including customary law) guarantees women’s
equal rights to land ownership and/or control
Denmark has a legal framework that guarantees equal rights for women (the Danish Act on Gender Equality).
Denmark does not compile official statistics on a number of the sub-indicators in the methodology of the indicator.
n/a
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Farms (excl. companies etc.), where
women are owning land
Farms (excl. companies etc.), where
women have land in tenancy
Farms (excl. companies etc.), where
women are owning land or have land in
tenancy
Land (excl. companies etc.), where women
are owning land
Land (excl. companies etc.), where women
have land in tenancy
Land (excl. companies etc.), where women
are owning land or have land in tenancy
Per cent
Target 5.a
44 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Enhance the use of enabling technology, in particular information and
communications technology, to promote the empowerment of women
Indicator 5.b.1
Proportion of individuals who own a mobile telephone, by sex
Mobile phones with access to internet are considered essential to promote the use of
information and communication technologies and enable users to reap the benefits
provided by those technologies. E.g. location services, on-the-go access to
information, mobile payments, etc. In Denmark nine out of ten citizens use a smart
phone with internet access. There is no gender difference between mobile phone
users in Denmark. The proportions of men and women using smart phones have
increased from around 80 per cent in 2016 to 89 per cent in 2020.
Figure 5.b.1: Proportion of men and women who own a mobile telephone
Adopt and strengthen sound policies and enforceable legislation for the promotion
of gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls at all levels
Indicator 5.c.1
Proportion of countries with systems to track and make public allocations for gender equality and
women’s empowerment
In the underlying methodology, Denmark only complies partly with the conditions of the indicator. ÷
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
Men Women
2016 2018 2020
Per cent
Target 5.b
Target 5.c
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 45
Goal 6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of
water and sanitation for all
By 2030, achieve universal and equitable access to safe and affordable drinking
water for all
Indicator 6.1.1
Proportion of population using safely managed drinking water services
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
Statistics Denmark estimates that most people live with a safely managed supply of drinking water. However,
small private waterworks exist, which are subject to less control.
100%
By 2030, achieve access to adequate and equitable sanitation and hygiene for all
and end open defecation, paying special attention to the needs of women and girls
and those in vulnerable situations
Indicator 6.2.1
Proportion of population using (a) safely managed sanitation services and (b) a hand-washing facility
with soap and water
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Statistics Denmark estimates that everyone or nearly everyone uses safely managed sanitation facilities
in Denmark.
100%
By 2030, improve water quality by reducing pollution, eliminating dumping and
minimizing release of hazardous chemicals and materials, halving the proportion of
untreated wastewater and substantially increasing recycling and safe reuse globally
Indicator 6.3.1
Proportion of domestic and industrial wastewater flows safely treated
Data from urban sewage systems are from a database with total information on
general treatment of waste water in Denmark. Data about individual solutions for
treatment (mostly in rural areas) are from the Building and housing register. Not
safely treated waste water is primarily from scattered buildings using septic tanks
with drain to surface water. The figure shows that there has been an increase in safely
managed waste water since 2010, from an already high level above 93 per cent in
2010 to 97 per cent in the past four years.
Figure 6.3.1: Proportion of domestic and industrial wastewater flows safely treated
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 6.1
Target 6.2
Target 6.3
46 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2030, substantially increase water-use efficiency across all sectors and ensure
sustainable withdrawals and supply of freshwater to address water scarcity and
substantially reduce the number of people suffering from water scarcity
Indicator 6.4.1
Change in water-use efficiency over time
There have been large fluctuations in the water use efficiency – measured as the use
of water compared to value added – in the agriculture, forestry and fisheries
industries and for industries in total. For agriculture, etc., the large fluctuations can
be explained by fluctuating irrigation needs due to climatic conditions and crop
selection. During the dry summer 2018, water use efficiency dropped significantly
for agriculture. For the other industries, there has been a slight increase in the water
use efficiency over the period 2010-2019.
Figure 6.4.1: Water use efficiency
Indicator 6.4.2
Level of water stress: freshwater withdrawal as a proportion of available freshwater resources
The utilisation rate of the available groundwater resource has varied between 60 and
90 per cent in the period from 2010 to 2019. Please notice that the surface water is
not included in the calculation of the indicator. A utilisation rate below 100 per cent
entails a sustainable consumption of the ground water resource. The high utilisation
rate in 2018 was due to a higher need for irrigation in agriculture, as a result of a dry
summer.
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Total
industries
Agriculture,
forestry and
fishing
Other
industries
Index, 2010 = 100
Target 6.4
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 47
Figure 6.4.2: The utilisation rate of the available groundwater resource
By 2030, implement integrated water resources management at all levels, including
through transboundary cooperation as appropriate
Indicator 6.5.1
Degree of integrated water resources management
For this indicator, data is currently available for one year, namely 2017. In 2017, the
degree of integrated water resources management implementation was 93 per cent.
Denmark thus has a very high degree of implementation of the integrated water
resources management.
Figure 6.5.1: The degree of integrated water resources management implementation
Indicator 6.5.2
Proportion of transboundary basin area with an operational arrangement for water cooperation
The indicator is not about Denmark, as there are no transboundary basin areas. n/a
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2017
Per cent
Target 6.5
48 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2020, protect and restore water-related ecosystems, including mountains,
forests, wetlands, rivers, aquifers and lakes
Indicator 6.6.1
Change in the extent of water-related ecosystems over time
In 2018, water-related ecosystems like forests, wetlands and lakes represent a larger
proportion of the total area, compared to 2011. While the share of forests is
unchanged in the period, the share of wetlands has increased from 5.1 per cent in
2011 to 5.5 per cent in 2018. The share of lakes and streams as a proportion of the
total area also increased from 2.6 per cent to 2.7 per cent in the years 2011-2018. The
increase in water-related ecosystems is due to conversion of former agricultural land.
Figure 6.6.1: Proportion of water-related ecosystems of the total area
By 2030, expand international cooperation and capacity-building support to
developing countries in water- and sanitation-related activities and programmes,
including water harvesting, desalination, water efficiency, wastewater treatment,
recycling and reuse technologies
Indicator 6.a.1
Amount of water- and sanitation-related official development assistance that is part of a government-
coordinated spending plan
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Support and strengthen the participation of local communities in improving water and
sanitation management
Indicator 6.b.1
Proportion of local administrative units with established and operational policies and procedures for
participation of local communities in water and sanitation management
All municipalities in Denmark must prepare plans for water supply and waste water disposal systems. In the
underlying methodology, Denmark complies only partly with the conditions of the indicator.
100%
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
Forests and
other tree-covered areas
Meadows, bogs and
other open wet habitats
Lakes and streams
2011 2016 2018
Per cent
Target 6.6
Target 6.a
Target 6.b
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 49
Goal 7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable
and modern energy for all
By 2030, ensure universal access to affordable, reliable and modern energy services
Indicator 7.1.1
Proportion of population with access to electricity
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, The World Bank estimates that all citizens in Denmark have access to electricity.
100%
Indicator 7.1.2
Proportion of population with primary reliance on clean fuels and technology
As a high income country, it is assumed – in accordance with the methodology of the indicator – that Denmark
uses fuels and technologies that do not result in indoor air pollution.
100%
By 2030, increase substantially the share of renewable energy in the global energy
mix
Indicator 7.2.1
Renewable energy share in the total final energy consumption
For this indicator, we use the renewable energy share of the total primary energy
consumption as a proxy. The share has almost doubled since 2009, so that
renewables in 2019 account for 35.4 per cent of the total primary energy
consumption. In the Danish case, the change towards a greener energy system
accelerated in 2009. Based on our observations, the difference between renewable
energy's share of total primary energy consumption and total final energy
consumption is that the latter share is 1-2 per cent higher.
Figure 7.2.1: The renewable energy share of the total primary energy consumption
By 2030, double the global rate of improvement in energy efficiency
Indicator 7.3.1
Energy intensity measured in terms of primary energy and GDP
The Danish economy is characterized by having a large shipping industry, which
accounts for 42 per cent of the total use of primary energy used for Danish economic
activities. In the below figure, the energy intensity measured as primary energy in
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 7.1
Target 7.2
Target 7.3
50 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
relation to GDP is shown for both the total of Danish economic activities as well as
the total of Danish economic activities exclusive of the fuel that Danish-operated
ships, aircraft and lorries bunker abroad. Compared to 2009, the energy intensity
has improved with 19 per cent or with 25 per cent if the bunkering abroad is
disregarded. The development has been driven by both a decrease in the use of
primary energy as well as economic growth.
Figure 7.3.1: The energy intensity measured as primary energy in relation to GDP
By 2030, enhance international cooperation to facilitate access to clean energy
research and technology, including renewable energy, energy efficiency and
advanced and cleaner fossil-fuel technology, and promote investment in energy
infrastructure and clean energy technology
Indicator 7.a.1
International financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy research and
development and renewable energy production, including in hybrid systems
The data on source IRENA is not available. n/a
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
GJ per DKK million GDP
Energy intensity
Energy intensity (excl. of bunkering, etc. abroad)
Target 7.a
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 51
Goal 8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable
economic growth, full and productive employment and
decent work for all
Sustain per capita economic growth in accordance with national circumstances and,
in particular, at least 7 per cent gross domestic product growth per annum in the
least developed countries
Indicator 8.1.1
Annual growth rate of real GDP per capita
Following the Great Recession from 2007-2009, there has been a steady increase in
GDP per capita for ten straight years, except for a slight decrease in 2012. This steady
increase in GDP per capita means that the growth of the economy has outpaced the
growth of the population. In 2020 there was a significant drop in the economy due
to the COVID-19 crisis.
Figure 8.1.1: GDP per capita
Achieve higher levels of economic productivity through diversification, technological
upgrading and innovation, including through a focus on high-value added and labour-
intensive sectors
Indicator 8.2.1
Annual growth rate of real GDP per employed person
Following the Great Recession, there was a steep increase in the growth rate of real
GDP per employed person in 2010, and in the following years there was a further
steady increase until 2019 at an average of 1.1 per cent. This was higher than in the
period from year 2000 up until the Great Recession, where the average annual
growth was 0.8 per cent. In 2020, the year of the COVID-19 crisis, there was a
negative growth of -2.0 per cent in GDP per employed person.
-4.0
-3.0
-2.0
-1.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per cent
Target 8.1
Target 8.2
52 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 8.2.1: GDP per employed person
Promote development-oriented policies that support productive activities, decent job
creation, entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation, and encourage the
formalization and growth of micro-, small- and medium-sized enterprises, including
through access to financial services
Indicator 8.3.1
Proportion of informal employment in total employment, by sector and sex
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Improve progressively, through 2030, global resource efficiency in consumption and
production and endeavour to decouple economic growth from environmental
degradation, in accordance with the 10‑Year Framework of Programmes on
Sustainable Consumption and Production, with developed countries taking the lead
Indicator 8.4.1
Material footprint, material footprint per capita, and material footprint per GDP
The resource footprint is an indicator of the amount of resources extracted from
nature both in Denmark and abroad for the goods and services used in the Danish
economy. Within the period 2010 to 2016, the resource footprint per GDP and per
capita have increased with 20 per cent and 12 per cent, respectively. The resource
footprint per capita has increased with 2 per cent in 2016 compared to 2015, while
the footprint per GDP has declined by 0.5 per cent in the same period.
-3.0
-2.0
-1.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per cent
Target 8.3
Target 8.4
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 53
Figure 8.4.1a: The resource footprint
Figure 8.4.1b: The resource footprint per capita and resource footprint per GDP
Indicator 8.4.2
Domestic material consumption, domestic material consumption per capita, and domestic material
consumption per GDP
The figure shows that, with the exception of the decrease from 2012 to 2013, the
Danish domestic material consumption has been rising in the period 2010 to 2019.
This indicates a general increase in the consumption of materials in the Danish
economy. Within the period 2013-2019, the domestic material consumption has
increased with an average of 3 per cent per year. It should be noted that this indicator
is highly influenced by the business cycles and economic activities related to
construction, which is immediately reflected in domestic material consumption.
The domestic material consumption per GDP is an indicator of the amount of
materials that are necessary to produce the Danish gross domestic product. After a
big increase in the period 2010-2012, the domestic material consumption per GDP
has shown a stable development of about 66,000 to 67,000 tonnes per DKK billion
GDP in the years 2013 to 2019. In 2019, the domestic material consumption per GDP
was 67,400 tonnes per DKK billion GDP, which was an increase of 4 per cent and 1
per cent compared to 2010 and 2018, respectively.
0
20,000,000
40,000,000
60,000,000
80,000,000
100,000,000
120,000,000
140,000,000
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Tonnes
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Tonnes
Material footprint per capita
Material footprint per bn. DKK GDP
54 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 8.4.2a: The Danish domestic material consumption
Figure 8.4.2b: The Danish domestic material consumption per GDP
By 2030, achieve full and productive employment and decent work for all women
and men, including for young people and persons with disabilities, and equal pay for
work of equal value
Indicator 8.5.1
Average hourly earnings of employees, by sex, age, occupation and persons with disabilities
The gender pay gap is the difference between the average annual earnings between
women and men. In 2019, the gender pay gap was 12.7 per cent in Denmark, which
means that women earned 12.7 per cent less per hour than men. In Denmark, the
gender pay gap has consistently been narrowed through the years, and in 2019 it was
1.7 per cent points less than in 2013, where the gender pay gap was 14.3.
The primary reason behind the gender pay gap becoming narrower has to do with
the nature of how it is calculated. As the level of average earnings of women and men
increases per year, the per cent difference in earnings decreases subsequently, whilst
the monetary difference in earnings per hour remains pretty much the same. In 2013,
men in average earned about 37.7 DKK more per hour than women, and in 2019 this
difference was about 36.5 DKK.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Domestic
material
consumption
(million
tonnes)
Domestic
material
consumption
(tonnes per
capita)
-
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Tonnes per DKK billion GDP
Target 8.5
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 55
Figure 8.5.1: The gender pay gap
Indicator 8.5.2
Unemployment rate, by sex, age and persons with disabilities
The total unemployment figure for Denmark has been slightly decreasing since 2010
for the majority of age groups. In the beginning of the period, unemployment for
women was lower than for men, which was reversed towards the end of the period.
The relation between the unemployment rates of men and women should also be
seen in the light of the fact that more men than women have jobs that are influenced
by business cycles.
For both women and men, the highest unemployment is found in the youngest age
groups 15-24 and 25-34 years, both groups over the average, as opposed to all the
other age groups.
Comparing the presented figures to the EU-average for both men and women,
Denmark has a lower unemployment rate. The unemployment rate increased in
2020 for both men and women due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Figure 8.5.2a: Unemployment rate for men
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
DKK
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Men, total
15-24 years
25-34 years
35-44 years
45-54 years
55-64 years
Per cent
56 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 8.5.2b: Unemployment rate for women
By 2020, substantially reduce the proportion of youth not in employment, education
or training
Indicator 8.6.1
Proportion of youth (aged 15-24 years) not in education, employment or training
The proportion of young people who are neither in work nor in education was
increasing in the period 2009-2014. After 2014, the development has been slightly
declining, however, with a peak in 2017.
Figure 8.6.1: Proportion of young people who are neither in work nor in education
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Women,
total
15-24 years
25-34 years
35-44 years
45-54 years
55-64 years
Per cent
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
15-19 years
20-24 years
Target 8.6
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 57
Take immediate and effective measures to eradicate forced labour, end modern
slavery and human trafficking and secure the prohibition and elimination of the worst
forms of child labour, including recruitment and use of child soldiers, and by 2025
end child labour in all its forms
Indicator 8.7.1
Proportion and number of children aged 5-17 years engaged in child labour, by sex and age
Child labour includes both ordinary pay and household work. Statistics Denmark does not have information on
household work. Out of the total number of 5-17 year olds in Denmark (855,982) at the end of November 2018,
1,114 (0.1 per cent) had wage work with a number of hours as specified in the definition of the indicator. 507 of
them are in the age group 5-11 years, where a large proportion have held jobs in the cultural professions (singing,
dancing, acting or as extras).
n/a
Protect labour rights and promote safe and secure working environments for all
workers, including migrant workers, in particular women migrants, and those in
precarious employment
Indicator 8.8.1
Fatal and non-fatal occupational injuries per 100,000 workers, by sex and migrant status
The proportion of occupational accidents in relation to the number of employees has
been declining since 2011. This applies to both fatal and non-fatal occupational
accidents. From 2014 to 2015, however, there was an increase in non-fatal
occupational accidents, but subsequently the proportion fell again.
Figure 8.8.1: Proportion of occupational accidents in relation to the number of employees
Indicator 8.8.2
Level of national compliance with labour rights (freedom of association and collective bargaining) based
on International Labour Organization (ILO) textual sources and national legislation, by sex and migrant
status
In Denmark, freedom of association is enshrined in the Constitution. There is no procedure for registration of trade
unions and employers’ association and the State does not keep any registers of trade unions or employers’
associations. Similarly, there are no registers for collective agreements. In Denmark, wages and working
conditions are primarily regulated through collective agreements concluded by the social partners at branch or
company level. For example there is no statutory minimum wage in Denmark. All employees in the public sector
are covered by collective agreements, whereas 74 per cent of employed persons in the private sector are covered.
For members of the Confederation of Danish Employers, DA, 87 per cent of the employees are covered. Foreign
workers employed in Denmark are more or less covered by collective agreements to the same extent as Danish
workers.
n/a
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per 100,000 employed people
Lethal work-related accidents
Non-lethal work-related accidents
Target 8.7
Target 8.8
58 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2030, devise and implement policies to promote sustainable tourism that creates
jobs and promotes local culture and products
Indicator 8.9.1
Tourism direct GDP as a proportion of total GDP and in growth rate
The growth in tourism per cent of GDP is driven by a growth in the number of bed
nights in commercial accommodations like hotels, camping and rented cottages that
saw a 10 per cent increase from 2014 to 2016.
Figure 8.9.1: Tourism per cent of GDP
Strengthen the capacity of domestic financial institutions to encourage and expand
access to banking, insurance and financial services for all
Indicator 8.10.1
(a) Number of commercial bank branches per 100,000 adults and (b) number of automated teller
machines (ATMs) per 100,000 adults
It is the assessment that everyone in Denmark has access to banking and financial services. In Denmark, nine
out of 10 people manage their daily banking business over the Internet. Digitisation, bank mergers and
streamlining of the banking sector in Denmark have caused the number of bank branches affiliated with Danish
banks to fall from approx. 2,500 in the early 1990s to about one quarter of that figure today. Similarly, the number
of ATMs has been declining in recent years.
100%
Indicator 8.10.2
Proportion of adults (15 years and older) with an account at a bank or other financial institution or with
a mobile-money-service provider
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, there are no or few legal and institutional limitations on opening a bank account in Denmark. Therefore,
Statistics Denmark estimates that everyone or nearly everyone has a bank account.
100%
Increase Aid for Trade support for developing countries, in particular least developed
countries, including through the Enhanced Integrated Framework for Trade-related
Technical Assistance to Least Developed Countries
Indicator 8.a.1
Aid for Trade commitments and disbursements
The official development assistance and flows to developing countries regarding aid
for trade is on average around 40 million DKK. In 2011, however, the amount was
169 million DKK. This is a little fraction of the total official development aid and
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2014 2015 2016
Per cent
Target 8.9
Target 8.10
Target 8.a
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 59
therefore sensitive to year to year variations in e.g. the introduction and closure of
schemes. This can be seen as relatively large variation from year to year in the figure.
Figure 8.a.1: The official development assistance and flows to developing countries regarding
aid for trade
By 2020, develop and operationalize a global strategy for youth employment and
implement the Global Jobs Pact of the International Labour Organization
Indicator 8.b.1
Existence of a developed and operationalized national strategy for youth employment, as a distinct
strategy or as part of a national employment strategy
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Statistics Denmark estimates – on the basis of the Danish parliament’s "agreement on better pathways
into education and jobs" – that a national strategy for youth employment does exist.

0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
M DKK
Target 8.b
60 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and
sustainable industrialization and foster innovation
Develop quality, reliable, sustainable and resilient infrastructure, including regional
and transborder infrastructure, to support economic development and human well-
being, with a focus on affordable and equitable access for all
Indicator 9.1.1
Proportion of the rural population who live within 2 km of an all-season road
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Statistics Denmark estimates that the number of persons living more than 2 km from an all-season road
is very low.
100%
Indicator 9.1.2
Passenger and freight volumes, by mode of transport
The first figure shows the passenger transport volumes measured by passenger-
kilometres (pkm). Pkm is a measurement that takes into account both the distance
travelled and the number of passengers. Between 2010 and 2019, the total passenger
transport measured by pkm increased by 25 per cent. The most common mode of
transport is by road with a 55 per cent share of passenger transport in 2019. Road
passenger transport increased by 13 per cent from 2010 to 2019. The second most
common mode of transport with a 39 per cent share in 2019 is aviation. Transport
by aviation increased a staggering 51 per cent from 2010 to 2019. The only mode of
transport with a decline was rail, dropping 2 per cent during the decade. The
increased aviation transport has probably been fuelled by the decreasing prices of air
transport, making both short and long holiday travels by air more common. The shift
towards road transport and less rail transport is likely a result of the priorities in
infrastructure investment benefitting the road traffic infrastructure as well as
decreased taxation on vehicles.
The second figure shows the transported volumes by mode of transport measured by
tonnes. 63 per cent of all freight was moved by road in 2019, and maritime transport
stood for 33 per cent of freight volumes. The remaining modes, rail, aviation and
pipelines, accounted for only a minor share of the transport. The maritime transport
saw a 15 per cent increase from 2010 to 2019, whereas road transport only increased
by 1 per cent in the same period. The reasons for the shift in mode is not clear.
Increased trade with overseas countries, increased cost of road transport due to
congestion and a general wish to move to transportation viewed as more
environmentally friendly can be explanations.
Target 9.1
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 61
Figure 9.1.2a: The passenger transport volumes measured by passenger-kilometres
Figure 9.1.2b: The transported volumes by mode of transport measured by tonnes
Promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and, by 2030, significantly raise
industry’s share of employment and gross domestic product, in line with national
circumstances, and double its share in least developed countries
Indicator 9.2.1
Manufacturing value added as a proportion of GDP and per capita
As shown in the figure, the share of value added from manufacturing has increased
slightly during the last 10 years, from about 13 per cent of the total value added to
over 15 per cent.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Road
Rail
Maritime
Aviation
Million passenger kilometres
0
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
180,000
200,000
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Road
Rail
Maritime
Aviation
Pipline
Thousand tonnes
Target 9.2
62 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 9.2.1: Proportion of value added from manufacturing
Indicator 9.2.2
Manufacturing employment as a proportion of total employment
Between 2010 and 2019, the number of employed persons – in full time equivalent
– has remained steady measured as the total labour input of hours worked. The share
of total labour input in the manufacturing industry has decreased slightly from
around 12 per cent to a slightly lower level. Stated per capita, the value added from
manufacturing is about DKK 54,000 per capita (approximately USD 8,650) in
current prices. Adjusted for inflation, the value added per capita from manufacturing
has increased 35 per cent in the last decade.
Figure 9.2.2: Proportion of total labour input in the manufacturing industry
Increase the access of small-scale industrial and other enterprises, in particular in
developing countries, to financial services, including affordable credit, and their
integration into value chains and markets
Indicator 9.3.1
Proportion of small-scale industries in total industry value added
There has been a declining trend throughout the period 2009 to 2017, however, with
a slight increase in the year 2016 in the share of the small industrial enterprises’ value
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per cent
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per cent
Target 9.3
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 63
added to the total value added in the industry. Small enterprises mean enterprises
with less than 20 persons employed.
Figure 9.3.1: Proportion of small-scale industries in total industry value added
Indicator 9.3.2
Proportion of small-scale industries with a loan or line of credit
The level for small and medium-sized enterprises seeking to obtain finance is
estimated at around 45 per cent in 2018. These statistics include information on
whether the enterprises have sought to obtain a loan and whether they actually
obtained it, but give no information on existing loans. Hence, the estimate is based
on a combination of this information and assumptions regarding e.g. the duration of
loans and credit.
Figure 9.3.2: Proportion of small-scale industries with a loan or line of credit
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Per cent
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
2018
Per cent
64 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2030, upgrade infrastructure and retrofit industries to make them sustainable,
with increased resource-use efficiency and greater adoption of clean and
environmentally sound technologies and industrial processes, with all countries
taking action in accordance with their respective capabilities
Indicator 9.4.1
CO2 emission per unit of value added
The CO2 emission (exclusive of emissions from biomass) per unit of added value has
decreased for the manufacturing industry as well as for all industries in total from
2010 to 2019. The drivers causing the decrease are mainly improved energy
efficiency and introduction of renewable energy that is considered to be CO2 neutral.
Figure 9.4.1: CO2 emission per unit of value added
Enhance scientific research, upgrade the technological capabilities of industrial
sectors in all countries, in particular developing countries, including, by 2030,
encouraging innovation and substantially increasing the number of research and
development workers per 1 million people and public and private research and
development spending
Indicator 9.5.1
Research and development expenditure as a proportion of GDP
Since 2009, the share of expenditures for research and development (R&D) in
Denmark has been about 3 per cent of GDP, and the split between the business sector
and the public sector has been quite stable. The expenditures are mainly paid by the
business sector. In 2019, the business sector's share was 1.8 per cent of GDP and the
public sector's share was 1.1 per cent of GDP. The three per cent is a common target
for members of the European Union. Regarding EU comparison, the R&D
expenditures in Denmark are higher than the EU average of about 2 per cent of GDP.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Index, 2010 = 100
Total industries
Manufacturing
Target 9.4
Target 9.5
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 65
Figure 9.5.1: Proportion of expenditures for research and development
Indicator 9.5.2
Researchers (in full-time equivalent) per million inhabitants
There has been an increase in the number of researchers since 2009, both for
Denmark and the EU. In recent years, the number of researchers per inhabitant has
been about twice as high in Denmark as the EU average. From 2007 onwards, the
difference between the EU and Denmark has narrowed slightly.
Figure 9.5.2: Researchers per million inhabitants
Facilitate sustainable and resilient infrastructure development in developing
countries through enhanced financial, technological and technical support to African
countries, least developed countries, landlocked developing countries and small
island developing States
Indicator 9.a.1
Total official international support (official development assistance plus other official flows) to
infrastructure
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent of GDP
Total
Enterprises
Public sector
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per m capita
Target 9.a
66 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Support domestic technology development, research and innovation in developing
countries, including by ensuring a conducive policy environment for, inter alia,
industrial diversification and value addition to commodities
Indicator 9.b.1
Proportion of medium and high-tech industry value added in total value added
There has been an increasing trend throughout the period 2008 to 2017 in the share
of value added by intermediate and high-tech industrial enterprises in relation to the
total value added in the industrial sector. By intermediate and high-tech industrial
enterprises is meant enterprises engaged in the manufacture of chemical products,
pharmaceutical raw materials and preparations, weapons and ammunition,
computers, electronic and optical products, electrical equipment, machinery and
equipment, motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers, means of transport, other
transport equipment (excluding building of ships and boats), medical and dental
instruments.
Figure 9.b.1: Proportion of value added by intermediate and high-tech industrial enterprises in
relation to the total value added in the industrial sector
Significantly increase access to information and communications technology and
strive to provide universal and affordable access to the Internet in least developed
countries by 2020
Indicator 9.c.1
Proportion of population covered by a mobile network, by technology
Universal access via mobile internet to information and communication at
affordable prices is very widely available in Denmark. Denmark is considered as one
of the top EU-countries as regards connectivity and ICT infrastructure. Average 4G
and 5G coverage and mobile broadband take-up are among the best in the EU. In
2020, four out of five households were covered by 5G mobile networks, which is the
highest proportion in the EU.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Per cent
Target 9.b
Target 9.c
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 67
Figure 9.c.1: Proportion of population covered by a mobile network
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
4G 5G
2016 2018 2020
Per cent
68 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 10: Reduce inequality within and among countries
By 2030, progressively achieve and sustain income growth of the bottom 40 per cent
of the population at a rate higher than the national average
Indicator 10.1.1
Growth rates of household expenditure or income per capita among the bottom 40 per cent of the
population and the total population
Income inequality has been rising in Denmark in the last decade. Some of the driving
factors are higher wealth income, which is very concentrated among top income
groups, and low income growth in the younger age-brackets, among other things
caused by increased education attendance rates. The education attendance rates
have been levelling out in recent years. Reforms aimed at increasing the supply of
labour have lowered taxation on income. Finally, some types of cash benefits have
been lowered – primarily for unemployed immigrants and refugees in Denmark.
Figure 10.1.1: Growth rates of household expenditure or income per capita among the bottom
40 per cent of the population and the total population
By 2030, empower and promote the social, economic and political inclusion of all,
irrespective of age, sex, disability, race, ethnicity, origin, religion or economic or other
status
Indicator 10.2.1
Proportion of people living below 50 per cent of median income, by sex, age and persons with
disabilities
Risk of poverty is the classic indicator of the share below 50 per cent of the median
income. The relative poverty level has been growing during the 2010s. This has in
part been driven by lower income for young people between 18 and 30. Another large
contribution to the growth has been from the large immigration of mostly Syrian
refugees combined with the reintroduction of lower cash benefits for refugees and
the cap on total cash benefits in 2015 and 2016 respectively. Rising employment rates
and lower immigration numbers are contributing factors to the slightly lower rates
in the last two years.
80
90
100
110
120
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Index, 2015 = 100
Total poulation
The 40 percent
with lowest income
Target 10.1
Target 10.2
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 69
Figure 10.2.1: Proportion of men and women living below 50 per cent of median income
Ensure equal opportunity and reduce inequalities of outcome, including by
eliminating discriminatory laws, policies and practices and promoting appropriate
legislation, policies and action in this regard
Indicator 10.3.1
Proportion of population reporting having personally felt discriminated against or harassed in the
previous 12 months on the basis of a ground of discrimination prohibited under international human
rights law
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Adopt policies, especially fiscal, wage and social protection policies, and
progressively achieve greater equality
Indicator 10.4.1
Labour share of GDP
The purpose of labour share of GDP is to show the relative share of GDP which
accrues to workers as compared to the share which accrues to capital in each
reference period. In periods of economic recession, this figure provides an indication
of the extent to which falling output reduces labour income relative to profits. If
labour income falls at a greater rate than profits, the labour income share will be
expected to fall. Increased production and GDP often lead to improved living
standards, depending on the distribution of real income and public policy among
other factors, which are reflected in this indicator.
In the period before and after the Great Recession, the compensation of employees’
share of GDP fluctuated. At first it rose steeply to around 55 per cent and then
dropped down to 53 per cent. In the following years, the share declined further to the
current level of 51 per cent. In a long-term perspective, the labour share has
remained constant at a level around 50-52 per cent since the 1980s.
The 2020 increase in labour share during the COVID-19 crisis is somewhat
misleading, as company owners were significantly subsidised by the government.
The labour share of the gross factor income indicates no increase in labour share.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Men
Women
Target 10.3
Target 10.4
70 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 10.4.1: Labour share of GDP
Improve the regulation and monitoring of global financial markets and institutions
and strengthen the implementation of such regulations
Indicator 10.5.1
Financial Soundness Indicators
Financial soundness indicators (FSIs) provide insight into the financial health and
soundness of a country’s financial institutions. The FSIs are based on data collected
by the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority and follows the guidelines form the
International Monetary Fund (IMF). Data is published by the Danish Central Bank
(Danmarks Nationalbank). The dashboard provides an overview of selected key
indicators relating to the financial sector.
The two indicators relating to nonperforming loans show a significant decrease in
the share of nonperforming loans since the financial crisis, which indicates a
healthier financial market than a decade earlier.
Figure 10.5.1: Financial Soundness Indicators
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per cent
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Capital to assets
Regulatory capital to
risk-weighted assets
Nonperforming loans net
of provisions to capital
Nonperforming loans to
total gross loans
Return on assets
Liquid assets to short-
term liabilities
Per cent
Target 10.5
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 71
Ensure enhanced representation and voice for developing countries in decision-
making in global international economic and financial institutions in order to deliver
more effective, credible, accountable and legitimate institutions
Indicator 10.6.1
Proportion of members and voting rights of developing countries in international organizations
The indicator is not about Denmark, since the indicator is assessed at the institutional level. n/a
Facilitate orderly, safe, regular and responsible migration and mobility of people,
including through the implementation of planned and well-managed migration
policies
Indicator 10.7.1
Recruitment cost borne by employee as a proportion of monthly income earned in country of destination
There are currently no available data on the costs of obtaining jobs for migrant workers in Denmark. n/a
Indicator 10.7.2
Number of countries that have implemented well-managed migration policies
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, migration policies are incorporated as a well-managed part of the national legislation and the public
administration.

Implement the principle of special and differential treatment for developing countries,
in particular least developed countries, in accordance with World Trade Organization
agreements
Indicator 10.a.1
Proportion of tariff lines applied to imports from least developed countries and developing countries
with zero-tariff
The figure shows the development in the share of imported goods where no tariffs
were payed. Therefore, a total equal to 62.9 per cent means that no tariff was paid on
62.9 per cent of the imported goods that year. Note that imports have been
accumulated so that all types of income countries have been included. For the total,
the share of no-tariff paid imported goods is stable in the period 2012-2019, and it
has only grown by 1.3 per cent points. Agriculture and industry are also stable in the
period, while for oil the share has been constant throughout the period. When it
comes to arms, the share of no-tariff paid imports has grown from 9.9 per cent in
2012 to 38.6 per cent in 2019. Clothes is another sector, which has experienced high
growth, more precisely it grew 24.7 per cent points over the 7-year period.
Target 10.6
Target 10.7
Target 10.a
72 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 10.a.1: Proportion of imported goods where no tariffs were payed
Encourage official development assistance and financial flows, including foreign
direct investment, to States where the need is greatest, in particular least developed
countries, African countries, small island developing States and landlocked
developing countries, in accordance with their national plans and programmes
Indicator 10.b.1
Total resource flows for development, by recipient and donor countries and type of flow (e.g. official
development assistance, foreign direct investment and other flows)
Within the goal of reducing inequality among countries, this indicator shows the
official flows to states where the need is greatest, in particular least developed
countries and African countries, in accordance with their national plans and
programs. Total resource flows for development, by recipient and donor countries
and type of flow comprises three types of flows: Official Development Assistance
(ODA), other official flows (OOF) and private flows. The idea is to quantify the
overall expenditures that donors provide to developing countries. For Denmark, the
official development assistance has been stable in the period covered, as a result of
the stability of flows in both bilateral ODA and contributions to multilateral
institutions. Direct investment, which is the main component of private flows, is
more volatile than the official development. It increased in 2016 and especially in
2017, and it fell in 2018. The contribution of total net private flows overcomes the
official development assistance in 2017, being the main contributing component in
the total net flows in 2017. Overall, total net flows increased 13 per cent in 2016,
almost 80 per cent in 2017 and decreased 4 per cent in 2018.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Total
Agriculture
Arms
Clothes
Industry
Textile
Per cent
Target 10.b
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 73
Figure 10.b.1: The official flows to states where the need is greatest
By 2030, reduce to less than 3 per cent the transaction costs of migrant remittances
and eliminate remittance corridors with costs higher than 5 per cent
Indicator 10.c.1
Remittance costs as a proportion of the amount remitted
According to the Central Bank of Denmark (Nationalbanken), there are no official statistics of transaction costs as
a share of international remittances.
n/a
-1,000 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000
Total net flows
Official development
assistance (oda)
Bilateral ODA
Contributions to
multilateral institutions
Other official flows
Export credits
Total net private flows
Private flows
at market terms
Direct investment
Net grants by ngos
2018 2017 2016
M USD
Target 10.c
74 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive,
safe, resilient and sustainable
By 2030, ensure access for all to adequate, safe and affordable housing and basic
services and upgrade slums
Indicator 11.1.1
Proportion of urban population living in slums, informal settlements or inadequate housing
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on whether people in Denmark live in slums, informal
settlements or inadequate housing as specified in the methodology of the indicator.
n/a
By 2030, provide access to safe, affordable, accessible and sustainable transport
systems for all, improving road safety, notably by expanding public transport, with
special attention to the needs of those in vulnerable situations, women, children,
persons with disabilities, and older persons
Indicator 11.2.1
Proportion of population that has convenient access to public transport, by sex, age and persons with
disabilities
The level of access to public transport is defined as the frequency of the possibility
for boarding a train, bus etc. within 500 m from a person’s residence. In general, the
level of access to public transport service in the urban areas is medium to very high.
In a large urban area as the Greater Copenhagen Region the level is usually high to
very high – especially in the central parts. Also in other big urban areas, access to
public transport is at a high level. As a rule of thumb, the smaller the urban area, the
less access it has. However, almost every urban area in Denmark with at least 200
inhabitants has some level of access to public transport. Contrary to the urban areas,
the access to public transport in rural areas is nearly everywhere predominantly poor
or non-existing.
Figure 11.2.1: Proportion of population that has convenient access to public transport
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Very high
level of
service
High
level of
service
Medium
level of
service
Low level
of
service
No level
of
service
Very high
level of
service
High
level of
service
Medium
level of
service
Low level
of
service
No level
of
service
Total
0-17
years
18-64
years
65 years
and over
Per cent
Rural areas
Urban areas
Target 11.1
Target 11.2
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 75
By 2030, enhance inclusive and sustainable urbanization and capacity for
participatory, integrated and sustainable human settlement planning and
management in all countries
Indicator 11.3.1
Ratio of land consumption rate to population growth rate
Denmark has seen population and land consumption grow at similar rates, for both
reference periods covered by data. This means that the amount of land used for
infrastructure, buildings etc. has increased by the same rate as the population has
grown.
Figure 11.3.1: Ratio of land consumption rate to population growth rate
Indicator 11.3.2
Proportion of cities with a direct participation structure of civil society in urban planning and
management that operate regularly and democratically
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
By 2030, significantly reduce the number of deaths and the number of people
affected and substantially decrease the direct economic losses relative to global
gross domestic product caused by disasters, including water-related disasters, with
a focus on protecting the poor and people in vulnerable situations
Indicator 11.5.1
Number of deaths, missing persons and directly affected persons attributed to disasters per 100,000
population
Disaster means serious disruption of the functioning of a community or society involving widespread human,
material, economic or environmental losses and impacts that exceed the affected community or society’s ability
to cope with the disaster without outside assistance. Denmark does not compile statistics in this area using this
definition. However, Statistics Denmark estimates that dead or missing persons due to disasters never or hardly
ever occur. Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics on the number of persons affected by
disasters.
n/a
Indicator 11.5.2
Direct economic loss in relation to global GDP, damage to critical infrastructure and number of
disruptions to basic services, attributed to disasters
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
Population growth rate Land consumption rate
(growth in land for infrastructure,
buildings etc.)
Ratio of land consumption rate to
population growth rate
2016 2018
Per cent
Target 11.3
Target 11.5
76 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2030, reduce the adverse per capita environmental impact of cities, including by
paying special attention to air quality and municipal and other waste management
Indicator 11.6.1
Proportion of urban solid waste regularly collected and with adequate final discharge out of total urban
solid waste generated, by cities
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Statistics Denmark estimates that all or nearly all waste is collected and managed sufficiently in
Denmark.
100%
Indicator 11.6.2
Annual mean levels of fine particulate matter (e.g. PM2.5 and PM10) in cities (population weighted)
For this indicator, we see a general decrease of air pollution in cities in Denmark. For
2018, there is an increase for all levels of particulate matter.
Figure 11.6.2: Annual mean levels of fine particulate matter in cities
By 2030, provide universal access to safe, inclusive and accessible, green and public
spaces, in particular for women and children, older persons and persons with
disabilities
Indicator 11.7.1
Average share of the built-up area of cities that is open space for public use for all, by sex, age and
persons with disabilities
The average share inside the Danish urban areas that are open for public use is
approximately a quarter. Of this street areas account for 60 per cent, green areas
(parks, woods etc.) for 20 per cent, and other open public spaces (school yards, areas
around libraries, town halls, sport centres etc.) for 20 per cent. These shares are
relatively constant inside urban areas in all parts of Denmark. However, in
proportion to the population density in urban areas there are differences in the
amount of open public space that each single inhabitant has at his/her disposal.
Thus, in the municipalities of the Greater Copenhagen Region, each inhabitant has
less than 100 m² at his/her disposal on average. This is contrary to more sparsely
inhabited municipalities where each member of the urban population often has more
than 200 m² of open public space inside the urban area.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
PM10 - Urban
background
PM10 - Urban
street
PM2.5 - Urban
background
PM2.5 - Urban
street
µg per m3
Target 11.6
Target 11.7
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 77
Figure 11.7.1: The average share inside the Danish urban areas that are open for public use
Indicator 11.7.2
Proportion of persons victim of physical or sexual harassment, by sex, age, disability status and place
of occurrence, in the previous 12 months
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
By 2020, substantially increase the number of cities and human settlements adopting
and implementing integrated policies and plans towards inclusion, resource
efficiency, mitigation and adaptation to climate change, resilience to disasters, and
develop and implement, in line with the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk
Reduction 2015-2030, holistic disaster risk management at all levels
Indicator 11.b.1
Number of countries that adopt and implement national disaster risk reduction strategies in line with
the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030
According to the Danish Emergency Management Agency, Denmark does not systematically follow the Sendai
Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030a. However, many of the sub-elements of the Sendai framework
are used as an integral part of Denmark’s prevention of disasters and risks.
÷
Indicator 11.b.2
Proportion of local governments that adopt and implement local disaster risk reduction strategies in line
with national disaster risk reduction strategies
According to the Danish Emergency Management Agency, there is no general national strategy for disaster risk
reduction for municipalities to follow. However, many municipalities prepare their own e.g. prevention and climate
adaptation strategies.
÷
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
The share of paths,
roads and streets
The share of green spaces The share of other
open spaces
The share of spaces
open to the public
Per cent of total urban area
Target 11.b
78 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production
patterns
Implement the 10‑Year Framework of Programmes on Sustainable Consumption
and Production Patterns, all countries taking action, with developed countries taking
the lead, taking into account the development and capabilities of developing
countries
Indicator 12.1.1
Number of countries with sustainable consumption and production (SCP) national action plans or SCP
mainstreamed as a priority or a target into national policies
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Denmark has a national strategy for sustainable development.

By 2030, achieve the sustainable management and efficient use of natural resources
Indicator 12.2.1
Material footprint, material footprint per capita, and material footprint per GDP
The resource footprint is an indicator of the amount of resources extracted from
nature both in Denmark and abroad for the goods and services used in the Danish
economy. Within the period 2010 to 2016, the resource footprint per GDP and per
capita increased by 20 per cent and 12 per cent, respectively. The resource footprint
per capita increased by 2 per cent in 2016 compared to 2015, while the footprint per
GDP declined by 0.5 per cent in the same period.
Figure 12.2.1a: The resource footprint
0
20,000,000
40,000,000
60,000,000
80,000,000
100,000,000
120,000,000
140,000,000
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Tonnes
Target 12.1
Target 12.2
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 79
Figure 12.2.1b: The resource footprint per capita and resource footprint per GDP
Indicator 12.2.2
Domestic material consumption, domestic material consumption per capita, and domestic material
consumption per GDP
The figure shows that, with the exception of the decrease from 2012 to 2013, the
Danish domestic material consumption has been rising in the period 2010 to 2019.
This indicates a general increase in the consumption of materials in the Danish
economy. Within the period 2013-2019, the domestic material consumption has
increased with an average of 3 per cent per year. It should be noted that this indicator
is highly influenced by the business cycles and economic activities related to
construction, which is immediately reflected in domestic material consumption.
The domestic material consumption per GDP is an indicator of the amount of
materials that are necessary to produce the Danish gross domestic product. After a
big increase in the period 2010-2012, the domestic material consumption per GDP
has shown a stable development of about 66,000 to 67,000 tonnes per DKK billion
GDP in the years 2013 to 2019. In 2019, the domestic material consumption per GDP
was 67,400 tonnes per DKK billion GDP, which was an increase of 4 per cent and 1
per cent compared to 2010 and 2018, respectively.
Figure 12.2.2a: The Danish domestic material consumption
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Tonnes
Material footprint per capita
Material footprint per bn. DKK GDP
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Domestic
material
consumption
(million
tonnes)
Domestic
material
consumption
(tonnes per
capita)
-
80 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 12.2.2b: The Danish domestic material consumption per GDP
By 2030, halve per capita global food waste at the retail and consumer levels and
reduce food losses along production and supply chains, including post-harvest
losses
Indicator 12.3.1
Global food loss index
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
By 2020, achieve the environmentally sound management of chemicals and all
wastes throughout their life cycle, in accordance with agreed international
frameworks, and significantly reduce their release to air, water and soil in order to
minimize their adverse impacts on human health and the environment
Indicator 12.4.1
Number of parties to international multilateral environmental agreements on hazardous waste, and
other chemicals that meet their commitments and obligations in transmitting information as required by
each relevant agreement
Denmark has a high level of commitment to multilateral agreements on hazardous
waste and chemicals. The indicator is a transmission score showing Denmark’s
degree of compliance with commitments and obligations in transmitting
information as required by multilateral agreements on hazardous waste and other
chemicals. The agreements include the Basel, Rotterdam, Stockholm and Minamata
Conventions and the Montreal Protocol. For the two reported years Denmark has a
score of 100 per cent.
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Tonnes per DKK billion GDP
Target 12.3
Target 12.4
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 81
Figure 12.4.1: Denmark’s degree of compliance with commitments and obligations in
transmitting information as required by multilateral agreements on hazardous waste and other
chemicals
Indicator 12.4.2
(a) Hazardous waste generated per capita; and (b) proportion of hazardous waste treated, by type of
treatment
The amount of hazardous waste per inhabitant in Denmark has ranged between 94
kg and 104 kg in the period of 2011 to 2019. The development in hazardous waste per
capita decreased in 2011 and 2012, but increased again in 2013 and 2014. Since 2014,
is has been relatively stable. The construction sector generates a significant share of
the hazardous waste, and a part of the development can be explained by activities in
this sector.
Most of the hazardous waste is recycled, although the share was decreasing in the
period of 2011-2017. In the same period, the share of hazardous waste for
incineration was growing and the share for deposition was more or less stable. After
2017, there has been an increase in hazardous waste for materials recovery, while the
shares for incineration and deposition are decreasing. The increase in materials
recovery from 35 to 44 per cent in the period of 2017 to 2019 primarily comes from
waste generated in the construction sector and households.
Figure 12.4.2a: The amount of hazardous waste per inhabitant
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2014 2019
Per cent
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Kg per capita
82 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 12.4.2b: Proportion of hazardous waste
By 2030, substantially reduce waste generation through prevention, reduction,
recycling and reuse
Indicator 12.5.1
National recycling rate, tonnes of material recycled
In Denmark, 72 per cent of the waste was collected for recycling in 2019. The
recycling rate has increased from 62 per cent in 2011. In terms of quantities, there
has been an increasing trend from 7.0 million tonnes in 2011 to 9.1 million tonnes in
2019. A significant part of the increase comes from the construction sector, as well
as more containers and collection of household waste.
Figure 12.5.1a: The Danish recycling rate
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Proportion of
hazardous treated
under treatment form
materials recovery
Proportion of
hazardous treated
under treatment form
deposition
Proportion of
hazardous treated
under treatment form
incineration
Per cent
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 12.5
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 83
Figure 12.5.1b: Waste collected for materials recovery
Encourage companies, especially large and transnational companies, to adopt
sustainable practices and to integrate sustainability information into their reporting
cycle
Indicator 12.6.1
Number of companies publishing sustainability reports
There is no accurate estimate on the number of companies publishing sustainability reports. Danish companies
of a certain size (the so called enterprise classes “Large C” and “D”) are obliged to include Corporate Social
Responsibility in their annual reports. This includes reporting on environmental and climate initiatives, so it can be
assumed that these companies should be counted as publishing sustainability reports. There are approximately
1100 companies in those classes, so this can be considered a lower limit for this figure. Statistics Denmark is
looking into whether there are sources that can be used to produce a more accurate estimate.
n/a
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Million tonnes
Target 12.6
84 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and
its impacts
Strengthen resilience and adaptive capacity to climate-related hazards and natural
disasters in all countries
Indicator 13.1.1
Number of deaths, missing persons and directly affected persons attributed to disasters per 100,000
population
Disaster means serious disruption of the functioning of a community or society involving widespread human,
material, economic or environmental losses and impacts that exceed the affected community or society’s ability
to cope with the disaster without outside assistance. Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics
on the number of dead, missing and affected persons in connection with disasters. However, Statistics Denmark
estimates that very few people die or go missing due to disasters.
0%
Indicator 13.1.2
Number of countries that adopt and implement national disaster risk reduction strategies in line with
the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030
According to the Danish Emergency Management Agency, Denmark does not systematically follow the Sendai
Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030a. However, many of the sub-elements of the Sendai framework
are used as part of Denmark’s prevention of disasters and risks.
÷
Indicator 13.1.3
Proportion of local governments that adopt and implement local disaster risk reduction strategies in line
with national disaster risk reduction strategies
According to the Danish Emergency Management Agency, there are no general national strategies for disaster
risk reduction for municipalities to follow. However, many municipalities prepare their own e.g. prevention and
climate adaptation strategies.
÷
Target 13.1
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 85
Goal 14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas
and marine resources for sustainable development
By 2025, prevent and significantly reduce marine pollution of all kinds, in particular
from land-based activities, including marine debris and nutrient pollution
Indicator 14.1.1
(a) Index of coastal eutrophication; and (b) plastic debris density
Chlorophyll concentration is an indicator for eutrophication of coastal and open
inner waters. Since 2012, there has been a general increase in chlorophyll
concentration in Danish coastal and open inner waters. The increase for open inner
waters stopped in 2018, when the concentrations decreased.
Figure 14.1.1: Chlorophyll concentration in inner waters
By 2020, sustainably manage and protect marine and coastal ecosystems to avoid
significant adverse impacts, including by strengthening their resilience, and take
action for their restoration in order to achieve healthy and productive oceans
Indicator 14.2.1
Proportion of national exclusive economic zones managed using ecosystem-based approaches
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Increase scientific knowledge, develop research capacity and transfer marine
technology, taking into account the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission
Criteria and Guidelines on the Transfer of Marine Technology, in order to improve
ocean health and to enhance the contribution of marine biodiversity to the
development of developing countries, in particular small island developing States
and least developed countries
Indicator 14.a.1
Proportion of total research budget allocated to research in the field of marine technology
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
µg per liter
Fjords and coastal waters
Open inner waters
Target 14.1
Target 14.2
Target 14.a
86 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of
terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat
desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and
halt biodiversity loss
By 2020, ensure the conservation, restoration and sustainable use of terrestrial and
inland freshwater ecosystems and their services, in particular forests, wetlands,
mountains and drylands, in line with obligations under international agreements
Indicator 15.1.1
Forest area as a proportion of total land area
The Danish forestry area has increased slightly during the recent decade and does
now constitute about 15 per cent of the Danish territory. This development is policy
induced on the assumption that an increased forestry area is a measure which can
combat CO2 emission and secure richer biodiversity at the same time. Most of the
Danish woodland is used for production of timber and wood for energy. Primary
forestry – sometimes labelled nature forest – accounts for a very small share.
Figure 15.1.1: Proportion of forest area
Indicator 15.1.2
Proportion of important sites for terrestrial and freshwater biodiversity that are covered by protected
areas, by ecosystem type
The share of protected important sites for biodiversity has been unchanged in the
years 2010-2018. The share is 100 per cent for freshwater ecosystems, and 89.7 per
cent for terrestrial ecosystems.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
Target 15.1
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 87
Figure 15.1.2: Proportion of protected important sites for biodiversity
By 2020, promote the implementation of sustainable management of all types of
forests, halt deforestation, restore degraded forests and substantially increase
afforestation and reforestation globally
Indicator 15.2.1
Progress towards sustainable forest management
The indicator consists of five sub-indicators of which Denmark has been able to
provide the two first sub-indicators: 1) Forest area annual net change rate and 2)
Above-ground biomass stock in forests. With regard to the two indicators, the
wooded area has increased every year in the last decade. Sub-indicator two shows a
similar growth in the biomass stock, which indicates a sustainable management of
the Danish forests. Both developments are positive in terms of combating CO2
emissions and for obtaining richer biodiversity. With regard to the remaining
indicators: 3) Proportion of forest area located within legally established protected
areas and 4) Proportion of forest area under a long term forest management plan,
data does not yet exist. As regards 5) Forest area under an independently verified
forest management certification scheme, sources seem to exist, but data analyses are
pending.
Figure 15.2.1a: Forest area annual net change rate
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
Terrestrial
Freshwater
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 15.2
88 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 15.2.1b: Above-ground biomass stock in forests
By 2030, combat desertification, restore degraded land and soil, including land
affected by desertification, drought and floods, and strive to achieve a land
degradation-neutral world
Indicator 15.3.1
Proportion of land that is degraded over total land area
Denmark does not yet have the methodology and data to make a compilation of this indicator possible in line with
the definition. However, it is assessed that the productive and biological potential value of the land overall is kept
over time. Part of the open land has currently changed to urban use, e.g. buildings and roads.
0%
By 2030, ensure the conservation of mountain ecosystems, including their
biodiversity, in order to enhance their capacity to provide benefits that are essential
for sustainable development
Indicator 15.4.1
Coverage by protected areas of important sites for mountain biodiversity
The documentation for the indicator does not define Denmark as a country with mountain areas. n/a
Indicator 15.4.2
Mountain Green Cover Index
The documentation for the indicator does not define Denmark as a country with mountain areas. n/a
Take urgent and significant action to reduce the degradation of natural habitats, halt
the loss of biodiversity and, by 2020, protect and prevent the extinction of threatened
species
Indicator 15.5.1
Red List Index
The Red List is a register of plants, animal and fungal species, which are under threat
to become extinct. The indicator, which is only calculated with longer intervals, is
compiled at Aarhus University using the UN-definition (which is also used by IUCN,
International Union for Conservation of Nature). The criteria for calculation are met
as accurately as possible. The latest compilation of the indicator/index from 2019 is
based on 5,523 species. The figure expresses to which extent the threatened species
are protected, as a figure close to 1 means a high level of protection and a value closer
to zero means low level of protection (regionally extinct).
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Tonnes per hectare
Target 15.3
Target 15.4
Target 15.5
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 89
Figure 15.5.1. The Red List
Promote fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising from the utilization of
genetic resources and promote appropriate access to such resources, as
internationally agreed
Indicator 15.6.1
Number of countries that have adopted legislative, administrative and policy frameworks to ensure fair
and equitable sharing of benefits
Denmark joined the Nagoya Protocol in 2014 and – according to the Ministry of Environment and Food of Denmark
– Denmark complies with the International Treaty on PGRFA.

Take urgent action to end poaching and trafficking of protected species of flora and
fauna and address both demand and supply of illegal wildlife products
Indicator 15.7.1
Proportion of traded wildlife that was poached or illicitly trafficked
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
The CITES-section in the Danish Ministry of Environment refers to EU's regularly updated overviews of CITES-
related seizures reported by Member States of the EU.
n/a
By 2020, introduce measures to prevent the introduction and significantly reduce the
impact of invasive alien species on land and water ecosystems and control or
eradicate the priority species
Indicator 15.8.1
Proportion of countries adopting relevant national legislation and adequately resourcing the prevention
or control of invasive alien species
Denmark follows the common EU rules supplemented by national rules for controlling invasive species. 
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
2010 2019
Index
Target 15.6
Target 15.7
Target 15.8
90 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2020, integrate ecosystem and biodiversity values into national and local
planning, development processes, poverty reduction strategies and accounts
Indicator 15.9.1
Progress towards national targets established in accordance with Aichi Biodiversity Target 2 of the
Strategic Plan for Biodiversity 2011-2020
Sub-indicator (a), national targets in accordance with Aichi Biodiversity Target 2 of the Strategic Plan for
Biodiversity 2011-2020 in their National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plans (NBSAP) and the progress reported
towards these targets: "Denmark's primary contribution to implementing the UN Strategic Plan for Biodiversity is
through the EU Biodiversity Strategy. Consequently, Denmark does not prepare national statements on progress
in meeting the individual Aichi Targets. In addition, Denmark's national biodiversity strategy is being revised.
Consequently, at present, no targets have been established at national level in a revised national biodiversity
strategy" (Sixth Danish Country Report – Convention on Biological Diversity 2019, p. 3). Sub-indicator (b),
integration of biodiversity values into national accounting and reporting systems, defined as implementation of the
System of Environmental-Economic Accounting (SEEA): Denmark has implemented SEEA Central Framework,
but not yet SEEA Experimental Ecosystem Accounting. In relation to biodiversity values, EEA is more relevant.
n/a
Mobilize and significantly increase financial resources from all sources to conserve
and sustainably use biodiversity and ecosystems
Indicator 15.a.1
(a) Official development assistance on conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity; and (b)
revenue generated and finance mobilized from biodiversity-relevant economic instruments
Denmark has increased its contribution to countries and territories on the DAC list
of ODA recipients and to multilateral institutions in two periods. From 2009 to 2010,
Denmark increased its contribution by 130.8 per cent. Contributions then decreased
by 50.3 per cent from 2010 to 2012. The largest Danish contribution occurred in
2014 with 1,772.34 m DKK. In 2016, the contribution decreased by 86.1 per cent
compared to the level in 2014. The latest activity registered was in 2018 with a
contribution of 150.65 m DKK. Hence, Danish ODA flows have fluctuated quite
substantially during the years with present levels being among the lowest registered.
Figure 15.a.1: Official development assistance on conservation and sustainable use of
biodiversity; and revenue generated and finance mobilized from biodiversity-relevant economic
instruments
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
2,000
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
M DKK
Principal (constant)
Significant (constant)
Target 15.9
Target 15.a
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 91
Mobilize significant resources from all sources and at all levels to finance sustainable
forest management and provide adequate incentives to developing countries to
advance such management, including for conservation and reforestation
Indicator 15.b.1
(a) Official development assistance on conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity; and (b)
revenue generated and finance mobilized from biodiversity-relevant economic instruments
Denmark has increased its contribution to countries and territories on the DAC list
of ODA recipients and to multilateral institutions in two periods. From 2009 to 2010,
Denmark increased its contribution by 130.8 per cent. Contributions then decreased
with 50.3 per cent from 2010 to 2012. The largest Danish contribution occurred in
2014 with 1772.34 m DKK. In 2016, the contribution decreased with 86.1 per cent
compared to the level in 2014. The latest activity registered was in 2018 with a
contribution of 150.65 m DKK. Hence, Danish ODA flows have fluctuated quite
substantially during the years with present levels being among the lowest registered.
Figure 15.b.1: Official development assistance on conservation and sustainable use of
biodiversity; and revenue generated and finance mobilized from biodiversity-relevant economic
instruments
Enhance global support for efforts to combat poaching and trafficking of protected
species, including by increasing the capacity of local communities to pursue
sustainable livelihood opportunities
Indicator 15.c.1
Proportion of traded wildlife that was poached or illicitly trafficked
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
The CITES-section in The Danish Ministry of Environment refers to EU's regularly updated overviews of CITES-
related seizures reported by Member States of the EU.
n/a
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
2,000
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
M DKK
Principal (constant)
Significant (constant)
Target 15.b
Target 15.c
92 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for
sustainable development, provide access to justice for all
and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions
at all levels
Significantly reduce all forms of violence and related death rates everywhere
Indicator 16.1.1
Number of victims of intentional homicide per 100,000 population, by sex and age
Since 2011, the proportion of victims of intentional homicide has been more or less
steady (except for 2014 regarding female victims and 2017 for male victims). In
Denmark, there is approximately 1.5 male victims and 0.7 female victims per
100,000 persons yearly.
Figure 16.1.1: Proportion of victims of intentional homicide
Indicator 16.1.2
Conflict-related deaths per 100,000 population, by sex, age and cause
Statistics Denmark estimates that the number of deaths due to conflicts between armed groups and the state –
according to the methodology – are estimated to be zero or very low.
0%
Indicator 16.1.3
Proportion of population subjected to (a) physical violence, (b) psychological violence and (c) sexual
violence in the previous 12 months
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
Information about victims of physical violence or forced intercourse aged 16-74 (only women) within the last 12
months figures in the annual Victimization Survey by the Ministry of Justice's Research Office. Other forms of
sexual violence and psychological violence are not included.
n/a
Indicator 16.1.4
Proportion of population that feel safe walking alone around the area they live
The indicator is calculated by the Danish National Police, and data indicates that
more than 85 per cent feel safe walking alone around the area they live in. Over the
years, the proportion varies from around 86 to 89 per cent.
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per 100,000 persons
Men
Women
Target 16.1
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 93
Figure 16.1.4: Proportion of population that feel safe walking alone around the area they live
End abuse, exploitation, trafficking and all forms of violence against and torture of
children
Indicator 16.2.1
Proportion of children aged 1-17 years who experienced any physical punishment and/or psychological
aggression by caregivers in the past month
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Indicator 16.2.2
Number of victims of human trafficking per 100,000 population, by sex, age and form of exploitation
The increase in male victims of human trafficking in 2015 is due to a large number
of detected victims recorded as trafficked "for other purposes". In 2018, the increase
in male victims is due to a large number of detected victims recorded as trafficked
for "forced labour, servitude and slavery". The increase of female victims of human
trafficking in 2016 is due to a large number of detected victims recorded as trafficked
for "sexual exploitation".
Figure 16.2.2: Number of victims of human trafficking
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per 100,000 persons
Men
Women
Target 16.2
94 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Indicator 16.2.3
Proportion of young women and men aged 18-29 years who experienced sexual violence by age 18
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Promote the rule of law at the national and international levels and ensure equal
access to justice for all
Indicator 16.3.1
Proportion of victims of violence in the previous 12 months who reported their victimization to competent
authorities or other officially recognized conflict resolution mechanisms
The indicator is calculated by the Ministry of Justice's Research Office and indicates
that the number of victims of violence who have themselves reported the incident to
the police in proportion to all victims of violence varies throughout the years 2009-
2019 from 33 to 45 per cent.
Figure 16.3.1: Proportion of victims of violence who have themselves reported the incident to
the police
Indicator 16.3.2
Unsentenced detainees as a proportion of overall prison population
The indicator is calculated by the Danish Prison and Probation Service and indicates
a significant increase in the proportion of people arrested or held in remand custody
in proportion to all inmates in 2018 compared to previous years.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 16.3
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 95
Figure 16.3.2: Proportion of people arrested or held in remand custody
By 2030, significantly reduce illicit financial and arms flows, strengthen the recovery
and return of stolen assets and combat all forms of organized crime
Indicator 16.4.1
Total value of inward and outward illicit financial flows (in current United States dollars)
It is considered that illegal activities and money laundering are the most relevant sources of illicit financial flows in
Denmark. The balance of payments and GDP/GNI includes only explicit estimates of illegal activities and there
are no explicit estimates of the impact of money laundering. As the estimates of illegal activities are not public, a
Danish estimate is not available.
n/a
Indicator 16.4.2
Proportion of seized, found or surrendered arms whose illicit origin or context has been traced or
established by a competent authority in line with international instruments
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Substantially reduce corruption and bribery in all their forms
Indicator 16.5.1
Proportion of persons who had at least one contact with a public official and who paid a bribe to a public
official, or were asked for a bribe by those public officials, during the previous 12 months
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, according to the Corruption Perception Index (CPI) from Transparency International, Denmark has a
very low level of corruption compared to other countries (in 2019). The index measures the perceived corruption
in the public sector through companies and experts. Therefore, Statistics Denmark estimates that the number of
people that have paid – or been asked to pay a bribe to public officials in Denmark is very low.
0%
Indicator 16.5.2
Proportion of businesses that had at least one contact with a public official and that paid a bribe to a
public official, or were asked for a bribe by those public officials during the previous 12 months
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, according to the Corruption Perception Index (CPI) from Transparency International (in 2019), Denmark
has a very low level of corruption compared to other countries. The index measures the perceived corruption in
the public sector (through companies and experts). Therefore, Statistics Denmark estimates that the number of
firms that have paid – or been asked to pay a bribe to public officials in Denmark is very low.
0%
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
Target 16.4
Target 16.5
96 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Develop effective, accountable and transparent institutions at all levels
Indicator 16.6.1
Primary government expenditures as a proportion of original approved budget, by sector (or by budget
codes or similar)
The figure shows that the general government total expenditure is nearly identical to
the original approved budget. If the figure is investigated in detail, it can be seen that
in 2015, total expenditure is slightly higher than the approved budget. Since 2015,
the development in the figures can be interpreted as a slow development towards
slightly lower actual expenditure than the original approved budget.
Figure 16.6.1: General government expenditures as a proportion of original approved budget
Indicator 16.6.2
Proportion of population satisfied with their last experience of public services
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Ensure responsive, inclusive, participatory and representative decision-making at all
levels
Indicator 16.7.1
Proportions of positions (by sex, age, persons with disabilities and population groups) in public
institutions (national and local legislatures, public service, and judiciary) compared to national
distributions
Statistics Denmark does not have register-based information on whether you are disabled. In Denmark, studies /
analyses of the connection of persons with disabilities to the labour market are sometimes carried out. One of the
actors in the area is "The National Research and Analysis Center for Welfare". However, no information has been
obtained enabling the formation of the indicator.
n/a
Broaden and strengthen the participation of developing countries in the institutions
of global governance
Indicator 16.8.1
Proportion of members and voting rights of developing countries in international organizations
The indicator is not about Denmark, as the indicator is assessed at the institutional level. 
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent
Target 16.6
Target 16.7
Target 16.8
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 97
By 2030, provide legal identity for all, including birth registration
Indicator 16.9.1
Proportion of children under 5 years of age whose births have been registered with a civil authority, by
age
In accordance with section 3 of the Danish Act on the Civil Registration System, all children are registered in an
official personal register. Statistics Denmark estimates that all or close to all children are recorded in the register.
100%
Ensure public access to information and protect fundamental freedoms, in
accordance with national legislation and international agreements
Indicator 16.10.1
Number of verified cases of killing, kidnapping, enforced disappearance, arbitrary detention and torture
of journalists, associated media personnel, trade unionists and human rights advocates in the previous
12 months
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator.
However, Statistics Denmark estimates that the number of journalists, associated media personnel, trade
unionists and human rights advocates who are exposed to killing, kidnapping, enforced disappearance, arbitrary
detention or torture is zero or very low.
0%
Indicator 16.10.2
Number of countries that adopt and implement constitutional, statutory and/or policy guarantees for
public access to information
According to the Danish Union of Journalists, section 77 of the Constitutional Act gives any person the right to
speak in public, and Denmark complies with international agreements in this area. Furthermore, laws and
guarantees are implemented through the democratic reading in the Danish parliament and trial before the courts.

Strengthen relevant national institutions, including through international cooperation,
for building capacity at all levels, in particular in developing countries, to prevent
violence and combat terrorism and crime
Indicator 16.a.1
Existence of independent national human rights institutions in compliance with the Paris Principles
According to the UN's High Commissioner for Human Rights, Denmark complied with the Paris Principles on 8
August 2018, see https://www.ohchr.org/Documents/Issues/HRIndicators/NHRI.pdf

Target 16.9
Target 16.10
Target 16.a
98 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Goal 17: Strengthen the means of implementation and
revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable
Development
Strengthen domestic resource mobilization, including through international support
to developing countries, to improve domestic capacity for tax and other revenue
collection
Indicator 17.1.1
Total government revenue as a proportion of GDP, by source
From 2008 to 2014, the proportion of the tax revenue in relation to GDP increased
slightly and from 2014 onwards, there was a slight decrease. This development is a
result of both developments in GDP and the revenue from taxes. Since 2011 the non-
tax revenue has declined slightly. This is among other things affected by decreasing
revenue from oil-related activities. However, the structure of general government
revenue is relatively stable in the time span of the figure.
Figure 17.1.1: Proportion of the tax revenue in relation to GDP
Indicator 17.1.2
Proportion of domestic budget funded by domestic taxes
The indicator shows that the main income from the general government is domestic
tax revenue. The proportion is relatively stable despite being affected by recessions
during which the government has financed part of the expenditure by running a
deficit. This can be seen in the figure in the years following the financial crisis.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
Tax revenue
Non-tax revenue
Target 17.1
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 99
Figure 17.1.2: Proportion of domestic budget funded by domestic taxes
Developed countries to implement fully their official development assistance
commitments, including the commitment by many developed countries to achieve
the target of 0.7 per cent of gross national income for official development assistance
(ODA/GNI) to developing countries and 0.15 to 0.20 per cent of ODA/GNI to least
developed countries; ODA providers are encouraged to consider setting a target to
provide at least 0.20 per cent of ODA/GNI to least developed countries
Indicator 17.2.1
Net official development assistance, total and to least developed countries, as a proportion of the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Development Assistance
Committee donors’ gross national income (GNI)
The Danish net official development assistance has been over or at 0.8 per cent of
the Danish gross national income. Denmark has consistently provided at least 0.7
per cent of its GNI as ODA since 1978. The Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs is
responsible for policy, co-ordination and implementation of Denmark’s
development co-operation. Denmark ranked fourth among DAC member countries
in relation to its ODA/GNI ratio in 2019. The net official development assistance to
least developed countries has since 2010 been on a constant level.
Figure 17.2.1: The Danish net official development assistance
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Per cent
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
2000-2004 2005-2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Per cent of GNI
Net official development assistance, total
Net official development assistance,
to least developed countries
Target 17.2
100 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Mobilize additional financial resources for developing countries from multiple
sources
Indicator 17.3.1
Foreign direct investment, official development assistance and South-South cooperation as a
proportion of gross national income
The foreign direct investments in developing countries have been relatively stable
since 2007. However, there is a slight tendency of decreasing direct investments
starting in 2010. On average, the foreign direct investments amount to around 0.83
per cent of gross national income.
Figure 17.3.1: The foreign direct investments in developing countries
Indicator 17.3.2
Volume of remittances (in United States dollars) as a proportion of total GDP
The ratio “Personal remittances received as a per cent of GDP” only includes
compensation of employees that Danish residents received from work in other
countries. Other current personal transfers (as e.g. presents and inheritances) are
not included in this ratio due to the poor quality of the available data sources.
Figure 17.3.2: Personal remittances received as a per cent of GDP
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Per cent
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Per cent of GDP
Target 17.3
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 101
Assist developing countries in attaining long-term debt sustainability through
coordinated policies aimed at fostering debt financing, debt relief and debt
restructuring, as appropriate, and address the external debt of highly indebted poor
countries to reduce debt distress
Indicator 17.4.1
Debt service as a proportion of exports of goods and services
Within goal 17, the indicator targets long-term debt sustainability. The idea is to
assist developing countries in attaining long-term debt sustainability through
coordinated policies aimed at fostering debt financing, debt relief and debt
restructuring.
For Denmark, the indicator is very stable over the period 2014Q1 to 2019Q2, where
deb service is around 1.5 to 2 per cent of exports of goods and services. Only for single
periods as 2016Q4 and 2017Q4, the indicator is out of that interval, with values of
3.4 per cent and 3.8 per cent respectively. In both periods, the value of the indicator
increased due to an increase in the closing balance sheet of loans and trade credits.
The same explanation applies to the evolution of the indicator in 2019Q3 and
2019Q4, where the indicator increased to 3.3 per cent and afterwards, fells to 3.1 per
cent.
Figure 17.4.1: Debt service as a proportion of exports of goods and services
Enhance North-South, South-South and triangular regional and international
cooperation on and access to science, technology and innovation and enhance
knowledge-sharing on mutually agreed terms, including through improved
coordination among existing mechanisms, in particular at the United Nations level,
and through a global technology facilitation mechanism
Indicator 17.6.2 (renumbered to 17.6.1 in the revision of indicator)
Fixed Internet broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants, by speed
The take-up of fixed broadband is high in Denmark, one of the highest in the EU.
The national broadband target for 2020 is for all households and businesses to have
coverage with speeds of minimum 100 Mbps download / 30 Mbps upload. By 2019,
this was achieved for 93 per cent of all households and businesses.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2014Q1 2015Q1 2016Q1 2017Q1 2018Q1 2019Q1
Per cent
Target 17.4
Target 17.6
102 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Figure 17.6.2: Fixed Internet broadband subscriptions
Fully operationalize the technology bank and science, technology and innovation
capacity-building mechanism for least developed countries by 2017 and enhance
the use of enabling technology, in particular information and communications
technology
Indicator 17.8.1
Proportion of individuals using the Internet
Denmark has more internet users than any other EU country. Only one per cent of
Danes between 16 and 74 years do not use internet. For the whole EU, this share is
13 per cent in 2020. The proportion of non-users is highest among the elderly. Still,
internet use has since 2012 been higher among older people in Denmark compared
to the EU average for people of 16-74 years. The share of older people not using
internet is 6 per cent in Denmark compared to 39 per cent in the EU as a whole.
Figure 17.8.1: Proportion of individuals using the Internet
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per cent
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Per cent
Target 17.8
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 103
Enhance international support for implementing effective and targeted capacity-
building in developing countries to support national plans to implement all the
Sustainable Development Goals, including through North-South, South-South and
triangular cooperation
Indicator 17.9.1
Dollar value of financial and technical assistance (including through North-South, South‑South and
triangular cooperation) committed to developing countries
A substantial reduction in the approval of new research projects in 2015, and to some
extent also in 2016, resulted in a substantial decline in total disbursement related to
SDG 17.9 in 2016 and 2017. As the approval of new research projects was back to
normal from 2017 and onwards, the total disbursement to SDG 17.9 is now back to
its previous level.
Figure 17.9.1: Dollar value of financial and technical assistance committed to developing
countries
Promote a universal, rules-based, open, non‑discriminatory and equitable
multilateral trading system under the World Trade Organization, including through
the conclusion of negotiations under its Doha Development Agenda
Indicator 17.10.1
Worldwide weighted tariff-average
The indicator is not about Denmark, as the indicator is assessed at the institutional level. n/a
Significantly increase the exports of developing countries, in particular with a view to
doubling the least developed countries’ share of global exports by 2020
Indicator 17.11.1
Developing countries’ and least developed countries’ share of global exports
The indicator is not about Denmark, as the indicator is assessed at the institutional level. n/a
0
50,000,000
100,000,000
150,000,000
200,000,000
250,000,000
300,000,000
350,000,000
400,000,000
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
DKK
Target 17.9
Target 17.10
Target 17.11
104 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
Realize timely implementation of duty-free and quota-free market access on a lasting
basis for all least developed countries, consistent with World Trade Organization
decisions, including by ensuring that preferential rules of origin applicable to imports
from least developed countries are transparent and simple, and contribute to
facilitating market access
Indicator 17.12.1
Average tariffs faced by developing countries, least developed countries and small island developing
States
The indicator is not about Denmark, as the indicator is assessed at the institutional level. n/a
Enhance global macroeconomic stability, including through policy coordination and
policy coherence
Indicator 17.13.1
Macroeconomic Dashboard
The indicators provide an overview of the Danish economy and are calculated by
Statistics Denmark on the basis of data from national accounts, government
finances, the balance of payments and Danmarks Nationalbank's financial statistics.
The indicators are thus in accordance with the principles of the International
National Accounts Manuals ESA2010 and SNA2008, the Balance of Payments
Manual BMP6 and the guidelines for financial statistics. The dashboard provides an
overview of selected key indicators relating to macroeconomic stability.
Among other things, the dashboard shows that prior to the COVID-19 crisis, the
Danish economy saw economic growth of more than 2 per cent for five consecutive
years and a surplus on the balance of payments’ current account for ten consecutive
years. Moreover, the overall stability of the economy is reflected by a decrease in the
Government debt (EMU debt), a decrease in nonperforming loans as well as an
increase in capital to assets ratio over the last decade.
Figure 17.13.1a: Macroeconomic Dashboard
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
GDP
Gross capital formation
Household final consumption
expenditure, etc.
General government
consumption expenditure
Exports of goods and
services
Imports of goods and
services
Inflation, consumer price
index
Annual per cent growth
Target 17.12
Target 17.13
Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark - 105
Figure 17.13.1b: Macroeconomic Dashboard
Respect each country’s policy space and leadership to establish and implement
policies for poverty eradication and sustainable development
Indicator 17.15.1
Extent of use of country-owned results frameworks and planning tools by providers of development
cooperation
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
Enhance the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development, complemented by
multi-stakeholder partnerships that mobilize and share knowledge, expertise,
technology and financial resources, to support the achievement of the Sustainable
Development Goals in all countries, in particular developing countries
Indicator 17.16.1
Number of countries reporting progress in multi-stakeholder development effectiveness monitoring
frameworks that support the achievement of the sustainable development goals
Denmark does not compile continuous and official statistics in accordance with the methodology of the indicator. n/a
By 2020, enhance capacity-building support to developing countries, including for
least developed countries and small island developing States, to increase
significantly the availability of high-quality, timely and reliable data disaggregated by
income, gender, age, race, ethnicity, migratory status, disability, geographic location
and other characteristics relevant in national contexts
Indicator 17.18.2
Number of countries that have national statistical legislation that complies with the Fundamental
Principles of Official Statistics
Statistics Denmark follows the recommendations on organisation and management of quality given in the Code
of Practice for European Statistics (CoP). CoP is structured on The Fundamental Principles of Official Statistics
compiled by the UN.

Indicator 17.18.3
Number of countries with a national statistical plan that is fully funded and under implementation, by
source of funding
Every year, Statistics Denmark prepares a work plan for the production and financing of official Danish statistics.
In 2014, 68 per cent of the statistics were financed through the Danish Finance Act, whereas 32 per cent were
financed through grants.

-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Tax revenue
Overall fiscal balance
EMU debt
Merchandise trade
Current account
balance
Foreign direct
investment, net inflows
Per cent of GDP
Target 17.15
Target 17.16
Target 17.18
106 - Statistical follow-up on the 2030 Agenda - Denmark
By 2030, build on existing initiatives to develop measurements of progress on
sustainable development that complement gross domestic product, and support
statistical capacity-building in developing countries.
Indicator 17.19.2
Proportion of countries that (a) have conducted at least one population and housing census in the last
10 years; and (b) have achieved 100 per cent birth registration and 80 per cent death registration
Denmark registers all new-born children and deaths in a civil registration system, in which population and housing
censuses as well as registrations of births and deaths are made on a continuing basis.

Target 17.19
Statistics Denmark
Sejrøgade 11
DK-2100 Copenhagen
+45 39 17 39 17
www.dst.dk
dst@dst.dk
VOLUNTARY NATIONAL REVIEW 2021
Annex
COVID-19 and its influence on some aspects
of sustainable development in Denmark
COVID-19 and its influence on
some aspects of sustainable
development in Denmark
1
COVID-19 and its influence on
some aspects of sustainable
development in Denmark
2
Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark
- Statistical annex to the Voluntary National Review for Denmark
Published by Statistics Denmark
July 2021
Cover graphics: UN and Statistics Denmark
Address:
Statistics Denmark
Sejrøgade 11
DK-2100 Copenhagen Ø
Phone: +45 39 17 39 17
E-mail: dst@dst.dk
www.dst.dk
Symbols:
» Repetition
- Nil
0
0,0 } Less than half the final digit shown
• Not applicable
. . Available information not conclusive
. . . Data not available
* Provisional or estimated figures
— Break in a series, which means that data above the line are not fully
comparable with data below the line
/ / Break in a series (in diagrams)
i.sk. Not seasonally adjusted
sk. Seasonally adjusted
r Revised figures
Due to rounding, the figures given for individual items do not necessarily add up to the corresponding totals shown.
© Statistics Denmark 2021
All rights reserved.
You are welcome to quote from this publication
with an indication of this publication as source
in accordance with good practice.
Copying for private use is allowed.
Any other full or partial reproduction or circulation
is not allowed without prior written consent from Statistics Denmark.
You are welcome to contact us if you are in doubt.
3
Preface
COVID-19 has influenced our societies in many unexpected ways. As statisticians,
we are constantly trying to capture the effects of the pandemic both on a national
and on a global scale. In this task, we are facing various challenges, data availability
being one of the most prominent. Here, statistics building on new data sources and
methods can provide more timely indicators for economic and social trends during
COVID-19 than usual publications. In Statistics Denmark, we call this type of
statistics experimental statistics, because sources, methods and documentation
may deviate from the standard and develop along the way.
The COVID-19 situation is currently creating a substantial demand for real-time
data to illustrate its impact on society. Experimental statistics are not part of the
official production of statistics but can be very valuable nevertheless, when you
want a timely, innovative and reliable trend of development.
This publication uses experimental statistics to illustrate how and to what extent
the Danish follow-up on sustainability has been influenced by the pandemic. To
this aim, we have decided to focus on four themes: mortality, economic relief
packages, poverty, and CO2 emissions. With the present publication, we aim to
show a current snapshot picture of the situation and, as time progresses, develop
statistical tools in order to improve the information on the pandemic and its
influence on Danish society.
Statistics Denmark, July 2021
Birgitte Anker, National Statistician
4
Contents
PREFACE ..............................................................................................................................3
CONTENTS ...........................................................................................................................4
1. INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................5
2. OUR APPROACH ..................................................................................................6
3. COVID-19 AND SELECTED AREAS OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ........6
3.1 MORTALITY..........................................................................................................................6
3.1.1 General description of the topic and the underlying figures................................6
3.1.2 Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID-19...................6
3.1.3 Development in mortality during the COVID-19 pandemic..................................8
3.1.4. Data quality..........................................................................................................9
3.2 ECONOMIC RELIEF PACKAGES...................................................................................................9
3.2.1 General description of the topic and the underlying figures................................9
3.2.2 Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID-19...................9
3.2.3 The development in 2020 and 2021 .....................................................................9
3.2.4. Data quality........................................................................................................12
3.3 INCOME LEVELS AND INEQUALITY IN 2020 ...............................................................................12
3.3.1. General description of the topic and the underlying figures.............................12
3.3.2. Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID-19................14
3.3.3. The development in 2020 and 2021 ..................................................................14
3.3.4. Data quality........................................................................................................15
3.4 CO2 EMISSIONS..................................................................................................................15
3.4.1 General description of the topic and the underlying figures..............................15
3.4.2 Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID19..................16
3.4.3 The development in 2020 and 2021 ...................................................................16
3.4.4 Data quality.........................................................................................................16
Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark - 5
1. Introduction
Producing a quick statistical overview of the impacts COVID-19 had and still has on
our societies is a challenge. Data may not yet be available because of the short span
between the incident and the current date, and the existing data should be subject
to quality assurance procedures, which are time consuming.
For this reason, and in order to respond to a huge demand for data, Statistics
Denmark has decided to use experimental statistics in order to illustrate the impact
of the COVID-19 in the best possible way. Experimental statistics are statistics that
are in development, so methods and sources may change in the process towards the
final form of the statistics based on experiences, e.g. in the form of feedback from
users.
The purpose of experimental statistics is to respond to user requests for timely
indicators of the development of society. Using more and more new sources and
methods, we can create timely statistics in areas where the official and quality-
checked statistics often have a time lag of months or perhaps years. Publishing the
statistics in a preliminary form allows us to get feedback from the users, before we
have found the final form, and thus gives us a more relevant product. At the same
time, it gives the users an opportunity to become familiar with the statistics.
Attention should be drawn to the fact that experimental statistics differ from the
rest of Statistics Denmark’s statistics. In general, any statistics published by
Statistics Denmark are official statistics. However, experimental statistics are not
regarded as official statistics until they have been thoroughly tested to the point
where they obtain a permanent form and a new status as official statistics.
It appears from the individual sets of statistics whether they have experimental
status. The statistical documentation explains specifically what the experimental
status of the individual set of statistics involves. It could be e.g. that the methods
are not quite thoroughly tested, that new data sources are being tested, or that in its
preliminary form, it only covers part of the intended area.
Statistics in this report rely mainly on experimental statistics.
6 - Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark
2. Our approach
Monitoring the impact of COVID-19 on the Danish follow-up on Sustainable
Development Goals is a challenging task at the moment. Establishing causal
impacts not only requires comprehensive data frameworks and reliable time series,
the findings should also be corroborated by an academic theory in a given field. The
interlinkages between goals, targets and indicators are still not yet fully
investigated in a statistical sense, which makes it even more challenging to draw
conclusions.
Data availability is also an important factor here. Data transmissions have a
predefined frequency and many indicators build on annual or even less frequent
data transmissions, which makes it challenging to illustrate the up-to-date
development/impact.
In order to make the best of the situation, Statistics Denmark has decided on a two-
fold approach for monitoring the impact of COVID-19 on the follow-up on
Sustainable Development Goals. Firstly, data availability was one of the criterions.
Secondly, it was decided to delimit the areas investigated to four domains:
mortality, relief packages, income levels and inequality, and CO2 emissions.
The chapters on the investigated areas will build on the following structure:
1. General description of the topic and the underlying figures
2. Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID-19
3. The development in 2020 and 2021
4. Data quality
3. Covid-19 and selected areas of sustainable
development
3.1 Mortality
3.1.1 General description of the topic and the underlying figures
Denmark has a population of 5.8 million people. A quarter of the population is less
than 20 years old and another quarter is 60 years or older. There is a fairly even
distribution of men and women.
The vast majority live in urban areas, which means that there is a maximum of 200
meters between houses and that the urban area houses at least 200 people. For
Denmark on the whole, the population density is 136 persons per km2. It varies a
great deal from one area to the next, depending on the type of area. E.g. the Greater
Copenhagen Region houses 4,569 persons per km2. In rural districts there are only
17 persons per km2.
3.1.2 Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID-19
Life expectancy at birth for girls and boys has been rising for many years. In 2020,
life expectancy at birth was 79.5 years for boys and 83.6 years for girls.
Mortality in Denmark is at a very stable level of approximately 10 dead per 1,000
inhabitants per year. In general, more people die in the winter than in the summer.
This is primarily due to seasonal diseases among elderly people. In Denmark, the
average age of persons who die is around 78 years.
Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark - 7
Population in Denmark 1 January 2021 by sex and age
Men Women Total Men Women Total
number per cent
Total 2 904 857 2 935 188 5 840 045 100 100 100
0-9 years 313 103 297 107 610 210 11 10 10
10-19 years 348 549 331 491 680 040 12 11 12
20-29 years 397 273 381 467 778 740 14 13 13
30-39 years 354 174 342 505 696 679 12 12 12
40-49 years 374 633 374 191 748 824 13 13 13
50-59 years 402 277 398 889 801 166 14 14 14
60-69 years 328 751 338 832 667 583 11 12 11
70-79 years 272 754 301 943 574 697 9 10 10
80-89 years 100 102 136 546 236 648 3 5 4
90 years and more 13 241 32 217 45 458 0 1 1
Population in Denmark 1 January 2021 by city size and population density
Number
of people
Per cent Area
(km2)
Population
density
number per cent km2 per km2
Total 5 840 045 100 42 947 136
Greater Copenhagen Region 1 336 982 23 293 4 569
100,000 inhabitants and more 582 889 10 228 2 558
50,000-99,999 inhabitants 416 956 7 230 1 813
20,000-49,999 inhabitants 752 167 13 391 1 922
10,000-19,999 inhabitants 406 303 7 245 1 660
5,000-9,999 inhabitants 414 596 7 298 1 390
2,000-4,999 inhabitants 547 335 9 398 1 374
1,000-1,999 inhabitants 295 541 5 243 1 217
500-999 inhabitants 211 332 4 208 1 017
250-499 inhabitants 144 089 2 189 764
200-249 inhabitants 38 192 1 52 739
Rural areas 685 057 12 40 172 17
Without permanent residence 8 606 0 . .
Average life expectancy at birth
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
1981:1982
1983:1984
1985:1986
1987:1988
1989:1990
1991:1992
1993:1994
1995:1996
1997:1998
1999:2000
2001:2002
2003:2004
2005:2006
2007:2008
2009:2010
2011:2012
2013:2014
2015:2016
2017:2018
2019:2020
Age (years)
Men
Women
Figure 3.1.1
8 - Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark
3.1.3 Development in mortality during the COVID-19 pandemic
During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have seen a little excess mortality of 2 per cent
if we compare 2020 with the average of the preceding five years. For the first four
months of 2021 overall, the mortality was 2.5 per cent lower than for the same
months in 2015-2019.
Compared with 2015-2019, mortality in the different age groups shows 6-10 per
cent lower mortality in 2020 for persons aged 50-69 years, and 9-15 per cent lower
in the first four months of 2021. For persons in the age groups 70-79 years, 80-89
years and 90 years and over, there was an excess mortality of 2-7 per cent in 2020.
In the first four months of 2021, mortality was 1-6 per cent lower for persons aged
80-89 years as well as 90 years and over.
Up to and including April 2021, Denmark has registered 2,469 deaths with COVID-
19. With 817 deaths in January 2021, we reached the highest number of deaths in
one month. This is followed by December 2020 with 490 deaths and April 2020
with 353 deaths with COVID-19.
Average life expectancy at birth
Number of deaths with COVID-19 per month
3 500
4 000
4 500
5 000
5 500
6 000
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Number af deaths
2015-2019
2020
2021
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
March
2020
April
2020
May
2020
June
2020
July
2020
August
2020
September
2020
October
2020
November
2020
December
2020
January
2021
February
2021
March
2021
April
2021
Number af deaths
Figure 3.1.2
Figure 3.1.3
Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark - 9
Excess/lower mortality compared with 2015-2019
3.1.4. Data quality
Data for mortality is based on regular and updated information from
administrative registers. The population registers in Statistics Denmark are
updated daily and data quality in this chapter is high and corresponds to other
population statistics produced by Statistics Denmark.
3.2 Economic relief packages
3.2.1 General description of the topic and the underlying figures
In order to compensate businesses and their employees for lost turnover due to
lockdown and other limitations in the Danish economy and society in response to
COVID-19, the Danish Parliament launched a number of relief packages in March
2020. These relief packages are still in force but are expected to lapse in July 2021.
This section describes the use of the three most important relief packages:
1) compensation for wages and salaries,
2) compensation for fixed costs and
3) compensation for lost turnover for smaller enterprises (up to 25 employees).
3.2.2 Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID-19
Not applicable as there were no economic relief packages that could be compared
to the COVID-19 situation.
3.2.3 The development in 2020 and 2021
Danish COVID-19 Relief Packages
- At least 98,529 companies have received one or more types of
compensation from the three main relief packages addressing
compensation for wages and salaries, fixed costs or lost revenue for smaller
enterprises (up to 25 employees). That is around 29 per cent of all active
enterprises in the private sector in Denmark.
- 10,792 companies have received compensation from all of the three biggest
relief packages.
- The total amount of compensation from the three biggest compensation
schemes is 33.6 billion DKK equaling 1.4 per cent of total GDP (2,323
billion DKK)
- The highest amount is allocated to the relief packages for wages and
salaries; 15.1 billion DKK
-16
-14
-12
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
All population 50-59 years 60-69 years 70-79 years 80-89 years 90 years +
2020 2021 (jan.-apr.)
Per cent
Figure 3.1.4
10 - Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark
- Most of the compensated enterprises – small ones with less than 25
employees — have received compensation for lost revenue; 77,600
companies, cf. figure 3.2.1.
Overview of compensation
- Around one third of the compensated enterprises are engaged in trade and
transportation, equaling approx. 45 per cent of all enterprises in this
activity grouping, followed by business services accounting for around 15
per cent of the compensated enterprises, which is more than every fourth
enterprise in this activity grouping, see figure 3.2.2.
No. of compensated enterprises broken down by activity grouping and share of total population in the
activity grouping
- Around 310,000 employees or 6 per cent of the population aged 13 years or
more have received salary or wage compensation due to lockdown, nearly half
being female employees.
- Mainly employees aged 19-35 years (accounting for 45 per cent of all
compensated persons) have received compensation, equaling 11 per cent of all
persons in this age group.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
Salary and wage Lost revenue Fixed costs
Numb. of enterprises Billion, DKK
Number of enterprises Total amount (right axis)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
Compensated enterprises Share of all active enterprises in the private sector (right axis)
Figure 3.2.1
Figure 3.2.2
Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark - 11
Salary or wage compensation for different age groups
Impact of the relief packages
The purpose of this chapter is to provide a preliminary estimation of the impact of
the relief packages, as it is too early at this point to assess the full impact of the
COVID-19 crisis and the compensation schemes for the business sector and the
employment in this respect. A lot of enterprises have earned less money than under
normal circumstances, and it will take years before the final impact can be
estimated, for example counted in number of lost jobs and bankruptcies.
At this stage, the usual short-term indicators for business development can provide
an early indication of the situation and the immediate impact of the relief packages.
The following main observations can be made on this basis:
• The overall number of employees has not decreased drastically. However,
in the spring of 2020, a decrease of 2-3 per cent compared to same period
in 2019 was observed. In concrete figures, about 60,000 persons lost their
jobs. The decrease was highest in the private sector. Since the summer of
2020, when the relief packages came into force, the number of employees
has been around 1 per cent lower compared to 2019. However, possible
shifts from fulltime to part-time jobs may underestimate the decrease in
employment.
• For some types of industries, the number of employees has shown a high
decrease, in particular in the beginning of the crisis. For Accommodation
and food service activities, figures show up to a 25 per cent decrease and
for Arts, entertainment and other services up to 20 per cent lower
employment can be observed. Furthermore, Travel agents, cleaning and
operational services are also clearly affected.
• The unemployment rate went up significantly from in the beginning of the
COVID-19 crisis. An increase of up to 80 per cent compared to the
situation in 2019 in net employment was observed, affecting about 55,000
individuals. The increase was slightly higher for men than for women, most
probably caused by the employment structure, with the highest share of
men in the private sector.
• Also, the initiatives to assist persons through training and special jobs to
return to the labour market were strongly affected in the spring of 2020,
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
0
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
18 years and
younger
19-35 years 36-45 years 46-65 years 66 years and older
Pct.
Persons
Compensated persons Share of total population (right axis)
Figure 3.2.3
12 - Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark
where job activation fell by about 60 per cent, equivalent to 10,000
persons, compared to 2019. The level has gone up again, but is still lower
than in 2019, in particular for persons under social assistance.
• The number of enterprises adjudicated bankrupt was slightly lower from
March to December 2020 than during the same months in 2019. On the
other hand, there were approximately twice as many bankruptcies from
January to February 2021 than in the same months in 2019. The sharp
increase in the number in the beginning of 2021 was observed in a majority
of business types. However, banks and creditors may have been hesitant to
file for bankruptcies in the present situation, where the value of assets can
be considered lower than under normal circumstances.
3.2.4. Data quality
Denmark receives compensation data from the Danish Business Authority every
week. This is preliminary data, and the figures are based on data received in early
May 2021. Data received from the Danish Business Authority is matched with data
in the Statistical Business Register at enterprise level in order to enrich the
administrative data with information about activity class, location and size class.
Furthermore, data concerning the reimbursed employees is matched with data in
the Population Register to enrich the administrative data with information about
age and gender.
3.3 Income levels and inequality in 2020
3.3.1. General description of the topic and the underlying figures
Many service and cultural industries have been severely impacted by the lockdowns
in response to COVID-19. However, preliminary data on incomes indicates that the
introduction of new COVID-19 benefits has contributed significantly to the
reduction of the effects of the economic lockdowns on the income levels of the
Danish households.
Preliminary income data actually shows that personal wages and transfers subject
to taxation for people above the age of 18 grew by 4.2 per cent from 2019 to 2020,
while wages and transfers for the 40 per cent with the lowest income grew by 2.75
per cent. However, in this context, it is important to know that the preliminary
income data available for 2020 at this stage only covers wages and transfers. Thus
these results are by no means final – please read the last section on the data quality
as well.
This chapter starts with a brief overview of the COVID-19 benefits introduced
during the pandemic. Then we take a look at the SGD indicator 10.1.1 on income
levels and income inequality and finally look at some preliminary data for 2020.
Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark - 13
Overview of COVID-19 related transfers
Benefit Long description
Effect included
in the
preliminary
income data?
Wage compensation
Employers who temporarily had to send their workers home without the ability to work, but did
not dismiss them, could get compensation for up to 90 per cent of wages or DKK 30,000 per
month per employee.
Yes
Compensation for self-employed
persons
Self-employed persons impacted by lockdowns have been compensated for losses in revenue
due to forced lockdowns. Compensation could cover up to 90 per cent of their loss, however
with a maximum of DKK 30,000 per month.
No
Early payouts of funded holiday
payments
Due to a change in the legislation concerning the system of holidays with pay in Denmark,
savings accrued in the transition period were frozen until retirement age. This amounts to 5
weeks of wages total. The equivalent to 3 weeks of wages out of these mandatory frozen
savings was paid out to employees in the autumn of 2020 as an initiative to get the economy
going.
The payouts amounted to more than DKK 45 billion to 1.748 million persons in the tax year of
2020. The payouts are subject to taxes. It was possible to decline the payout and save it for
the day of retirement. This may have been preferable for employees that either already had
ample funds in their bank accounts or who would be facing high tax rates due to progressive
taxation rates.
Furthermore savings equivalent to 2 weeks of wages can be paid out in the 2021 for those
who opt in.
Yes
Cheque for non-employed
persons
Beneficiaries of social transfers in April 2020 received a tax free cheque of DKK 1,000. Most
of these have been paid out during the autumn of 2020.
No
Prolonged period on
unemployment benefits
For unemployed persons, the COVID-19 lockdown period does not count towards the
maximum of 2 years a person can receive unemployment benefits. Thus, it prolonged the
period for which an unemployed person can get these benefits. Fewer persons transfer from
unemployment benefits to social benefits (or no income).
Yes
Easier access to unemployment
benefits for self-employed
persons
Formerly self-employed persons that have closed their businesses and were not insured
against unemployment can apply for unemployment benefits. Unemployment benefits are
normally contributory – but this has been suspended temporarily for the self-employed.
This could potentially lead to transitions from self-employment to unemployment benefits.
There does seem to be very low take-up rates though.
Yes
Increased access to sick leave
benefits
Immediate access to sick leave compensation for employers for COVID-19 cases.
Yes
Tax free gift cards
From March 2021: Private sector employers can give employees a tax-free gift card for 1.200
DKK. It can be used for restaurants, amusement parks, theatres and museums etc.
No
Coverage of fixed expenses
In lockdown periods, self-employed persons affected by lockdown have had their fixed
expenses (such as rent) covered.
No
Cancelled events
From March 2020, organisers of cultural events receive compensation for cancelled events
due to COVID-19.
No
In addition, there have been postponements of deadlines for tax reporting,
deadlines for VAT payments and various government subsidies (i.e. for re-training
of employees) for the business sectors that have been affected the most by COVID-
19. While many of these benefits and regulation adjustments do not directly affect
income levels, they have been able to keep employment rates at a relatively stable
level during the COVID-19 crisis up until this point.
14 - Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark
3.3.2. Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID-19
In 2019, the 40 percent with lowest income had an annual average equivalised
disposable income of DKK 159,000 (roughly EUR 21,300). The average for the
total population was DKK 288,000 (EUR 38,600).
Income has been growing in Denmark in recent years for most income groups.
Since the millenium, the inflation-adjusted incomes among the 40 per cent with
lowest income have grown in the respective years by 19.4 per cent, while income for
the entire population has grown by 34 percent. The SDG indicator 10.1.1 shows that
the bottom 40 per cent earned 22 per cent of the total of incomes. This is down
from 25 per cent in the year 2000.
Index (2015=100) of income levels on equivalised disposable income, fixed-prices.
Income inequality has been on the rise in Denmark in the last few decades. One of
the driving factors in recent years has been higher capital incomes, which are very
concentrated among top income groups. Besides this, increased education
attendance rates have greatly curbed income growth among young people. Looking
at age-groups, incomes have actually declined among 15-24-year-olds, contributing
to the increased income inequality. The education attendance rates have been
levelling out in recent years. In addition to this, tax rates – mainly for employed
and thus mainly for higher income groups - have been lowered on incomes to
increase labour supply. Finally, some types of cash benefits have been lowered –
this primarily lowers the income of unemployed refugees in Denmark. Combined
with the large influx of Syrian refugees around 2015, this has contributed to the
lower income growth in the bottom deciles in recent years.
3.3.3. The development in 2020 and 2021
Preliminary income data shows that personal wages and transfers for people above
the age of 18 grew by 4.2 per cent from 2019 to 2020. This is the highest level of
growth recorded since 2008 in wages and transfers. However, this record breaking
growth can be contributed in large part to extraordinary holiday payments as part
of the COVID-19 relief effort. Without the holiday payments (HP) the growth in
incomes was only 1 per cent.
Because of the change in the Danish system for a ‘holiday year’, the holiday
payments that were paid out, were accrued in the period from September 2019 to
August 2020 to people employed in that period. This is reflected in the low amount
of holiday payments to the bottom 40 per cent measured on personal income. Few
are employed in this group and thus the holiday payment does not contribute much
to income growth for the bottom 40 percent. However, this group has benefited
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Total poulation The 40 percent with lowest income
Dkk 1,000
Figure 3.3.1
Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark - 15
from the cheque for a lump sum of 1,000 DKK as well as the prolonged period of
entitlement to unemployment benefits. The one-off cheque is not included in the
preliminary data as it is tax-free. This will further add to income growth for the
bottom bracket once it is added to the input data.
Growth in personal wages and transfers (18 years +)
Note: The results in figures 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 are not directly comparable due to differing income definitions and population. The results in figure
3.3.2 are preliminary and cover only wages and transfers.
3.3.4. Data quality
It is important to note that the data shown for 2020 is based on personal wages and
transfers subject to taxation only. Tax-free transfers (mainly Corona-check,
housing- and family benefits), capital income and income for the self-employed are
not included. Especially data on income for self-employed persons may
significantly alter some of the overall conclusions, as small businesses in certain
business sectors have been severely affected by lockdowns.
The uncertainty is also notable in 2019, where stock markets and growth in income
for self-employed persons actually ended up ensuring slightly higher income
growth for the overall population than for the bottom 40 per cent – despite the fact
that the opposite was true when looking only at personal wages and transfers.
Furthermore the results in section 3.3.2 are based on equivalised net incomes,
while section 3.3.3 results are based on personal gross incomes and only include
wages and transfers. Thus, the results are not directly comparable and are still very
uncertain.
3.4 CO2 emissions
3.4.1 General description of the topic and the underlying figures
The activities of the Danish economy result in emissions into the air. Attention is
often focused on carbon dioxide (CO2) and other greenhouse gasses. The emission
of greenhouse gasses contributes to the greenhouse effect and global temperature
increases. Greenhouse gas emissions come from energy consumption as well as
from agriculture and industrial processes etc.
A complete set of statistics for Danish greenhouse gas emissions in 2020 is not yet
available. However, the Danish Energy Agency has published tentative numbers for
2020 for a share of total emissions, namely the CO2 emissions associated with
energy consumption.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
Total population 18+ Bottom 40 per cent
(18+)
2020 (Excl HP.) 2020 HP 2019
Per cent
Figure 3.3.2
16 - Covid-19 and sustainable development in Denmark
The tentative numbers in this section were published by the Danish Energy Agency
in April 2021 (press release and data available: https://ens.dk/presse/stort-fald-i-
energiforbrug-og-co2-udledning-i-2020).
Only CO2 emissions associated with energy consumption are included in the
currently available data. The CO2 emissions from energy consumption are only a
share of the total greenhouse gas emissions, which also includes emissions from
agriculture and industrial processes etc. A complete set of statistics for Danish
greenhouse gas emissions in 2020 will be published in 2022 by DCE – Danish
Centre for Environment and Energy.
3.4.2 Situation/development in figures before the outbreak of COVID19
Emissions from Danish economic activities peaked in 2006 and declined every year
after that until 2015. In 2016, emissions increased for the first time in a decade as a
results of e.g. a cold winter and increasing activity in international transport
operated by Danish companies. In 2019, emissions were 6 per cent above the 1990
level. Excluding the part of the Danish emissions that come from international
transport, emissions had declined by 37 per cent since 1990. The emissions
described are excluding emissions from burning biomass.
3.4.3 The development in 2020 and 2021
Figure bellows shows a large decrease in emissions derived from energy
consumption, according to the first tentative estimates from the Danish Energy
Agency. Adjusted for fuel consumption associated to net electricity imports and
climate fluctuations, the CO2 emissions from energy consumption declined by 10.2
per cent compared to 2019.
The decrease in emissions from energy consumption can be explained by a large
decline in use of fossil fuels such as oil, gas and coal. In particular, a large decline is
seen in sales of fuel for air transport and other forms of transport in 2020. A part of
the decline in fossil fuels can be explained by the COVID-19 pandemic.
Development in emissions derived from energy consumption
* The adjusted calculations concern the impacts of annual fluctuations in the temperature and fuel consumption linked to net electricity trade
Source: Danish Energy Agency.
3.4.4 Data quality
The figure is available from the Danish Energy Agency and is based on tentative
energy statistics.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1990 2000 2005 2010 2015 2018 2019 2020
Adjusted Emissions* Preliminary Observed Emissions Preliminary
Mill. tons
Figure 3.4.1
Statistics Denmark
Sejrøgade 11
DK-2100 København Ø
Phone: +45 39 17 39 17
www.dst.dk
dst@dst.dk
Ministry of Finance
Christiansborg Slotsplads 1
1218 Copenhagen K
Tel. : +45 33 92 33 33
E-mail: fm@fm.dk